A History of the ASCSA 1939-1980

A History of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens, 1939-1980

The following is the text of the history of the ASCSA between 1939 and 1980, written by Lucy Shoe Meritt. It was first published by the School in 1984. A scanned PDF (32.5 MB) of the whole volume, complete with page numbers and images, is available for free download. The book (ISBN 9780876619421) is still in print and available to be purchased. Because the text below was rekeyed from a printed copy, please be alert for errors. If you spot errors, we would be grateful if you could let us know.

Preface

Louis Eleazer Lord, Chairman of the Managing Committee of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens from 1939 to 1950, undertook as one of his services to the School during the years of World War II to write a record of its activities from the founding in 1881 through the end of his predecessor’s chairmanship in 1939. In his lists of publications and of personnel, he carried the record up through 1942 in the volume published by the School in 1947, A History of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens 1882–1942, An Intercollegiate Project. So useful has this account been to succeeding officials and members of the School that it was natural for the Publications Committee of the School to decide that as part of the celebration of the Centennial of the School in 1981 there should be a sequel which would deal with the years since 1939; the Managing Committee approved.

When I was asked to take on this assignment I demurred in the conviction that it should be carried out by one of the several officials who have played central roles in the activities of these forty-odd years; I was finally persuaded to make the requested attempt as I reflected that none of those persons would give themselves the proper credit due them for their benefactions to the School. It was also impossible to deny that I had in fact lived through nearly all these years fairly closely associated with the affairs of the School. The general plan of the volume was established after instructions from Mary E. White, then Chairman of the Publications Committee, and in consultation with her, namely the text was to record the years 1939–1980 and the lists of personnel and the illustrations were to span the full century 1881–1981, as a centennial record. These instructions I have attempted to follow as far as funds have permitted; it has unfortunately not been possible to include all the illustrative material originally envisaged, but what remains may serve to suggest the full range of the century.

The arrangement of the chapters follows that of Louis Lord with some changes. Time is divided by Chairmanships of the Managing Committee as in Lord’s volume, but within each division there are always two sections, the first dealing with what went on in Greece, the other with the activity of the Managing Committee, its committees and the Trustees in the United States. It has seemed better also to treat excavations as a whole rather than piecemeal in each year or five years or ten years. There are, therefore, separate chapters on Corinth, on the Athenian Agora and on Other Excavations where each is treated separately. The Summer Session also deserves individual separate handling as does the Gennadeion. Finally, since the publications of the School are as distinct a department of the School as the excavations, it has seemed reasonable to deal with them also in a separate chapter. Since reference is made to all activities in the Chairmanship chapters, some slight repetition is unavoidable, but the cross references to the more detailed chapters will guide readers, it is hoped, without too great confusion.

It is both the written records of the School and the memories of the principal actors in the drama that have provided the facts here set down. Minutes of the Board of Trustees and of the Managing Committee and Annual Reports of the officers and committees of the School have been augmented by the correspondence in the several Directors’ files in Athens, in the files of Charles H. Morgan, Chairman of the Managing Committee 1950–1960, and of the Field Director of the Athenian Agora 1946–1967, Homer A. Thompson. But these records were amplified and clarified by many talks with those involved in the proceedings. As in all similar cases, mention of every officer or member of the School who has, with characteristic American School helpfulness and friendliness, added his valuable reminiscence would be impossible, but I do happily record here my deep appreciation for their interest and their help. A few, however, must have the special mention of my enduring gratitude for their unfailing support and active assistance in various ways (I must list them alphabetically, these friends of a lifetime, many of them): Oscar Broneer, John L. Caskey, Mabel L. Lang, James R. McCredie, Benjamin D. Meritt, Charles H. Morgan, Henry S. Robinson, Richard Stillwell, Dorothy Burr Thompson, Homer A. Thompson, Eugene Vanderpool, Francis R. Walton, the late Mary E. White, Charles K. Williams, II. If their recollections are not correctly recorded, the responsibility is mine. Very particular thanks go to one who, though never formally enrolled as a member of the School, has for many years given of her time and energy and care to many of the “nuts and bolts” affairs of the School in ways that have eased the lives and work of those at the School; she has crowned that long devoted service with her patient typing of many of these pages—-Enid Bayan of the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton.

Finally let me say thank you to the Publications Committee for giving me the pleasure which has come from trying to draw together the facts and figures and the happy memories of so many of the American School family along with my own. May the second hundred years mean as much to its members as has the first century.
Lucy Shoe Meritt
Austin, Texas June 30, 1980

Technical problems of production have delayed the publication of this volume so long after the date intended, the Centennial of the School in June, 1981, that I take this opportunity to pay tribute to the Editor, Marian Holland McAllister, for her imperturbable calm and patience through the difficulties as well as her meticulous and concerned hard work in the actual typesetting and much other thoughtful help for which I am grateful. It gives me further pleasure to record the gratitude of all in the School family to Mrs. D. J. Sibley for her generous contribution to the publication of this volume.
L. S. M.
December 1, 1983

Chapter I: The Chairmanship of Louis Eleazer Lord, 1939–1950

“Notice. The American Legation has telephoned that Americans should not go in town until further notice. G. P. Stevens, 8 A.M. October 28, 1940.”

THIS penciled message on a hastily torn sheet of paper gave those few members at the American School of Classical Studies at Athens word that Greece was at war. Two days later Director Gorham Phillips Stevens (Pl. 12, a) cabled to Louis Eleazer Lord (Pl. 10, b) who had, in May 1939, been elected Chairman of the Managing Committee in the United States, “All well, no damage, no danger,” again on November 9th, 13th and 25th, “All well.”

1939–1940 Greece

The School had anticipated and prepared for such a moment for over a year. As early as April 26, 1939 Mr. Stevens had sent American Minister Lincoln MacVeagh authorization for the Legation to take over the American School property as part of the Legation “when and if an emergency exists,” and on November 24, 1939 the Trustees confirmed the authorization of the Director at his discretion to offer the School buildings to the Embassy for its use during a period of emergency such as war. The actual takeover was not, however, to take place for some time yet. Tension was so high in May 1939 that some members of the School left then, but Professor Lord was able to hold his Summer School session (although with only four students, one fifth the normal number) except for the customary Aegean cruise. When war broke out in Europe on September 1, 1939, some prospective members of the School were not able to reach Athens, but the School carried on as much as possible of its regular program for three fellows (one who could not get to Athens was allowed to defer her fellowship until after the war), four other students (including one Canadian transferred from the British School which was closed), two special Research Assistants, and six older scholars; five members of the Athenian Agora excavation staff were joined in the spring by the Director of the Excavations, T. Leslie Shear (Pl. 9, a). Professor and Mrs. Oscar Broneer who had been in the United States were unable to return and serve in their posts of Professor of Archaeology and Librarian of the School, respectively, but Director Stevens, Assistant Director Arthur W. Parsons, Librarian of the Gennadeion Shirley H. Weber, and Assistant in the Gennadeion Eurydice Demetracopoulou served as staff with Fellow of the School Sara Anderson acting as Librarian in Mrs. Broneer’s place. Assistant Gennadeion Librarian Joseph W. Hunsicker took over the duties of the Bursar of the School when Franz Filipp, an Austrian citizen who had held the office since 1929, resigned on October 1, 1939.

Regular School trips in the fall and courses of lectures throughout the winter were conducted as usual by Stevens, Parsons and Weber, with the assistance of Bert Hodge Hill, emeritus Director (Pl. 11, c); there were also the Open Meeting lectures and the teas for both School members and friends in the archaeological community. The traditional Thanksgiving dinner was held and other foreign students in Athens came to the entertainment afterwards. In Corinth Carl A. Roebuck was in charge from the summer of 1939 and conducted excavations in the Tile Factory in both fall and spring, assisted in the spring by John H. Kent and Margaret MacVeagh; in the spring Assistant Director Parsons carried on a brief dig with the new students. Immediately in September all records and instruments not in use had been taken to Athens for safekeeping. In the Athenian Agora a brief and limited 5-week campaign was conducted, but attention was given chiefly to packing away records and finds in bombproof shelters; the more important pieces were boxed and put at the disposal of the Greek authorities. Duplicate records and a complete set of photographs were sent to America. The letters U.S.A. were printed on the roofs of the three School buildings. When the Greek government ordered all large buildings to be equipped with bombproof shelters, the long corridor under the colonnade of the Gennadeion was converted to the best shelter in Athens, and in the strong room in the cellar were stored the School’s records and the rarer bindings and editions of the Gennadeion collection.

By May and June 1940 there was concern about means for members of the School to return to America, for it was clear that no further regular sessions could be held as long as war in Europe prevented transportation, regardless of what further developments might occur. The fellows and other students and visiting scholars were able to get away, one on a ship which passed Gibraltar just before Italy’s entry into the war, another on a ship which only left Piraeus just before that event but managed to clear the Mediterranean unstopped. Greatest concern arose, however, over the two Canadian fellows, Roebuck and Kent, who could not travel westward. The rapidly changing status of the allegiance of Syria was but one of the typical difficulties on their odyssey through Turkey, Syria, Iraq and by crowded ship from Basra to Bombay whence they were able to book through by various ships to Vancouver. Roebuck wrote Stevens expressing his gratitude to the School for the $250 the School had given him and the $200 loan from Stevens himself, which had made possible the nearly three months’ trip. Even more difficult to arrange was the departure from Athens of Heinrich (later Henry) Immerwahr, the German Refugee Fellow. After some three months of repeated reports to Lord that Immerwahr was to leave the next day, it finally became possible for him to leave in September for Lisbon, thence via Export Lines to New York. It had been arranged that his fellowship for 1940-41 at the School be held at Yale.

Meanwhile the staff, Gorham Stevens and his wife Annette, Arthur and Gladys Parsons with her mother Mrs. Locke, Shirley and Elsa Weber, and the John Williams White Fellow John Young and his wife Susanne, as well as Agora Fellows Virginia Grace, Rodney Young, and Eugene Vanderpool (Pl. 13, b) with his family, remained in Athens. This group continued busy with their study and research and various building activities in Corinth. The Tile Factory had to be drawn, fenced and covered, and John Travlos (Pl. 13, c), the School Architect, completed the drawings, the fence and half the tile over the timber roof before being mobilized in the Greek army in September. By September, too, the second floor of Oakley House (Pl. 3, a) had been removed and we were, as Stevens wrote, “ready for a severe earthquake”; the Executive Committee of the Managing Committee had in March authorized the removal of the upper storey and the strengthening of the lower floor. Plans and specifications for the addition to the museum at Corinth and discussions of them traveled back and forth between Athens and New York in diplomatic pouches (arriving at long intervals if at all). W. Stuart Thompson, architect, and Stevens as supervising architect tried to proceed with the construction as planned. From July 1940 the School’s own excavation workmen with Lekkas as foreman were excavating for the basement, and as soon as plans were approved by the Greek ministry Stevens had planned to start with piecemeal contracts. But before final drawings from Thompson had reached Athens all had to be abandoned.

It was B. H. Hill who, with Travlos, oversaw much of this activity in Corinth while he worked away on his publication of Peirene; Stevens believed the manuscript would be completed by December, but he reminded Lord it could not be sent safely if it were ready.

In May 1940 a group of Americans rented a house on the road from Chalandri to Penteli as a refuge in case of need. A cache of food was kept there. The Parsons family lived in it and paid part of the rent. In October when conditions changed, the American Committee, including Gorham Stevens, rented the Annex of the Hotel Diana instead, and the Parsons family moved to the School.

John and Susanne Young spent the spring and summer of 1940 at Sounion and Laurion continuing work on topographical problems and the study of farmhouses and towers.

As late as September 1940 Louis Lord was continuing his attempt to raise money in the United States for the restoration of the “Theseum”. The Greek Archaeological Service official Anastasios Orlandos had been very eager for the project to be carried out and had sent an estimate of the cost. Remembering that it was money contributed by American businessmen to the American School that had financed the setting up of the columns of the Parthenon by Nicholaos Balanos a decade or so earlier, Lord and Stevens had earnestly hoped the School might make possible Orlandos’ proposed restoration of that other mid-5th-century temple now within the area of the Agora excavations. After October 28, 1940 all three gentlemen agreed to put off the proposed restoration.

Lord and Stevens were concerned about another matter during the spring and summer months of 1940, namely the lack of cordial relations between the German and American Schools; the Germans had been forbidden to accept invitations to the American School after the President of the Archaeological Institute of America had resigned from the German Archaeological Institute. Bert Hodge Hill had gone to the German School to explain that the American School is not a department of the A.I.A., as the Academy had done in Rome, but orders had already been given to the Germans. When Wilhelm Dörpfeld died on April 26th, however, the School sent a message of sympathy and a wreath, and Americans made a contribution to his memorial; it was gratifying to receive two friendly letters in acknowledgment. The School was trying to continue its traditional principle of acting as a scholarly organization without political involvement of any kind.

Early October found Virginia Grace en route to Istanbul whence she was to proceed to Alexandretta and Cyprus. She was the last to leave before Greece was at war.

1939–1940 U.S.A.

When Louis Eleazer Lord, Professor of Classics at Scripps College, formerly of Oberlin College, was elected by the Managing Committee on May 13, 1939 to succeed Edward Capps (Pl. 10, a) as Chairman of the Managing Committee, tension was already strong in Europe, and fears of the gathering war clouds were affecting plans of Americans. By the time he returned to the United States after conducting the Summer Session at the School (above, p. 1) much of Europe was at war, and the Executive Committee had to be called to deal with the many changes which already affected the operation of the School and others which could be foreseen and must as far as possible be provided for. On October 13th the Executive Committee voted: (1) Professor Shirley Weber, in charge of the Gennadeion, be continued in this office on a continuing basis in case he desires to remain

; (2) accept the resignation of Joseph W. Hunsicker as Assistant in the Gennadeion at the end of the present School year, no successor to be appointed; (3) salary of Associate Professor Oscar Broneer, now in the United States, be continued this year, but if war continues he be urged to find a position in the United States; (4) salary of Mrs. Broneer be continued this year but not afterward if she is not serving as Librarian; (5) Mary Campbell, Fellow of the A.I.A. for this year who was unable to reach Athens, be offered the stipend for use in the United States or for postponed use in Athens

; (6) John Young be appointed Special Research Assistant; (7) accept the resignation of Franz Filipp, Business Manager and Bursar for the past 11 years, as of October 1, 1939; (8) hold Fellowship examinations for 1940-41 but if conditions become impossible for residence in Athens stipend not to be awarded. By December further action was necessary to suspend Fellowship examinations until it became certain or at least probable that the School would be open and accessible to students traveling from the United States. In May 1940 Broneer was promoted to full Professor of Archaeology, Weber given the additional title of Professor of Classics, John Young appointed John Williams White Fellow for 1940-41, Arthur W. Parsons appointed Director of the School for 1941–1943 and Gorham Phillips Stevens appointed Professor of Architecture for 1941–1943. (Stevens requested this title be changed to Honorary Architect, but as events developed he remained Director till the end of the war; at that time he took on the title of Honorary Architect, which he held until his death.)

The Managing Committee in approving the above actions of the Executive Committee voted that “continuing basis” in an appointment be interpreted by the vote of May 9, 1925 that “appointments shall be explicitly announced either as made for a definite term or as subject to the pleasure of the Managing Committee.” It also voted that in the selection of the Capps Fellow preference be given to candidates primarily interested in language, literature and history rather than archaeology. The Trustees had voted in November 1939 to establish an Edward Capps Fellowship Fund by transferring $30,000 from the Special Reserve Fund, and the Executive Committee had voted in December that the Fellowship be awarded not by examination but on the recommendation of the Executive Committee to the Managing Committee; at the same time they specified that the John Williams White and the A.I.A. Fellowships in Archaeology and the Thomas Day Seymour Fellowship in Greek History, Language and Literature be awarded on the basis of examinations, the James Rignall Wheeler on the recommendation of the Director. The Trustees had transferred funds to bring the White, Seymour and Wheeler funds up to $30,000 each. It was particularly dear to Louis Lord’s heart to establish a and sufficient to give an adequate income for a fellowship in the name of each of the earlier chairmen of the Managing Committee. From this time on the School fellowships have carried these names, although none of these Fellows was to be appointed or to serve in Athens for several years to come.

Edward Capps wrote Gorham Stevens on May 18, 1939, “I am happy to have secured you for the School as my almost last official act”; Capps’s vision was indeed prophetic, for the School could not have been more fortunate than to have him as Director throughout the war years. He and Louis Lord corresponded frequently, promptly in replies, and in meticulous detail on all matters both administrative and academic as long as communications remained open. Operation of an American educational institution in a foreign land during wartime was not new to Stevens; he had guided the American Academy in Rome through World War I.

1940–1941 Greece

One member of the School was not in town on the morning of October 28th to read Mr. Stevens’ Notice. Rodney S.Young was on the crest of Mount Hymettos with workmen excavating a Geometric site. When the planes flew over Athens that morning the men understood the meaning: General Metaxas had defied the Italian ultimatum, and Greece had been invaded by the Italians. They gathered all their tools and walked back to town, many going directly to their mobilization points, Rodney Young to the School, where with Arthur and Gladys Parsons he discussed plans for the School to provide an ambulance to serve on the Albanian front. His cable to Professor Capps, former Chairman of the Managing Committee, for $3,000 for the purchase and equipment of an ambulance which he would drive brought immediate response. The ambulance, christened IASO by Mrs. Lincoln MacVeagh, wife of the American Minister to Greece, was presented to the Greek Red Cross (Pl. 8, a). With Rodney Young at the wheel it saw continuous service on the Albanian front until Mr. Young was critically wounded while driving it back from the line of battle to a Red Cross station; there he was given First Aid until he could be brought back to the Evangelismos Hospital in Athens. The widespread appreciation of his service and that of the School in providing the equipment (the American and Greek flags crossed and the name of the School were painted on the ambulance) was expressed on all sides. IASO remained in service under the supervision of Mrs. Anastasios Adossides, wife of the School’s Counsel and Consultant, who was in charge of one of the Red Cross stations at the front and later in Athens (below, p. 11).

The group of School alumni in Princeton who guaranteed the funds for the ambulance, which Rodney Young’s father Mr. Henry Young immediately advanced, saw the need for much further assistance. At the request of Mr. Lord, Chairman of the Managing Committee, and with the approval of the Executive Committee, they formed The American School Committee for Aid to Greece, Inc.: Edward Capps, Chairman, T. Leslie Shear, Secretary-Treasurer, William C. Vandewater, Counsel, Oscar Broneer, Arthur V. Davis, George W. Elderkin, Hetty Goldman, Louis E. Lord, B. D. MacDonald, Benjamin D. Meritt, Richard Stillwell, Edwin S. Webster. The Committee undertook to raise funds both by written appeal to former members of the School, the A.I.A., the American Philological Association and the American Philosophical Society and by benefits (a concert featuring Greek artists and a lecture accompanying moving pictures of Greece) and through royalties from the picture book This is Greece prepared by Lucy Talcott and Alison Frantz of the Agora staff. Beyond the $3,000 for the ambulance, this Committee forwarded to Director Stevens $21,500 by January 29, 1942. This was used for medical and hospital supplies, woolen clothing and foodstuffs (mainly for four canteens established at the front by the School). After the occupation of Greece when direct communication with the staff of the School in Athens ceased, transfer of funds had to be stopped. The Committee was disbanded and the $2,773.48 balance transferred to the Treasurer of the School to be held for relief purposes in Greece.

Life at the School can best be conveyed by a quotation from Arthur Parsons’ report to the Managing Committee for April 1, 1940 to March 1,1941: “Up to the end of the last academic year, the School enjoyed a reasonably flourishing scholarly life; even at the beginning of the present year, in spite of the steady dwindling of the School community, an atmosphere of scholarship still prevailed, we had some zest for intellectual effort, some hope of a quiet productive winter. But with the invasion of Greece all that was changed; archaeology was put aside, regretfully but of necessity, and since then much of the time and thought of most of the members of the School has been spent in the effort to help Greece.”

Members of the School bought and distributed the supplies for which the Committee in America sent the funds; one of the most important activities was the establishment and maintenance in collaboration with the Red Cross of four canteens near the front. Eugene Vanderpool made trips to the front in his car to see that the shipments from the School reached their destinations as quickly as possible and to report on the most urgent needs. He and Mrs. Vanderpool ran a crèche at Amarousi where children of soldiers at the front received a good meal and medical assistance. To find that food Gene Vanderpool bicycled into and then all over Athens every day ferreting out what food could be found; he once said, “That is the way I came to know the city of Athens.” Professor Shear donated his car to the Greek Red Cross, and the old School camion was lent to them and made many trips to the front.

The Executive Committee of the Managing Committee on December 27, 1940 authorized the Chairman to recommend to the Trustees that the sum of $1,500 be allocated from the Reserve Funds as a gift from the School to the Archaeological Section of the Ministry of Education of the Greek Government. The Trustees on January 9, 1941 voted to appropriate not $1,500 but $2,000 for a gift to the Greek Archaeological Service and that Mr. Stevens be advised and requested to present it with a stipulation that it should be used for some specific purpose which Mr. Stevens was to designate. Stevens’ reply was that the sum would be given to the Greek Government for assistance in the protection of monuments on the Acropolis “less the sum needed to protect the Corinth museum which we will do.” The specific uses to which the $2,000 would be put by the Greek Archaeological Council were listed on March 3, 1941: “1) a reinforced concrete slab to protect certain statues of the Acropolis Museum, 2) reinforced concrete slabs to close the entrance of Socrates’ Prison where valuable antiquities have been stored, 3) protection of the Panathenaic frieze still in situ, 4) protection of the Monument of Lysikrates with sandbags, 5) covering with sand of certain sculptures of the National Museum which have been placed in the basement of the new wing of the museum, itself of reinforced concrete construction.”

The Greek Government appointed a commission of five, including B. H. Hill and Director Stevens, to look after the protection of the Corinth museum, the government supplying the material, the School paying for the labor and extra security, and the School’s workmen doing the actual work; this was superintended in every detail by Mr. Hill, since Mr. Stevens could only go to Corinth once a week. The work included covering the floor of the sculpture gallery with 40 centimeters of sand, removing objects from walls to the ground, packing vases and small objects in boxes, the most valuable pieces and the inventories in the refuge, removing glass from exhibition cases and blocking windows with sandbags. All this appears in detail in the Stevens-Hill correspondence. Mr. Stevens wrote frequently to Mr. Lord of the great assistance Mr. Hill was to him, of the tremendous value to the School of having Mr. Hill on the spot in Corinth not only keeping an ever watchful eye on both excavations and School buildings, but busy actually doing whatever he saw was needed to protect human lives, School property and the antiquities, even before the official protection began. Mr. Hill handled the payroll and once had to bicycle in to New Corinth to get the funds sent by Stevens because an official unfamiliar with Old Corinthians refused to deliver it to George Kachros, the guard. While he was in New Corinth an air-raid warning sounded, and he spent an hour in an air-raid refuge, about which he wrote to Stevens, “the other refugees were intelligent pleasant people so the hour passed agreeably enough.” Back in Old Corinth he made the two basement rooms of Oakley House into a shelter for the villagers since the official refuge in the Museum was only open during museum hours.

Already in November 1940 there was almost no food in Corinth (no rice or beans); Stevens wrote that “if anyone goes to Corinth he will take what eatables can be bought, but it will be sure to be little in quantity.” Mrs. MacVeagh succeeded in finding some rice which she sent to Mr. Hill. By no means all of Mr. Hill’s time and thought went onto current problems. He continued to work on his manuscript on Peirene and frequently asked for notebooks (which had been taken to Athens for safety) to be brought to him. His correspondence with Stevens combines details of payments to workmen with thoughts each had on the roofing of the South Stoa; another time Stevens compares Penrose’s and Balanos’ ideas of the widths and diameters of the triglyphs and columns of the Parthenon and adds his own.

Although most of his time went to the work of the American School Committee for Aid to Greece, along with Mr. Adossides and Mr. and Mrs. Parsons, Mr. Stevens found time not only to think and to correspond with Mr. Hill about ancient architectural problems but also to lecture to British officers and men on the Acropolis on Sunday afternoons. Mr. and Mrs. Weber were active in the local canteen for British troops, Mrs. Weber, Mrs. Stevens and Mrs. Parsons in the American Women’s Bandage Circle. Mr. and Mrs. John Young translated into English a handbook about Greece for British troops and conducted them through the Agora excavations, as well as putting into English the nightly broadcast of the Athens radio station for America; they left Greece just before the Italian invasion of Athens.

Another very considerable service of the School was performed in keeping the two libraries open. Since all other libraries were closed, the School library and the Gennadeion served many Greek students as well as numerous foreign readers. This was much appreciated.

By April 1941 that emergency which had been foreseen two years before arrived. MacVeagh had immediately on October 30, 1940 designated the Gennadeion air-raid shelter as the official shelter for the Legation. Now that Greece had been invaded by the Germans on April 6th and Ioannina had fallen on the 10th, cables from Stevens to Lord tell the story. April 11th: “MacVeagh wishes Legation 1st Secretary to move into Gennadeion West House. I recommend.” April 19th: “All well. Legation has assigned Loring Hall to American colony.” April 26th (after Greece had surrendered on April 24th): “School is Legation annex. Americans staying on. All well.” May 7th: “Everyone well. Properties in good order. Americans planning to return to America at Legation’s advice. Finances in order for time being.” The last was after Athens and all Greece had been occupied by Axis forces.

The scramble for Americans to follow the Legation advice and leave the country was now on, and three officers of the School became members of the five-man American Repatriation Committee. In addition to members of the School there were many other Americans, educators, doctors and visiting Americans of Greek extraction who had been caught in Greece when the country was invaded. It was not until about July 20th that the Italian Legation notified the Committee that Americans would be allowed to leave. An arrangement was then made with the American Red Cross and the American Express Company whereby the Express Company billed the Red Cross through the Repatriation Committee for cost of travel by air Athens to Rome, rail Rome to Geneva, and Geneva to Lisbon via unoccupied France and Spain and for hotel accommodations along the way, as well as subsistence until departure where needed; this was provided for those who could prove they had sufficient funds in America to pay the $300-400 passage from Lisbon to the United States once they reached Lisbon. Mr. Hill served as Chairman of the Committee; the Committee saw applicants in Mr. Parsons’ office at the American School, and all receipts were approved by one or more of the Committee: Bert Hodge Hill, Joseph A. McCroy, Eugene Vanderpool, Arthur W. Parsons, Laird Archer. It was not only the money for the trip that had to be arranged, but a priority list had to be established by which persons were notified when there was space available to get them out of Greece. On May 12th the Trustees of the School voted that the American personnel of the School “be strongly advised and urged to return promptly and that when Mr. Stevens leaves Greece or at any time at his discretion he be authorized to place Mr. Adossides, the School Consultant, in control of School property.” This directive was further assisted by the School’s deposit of $5,000 with the State Department to repatriate the twelve Americans at the School, for expenses until they could leave and for fares to Lisbon and on to the United States. In the last days of July Rodney Young, now sufficiently recovered from his injury at the front to travel, the Webers, and the Parsonses and Mrs. Locke left. Mr. and Mrs. Stevens and the Vanderpool family elected to stay, and Mr. Hill did not consider leaving.

Before they left on August 1st, Arthur and Gladys Locke Parsons made a final report on July 31, 1941 to B. H. Hill on the supply of gasoline and oil belonging to the American Colony which had been on deposit at the American School. The 20 tins and 4 drums of gasoline and 18 tins and 3 drums of motor oil remaining after the Americans left Greece were, by the agreement of the original American Repatriation Committee, to be given to the Greek Red Cross earmarked for special purposes: “1) Transportation of wounded soldiers from hospital to hospital. They are trying to close all outlying hospitals such as Kastri and are not able to do so at present because of lack of benzine. 2) First Aid street accidents which are now being taken to hospitals in pushcarts. 3) Some tins for the maintenance of the School ambulance IASO in the care of Mrs. Adossides. 4) Transportation of the wounded at the British Hospital at Kokkinia. Note most crucial matter at the moment is bringing about 15 men from the 8th hospital where conditions are very bad to Evangelismos. These men need a good plastic surgeon; order for transfer has been given but they are awaiting benzine. If 3 or 4 tins could be sent immediately to First Aid they would use their ambulances.” In B. H. Hill’s handwriting there are added to this report beside the final Note: “3 tins were sent on August 6 to Mrs. Koundouriotes” and beside no. 3 above: “3 tins to Mrs. Adossides 8/8/41.”

Meanwhile before the American Minister Lincoln MacVeagh was ordered home and left Greece early in June he had stored his furniture in Loring Hall. He presented to the School a large framed engraving of Paul Delaroche’s “Parnassus” which had hung in his library and was a special treasure of his; the only condition was that if he ever returned to Athens he might wish to borrow it from the School while he was in Athens. Mr. Reed, the Chargé d’affaires, planned to move the offices of the Legation into Loring Hall in July. The closing of the Legation and expulsion of personnel on July 15th accelerated the moving of all Legation archives, records, movable property, and the furniture and personal possessions of members of the staff into Loring Hall and the main building of the School. This taking over of the School property including the Gennadeion by the American government afforded the best possible protection to it, and the German and Italian authorities recognized the property as that of the United States Government. More and more of the most valuable books in the Gennadeion were removed from the shelves to the vault, and the School’s records and archives were placed there along with those from the Agora Excavations. The American School had been looking after the British School and paying their employees even after the funds left by the Director of the British School had been exhausted. On May 27th the employees had to be let go.

The Axis authorities’ recognition of the School as American government property did not extend to the excavation areas in Athens or Corinth. In the Athenian Agora Sophokles Lekkas (Pl. 8, b), chief foreman, remained in charge and lived in the excavation houses with his family, keeping a constant guardian eye, assisted by two watchmen; Eugene Vanderpool (when he was not scouring Athens on his bicycle for food for the 200 children Mrs. Vanderpool fed each day) and John Travlos continued to work on scholarly material. The Greek Archaeological Service assisted wherever they were able; Georgios Bakalakis moved into the Agora office beside the “Theseum.” In Corinth George Kachros (Pl. 15, b) and Pavlos Daphnis were in charge, and when they reported that Oakley House was about to be occupied by an Italian commander, permission was with difficulty acquired for Mr. Hill (who had come to Athens) to go to Corinth; he persuaded the Italian military that the buildings were American property and the garrison left.

1940–1941 U.S.A.

While the School itself was suffering from such curtailed academic activity in Athens, there was founded in the United States an organ of the School which was to have no little value in the years to come. The inspiration for the suggestion that an Alumni Association be formed came independently to two of the School’s former members from their association also with the American Academy in Rome and its alumni groups. Director Stevens recommended such an association in his report of April 1, 1940, and about the same time Lucy Shoe urged the same thing to Chairman Lord. The Executive Committee on May 10, 1940 recommended that the Managing Committee authorize the Chairman to take steps; the Managing Committee did so, and on November 23, 1940 a committee appointed by Mr. Lord met to draw up a Constitution and By-Laws. This group, chaired by Benjamin D. Meritt and including Mrs. Laurence B. Ellis (Alice Whiting Ellis), C. S. Hartman, Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. and Lucy T. Shoe, called a meeting of all former members of the School during the annual meetings of the A.P.A. and A.I.A. in Baltimore. Fifty former members were present at that organizational meeting on December 26, 1940 which adopted the Constitution and By-Laws and elected the Alumni Council to consist of C. A. Robinson, Jr. for five years, Chairman, Lucy T. Shoe for four years, Secretary-Treasurer, Richard Stillwell for three years, Dorothy K. Hill for two years, Oscar Broneer for one year. The Association then requested approval by the Executive Committee of the provision for three Council members to be elected by the Managing Committee. Approval was given, and C. S. Hartman was elected for three years, Alfred R. Bellinger for two years, Gladys Davidson for one year. Another provision of the Constitution called for two members of the Association to serve as members of the Managing Committee for a two-year term. (In 1945 this term was amended to three years.) The necessary approval of both Managing Committee and Trustees for this provision was granted. Lucy Talcott and William Campbell were the first two representatives of the Association on the Managing Committee.

There was thus established a formal and close connection between the alumni and the Managing Committee, similar to that of alumni trustees in most colleges and universities in the United States, which has proved of very considerable benefit in promoting understanding and sympathy between the two groups. In an era when a considerable number of the Managing Committee had never attended the School, these alumni representatives were particularly valuable, and the service of not a few of them was such that they were later elected to the Managing Committee as representatives of their institutions and served the School with distinction, e.g. Alfred R. Bellinger, Carl W. Blegen, Rodney S. Young. The stated purpose of the Association is “to establish more effective relations between the Alumni, the School, and its supporting institutions, to cooperate with the School in suggesting or carrying out proposals looking toward its progress and welfare, and to increase the influence and usefulness of the School.”

Further to promote these aims, it was agreed, alumni should be kept informed of the activities and problems of the School. To that end News Letters were to be sent as often as available information made it desirable; under existing conditions no fixed number or time could be decided. The first such letter sent on January 24, 1941 elicited such enthusiastic response and approval for the Association that no doubt of its value could exist. The conviction of the Council was confirmed that one service of the alumni to the School, especially at the time of the founding of the Association, was to keep alive among students of our colleges and universities an interest in the School and its possibilities through a knowledge of the opportunities it offers to Classical students and also, through the Gennadeion, to those interested in post-classical periods in Greece. These News Letters which appeared twice a year for several years and then at least once a year for 35 years were only suspended in 1977 when a different form of information sheet began to be distributed by the President of the Board of Trustees (see below, p. 138).

Of no little assistance to the Chairman of the Managing Committee and to the Executive Committee during the war years while the School was closed were the regular meetings of the Council of the Association twice a year at which the many problems of the time and plans for the future were discussed in detail. The experiences and the opinions of the younger alumni as well as the older were thus made accessible to those who were responsible for making the decisions in managing the School. Throughout the years in time of emergency in the School or in Greece it has been the Alumni Association which was able to rally and organize the assistance all alumni were eager to render (see below, pp. 27, 40). And when no other tangible activity was obvious there has always been, since 1947, an annual gift to the School of “luxuries” the regular School budget could not provide (see below, pp. 393-394 for gifts of the Alumni Association to the School)

1941–1944 Greece

When on July 1, 1941 Arthur Wellesley Parsons assumed the Directorship of the School (to which he had been appointed for a two-year term at the 1939 meeting of the Managing Committee) everyone knew it could be only a short but highly active period actually at the School. A month later, after arranging the departure of all School personnel who wished to leave and the transfer of the American Legation to the School building, he followed instructions from the Trustees and Executive Committee to depart himself and to put the administration of School business in the hands of the Consultant Anastasios Adossides (Pl. 14, a). The three School buildings (Pl. 6, a) had been declared American government property; Mr. and Mrs. Stevens were still living in the Director’s quarters in the Main Building, into the library of which Eurydice Demetracopoulou had moved some of her Gennadeion records and where she continued to come to work; Eugene Vanderpool and John Travlos continued to work in the Agora where Sophokles Lekkas was living and guarding the area; Mr. Hill was in Corinth.

With the entry of the United States into the war on December 7, 1941 the Swiss Legation undertook the protection of American and British interests in Greece, including the property of both the American and British Schools. On December 12th the Swiss authorities agreed with the occupying Italians that Mr. and Mrs. Stevens would be allowed to remain in the Main Building, that the British School, Loring Hall and the Gennadeion would remain sealed, and that the Gennadeion houses would be occupied by the Swiss Chargé d’affaires and another officer of the Swiss legation. Through some differences among the Italian authorities, on that same day officers came to seal the Main Building, not allowing anyone in or out; it was 35 days before the Swiss and Mr. Adossides were able to arrange for a strict list of School personnel by name to be allowed to come in or go out.

Meanwhile on the same December 12th Mr. Hill had been taken into custody in Corinth; he was detained at a carabinieri station until the 27th when he was told he was to be sent to a concentration camp in a Lakonian village but might go to Athens under escort for necessary articles. Back in Corinth he was detained in New Corinth again till January 6th when he was escorted to his home in Athens and released, free to live in his home along with the four German officers then occupying it. This special attention to Mr. Hill was an expression of the international scholarly respect the School itself has always fostered; it is known that it was through the efforts of Otto Walter of the Austrian School that Mr. Hill’s case was given special lenience. The Vanderpools were free to live as they liked from the beginning of those terrible years of starvation and deprivations of all kinds throughout Greece, and Mrs. Vanderpool continued their crèche into 1943 when a general feeding center for the whole population of Amarousi was opened.

Providing some food for the families of the School’s Greek personnel to stave off the starvation which was claiming the lives of so many thousands was one of the consuming concerns of Mr. Adossides. At the same time, he was administering the finances of the School in a staggering, spiraling inflation by borrowing from Greeks on the School’s credit, working with the American and then the Swiss Legation over details of caring for the School’s property and interests. Never has the School had a more devoted, loyal, wise and effective member. A brilliant and distinguished diplomat, he had served as Governor of Macedonia during and after World War I, later as Governor of the Cyclades and Samos, then as Secretary of the Refugee Settlement Commission which supervised, under the auspices of the League of Nations, the exchange of populations between Greece and Turkey; on this commission he formed lasting friendships with Americans and because of one of them, Edward Capps, began his interest in the American School. He was persuaded in 1931 to undertake the position of Business Manager of the Agora Excavations; this involved all the delicate negotiations with the Greek Government and with the land owners which he conducted with consummate tact and patience, maintaining harmonious relations with everyone. When work in the Agora was closed down in 1940, the School was so reluctant to lose his services that he was appointed “Consultant”.

“Only those, perhaps, whose privilege it was to work with him during those grim years of war and occupation can truly appreciate how well he served the School,” wrote Arthur Parsons. Although his position had been thought of as part time, “his loyalty, his conscientiousness, his energy—-the driving energy which for years had conquered his chronic ill health—-would not let him give less than full time” and energy to the School and its people in spite of urgent pleas that he save himself. He would walk the miles from his home in Psychiko to the School in spite of critical illness and undernourishment, often barely able to muster the strength to return. Eugene Vanderpool has reminded us that one of his last services to the School “I think will prove to be his greatest service.” Mr. Adossides feared that even though our buildings and those of the British School were under the protection of the Swiss Legation “such large well appointed empty buildings were a great temptation and he feared some loophole or excuse might one day be found for taking them over,” especially since “every week or so German or Italian officials would come up, examine the seal, read the notices on the gates and look longingly at the buildings.” Since Mr. Adossides had many connections with the Red Cross, when in the summer of 1942 two permanent commissions arrived, a Swiss and a Swedish, he invited them to make use of the buildings. The Swiss group occupied the British School and the West House of Loring Hall, the Swedish the Main Building except for the Director’s apartment occupied by Mr. and Mrs. Stevens (the street on which the School buildings face was renamed Sweden Street and has so remained). With the School’s property thus occupied by persons of international standing, the danger of the buildings being requisitioned became minimal, and with Mr. Stevens in residence keeping an eye on every detail Mr. Adossides felt that the School would come through in the best condition possible. He felt content at least about the property when a short time later his always frail body gave out; after some weeks in the hospital he died on October 9, 1942, truly a martyr to his loyalty to the School.

As had been previously arranged, Mr. Aristides Kyriakides (Pl. 14, b) took over the management of the School. An active lawyer with many responsibilities, he could not give full time to School affairs, so he asked Mr. Stevens and Mr. Vanderpool to form a committee to act with him. They readily agreed, but it turned out that Vanderpool had barely a month to do so, for a few days after Adossides’ death Vanderpool was told “to hold himself in readiness to be taken to Germany for internment.” This was because he lived in Amarousi, one of the few tiny areas where Germans rather than Italians were the occupying force. On November 11th he was taken to a camp at Laufen where for 15 months with some 700 other civilian internees, over 500 British, the others Americans from all over Europe, he kept occupied in an Educational Program organized by the group. Since he had reached for a text of Thucydides which he put in his pocket when he was taken from the Agora, he gave a course on Greek history based on that copy of Thucydides the first winter, one on American Geography and History the second winter. The camp library gradually acquired general reading material from the Y.M.C.A. and the British Red Cross, and he wrote “. . . in the course of my stay at Laufen I read among other things Herodotos, Thucydides (twice), Xenophon’s Hellenica, Aristotle’s Constitution of Athens, Bury’s History of Greece, and Gibbon’s Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, so I feel that my time was not altogether wasted.” The generations of American School alumni who know well the Vanderpool laconic understatement will recognize it here. He was released on February 26, 1944 and returned to America. Meanwhile in Athens it was Mr. Kyriakides and Mr. Stevens who held the fort, and Mr. Hill in Corinth; he had succeeded in getting the School buildings there unsealed and in establishing his Greek assistant, Athanasi, and his family in Oakley House, himself in the Annex to keep watch. Mr. and Mrs. Stevens and Mr. Hill received food from Switzerland through the Swiss Legation and the International Red Cross.

Although most of the rare communications which did come through from Athens via the Swiss Legation to the State Department in Washington had to do with the physical and financial state of the School (since the weight was strictly limited, one meticulous financial report was too heavy and never arrived), Mr. Stevens always managed a word about the scholarly activity of the School staff which they somehow managed to keep alive and flourishing in spite of grim conditions. Mr. Stevens even wrote of the 35 days he was confined to the Main Building that he had never had such an uninterrupted opportunity for work. He was busy throughout the years of occupation on a large plaster model of the Acropolis in the 4th century B.C., for which he made over a hundred drawings, supervised the technician who did the plaster work, and wrote several articles on details arising from his studies for the model. Of some of his drawings Mr. Stevens had postcards made which the guards on the Acropolis sold to the occupying military; the proceeds were divided between the guards and the crèches in Athens. This model, several times duplicated for institutions since the war, now graces the Agora museum in the Stoa of Attalos along with the model of the Agora on which Stevens worked together with John Travlos.

Travlos, formerly architect of the Agora, was architect of the School from 1940 on and worked throughout these years not only on Agora architecture but on plans of Corinth, of ancient Athens in general and especially on Byzantine Athens. Miss Demetracopoulou filled many administrative needs at the School as well as acting as Librarian of the Main Library, which remained open. She was working on a study of Samuel Gridley Howe, the American philanthropist who came to Greece in 1824 and 1867, from his papers in the Gennadeion, and assisting John Travlos in his studies of Byzantine monuments in Athens; she also translated portions of Howe’s journal into Modern Greek. Mr. Hill continued his work on the springs of Corinth when he was there, but when the Germans forbade him to go to Corinth he busied himself with several of the Parthenon inventory inscriptions and made new discoveries.

Mr. Stevens saw to it, also, that the School continued its payment through 1940 and 1941 of pew rents in St. Paul’s Anglican Church in Athens for three places for the School and made additional contributions to help with relief.

1941–1945 U.S.A.

The officers of the School who had returned to or were in the United States (Parsons, Weber and Broneer) were engaged in various academic and war-service activities, continuing their study of School material as long as possible without contact with it, then working in various capacities in the State Department. On February 21, 1944 Mr. Broneer accepted the position of Executive Vice President of the Greek War Relief Association; from then until April 1946 he played a significant part in the sending of food and other relief supplies to Greece in Swedish vessels, including wheat from Canada and Argentina, clothing for the thousands of refugees from burned villages, and transportation equipment to distribute the food and clothing.

The Trustees, the Chairman and the Managing Committee, cut off from communication with the School, had to try to carry on their formal duties with only faith that the School would open again at some unpredictable time. One of the most serious problems was financial. The staff in Athens had of course been cut to the bone and no funds could be sent to pay them, but in 1943 when letters began to filter through the Swiss Legation it was clear that Adossides and then Kyriakides were borrowing from Greek friends to pay Stevens, Travlos, Miss Demetracopoulou, Sophokles Lekkas, George Kachros and the few guards (old workmen). No one knew what our indebtedness would amount to when communications were again open, for the occupying government in Greece had again and again ordered “monthly” wages to be paid more and more frequently. The School’s income was being cut sharply !-y the withdrawal of support of an increasing number of Contributing Institutions under the unrealistic conviction that since the School was closed it had no expenses; by May 1944 seven out of 49 had ceased to contribute and four more were paying only a token. Mr. Lord talked, wrote, explained, and begged to keep others from defaulting and constantly urged upon the Executive and Managing Comittees the urgent necessity for economy.

It became possible to put aside some funds for future needs when the proposal to award fellowships for use in the United States as long as the School was closed was declared legally impossible; fellowship funds not expended each year were added to the principals of each fund. The thorny and often confusing problems of whether and when to hold examinations for the fellowship competitions and how to advise those who won them, as well as of administering the examinations, were handled during these years by the veteran Sidney Deane who had from 1932 fulfilled “the exacting duties of the office of Chairman of the Committee on Fellowships with characteristic modesty and complete.success” (memorial minute, Managing Committee) until his sudden death on May 4, 1943; Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. then acted till June 30, 1945 when Gertrude Smith began her service.

Of the fellowships already awarded in May 1940 for use in 1940-41, the appointee of the A.I.A. Archaeological Fellowship, Louise Dickey, was permitted to hold it in 1941-42 at the Metropolitan Museum of Art, and it was renewed for 1942-43. No competition was held in 1940-41 for 1941-42, but Heinrich Immerwahr’s German Refugee Fellowship which he had held at Yale in 1940-41 was renewed for 1941-42. Examinations were held in 1941-42 with the thought that fellowships might be held in the United States if Athens remained inaccessible, and Mabel L. Lang was awarded the Seymour Fellowship in Greek history, literature and language. When it was discovered that it could not legally be held in the United States, it was deferred, and Miss Lang occupied the fellowship in Athens finally in 1947-48. There were no competitions for or awards of School fellowships in 1942-43, 1943-44, 1944-45. In May 1944, however, the Managing Committee appointed A. E. Raubitschek as Research Fellow in Epigraphy for 1944–1946 to work in Princeton to assist Benjamin Meritt in the preparation of epigraphical material from the Athenian Agora excavations and reappointed Eugene Vanderpool (now released from concentration camp and back in the United States) as Agora Fellow to prepare Agora material for publication. When the original funds for the Agora excavation were exhausted in 1942, the Managing Committee and Trustees agreed to use regular School funds to carry on the undertaking. Both these appointments were in the category of School staff since the Trustees had ruled that Fellowship funds could not legally be used for study in the United States. No competition was held in 1945-46, but to hold the Seymour, White and Wheeler fellowships and one in Architecture at the School in the first year it was operating after the war, 1946-47, several former members were sent out to begin work on the publication of material at Corinth that was awaiting study. In addition to these scholars, Carl A. Roebuck, Robert L. Scrantcn, Saul S. Weinberg and Leicester B. Holland, one fellowship deferred by the War, the A.I.A. Fellowship for 1939-40, was taken up by Mary Campbell (later Mary Campbell Roebuck). Only in 1946-47 were regular examinations for fellowships held again and the other appointive ones assigned for 1947-48.

Fellowships were one of the thorniest but not the only one of many problems created for the Managing Committee’s decisions during the war years. Since so many personnel and other problems had to be dealt with promptly, the Executive Committee had to act for the Managing Committee in many cases between the regular Managing Committee meetings. The Executive Committee met many times and also conducted considerable business by mail.

The staff members of the School as of July 1, 1941 continued to be reappointed through 1945-46, both those serving in Athens and those in the United States or in war service. Salaries were budgeted except when those not in Athens were receiving salaries from other employment, with the hope that Mr. Kyriakides in Athens was actually managing to find the funds to pay the staff there, as in fact he did, and the loans he had negotiated to do so were paid when funds could be transferred to Athens.

The Library was a deep concern. As the years wore on everyone realized how serious would be the loss to the Library when the School reopened that none of the new books or periodicals could be acquired through the war years. Therefore on January 1, 1944, $2,500 was appropriated to make purchases which would be stored in England and America in readiness for the reopening. Professor Harold North Fowler was appointed to be agent to select and purchase the books.

The Managing Committee took a critical look at its own organization and Regulations through the war years, and some changes were made. Following a suggestion made by the Alumni Association when it was founded, the Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1941 organized a Placement Committee as a sub-Committee of the Managing Committee to assist students in securing positions when they returned from the School. This committee continued until 1956. In December 1944 the Chairman announced the appointment of a Committee to nominate members of the Executive Committee to succeed those whose terms would expire in 1945. The suggestion that such a Nominating Committee for members of the Executive Committee be appointed had also come to the Managing Committee from the Alumni Association. On May 11, 1945 following another suggestion of the Alumni Association that the Managing Committee consider the possible value of Alumni representation on the Executive Committee, the Managing Committee voted that the Chairman of the Alumni Association be made a member e officio of the Executive Committee. At the same meeting it was voted that the term of members of the Executive Committee be increased from the then three to four years and that a committee be appointed by the Chairman to review all the existing Regulations and report at the next Annual Meeting. The committee, George H. Chase, Chairman, Sterling Dow and La Rue Van Hook, presented in May 1946 a Revision of the Regulations incorporating all changes which had been voted since the last published Regulations and offering several suggestions especially for enlarging the interest and experience of the Managing Committee and for defining terms of office and numbers of committee members. Some of the suggestions were approved by the Managing Committee, but by 1949 further changes were necessary (see below, p. 45).

As the war dislocation ended, many problems of personnel faced the Managing Committee not only in Athens but also in the United States. May 1945 brought to an end the notable service of La Rue Van Hook as secretary of the Managing Committee from 1938 to 1945 after acting as Assistant Secretary from 1922 to 1938. His service as secretary of both Managing and Executive Committees throughout the difficult war years with the many meetings and the heavy mail correspondence “was distinguished by his uniform courtesy, his good judgment, his devotion to the interests of the School,” and “his untiring care” which contributed so much “to the efficient management of the School’s business.” Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. of Brown University was appointed to succeed him and would serve with equal distinction for the next twenty years.

Much time, thought and discussion on the part of all those associated with the School, the staff in Athens, the Chairman, the Executive Committee, the Managing Committee and the Alumni, had gone into consideration of what the School should try to be and to do when it opened again to fulfill its stated purpose when founded of encouraging Greek studies in the United States. Letters, reports and minutes are full of the thoughts expressed. The consensus seemed to be that the School had succeeded well so far in maintaining its high intellectual standards, in its notable achievements in training students who later teach Greek studies and in conducting archaeological research that adds constantly to that body of knowledge of Greek studies, but that more could be done. The general scheme of the School’s program of both winter and summer sessions should be continued as the best basis for future years, but some improvements might be made in reaching more Americans with some consciousness of the values of Greek thought and culture for American education and civilization and in offering more specific aid and encouragement tailored to each and every member of the School, more particularly to those interested primarily in language and literature.

It was always recognized and emphasized that the School is indeed a school of classical studies, that the responsibility of the School is not only twofold: (1) to the linguist, literary man, political historian and (2) to the archaeologist (if one can indeed be separated from the other), but rather manifold. The vital problem is how each individual student should emphasize and divide his time at the School to acquire the most understanding of Greek civilization from what the country and the monuments of Greece itself and the experience and guidance of the School’s staff can offer to him, both for his general knowledge of Greek culture and for his own specific interests and talents. None of the many who were deeply concerned thought for a moment that he had the answers, but all believed that thinking, talking, and recognizing problems were beneficial to those who would have decisions to make when the School could be functioning again. So much had been written and discussed with Chairman Lord throughout the war years that when official peace had been declared he appointed a committee chaired by Rhys Carpenter to consider the Scope and Function of the School. The report presented in May 1946 (65th Annual Report for 1945–1946, pp. 44-48) expresses the general view with admirable clarity and vision.

On October 5, 1942 the Trustees considered what action should be taken since the Rockefeller funds for the excavation of the Athenian Agora had been expended. They recognized that future work would have to be carried on with School funds and should therefore be controlled by the Managing Committee; they voted that the Managing Committee be directed to designate a sub-committee to act on matters concerning the Agora excavation and museum. On May 24, 1943 they ruled that since the Agora Excavation Account had been closed as of June 30, 1942 further charges should be made to the Managing Committee budget. Since there was no question of continuing work during those years, it was only at the meeting of May 12, 1945 that the Managing Committee took definitive action and voted “that the Excavation of the Agora, heretofore conducted under the direction of Professor T. Leslie Shear, be carried on henceforth as a regular School Excavation under the direction of the Director of the School” (see below, Chapter VIII, for further on the Agora).

By the time of the meeting of the Managing Committee on December 29, 1945 the possibility of opening the School in fall 1946 looked real, so it was essential to appoint a Director. Arthur Parsons had held the title of Director since 1941 but had only acted for one month. Although it had once been thought that he might take up the post in earnest when he was free of war service with the State Department, it was clear that his duties with the government were apt to continue for some time. It was therefore decided to appoint him to the position of Professor of Archaeology for 1946-47 and to seek a man experienced in School affairs in the past and also with an active vision of its potential in the future to guide the post-war School, which should be rooted in the past but was bound to face many new challenges. Rhys Carpenter (Pl. 11, d), who had been Director in 1927–1932 and had kept actively associated with the School, was persuaded to accept a four-year appointment, 1946–1950, even though he specified that he could not be in residence during the 1946-47 School year. For the interval until Carpenter could arrive in Athens, Carl Blegen was to be asked to act; if he could not, the Executive Committee were to decide upon an arrangement. Blegen was unable; Mr. Stevens was able, more than well experienced, on the spot, and willing to give one more year of his dedicated service to the School, so he carried on till June 30, 1947.

Meetings of the Board of Trustees, which was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on March 23, 1886, had always been held in Boston until the meeting of October 15, 1941 was held in New York City. They were held in New York regularly thereafter except for a meeting on May 24, 1943, held in Boston for the purpose of deleting “in Boston” from Article III of the By-Laws, and others again on November 2 and December 29, 1944 and May 15, 1945.

The Trustees had been led through most of the war years by Edwin S. Webster who was elected President on October 15, 1941. He had been a member of the Trustees since 1926 and served as Vice President under W. Rodman Peabody, who had been President since 1929 and who had died on January 12, 1941. Mr. Webster served as President until May 1947 and remained a member of the Board until his death on May 10, 1950, his “wise counsel and sound advice” at the service of the School.

1944–1945 Greece

Fierce fighting broke out in Athens during the summer of 1944, and preparations were made to receive the Swiss colony in the grounds of the American and British Schools if rioting worsened. Mr. Stevens wrote on October 2, 1944, “Hand grenades explode in the streets about the School, bullets whistle through the trees of the garden, pieces of shells fall on our roofs . . . eight men were killed in the excavations of the Athenian Agora, but not our guards. . . . There has been fighting around our buildings in Old Corinth.” On October 12th the Germans took down their flag from the Acropolis, and on the 14th the English landed at Phaleron and entered Athens. On October 18th the Greek flag flew once more from the Acroplis, and all went well until civil war broke out on December 3rd. In the heavy fighting in the city, bullets passed through windows of our library, of Loring Hall, and of the living-room window of the Gennadeion house in which Ambassador and Mrs. MacVeagh were living; water and power were cut; food prices soared ten times higher than the already astronomical costs; Lykabettos was stormed, but on January 1,1945 Stevens could write, “The Greek Government and English troops now seem to have the situation well in hand. . . . The Administrator, Mr. Kyriakides, has had to use all his skill to steer the School between many angry rocks and foaming shoals. Thank fortune, we are all well. And when we say ‘all well’, we include a number of former members of the School.” Rodney Young with UNRA arrived on October 12th and went to live with Mr. Hill. Then came the MacVeaghs, the Ambassador a Trustee of the School since 1941, and Arthur Parsons, a member of the Embassy, as well as Gladys Davidson Weinberg and Margaret Crosby; they all went into residence in Loring Hall which became a hostel for the American Embassy staff, ably run by Mrs. Karl Rankin, an alumna of the School whose husband as Commercial Attaché was housed in Loring Hall West House. After the first few days the MacVeaghs occupied the Gennadeion East House, the Military Attaché the West House.

During the occupation the arrangement with the United States Government, which was approved by the Trustees on December 11, 1941, had been that the United States Government paid for the necessary repairs and for the guards kept by the Swiss Legation which was in control of the property. These were the most satisfactory possible terms for the School. Now that the Embassy was actually occupying all the buildings except the Gennadeion Library and the Director’s quarters, the United States Government proposed to lease the buildings on a monthly basis at a rental of$1,250 a month, a month’s notice to be given for termination of the lease. This was approved by the Trustees on December 29, 1944 with the added conditions that the government pay the utilities, repairs, and salaries of two watchmen. This rental fee went far toward balancing the budget of the School for more than one year, and the property was kept occupied and protected.

Mr. Stevens’ optimism on New Year’s Day proved premature, for more horror and destruction of property were to come before the Civil War was finally ended. The Agora excavations were a battlefield for a time. At Corinth, even though Athanasi, Mrs. Blegen’s chauffeur (as Mr. Hill always rrferred to him), and his family lived in Oakley House and some room in the Annex had been reserved for Mr. Hill (though he was not allowed to return to Corinth in the latter years of the occupation), the vacant rooms which had been occupied first by Italians, later by Germans, were taken by the revolutionists for a hospital; there was considerable loss of furnishings and equipment. Finally in April 1945, the Corinth buildings were requisitioned by British officers who paid a small rent. The Swiss Red Cross Mission, which had used the School’s old Chevrolet station wagon throughout the war, put it into good condition and returned it when they left. The staff of the School continued the academic activities which had been their concern throughout the occupation, and Mr. Kyriakides and Mr. Stevens, able finally to communicate with America, sent detailed reports and the incredibly complicated financial records for those years. In closing his report on April 2, 1945 Mr. Kyriakides paid moving tribute to Mr. Adossides, his predecessor as Administrator, and to Mr. Stevens, his fellow-administrator whose active cooperation he characterized as “of inestimable value to the School.”

1945–1946 Greece

Although World War II was officially terminated in August 1945 and some members of the staff of the School were physically in Greece the following academic year, conditions in Greece were such that no return to normal School activity was possible. Mr. Stevens and Mr. Kyriakides continued to manage the School property and its affairs, for Mr. Parsons, Mr. Weber and Mr. Broneer continued in their State Department and Greek War Relief positions most of the year. The Managing Committee authorized Mr. Lord to make a trip to Athens in July 1945 to see the state of affairs and discuss with Mr. Stevens and others prospects for resuming the School’s regular business. “Due to the meticulous care and efficient management of Professor Stevens” the three School buildings he found in excellent condition. It was from Professor Broneer (Pl. 12, b) that there came reports of the situation throughout Greece, for as Executive Vice President of the Greek War Relief he traveled all over the country in the summer of 1945 to see for himself just what aid was needed. All bridges were broken, but he always managed to get through and found the warmest possible reception everywhere regardless of the starvation and general destitution of the villages. In Skourophorion near Pyrgos the inhabitants even scurried to find a white sheet when a message had been dropped from a plane instructing him to stand on a white sheet in the plateia if he would give his consent to an operation for Mrs. Broneer, critically ill in New York.

At the School, the rental of Loring Hall and the Gennadeion Houses to the American Embassy was continued, and some rooms in the Main Building were also rented to individuals. Mr. Stevens, Mr. Travlos and Miss Demetracopoulou continued much the same scholarly activity as through the war years, Mr. Stevens on problems of the topography and architecture of the Acropolis, Mr. Travlos concentrating on drawings for use in the model of the Agora and Miss Demetracopoulou from February on adding to her duties in the Main Building the unpacking and shelving of books in the Gennadeion preparatory to reopening.

Mr. Stevens had sent a detailed inventory to indicate what furnishings were needed for the School buildings in both Athens and Corinth. Mr. Broneer, who resigned from the Greek War Relief in April 1946, and his wife made the necessary purchases in the United States and had them sent with War Relief shipments so that they arrived safely if slowly. Equipment for both excavations and an initial shipment of foodstuffs for the staff and members were also sent because of the scarcity and exorbitant prices in Greece. It was almost more difficult for the Broneers to get passage for themselves back to Greece than for the freight. It was Trustee Arthur Vining Davis who came to the rescue at this point as in so many financial crises of the School later; he managed when no one else could.

Other shipments from the United States to Greece which were to continue for some years and be a cause of much gratitude began to arrive in the winter of 1945-46. As soon as the plight of the School’s personnel in regard to clothing was learned in the United States, the Trustees and the Managing Committee made generous contributions of their clothing. This first shipment arrived just before Christmas and was distributed by Mr. Kyriakides. As the need continued through some six succeeding years, the alumni continued to collect clothing, and the distribution to the families of the employees became one of the responsibilities of the Director’s wife. One memorable distribution was made at Corinth in the Agora on St. Paul’s Day in 1947 after the religious service had taken place on the bema; Oscar and Verna Broneer made the distribution.

1946–1947 Greece

At the May meeting of the Managing Committee in 1946 Mr. Lord had predicted accurately, “It may be possible to accommodate a few students in the School in the fall of 1946, but I should expect that the School will not be fully open for American students until the fall of 1947.” Activities of revolutionists kept travel very limited throughout the year; food and supplies generally were scarce and very dear; the American Embassy was eager to continue to occupy Loring Hall and the Gennadeion West House (Professor Weber was back in the East House), and the income from the rental was vital to the School’s finances. It was a wise decision of the Managing Committee to follow Mr. Lord’s observation that that portion of the School’s activities which could be carried on with profit was the study and preparation for publication of the material at Corinth excavated, some of it, many years before and still unpublished. The great concern of Mr. Lord throughout his chairmanship was to get on with and if possible complete the publication of Corinth as then excavated. All his very considerable driving force went into furthering this aim; he had inherited it from Mr. Capps, but he added a much stronger conviction of the School’s scholarly responsibility for this commitment. The situation in Greece in 1946-47 and this great necessity of the School dovetailed very neatly. Four Fellows were appointed to work on Corinthian publication (see above, p. 20), and Oscar Broneer was back in his post of Professor of Archaeology directing the work and himself participating heavily in it. The wives of two of the Fellows accompanied them, and the A.I.A. Fellow, Mary Campbell, whose tenure for 1939-40 had been deferred by the war and who was set to work at Corinth, became the wife of the third of the Corinthian Fellows before the year was out; all three wives worked actively on the Corinthian study.

Since none of the regular School training for first-year students was possible, the two students, Mary Campbell and G. Roger Edwards, were assigned to work in the School’s two excavations under the older scholars, where they were able to learn much and to give much assistance in inventorying and working over the material. No large-scale excavations were permitted by the Greek Government which had decreed that for five years only minor clean-up digging to safeguard or repair damage, with a maximum of six men, could be done. Much time and work went into clearing away the weeds and shrubs of six years; then in Corinth a minimum of further digging was undertaken to clarify the plans of the buildings as they were being studied. Architect and archaeologist working together on each building made most efficient teams and by year’s end the studies were well near completion: the South Stoa by Oscar Broneer with plans by Leicester Holland (Pl. 15, a), the Bema and Central Shops, the Roman Buildings on the West Terrace, and Minor Monuments in the Agora by Robert Scranton, the Southeast Buildings by Saul Weinberg and the Asklepieion by Carl Roebuck, the last three scholars with plans by Elias Skroubelos under the direction of John Travlos, Architect of the School. Gladys Davidson Weinberg began the monumental study of the minor objects from the beginning of the excavation and Mary .Campbell Roebuck that of terracotta roof tiles found since Mrs. Hill’s book (Corinth IV, i). Louise Scranton as Assistant did all the typing of manuscripts and reports and worked on the museum records. The first business in Corinth, however, had been to put the Museum back in order after war-time protective measures. When it could be opened at the beginning of 1947, it was the first classical museum to open in Greece after the war; this brought much favorable comment from Greeks and foreigners.

In the Athenian Agora (see below, p. 177) a special permit allowed up to 20 workmen in 1946 (May to August) for supplementary exploration in areas already cleared. Through the winter Vanderpool, who had returned full time on October 1st, Parsons, before and after he took leave for the State Department again, and Travlos worked on publication and Mammelis on the model. More extensive excavation was permitted in spring 1947 to clear the site chosen for the museum.

Central to all aspects of the work of the School stands the Library. The existing Library had been kept in good condition throughout the war by Miss Demetracopoulou, but of course no accessions could be made. Those volumes which Harold North Fowler had acquired with the $2,500 budgeted in 1944 (above, p. 21) had finally reached the School in 1946, but there was still a tremendous gap to be filled to bring the collections up to date for the kind of working library the School requires. David M. Robinson, who was Annual Professor, devoted his time to the needs of the Library, buying or begging for many books published during the war years and filling some other gaps. More than 900 new books had been acquisitioned by April 15, 1947.

In the late winter when it became possible, Rodney Young took the firstyear student Roger Edwards on the rear seat of his motorcycle for the “trip” of the year to Delphi, Naupaktos, Patras, Tripolis and Corinth.

One particularly pleasant part of the School’s program in earlier years was revived on June 16, 1947 when an Open Meeting was held in the Gennadeion; it was attended by Their Majesties King Paul and Queen Frederika, Her Royal Highness Princess Nicholas and her three daughters. Professor Broneer lectured on the excavation of Corinth and Professor Homer Thompson on that in the Athenian Agora.

On June 27, 1947 when the members of the School gave a farewell party to Mr. and Mrs. Stevens, “who have endeared themselves to all this year,” it was far more than a farewell for 1946-47. It marked the end of Mr. Stevens’ active direction of the School since July 1, 1939, without doubt the most trying eight years in the School’s history, surely the most difficult and challenging any Director has had to face. His acquittal of the assignment (in only three of those years did he carry the official title of Director or Acting Director, but no man was ever more a Director of the School) was one of the highest spots of dedicated, selfless service the School has seen in its century of existence. In each of his Annual Reports Louis Lord pays tribute to Gorham Stevens. He speaks once of his management of the School as “providential” and again and again of what the School owes to him. On May 10, 1947 Lord wrote, “At the close of the war, when communications were opened with Athens, the auditor told me that he had grave misgivings as to his ability ever to straighten out the accounts at Athens, owing to the different rates at which the drachma was valued and the numerous currencies which had to be used in the support of the School. To his surprise he found that the account balanced to a drachma and there was nothing unaccounted for.” Mr. Stevens’ accounts bore the same precision as his architectural drawings of the Erechtheion and his other Acropolis studies. Following the records one gains an enormous admiration for his unceasing care for every meticulous detail, whether of property, finance or scholarship, his faithful oversight of every aspect of the School’s affairs, his foresight, his patience but his firmness, his astuteness in business, his care and keenness, imagination and personal joy in scholarly activity, his personal interest and generosity towards students and colleagues, his genuine humanity, his courtly dignity, his gentleman’s honor. Verily it was one of the blessings of the century that Gorham Stevens held the reins in Athens from 1939 to 1947. He was to continue to serve the School for another sixteen years as Honorary Architect and to give special support and assistance to the restoration of the Stoa of Attalos and the landscaping of the Agora.

1946–1947 U.S.A.

Since it had seemed reasonable to expect that conditions in Greece would be such that first-year students could be accepted for 1947-48, the Fellowship Committee, under the new (since 1945) Chairmanship of Gertrude Smith, in the fall of 1946 announced resumption of fellowship examinations. The precarious situation still existing in Greece discouraged many applicants, and restriction to unmarried citizens of the United States debarred others. No candidate wrote for the literature and history fellowship, but the John Williams White Fellowship in Archaeology was awarded to Hazel Palmer. The A.I.A. had discontinued its Fellowship in Archaeology which had been awarded since the beginning of fellowships offered by the School in 1895. It was John Williams White (Lord, History, pl. opp. p. 1), the first Chairman of the Managing Committee of the School, who after his year at the School as Annual Professor in 1893-94 urged the establishment of two fellowships, one financed by the School, the other by the Institute, both to be awarded on the basis of examination. The A.I.A. Fellowship had been held by a most distinguished group of men and women, some of the most noted of the School’s alumni and of classical scholars in the United States. It was a most regrettable loss to the School and to archaeology in the United States that this fellowship could no longer be awarded.

On the credit side for the School came the return to the fold of three of those institutions which had withdrawn their support, the return to full payment of those who had contributed only a token and, most encouraging, the addition in 1945-46 of three new institutions and in 1946-47 of five more. This was the result of a concerted effort by the Secretary of the Managing Committee, C. Alexander Robinson, Jr., who when he accepted the Secretaryship had promised that he would enter upon a campaign to increase the number of contributing institutions. By indefatigable letter writing and personal contacts he was responsible for a constant increase each year for many years. The $10,500 in contributions for 1946-47 was the largest sum from the cooperating members up to that time in the School’s history

A momentous change occurred in the Board of Trustees this year: Professor William T. Semple was elected President of the Board on May 7, 1947. Although in the earlier years numerous members of the Trustees had been classicists and members of the Managing Committee, this was the first time an active member of the Managing Committee of the School had served as their head officer. No little benefit was foreseen from this closer association and increased understanding between the two bodies charged with the management of the School. The Trustees were pleasantly surprised to receive from the estate of Richard Seager an additional $2,710.85 and to learn that a further $2,000 or so would eventually come to augment the original $45,742.24 which provided such welcome income for excavations.

By spring 1947 it was clear that Mrs. Carpenter’s health would not permit Rhys Carpenter to take up his Directorship of the School in 1947-48. By decision of the Executive Committee, therefore, Lord wrote to Oscar Broneer (Pl. 12, b), Professor of Archaeology at the School since 1940, who had begun as Instructor in 1928 and served continuously as the resident instructor with rising academic rank until 1939 and who had been in charge of Corinth excavations for many years. Lord asked Broneer to assume the full responsibility of the School including the Athenian Agora, Corinth, the Gennadeion, plus a fall visit to the United States to conduct a campaign for funds. Ever driven by his abiding concern to get Corinth published, Lord added that he recognized the weight of all this responsibility and had full confidence in Broneer, but hoped it would not detract from his work on Corinth publication, for he still hoped to see Corinth published within his Chairmanship. After some provisions for assistance by other officers Broneer accepted the Acting Directorship for 1947-48.

1947–1948 Greece

“In many respects the present year has been unusual,” wrote Acting Director Broneer in his Annual Report for 1947-48. Although in summer 1945 it had been predicted that a normal School year might be expected by fall 1947, the abnormal conditions resulting from continued civil disturbances meant that the regular program of the School for first-year students was impossible. There were five first-year members (School Fellows and G.I. Bill of Rights holders) and three former members (including Mr. Edwards from the preceding year), plus a special undergraduate student (son of a man in Athens in government service) during the spring months, and the Agora staff. The usual “Northern” trip to North-Central Greece including Delphi and the trip to the interior of the Peloponnese had to be omitted, but Professor Broneer assisted by Saul Weinberg, Assistant Director, took the group to Delos, Boiotia as far north as Chaironeia and Euboia, Olympia, the Corinthia and the Argolid in the fall and to Crete in March. The traditional study of the sites of Attica and the monuments of Athens was carried on as well as study in such museums as were open and in some still closed to the public but generously made available by special arrangement. Mr. Hill conducted his famous sessions on the reconstruction of the Southwest wing of the Propylaia; this was the last time for this course by which so many generations of American School students had been introduced to architectural reconstruction, for the Archaeological Service had begun the actual reconstruction of this wing.

The new students, the older scholars and the staff all managed without complaint the crowded living conditions necessitated by the continued rental of Loring Hall to the American Embassy. The financial advantage to the School of this arrangement still loomed large, for the cost of maintenance and service continued to increase steadily and steeply out of proportion to the School’s financial resources. The buildings were reported to be badly in need of repairs and repainting, hardly surprising after the long period in which regular upkeep had been impossible, but without sufficient funds for the essential work of the School none of this could be contemplated. Estimates of the cost were made in summer 1947 by Stuart Thompson and again in 1948 by Mr. Stevens.

The year had opened in Athens with a significant international occasion. Ten members of the School as well as other American delegates attended the Centenary Celebration of the French School on September 10th-17th, an elegant series of formal receptions and sessions combined with performances of ancient plays and visits to the excavations at Delos and Epidauros and to the monuments of Athens. B. H. Hill had been appointed the official delegate of the School by the Managing Committee; other members of the School represented other American institutions. A special exhibition of books by the early French travelers was arranged by Professor Weber in the Gennadeion as part of the tribute to the French School.

William B. Dinsmoor served as Annual Professor for the first semester, “completed” his work on the West Shops at Corinth and worked on the Propylaia and the old Athena temple on the Acropolis. In the second semester C. Alexander Robinson, Jr. of Brown University assisted the students in their individual work as well as doing his own historical research. Arthur Parsons, who held the appointment of Professor of Archaeology in residence but who had returned to the State Department in the latter part of the previous year, resigned his appointment with the School and did not serve. His association with the School, which began as a student in 1931–1933, continued as Agora Fellow 1933–1940, as Assistant Director 1939–1941 and Director, by title, 1941–1946 while he was absent on war service. His loss to archaeology both as a skilled field archaeologist and as a dedicated teacher was, through his intimate knowledge of Greece and his sympathetic understanding of its people, a valuable gain to the U.S. Government for whom he played a distinguished role, as a member of the American Delegation on the Commission of the United Nations Security Council to investigate disputes between Greece and her northern neighbors, until his untimely death on September 29, 1948.

At Corinth Professor Broneer, Mr. and Mrs. Weinberg, Mr. Edwards and in the spring Professor and Mrs. Stillwell (see below, pp. 152-153) continued their study and writing, even though activities of the antartai had been stepped up to such an extent that sometimes even the road to Corinth was not safe.

A very important service of the School to Americans outside its own membership began this year and was to continue for the life of the American Mission for Aid to Greece. Professor Broneer and all the staff recognized the opportunity offered the School to fulfill its purpose of encouraging Greek studies in a broader way than ever envisaged by the founders of the School, but in a kind of service suggested by the report of the Committee on Scope and Function in 1946. The staff offered to give the Mission personnel and their families a series of popular lectures on the history and monuments of Athens and to conduct such excursions outside Athens to archaeological sites as security permitted (several of those planned had to be canceled). These lectures were enthusiastically received and deeply appreciated. From an initial attendance of 50 odd the number grew as high as 150 and averaged 75 throughout the 17 lectures given by Broneer, Dinsmoor, Stevens, Vanderpool, S. Weinberg, Weber, C. A. Robinson and B. H. Hill and three excursions to Corinth, Eleusis and Sounion led by Broneer, Weinberg and Vanderpool. A request was made to repeat six of the lectures for new arrivals. Beside the appreciation expressed in words a voluntary donation of $470.55 for the School’s current campaign for funds was made at the end of the scries. The interest awakened in hundreds of Americans on the Mission staff in this and following years in ancient and mediaeval history and monuments and in Greek culture throughout the ages was immeasurable and deserves to be counted as one of the truly significant achievements of the School in its first hundred years.

As was noted above (p. 32) one of the responsibilities Professor Broneer had been asked to assume for the year was to organize a campaign in America of publicity and fund raising for the School. His first act was to prepare, in the summer and fall of 1947, a documentary film on the work of the School, especially excavation in progress both in the Athenian Agora and at Corinth, and of Greek life in general from which students of the School learn to understand so much of ancient as well as modern Greece. Supervision and selection of material was done by Broneer, assisted by Lucy Talcott and others in the Athenian Agora, the camera work by Karl Robinson. The film was produced in New York under the direction of Margaret Thompson, a former member of the Agora staff; through the courtesy of Spyros P. Skouras, a Trustee of the School, the facilities of Fox Movietone with its expert technicians were put at the disposal of the producers (saving some $1,500), and Triumph Over Time was ready to be shown at the meeting of the Archaeological Institute of America in New Haven after Christmas. The film was to be used by Broneer at lectures and rallies in a campaign for funds scheduled for the end of January in cities coast to coast. On January 27th, the critical illness of Mrs. Broneer brought the Acting Director home to Athens for the last two days of life of one who had been one of the School’s most loyal and devoted officers since 1927 and one of its most beloved members. News of the death of Verna Anderson Broneer shocked and deeply grieved generations of alumni and friends of the School both in Greece and in the United States, and sincere sympathy for Oscar Broneer was poured out by Greeks and Americans alike. There was no thought of his returning to America to carry on the campaign.

Verna Broneer came to Athens in 1927 as a bride and from then till her death, except for the war years spent in the United States, was closely associated with the School. She was Librarian of the School from 1930 to 1940 where her knowledge of bibliography coupled with her natural impulse to friendly helpfulness made her a tower of strength to readers. The topographical bibliography was largely her work, and it was she, too, who organized the photographs from Corinth and other School excavations into large volumes where they could be readily found and consulted. At Corinth itself she did a great deal of the record keeping and inventorying throughout the years, and in the later years many of the coins were identified by her. Beloved as she was by everyone who crossed her path at the School, by none was she more appreciated than by the natives of Old Corinth who knew well her kindness and her concern for them. Their spontaneous outpouring of affection and respect at her funeral on January 30, 1948 was one of the most telling of the occasions of close rapport between the School and the village which the School treasures. The village bore all the expense of the funeral including the cost of the plot in the local cemetery; old excavation workmen carried the body from Oakley House to the church where the secretary of the village and representatives of other local groups spoke eulogies and offered wreaths after the local priest had read the service. Then the whole village population, nearly a thousand people, followed the procession through the village down to the cemetery.

There were other losses to the School that year. The death on September 9, 1947 of Mrs. Lincoln MacVeagh and the transfer of the Ambassador to Portugal in spring 1948 deprived the School of the presence of two staunch friends and loyal supporters. Their personal interest in classical scholarship and the work of the School had assured both their personal and their official cooperation and assistance ever since 1932 when they first arrived in Greece, even before Mr. MacVeagh became a Trustee of the School. His special service to the School during the war years has been noted elsewhere (pp. 10, 12, 25, 248); he was to continue his active concern and assistance even though no longer a near neighbor.

1947–1948 U.S.A.

Back in the United States after Mrs. Broneer’s death other members of the School family did what was possible to carry out as much as had already been planned of the lecture and film tour to campaign for funds. Homer A. Thompson, Benjamin D. Meritt, Rhys Carpenter, Margaret Thompson and Charles H. Morgan took over the lectures already arranged. The film was shown in some 13 cities of the United States and also in England and in Greece. A mail campaign also brought results. The total receipts of some seven thousand dollars from the film and $5,000 from the mail campaign did not greatly exceed expenses, but the gain in publicity for the School throughout the country could be measured as definitely positive. In the fund raising in years thereafter, some of the ground work of 1947 bore fruit. The film Triumph Over Time continued to be rented to schools, colleges and other organizations for some years to come; the monetary income was never large, but the publicity for the School, for classical studies, for Greece was significant.

The Managing Committee was putting much thought on three major problems: the Directorship, the need for more space in the Library, and the Agora museum. When Rhys Carpenter, who had been appointed director in 1946 for four years but had been unable to act in Athens from 1946 to 1948, felt that there was no possibility of his filling the position in the remainder of the term, the Managing Committee was deeply disappointed but reluctantly accepted his resignation and began a search for a new Director to guide the revival of the School after the war interlude. After a thorough canvass of all possibilities by a special committee and careful discussion by the Executive Committee, it was recommended to the Managing Committee that Carl W. Blegen be appointed for one year with John L. Caskey as Assistant Director, Caskey at the close of that year, on Blegen’s recommendation, to be appointed for an indefinite period. The mail vote of the Managing Committee was enthusiastic and almost unanimous.

Various proposals and recommendations for increasing library space were made by members of the staff in Athens and by those in America: by turning the top-floor rooms of the School into seminar rooms with shelves, by taking over the public rooms of the Director’s quarters, or by building an addition. Estimates were made, but no action was taken since enforced changes of plan for the Agora museum meant that no expenditure could be made on the Library or on the Corinth Museum addition until the financial picture of the School could be clarified. Mrs. Moore, in the course of the year, gave an additional sum (approximately $30,000) for the Corinth Museum addition to go with the $10,000 given before the war. It was hoped that work on it could begin the following, year (see below, p. 153). The Agora museum problem (see below, pp. 182-187) arose when the site west of the Areopagus selected and approved by the Greek Archaeological Service proved upon excavation to contain archaeological monuments that the Service decreed could not be covered by the museum. A new solution had to be found, and the plans already drawn and revised once by William T. Aldrich of the Board of Trustees to fit requirements of the Service had to be abandoned completely.

The Committee on Fellowships held examinations for candidates. It was gratifying that the number of applicants had increased somewhat over the previous year, but it was a matter of concern and discussion to both the Managing Committee and the Alumni Council that there were not enough first class applicants. More active publicity and enlistment of the best students in classics were urged and promised.

In April 1948 Professor Broneer was offered a one-year Visiting Professorship by the University of Chicago. In reply to his letter to Chairman Lord reporting the offer, Lord wrote highly appreciatively that the School did not want to lose the man who had been its mainstay for so many years, but that if Broneer really wanted to return to America and at the same time to continue at the School, this appeared ideal since a continuing appointment was envisaged with time off in the spring for excavation; he would ask the Managing Committee to grant a leave of absence from Broneer’s position as Professor of Archaeology at the School for 1948-49. The leave was granted.

The question of whether to hold a session of the Summer School in 1948 also occupied the Chairman particularly, since he had been its Director before the war and was prepared to continue to lead the group. In February and March Acting Director of the School Broneer tried to discourage Lord from bringing a summer session since so many museums were still closed, so many sections of the country were unsafe because of antartai activity, and prices of food and transportation were so high. In spite of these difficulties and the further one of reaching Athens (ships were so irregular and expensive and planes still very expensive), it was finally decided to hold the session in 1948 for the ten students, including some undergraduates, eager to go.

A far-reaching change took place in the work of the Publications Committee at the May 1948 meeting. Because it would seriously hamper the School’s control of the academic quality of its publications as well as involve the School in a loss of revenue, approval of the contract now required by the Harvard University Press to continue to act as the School’s publisher was recognized as impossible. The alternative was a momentous decision for the School: to act as its own publisher in future, the Committee to be responsible for all aspects of editing, production, and sales with the attendant bookkeeping (below, pp. 248-249).

Finally, in the field of personnel, the Chairman felt the need of some assistance in the many unusual problems of the future of the School and asked the Managing Committee to approve the appointment of Charles H. Morgan as Vice Chairman for the two remaining years of the Chairman’s term.

A special committee on Suggestions for Benefits to Contributing Institutions, chaired by Robert L. Scranton and including C. S. Hartman and Dorothy Burr Thompson, presented a lengthy report in which emphasis was laid on visual aids (photographs, slides, film strips of the School’s excavations) as the most tangible, effective means of benefiting the institutions, more fellowships especially for teachers and undergraduates in the summer (they could not have foreseen that the Fulbright Act would make this proposal unnecessary for the regular session) and lectures to be given to the Institutions by returning members of the School on the latest material.

1948–1949 Greece

When Carl William Blegen (Pl. 12, c) of the University of Cincinnati assumed the directorship of the School on July 1, 1948, the shadows of civil war and economic disaster continued to cloud Greek skies, and the latter would only increase during the year. In spite of these deterrents the year proved a profitable and successful one for the School and was a prelude to the significant revival in the years to come.

There were five first-year students plus one who came only for the spring, all Fellows of the School or of their own institutions, and three second-year Fellows, as well as the Agora staff of eight plus the Field Director and the staff of the School. This was by and large the pattern of personnel at the School to be followed for many years to come. The number of first-year and of second-or-more year students would increase in relation to the Agora staff and to the School staff but those three main groups made up the School’s company. The staff included beside the one-year Director Blegen, the Assistant Director John L. Caskey who was expected to become Director, Elizabeth G. Caskey who began her outstanding service as the School’s Librarian, Shirley H. Weber continuing as Librarian of the Gennadeion and Professor of Classics, Eurydice Demetracopoulou as Assistant in the Gennadeion, Gorham P. Stevens as Honorary Architect, John Travlos as Architect of School Excavations and Aristides Kyriakides as Business Manager. There was no Professor of Archaeology in residence since Professor Broneer was on leave at the University of Chicago, and the Annual Professor Edward Capps, Jr. came only for the second semester which he devoted to study for publication of the sculpture at Corinth.

The Assistant Director shared the duties of instruction with the Director on the fall trips and conducted most of the winter courses in Topography and Monuments and in Attic sites. Professor Weber read the Odyssey with students in the winter. Activity of the revolutionaries prevented travel to most of the Peloponnese in the fall, but to the traditional “Northern” trip to Central Greece were added trips to Delos and Crete where the generous hospitality of the French and British Schools in housing the members of the group made possible these highly successful days of study on the sites. By the end of March it was safe for Blegen to carry out the Argolid trip and another to Olympia in April, and some members did get to Tripolis, Sparta and Bassai. The older students concentrated and accomplished much on their assignments: Kevin Andrews worked on the study of Venetian fortresses in connection with his publication of the Grimani maps in the Gennadeion (this became Gennadeion Monograph, IV,Castles of the Morea); Hazel Palmer after inventorying material from a well near Temple E at Corinth turned to the study of the Classical graves of the North Cemetery, which had been assigned to her by Mrs. Shear (the largest part of Corinth XIII); Anna Benjamin worked on dialect inscriptions and linguistic problems in the graffiti from the Agora; and Roger Edwards after completing the cataloguing and photographing of the pottery from the South Stoa at Corinth joined the Agora staff. By spring the first-year students also had individual problems to which they turned their attention. In the pre-war program of the School, excavation was the spring activity and some of the students regularly joined the excavation staffs to profit from the training and experience to be gained from such work, while others preferred to follow their own scholarly projects. Excavations had been strictly limited in size by the Greek authorities since the war, but in April 1949 Blegen could write, “All restrictions of recent years which have so hampered digging by the Archaeological Schools have been abolished by the new Minister of Education, Mr. K. Tsatsos.” A. D. Keramopoullos, a long-time friend of the School, had been succeeded by another good friend, Anastasios K. Orlandos, as Director of the Archaeological Service who “has also looked on our problems with his usual cordial understanding sympathy.” The problem of the School was not permission but money; there were no funds for Corinth, but by spring work could proceed in the Athenian Agora thanks to outside assistance (see below, p. 178).

The financial crisis of the School’s budget had arisen because of the phenomenal rise in all costs in Greece. All prices were by 1948-49 far more than three times what they had been in 1938-39, and even though the salaries of the Greek employees had been raised they remained woefully inadequate for their bare necessities; Blegen urged that salaries must be raised further and that the families must be helped directly with clothing. The Alumni Association responded to the latter plea by sending out to its members a list of the names and ages of the members of the families the School needed to help; a very gratifying response enabled the Association to make several large shipments of clothing. Blegen warned that the next year there would be nothing left after the fixed charges for maintenance were met. He urged that the School continue in 1949-50 to rent the main portion and West House of Loring Hall and the Gennadeion West House to the Embassy as in 1948-49 when the Agricultural attaché lived in Loring Hall West House and the Special Assistant to the Ambassador in Gennadeion West House. The ten rooms of the center of Loring Hall had with the rooms in the Main Building been adequate to house the students in 1948-49 and the income from the rental of the rest (some $1,550 a month for 10 months) was all that saved the budget that year.

Help, both financial and otherwise, came to the School at this critical period from the United States and Greek Governments, thanks in large part to the active role played in the planning by Carl Blegen. “In its aim to re-establish the economy of Greece on a self-supporting basis, the ECA Mission has set a high value on the revival of the tourist business as one of the most productive agencies in bringing free foreign exchange into the country. In this conviction the Mission saw its way to grant financial aid to the Ministry of Education for the much needed rehabilitation of the country’s archaeological resources.” Blegen did much during November and December 1948 as a participant in the meetings between the Mission representatives and the Archaeological Service to work out the details of rehabilitating the museums and of repairing and preserving important ancient monuments. Among the grants made was one for the restoration of the Stoa of Attalos; the initial grant allowed for the clearing of the ground in front, removal of the blocks from within the building, rebuilding of the terrace wall in front and some work on the steps of the building. This grant to the Greek Archaeological Service was turned over to the American School’s Agora excavation to administer jointly with the Service and permitted beginning the work toward restoring the Stoa of Attalos to serve as the Agora Museum, a plan which had now been approved by the Archaeological Council. Unfortunately, by February 1949, because of increased military needs, the allotment for the Stoa had been cut from $100,000 to $20,000. Funds to complete the enormously costly undertaking had of course to be raised by the School (see below, pp. 182-183).

The School needed funds for the scientific personnel as well as the workmen, however, and it was another joint United States and Greek Government program which provided the Agora Fellows with their stipends for several years, i.e. the Fulbright Act (see below, pp. 43-44). It was, to be sure, not until March 1949 that official notification was received that Fulbright Research Fellowships had been awarded for the year beginning October 1, 1948 to six members of the Agora staff and a travel grant to the seventh, and there had been no little hardship meanwhile, but gratitude was sincere when word finally came after enormous effort and endless correspondence by Blegen. There was hope that these fellowships in the category of advanced research would be renewed, since there were few openings in Greece for advanced research in fields other than those sponsored by the School. This did in fact happen.

The other category of Fulbright graduate fellowships, for study in the predoctoral phase, was announced in Washington in December 1949 and was to have an enormous influence on the selection of the students who came to the School for a number of years thereafter (see below, pp. 44-45).

The staff of the School, on its part, gave of its scholarly store again to the American Mission personnel as they had first in the preceding year and were to continue to do for several more years. Sixteen lectures were given, three each by Blegen, Caskey and Rodney Young, two each by Stevens and Vander-pool, one each by Alison Frantz, B. H. Hill and Shirley Weber. Once more appreciation of the 30 to 80 (depending on the weather) Mission personnel was expressed by monetary contribution, this time to defray the cost of excavation in connection with the study of some specific problem in the Agora.

The buildings of the School grew no younger or less in need of painting and repair. The most urgent problems, particularly plumbing, were dealt with by the School’s own employees, except for the boiler in the Gennadeion which required a welding firm, and through the skill and industry of one of the permanent School employees, a “one-man repair team,” much repainting was done. Blegen wrote, “This will be continued as long as our supply of paint lasts.” He paid high tribute to the devotion of all the domestic staff who continued to serve cheerfully regardless of failing equipment as well as the disproportionately low wages in relation to their cost of living. The students’ costs, too, were exorbitantly high of course and would have been disastrous without the expert management of the students’ mess by Rodney Young, and later Mrs. Carroll, and the access to the Commissary supplies of the American Council of Voluntary Agencies (founded in April 1948 to help the various American groups in Greece and continued until November 1950 when the food situation had greatly improved).

1948–1949 U.S.A.

The financial situation of the School was helped greatly by the addition of six new cooperating institutions; several others were endeavoring to raise an endowment to fund their institutions permanently, but much more was needed for the permanent endowment of the School to carry on its regular activities as well as specifically for the Athenian Agora and the Agora museum. Attempts were being made to interest a number of potential large donors. Both the Trustees and the Chairman of the Managing Committee were committed to raising a considerable endowment, but they were also trying to attack the problem by soliciting funds for specific portions of the School’s programs. In the end it was the individual items, specifically the Agora and its museum, for which funds were found over the succeeding years rather than the General Endowment which to this day (1980) remains the desperate need if the School is to survive to offer training in Greek studies to American students and prospective teachers.

A temporary solution to the financing of the Summer Session was approved by the Managing Committee at the May 1949 meeting whereby the Bureau of University Travel would conduct the Summer Session beginning in 1950. It would pay the salary of the Director, all promotional fees and the expenses of the session, and receive all tuitional fees, while the School would appoint the Director; this arrangement could be terminated at any time. Since the Chairman of the Managing Committee, who had been the Director of the Summer Session for some years, had recently become an official of the B.U.T., the arrangement was considered likely to prove efficient and to insure the continuing of the Summer Session (see below, Chapter VI).

In the field of personnel, the Managing Committee had to find a Professor of Archaeology to be resident at the School and responsible for a major portion of the instruction offered. With the increasing administrative duties eating into the Director’s time it was recognized as essential that there be a resident Professor of Archaeology, as Oscar Broneer had been for many years before the war, to divide the academic duties with the Director. When Broneer requested a further leave of absence of three years to continue his appointment at the University of Chicago, which would, however, give him the second semester free every other year to continue his work at Corinth, the Managing Committee explored the field for a new Professor of Archaeology. The choice fell upon a member of the Agora staff, Eugene Vanderpool, who was appointed at the May 1949 meeting to be Professor of Archaeology as well as continuing to be a Research Fellow of the Agora staff. The appointment was for one year, as was also that of John L. Caskey as Director.

Even as in the previous year there had been a notable change and increase in the operation of the Publications Committee, this year brought the Fellowship Committee the necessity of a different mode of awarding fellowships and a far greater responsibility. This was the result of the Fulbright Act, the Research Fellows of which had just been appointed for 1948-49; the pre-doctoral grants were to begin for 1949-50 but had to be acted upon in the spring of 1949. The Fulbright Act had been adopted by the 79th United States Congress. It provided that payment for military material left in foreign allied countries after World War II might be made to the United States by using their own currency in their own country to help Americans studying or teaching in such countries or to help their own students go to the United States to study. A separate agreement with each country was signed by the United States and the country concerned. Funds always had to stay in local currency. The agreement in each case was administered by a division of the Department of State and various committees in the United States and by an administrative body in the foreign country.

In the case of Greece there were about 20 million dollars to be available over a period of 20 years. In the United States the Institute of International Education organized a screening and selection committee to assist the Board of Foreign Scholarships in drawing up its lists of fellows. This list had also to be approved by the committee in Athens, the United States Educational Foundation for Greece, comprising the United States Ambassador, other Americans and several Greeks. Since the American School of Classical Studies at Athens was the principal educational institution at which students would wish to study in Greece, it was obvious that a goodly number of students would be awarded Fulbright grants to study there each year. How was the School to retain its own standards of admission? The School welcomed the greater number of students thus enabled to benefit from study in Greece, all with no financial cost to the School, but the Managing Committee felt some means must be taken to assure the School the right to refuse admission to any inadequately prepared student. A committee was appointed to define the policy of the School in regard to persons who were to be recommended for work at the School, to explore the desired qualifications of such people, and in general to study the subject of admission to the School; this committee, chaired by Gertrude Smith, consisted of the members of the Committee on Fellowships (Alexander D. Fraser and Clark Hopkins), Alfred R. Bellinger, Carl W. Blegen, Rhys Carpenter and Charles H. Morgan. Since Professors Bellinger and Blegen were members of the Board of Foreign Scholarships and the United States Educational Foundation for Greece, this assured some understanding on those decision-making boards of the policies and standards of the School. When the names had been selected by the Fulbright boards they were submitted to the School’s Fellowship Committee for acceptance. Nowhere along the line were applicants required to take any examinations.

The effect of all this on the School’s own Fellowships was bound to be serious. The best qualified and most promising students such as previously had competed for the School’s Fellowships would now apply for a Fulbright and get it without examinations. Obviously the School would have to remove its requirements for examinations as long as the best candidates were attracted to Fulbright grants. The Managing Committee voted in May 1949 to permit the Fellowship Committee to omit examinations the following year, if in the judgment of the Committee this seemed wise, and to select Fellows on the basis of papers, letters of recommendation, and personal interviews. Not only the method of selection but the monetary value of the Fulbright junior fellowships put the School’s Fellowships at a disadvantage. In any case the increased cost of living in Greece had made the $1300 stipend inadequate; it was therefore voted to raise the stipend to $2000. It was also agreed to award only two School Fellowships for 1949-50, both because the Fulbright awards would take care of so many and in order to let the Fellowship funds accumulate so that the higher stipend could continue to be paid. There would be no letup in work for the Fellowship Committee, however, in the oncoming years, for the negotiations with the Fulbright boards as well as administering the School’s own Fellowships demanded a staggering amount of correspondence between the Committee and the boards and the Director in Athens with whom the Chairman kept in constant contact on matters of both general policy and individual personnel. For that first year, 1949-50, there were ten Fulbright Scholars appointed in spring 1949 as well as eight senior Research Fulbright Fellows. The last Regular Member holding a Fulbright grant was enrolled in 1975-76.

It had been only three years before in 1945-46 that the Managing Committee had considered its Regulations and made various changes and additions (see above, pp. 21-22), but still others were now necessary to incorporate its recent legislative action and to restate the definition of the Committee. As approved on May 14, 1949, “The Managing Committee . . . shall consist of a representative or representatives from each of the Universities and Colleges [in 1950 there was added here ‘and other educational institutions’] which unite in the support of the School, of the Director of the School, of the Treasurer of the Corporation, and of professors annually appointed to the staff from the faculties of the supporting Universities and Colleges, these professors to be members of the Committee during the years of service and the year following. The Managing Committee is empowered further to add to its membership such individuals as it may deem wise to elect who are officers of the Archaeological Institute of America, of the American School of Oriental Research, of the Classical School maintained by the American Academy in Rome, and two representatives of the Alumni Association of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. It may also elect, subject to the confirmation of the Trustees, other persons who have shown special interest in the School.” Further amendments passed in 1949 provided that elected members of the Executive Committee be increased from six to eight; salaries and terms of office of officers were to be fixed by the Managing Committee; the Committees on Publications, Admissions and Fellowships, and Placement were to have three members with additional members when advisable, to serve one-year terms but to be eligible for re-election; the Personnel Committee of three, one member elected each year, were to serve three-year terms and be limited to three terms.

1949–1950 Greece

After a decade of abnormal conditions at the School through the years of war and its aftermath and gradual recovery, the last year of Professor Lord’s chairmanship saw the School solidly established once more in its teaching and excavating and embarked upon a distinguished 30 years to complete its century of achievement. Lord had struggled with so many problems both external and internal in that decade that his friends rejoiced that he could have one final year of satisfaction in the School’s re-established stability. Although looking over the long range one tends to think of Morgan’s Chairmanship and Caskey’s Directorship as synchronous, it should be emphasized here that John L. Caskey (PI. 12, d) began his Directorship under the strong support of Lord as Chairman as well as that of Charles H. Morgan who had been Vice Chairman since 1948.

Termination of the revolutionary activity which had plagued Greece ever since the end of the World War made possible travel throughout the country, which was further facilitated by better and better communications. The fall program, planned especially for first-year students but participated in also by some of the senior fellows, could now include Delos as well as the long traditional Boiotia, Delphi and the North; Arkadia, Lakonia and Messenia; Corinth and the Argolid. In March a second shorter trip to Boiotia and the Olympia trip were made, and finally in May an informal trip to Samos and the Greek cities of Asia Minor, Troy and Istanbul was organized for the thirteen interested students (plus three guests). The addition of Delos to the regular schedule, introduced the preceding year when many parts of the mainland were inaccessible, proved particularly valuable and enjoyable. During the winter the long established course on Topography and Monuments of Athens, meeting twice a week, made use not only of the Director and Professor of Archaeology in residence, Caskey and Vanderpool, but also of Mr. Hill and Mr. Stevens on the Acropolis, so the students had the advantage of working with the distinguished experts who were members emeriti of the School’s staff. In addition to the trips to sites in Attica there were also offered a course in Thucydides by Gertrude Smith, the Annual Professor for the year, and a series of introductory lectures on pre-Classical pottery (Caskey and Hazel Hansen, Fulbright Senior Fellow), coins (Weber), inscriptions (Vanderpool), and the Byzantine period (Alison Frantz). The latter lectures were of particular value to many of the students whose previous training had not included study in these fields, which could be touched upon only lightly in the other School courses and the trips. By spring the numerous first-year students were all at work on projects of their own, and many of them were traveling both more widely in Greece and to other countries in the eastern Mediterranean. They had learned modern Greek well and were enterprising about making the most of their weeks in Greece. It was also true that the more ample funds of the Fulbright grants permitted more traveling than had other fellowships in recent years in spite of the still rising costs of everything in Greece. Of the ten junior Fulbrights, five were first-year students, five second-year, and there were eight other first-year students; so although Fulbrights had been a boon to second-year as well as new students, it was a good sign for the future of the School that students were coming again on fellowships from their own institutions.

The lectures to the Embassy and E.C.A. personnel begun two years earlier were continued with similar success and appreciation. Some 125-150 persons attended the series given by Caskey, Vanderpool, Homer Thompson, Gertrude Smith, Weber and Alison Frantz.

Excavation was again limited because of financial restrictions, but thanks to E.C.A. funds it continued actively in the Agora in preparation for the rebuilding of the Stoa of Attalos as the museum (see below, p. 182), and good work on study for publication was accomplished by the Senior Research Fellows in both Athens and Corinth. In Corinth at long last work could begin in January on construction of the new wing of the Museum, preparation for the foundations of which had begun during the last years before the war (see above, p. 3); by September it was complete (see below, pp. 62, 153). A third museum in Greece under American sponsorship was also taking shape; construction was proceeding on the central unit of the museum on Samothrace by the New York University excavation which was sponsored by the American School (see below, pp. 62, 208-209).

When it became clear in the summer of 1949 how many students would be needing housing, the agreement to continue to rent Loring Hall to the Embassy was canceled, leaving only the Loring Hall West House and the Gennadeion West House rented to members of the E.C.A. Mission. Occupancy of the School buildings was thus also returning to normal. In September the United States Government Commissary privileges previously extended to members of American non-profit voluntary agencies were suspended. This fact along with the opening of Loring Hall made essential the appointment of a full-time administrator of the building and meals. It will be recalled that since 1946 one of the older students had been in charge of the students’ mess. Mrs. Sarantidou, who had been in charge of running Loring Hall for the Embassy, was retained and continued for some years. The new oil-burning furnaces and water heaters which arrived on December 6 yielded welcome hot water three days a week (the water level was alarmingly low in the Marathon reservoir). With the large enrollment and those entitled to the houses occupying rooms instead, there was little if any free space, but whenever there was, the Director provided accommodation both in Loring Hall and in Oakley House at Corinth for special guests with connections past or present with the School. This hospitality to alumni and members of supporting institutions whenever possible continued for many years even after the difficulty of 1949–1950 of finding accommodation elsewhere had ceased to exist. The presence of many of these visitors added appreciably to the variety of interest and breadth of experience and scholarship offered to the resident members.

The Open Meeting at which activities of the past year were reported to the archaeological community of Athens and friends of the School was held in March and attended by Their Majesties the King and Queen and Princess Helen. The genuine interest of the Royal Court in the work of the School was made evident throughout the reign of King Paul not only by their own regular attendance at the Open Meetings and special functions of the School but also by such gracious consideration as the sending of tickets for members of the School for a special service in the Cathedral in March 1952 (see also below, p. 61).

An act passed by the Greek parliament and signed by the King in October was of life-saving assistance financially to many members of the American Voluntary Agencies in Greece. It provided to some dozen agencies certain rights of importation, official exemption from various forms of taxation and freedom from a number of complex government regulations. It stood “as a valuable and practical token of Greek appreciation of American private contribution to Greek life” at a time when the major United States Government activity tended to obscure the long-term achievements of the voluntary private institutions struggling for survival.

In his annual report Director Caskey called particular “attention to the harmony and will to cooperate that prevail, without loss of individual initiative, among all members” of the School which “had resumed its full and active life and had opened its facilities and benefits to a large number of people.” He welcomed this extension of opportunities to advance the cause of classical education in America, but he warned that maximum enrollment should be undertaken with care to maintain the opportunities for advanced research and the high standards which have distinguished the School’s work in the past.

1949–1950 U.S.A.

The year saw several changes in the Board of Trustees, a very significant one in its President. Professor Semple’s precarious health caused him to resign the Presidency, while fortunately remaining a member of the Board, where he was still to give significant service. In his stead as President there came to the post on November 21, 1949 a man who throughout his years as President and then as Chairman must have been the most active leader the Board has had, Ward M. Canaday (Pl. 9, b). He had been a member since 1937 and understood well the heavy financial responsibilities he was shouldering. From the beginning he tackled them with his characteristic driving energy and his keen interest in the School which grew to be a deep devotion. A. Winsor Weld who had served as member since 1920 and Treasurer since 1933 resigned as Secretary-Treasurer and became Vice President till 1954. It was Edward Capps, under whom Weld worked in the Red Cross during World War I, who sparked his interest in the School to which he gave such devoted service. Louis Eleazer Lord who would retire as Chairman of the Managing Committee on June 30, 1950 was elected to the Board and as Secretary-Treasurer on November 21, 1949; he would fill the office until 1954. On May 10, 1950 died Edwin S. Webster, member since 1926, Vice President 1930–1941 and President 1941–1947 (see above, p. 24).

The Managing Committee also dealt with more than the usual matters of personnel. Professor Caskey’s appointment as Director of the School was made definitely for five years beginning July 1, 1949; this would be renewed for another 5 years. The problem of Professor Weber’s appointment as Librarian of the Gennadeion had become a thorny one because of a commitment made in 1937 “for life.” At that time School appointments were usually made with indefinite term, but since meanwhile the Managing Committee had voted to make all appointments by fixed term, some adjustment was necessary. The Managing Committee had also fixed 65 as normal retirement age. After no little consideration of the matter it was voted on May 13, 1950 that Professor Weber was to retire and would be retired on July 1, 1953 at the age of 70. At the same time a new appointment was made in the United States. When the School took on the full responsibilities of its publications it became necessary that the officer in charge of the Publications Office hold a full-time staff position. Lucy T. Shoe was appointed to take office on July 1, 1950 both as Chairman of the Publications Committee and as Editor of Publications, an office which was to rank as staff member of the School. Miss Shoe would continue in that double appointment till October 1, 1972. Most significant of the new appointments was that of Charles H. Morgan as Chairman of the Managing Committee for five years; this appointment would in due time be extended to a further five years to make a decade of one of the most distinguished and effective chairmanships in the School’s history.

Mr. Lord, who throughout his chairmanship had been actively working to add to numerous existing named endowment funds, succeeded in starting up several others, all welcome but totaling a relatively small amount in relation to the School’s needs. He was assigned by the Trustees for the following year the very difficult yet essential task of soliciting potential large donors and foundations. A grant for the current 1950-51 expenses of the School from the Bollingen Foundation to assist while the campaign for endowment was under way was the first of numerous contributions to be made by the Bollingen in subsequent years for specific needs.

In his annual report the first year after the war on May 11, 1946 Mr. Lord had listed five responsibilities he believed the School must discharge: (1) publish the Gennadeion catalogue, (2) complete the publication of Corinth, (3) complete the preliminary excavation of the Agora along lines laid out by Mr. Shear, (4) build the Agora Museum, (5) make adequate provision for the Library. Of these, without any doubt dearest to his heart was no. 2. Throughout his chairmanship both during and after the war his thoughts, his talk, his letters all bore upon the Corinth publications which he longed to see complete in his chairmanship. By assigning much of the unfinished material to young scholars who he believed would see the work through and do it well, sending them out on fellowships to do the study required on the site, constant reminding, cajoling and begging, the major part of that responsibility was discharged under his leadership; although the volumes were actually published in the following few years the scholarly work was done chiefly under his impetus. Fortunately he lived to see Corinth volumes XIV Asklepieion by Carl Roebuck (1951), I, iii Monuments in the Lower Agora and North of the Archaic Temple by Robert L. Scranton (1951), II The Theatre by Richard Stillwell (1952), XII Minor Objects by Gladys R. Davidson (1952), XV, ii The Potters’ Quarter, The Terracottas by Agnes Newhall Stillwell (1953), and I, iv The South Stoa and its Roman Successors by Oscar Broneer (1954), if not I, v The Southeast Building, the Twin Basilicas, The Mosaic House by Saul S. Weinberg (1960) and the volume he most of all wished to see published, I, vi The Springs by B. H. Hill on which Mr. Hill continued to work and which could only be published after Mr. Hill’s death.

Verily Mr. Lord did accomplish his no. 2; no. 1 would take many years yet to bring to fruition; no. 5 was recognized as last on the list and capable of being put off; but on nos. 3 and 4 in the Athenian Agora excavations he set the plough in the ground. Others would carry the chief burden, but he had seen to it that the commitments were made. His own deprecating assessment of his chairmanship as “an undistinguished administration” was far too modest and unfair to himself. He had failed to measure and weigh the unparalleled problems and cares of the war and immediately post-war years during which a man less vigorous, quick thinking and acting, practically efficient, financially provident and personally tireless in his devotion could have meant disaster for the School. His faith and his vision for the future of the School were bulwarks. In several of his annual reports he expresses appreciation to the Chairman of the Publications Committee for carrying on the publications department of the School when all else was in abeyance and for emphasizing the importance of publication in the School’s over-all activity. It was characteristic of him to give credit to others for convincing him of its importance (we know his own commitment to Corinth publications); without his moral and budgetary support the notable record of publication during the war years which kept the existence of the School in people’s minds would not have been possible. In 1955 while still unduly deprecating his achievements Lord wrote to his successor Charles Morgan that he considered he had done three things of value for the School:

“1) forced on me by Ben Meritt, recognition of publication as one of the major responsibilities of the School; the establishment of our office in Princeton, the appointment of Lucy Shoe as editor and the large appropriation for publication—-this a distinctive achievement.
2) securing you [Charles Morgan] as my successor.
3) persuading Ward Canaday to take the Chairmanship of the Trustees.”

Chapter II: The Chairmanship of Charles Hill Morgan, 1950–1960

When Charles Hill Morgan (Pl. 10, c) of Amherst College became Chairman of the Managing Committee on July 1, 1950, the staff of the School in Athens, with which he was to lead an outstanding near decade in the School’s history, had been working together for a year and were ripe and ready for the highly successful achievements to come.

1950–1959 Greece

That staff in the first year of Caskey’s (Pl. 12, d) Directorship (1949-50) remained in large part the same throughout the next nine years. Eugene Vanderpool (Pl. 13, b) continued as Professor of Archaeology in residence and not only shared with Caskey the duties of instruction, taking over more and more of the long fall trips and the winter courses as well as advising and working with the students on their individual research problems as the demands of administration ate more and more into the Director’s days and thoughts, but also assumed those administrative duties whenever Caskey was absent. This happened regularly every two years when he went to America for a month in mid-winter to meet with both Chairman and the whole Managing Committee. Morgan, Caskey and Vanderpool made an admirably effective team in dealing equally successfully with the ever more complex administrative matters concerning the numerous Greek Government Agencies, Ministries and Services and with the more varied academic responsibilities that came with the diversified ages, training, interests and requirements of the members of the School.

In addition to the course on the Topography and Monuments of Athens, which remained as always the chief winter activity along with that of the day trips to the sites of Attica, both of which Caskey and Vanderpool shared, Caskey gave lectures on prehistoric pottery and Vanderpool on Greek epigraphy.

But it was not just a triumvirate who carried the School along so notably, for these were the years when the work which had been resumed in the Athenian Agora became one of the major activities of the School and when the harmonious cooperation of the Agora with the other work of the School was of the best. That fourth man who worked so happily with the other three was the Field Director of the Agora, Homer Armstrong Thompson (Pl. 13, b), to whom Vanderpool was also Deputy Director, so that at the times when both Caskey and Thompson were in the United States Vanderpool was the sole director of the whole of the School’s activity in instruction, research and business administration. Thompson, in spite of being only half a year in residence and heavily occupied in the excavation of the Agora and the restoration of the Stoa of Attalos, found time to make the students at home in the Agora, to lecture to them in the Agora and elsewhere and to direct the work of those students who took on Agora assignments for their spring activity.

The Director Emeritus Bert Hodge Hill (he carried that official title from 1950 till his death in 1958), the other two Professors of Archaeology, Carl Blegen and Oscar Broneer, and the Honorary Architect Gorham P. Stevens were occupied chiefly with their own research or excavation or both (respectively, Peirene and the other Springs at Corinth; Pylos; Corinth and then Isthmia; the buildings on the Acropolis), but were available and always happy to lecture to the students on their special interests and to work with them; they lectured regularly in the Topography and Monuments course. Another regular officer of the School also stood ready to assist those members with interests served by the collections in the Gennadeion Library. Shirley Weber, who continued as Librarian of the Gennadeion to June 30, 1953, worked especially in those last years of his term on the catalogue of the travelers to Greece but continued to offer instruction in numismatics; his successor Peter Topping worked on mediaeval history, particularly on a social and economic history of the Frankish Peloponnese. The assistance of these men went chiefly to the many Greek and foreign scholars who made use of the library’s treasures, but they too were available to all members of the School for advice and assistance. In addition Elizabeth Caskey, each year after Professor Weber left, found time from her Librarian’s duties in the School Library to guide the students in numismatics, and Alison Frantz of the Agora staff gave lectures on Byzantine art and history.

Finally of the instructional staff there were the Annual and Visiting Professors, the Special Research Fellows as they were now officially termed, chosen each year by the Managing Committee from its own membership to spend a year at the School. Although there have never been any formal instructional responsibilities assigned to these scholars and it has been expected that they will engage in their own research, in actual practice they have normally offered a course during the winter months as well as been available for consultation and informal assistance to students throughout the year. The variety of their interests offers a wide range in the specialities to which students are exposed.

In these nine years the following courses were offered: 1950-51: Herodotos (Clark Hopkins); 1951-52: The Odyssey, studies in the storerooms of the National Museum and a trip to Crete (George E. Mylonas); 1952-53: Aeschylus, Persae, Sophocles, Oedipus at Colonus, Euripides, Suppliants and Aristotle, Poetics (Alfred C. Schlesinger) and Homer and Modern Greek heroic oral poetry (James A. Notopoulos); 1953-54: Style in various areas of Classical art and the interpretation of style in terms of mental attitudes (Robert L. Scranton); 1954-55: Attic epigraphy in the Epigraphical and Agora Museums (Benjamin D. Meritt); 1955-56: Aeschines, Against Ktesiphon and Demosthenes, On the Crown (William E. Gwatkin, Jr.) and Periclean buildings on the Acropolis and their predecessors, as part of the regular topography of Athens course (William B. Dinsmoor); 1956-57: Prehistoric pottery and an elementary course in Homer (Hazel D. Hansen) and Greek Sculpture in the National and Acropolis Museums (Rhys Carpenter); 1957-58: Literary selections concerning Delphi from the Homeric Hymn to Apollo to Plutarch (Barbara P. McCarthy) and Menander (Arthur M. Young); 1958-59: Demosthenes, Philippic I and Olynthiacs, Aeschylus, Agamemnon, Herodotos, I and Plato, Republic with four different groups of students (Herbert S. Long) and architectural discussions (J. Walter Graham for the second term only).

Once the revolutionary activity in Greece had terminated and the bridges destroyed during the war had been rebuilt, the roads repaired and new ones built where none had existed before, it was possible in 1950 to resume the traditional pre-war trips to the principal sites of central Greece, i.e. Boiotia, Euboia, Phokis as far north as Thermopylai and of the Peloponnese, i.e. the Corinthia, the Argolid, Arkadia, Lakonia, Messenia and Olympia. It was, in fact, already possible in 1950 for the so-called “Northern” trip to drive west from Delphi through Naupaktos to Agrinion and Messolonghi, cross by ferry to Rhion and return along the south shore of the gulf. In succeeding years the core group of the old Central Greece and Peloponnesian sites was always visited, but the order and the combinations varied each year as other areas were added from time to time: Crete in 1951; Pylos in 1951 and later; an extended northwest trip as far as Kassope in 1953 and 1954; in 1955 a trip from Corinth to Olympia and then from Patras through the sites of the northwest to Ioannina and over the Pindos to Thessaly; in 1956 a spring trip to Delphi, on to the Northwest, over the Pindos to Metsova, Pharsalos, Lamia and back to Athens; in 1957 Thessaly was linked with the central Greece trip, the Northwest with Olympia; and in 1958 the islands of Delos and Mykonos replaced the Northwest. The means of transportation in 1950 were still the School’s station wagon, a hired taxi and private cars plus the train to Olympia; in 1951 a bus was added to the private cars as an experiment which proved so satisfactory and so much less costly than the cars that in 1952 the two long trips were made by bus. Thereafter the bus became regular for all trips including Olympia which was from 1953 linked to either the Northwest or the western Peloponnesian sites.

Who were the members of the School to whom this rich offering of study was made by the Staff? There continued to be the groups of senior research scholars on the one hand and on the other the junior students including both the first-year people and those who were able to stay a second or third year to work on projects begun in the first year. From 1950 to 1959, the total of these two groups each year numbered between 25 and 32, the juniors usually a few more than half the total. Of the seniors, the Agora Fellows numbered between four and seven each year, including both the indoor and outdoor staff, the cataloguers, excavators, and those working up material for publication, the same personnel each year so that the continuity of experience gave the greatest possible benefit (see below, pp. 176-177). The other senior fellows included some who worked on Agora or on Corinth material, but they were mostly concerned with various research problems from their own interests, which sometimes had been begun earlier as students of the School. They were scholars already established in teaching or research positions; they came financed by Senior Fulbright Fellowships (four in 1950-51, six in 1951-52 but only one or none annually later) or increasingly by the Guggenheim Foundation, the Ford Foundation, the American Council of Learned Societies, the Bollingen Foundation, the American Association of University Women, the American Philosophical Society, or their own resources, and they represented a wide geographical spread in the United States. Their presence added a tremendous amount of intellectual interest and vitality to the work of the junior members already engaged (as noted above) on a richly varied curriculum. These junior members included Fulbright holders, the numbers of whom dropped from nine in 1950-51 to four in 1958-59, the School’s own fellows which rose from one in 1950-51 to a regular two or three, or even four in some years with special funds, and an increasing number holding fellowships from their own institutions, notably the Charles Eliot Norton, Corey and Shelby Fellowships of Harvard University, the Ella Riegel of Bryn Mawr College, the Edward Ryerson of the University of Chicago, the Abby Leach of Vassar College, the Hyneman of the University of Pennsylvania and the Arnold Fellowship of Brown University, as well as the Woodrow Wilson Foundation Fellow. There were also those who came on their own resources, almost all of whom were from the Cooperating Institutions.

The quality and seriousness of purpose of most of these students were consistently high even if from time to time a few fell below the usual standards. They worked hard with both profit and pleasure on their reports for the trips and the winter courses as well as their own individual studies. And they learned to know and to love the land and its people. At times they were even identified with them, as when during a session of the topography course at the Olympieion a tourist was heard to call out “Yes, yes, I’m coming but I want to take a picture as soon as these peasants get out of the way.”

The heart of all the activity of the School (trips, courses, individual work, excavation) is of course the School’s Library. We have seen that several persons had labored to bring it back from the war status quo to the kind of working library the School had to have, but it was the tireless, devoted, highly skilled and knowledgeable attention and the good judgment of the Librarian of the decade 1948–1958 that brought it up and kept it up to the standard without which the School’s work could not have proceeded. Elizabeth Gwyn Caskey, on a budget all too painfully restricted, succeeded in adding new periodicals, as they appeared and proved their worth, by arranging exchanges with the School’s journal Hesperia and in acquiring the most essential books, cataloguing them and somehow shelving them in the more and more crowded cases which filled every available bit of space in the building; using an equally effective shoehorn she fitted into the limited seats the ever increasing number of readers, both members of the School and the many visitors, Greek and foreign archaeologists, coming to find resources unavailable elsewhere. When Mary Zelia Pease Philippides (Pl. 14, d) took over the Librarianship in 1958 the problem of crowding was acute, but luxurious relief was in sight; the Arthur Vining Davis Wing was under construction (see below, pp. 64-67).

The studies undertaken by the junior members of the School ranged over a wide field of ancient Greek literature, history and most of the branches of archaeology as well as some mediaeval and modern studies. They resulted in School papers in many cases, not a few of which were published in Hesperia; others led to dissertations and later books. In the decade under consideration there were many studies of topography and architecture, including the Temple of Ares in Athens and surveys of little or unknown areas and monuments in Attica, the Argolid, Boiotia, Euboia, Kephallenia and Seriphos, some of which resulted in significant later excavations and further studies, e.g. Prasiai and Leipsydrion in Attica, the Phokikon in Phokis, the Hermionid in the Argolid. Studies in sculpture included early Classical kouroi, architectural sculpture from the Temple of Ares in Athens and the Argive Heraion, and the oriental origin of sirens on bronze cauldrons; in pottery, Early and Middle Helladic, Geometric and red figured; terracotta figurines, bronzes, coins and mosaics were considered, as well as Attic and other epigraphy. Among the literary studies on Homer, Aeschylus, Pindar, Aristophanes, Plato and Demosthenes was the publication of an unedited MS of Aeschylus on Mt. Athos; there was also one on Modern Greek poetry. Historical studies included Athens in the time of Cicero and Corinth in the time of St. Paul (see below, p. 154). The senior scholars’ work comprised much of the publication of the finds from the excavations of the Athenian Agora, Corinth, the Argive Heraion, Lerna, Halai and Isthmia but included also Greek philosophy, Hellenistic history, mediaeval and modern history of Greece, Linear B, linguistic structure of modern Greek, Mycenaean and Geometric art, prehistoric Skyros, early Cycladic material, analytical examination of Greek art and culture, topography of religious festivals, setting of Greek temples, the Parthenon frieze, numismatics, especially the coinage of Euboia, ancient glass, ancient weights and measures, Aristotle and the Dikasteria, deme representation in Athens, Homer in the light of modern archaeology, Frankish and Venetian castles in the Morea, Islamic remains on Crete, ancient and modern Greek dance. The breadth of the interest in Greek studies of the members of the School, both younger and older, is thus well attested, from Bronze Age to modern times, in literature, history, philosophy, art and excavation and its results.

Before we consider the other activity of the spring, excavation, let us go back to the staff. The volume of administrative work had grown to absorb so large a proportion of the Director’s time that in 1951 a Secretary of the School was appointed, Gerald J. Sullivan, who was so valuable an assistant to the Director that he was to have served a second year had it not been necessary for him to return to America in August 1952. The need for administrative assistance in answering certain correspondence, acting as room clerk for Loring Hall, and assisting in other ways with the many visitors who came was such that in 1953-54 the Capps Fellow of the School, C. W. J. Eliot, was appointed with the understanding that he would act as assistant to the Director. He continued the work carrying the title Secretary from 1954 to 1957 when Colin N. Edmonson assumed the duties till 1960. Mr. Eliot also gave some lectures in the topography course and led some of the trips in Attica; he had become thoroughly at home in Attica through his studies of its demes and its forts, particularly Leipsydrion. He took part in the popular lecture series for American Government Mission personnel, conducted weekly tours of the Agora for visitors, and collaborated with Mabel Lang in writing the first edition of the Guide to the Athenian Agora. Mr. Edmonson also took part in the popular lectures beside his administrative duties.

The staff also included several veterans in the School’s service each of whom continued his or her highly valuable work for the School. Eurydice Demetracopoulou, Assistant in the Gennadeion since 1937 (who would occupy the position of Assistant Librarian from 1962 till 1969), carried on her work of cataloguing. John Travlos, Architect of School Excavations, continued to divide his time between the Agora and Corinth, but as work on the reconstruction of the Stoa of Attalos proceeded he gave almost full time to that (see below, p. 184).

Aristides Kyriakides, the bulwark of the School as Administrator during the war years, continued to be the legal adviser, counselor and friend of the School, handling with infinite patience, tact and effectiveness the many problems constantly arising as the School expanded its activities and its building programs. From 1951 he bore the title better suited to his services than earlier ones he had carried, namely, Legal Representative.

Also a member of the staff from July 1, 1950, ranked with the Professor of Archaeology but resident in the United States, was the Editor of Publications, Lucy T. Shoe.

Spring programs, as we have noted, concentrated on the School’s excavations, recognized since the founding of the School as one of its purposes. After a number of smaller excavations of one or a few years, Corinth had been settled upon as the main site and from 1896 had been the School’s major and much of the time only expedition. Although a great area of Corinth in Roman times had been investigated by 1940, much of significance clearly remained undisclosed, especially the levels of the Greek city. Work at Corinth had been rewarding both to the cause of Greek scholarship and to individual members of the School; the School’s record there was an enviable one and it also felt a strong responsibility to continue. Meanwhile work carried on by and for the School, but with special funds, in the Athenian Agora since 1931 had yielded results of high historical significance, and the whole enterprise had brought much acclaim to the School; for this also there was a heavy responsibility to complete properly excavation of the area undertaken and to leave it with museum and landscaping as the agreement with the Greek Government provided (see below, pp. 175, 182).

The special funds for the Agora had been exhausted in 1942. The School’s regular funds, already overtaxed for the routine expenses of the School because of higher costs everywhere after the war, were inadequate to cover excavation costs of both Corinth and the Athenian Agora. In the years immediately after the war the Trustees and the Managing Committee had felt their commitment to complete the Agora, had funneled all available funds to it and had temporarily curtailed further excavation at Corinth. By 1950 it was clear that new special funds must be found to finish the Agora responsibility and all efforts were bent to that purpose. Corinth was to lie fallow for this decade except for small investigations in connection with publication of areas already excavated. The small sum of School funds available for excavation it was decided to allocate to a new investigation, definitely limited to five years, of a site of that Bronze Age which was the Director’s special proficiency and interest, Lerna (see below, pp. 205-206).

The School’s own excavations, then, in this decade were primarily of the Athenian Agora, but from 1952 to 1958 also at Lerna; to these numerous students of the School were invited to bring their spring-season effort. One season, 1953, saw limited work at Corinth under the direction of the Chairman of the Managing Committee, Charles Morgan, in which students of the School assisted. Finally in spring 1959 normal-scale work was resumed at Corinth by the Assistant Director Henry S. Robinson who as Director in the following decade was to revive Corinth as a major center of the School’s activities. In 1954 a cemetery discovered by a bulldozer near the main highway south of Lechaion was turned over by S. Charitonides, the Ephor, to C. W. J. Eliot and his wife Mary Williamson Eliot, a former member of the British School, to excavate. Supplementary work at Miss Goldman’s old site of Eutresis was carried out by the Director and Mrs. Caskey for a few weeks in September 1958 at the request and expense of Miss Goldman (see below, p. 204).

There were in addition other excavations sponsored by the School but conducted by individual universities (see below, Chapter IX); at Samothrace again after cessation of the war, from 1952 at Isthmia directed by Professor Broneer and at Pylos, conducted with the Greek Archaeological Service, directed by Professor Blegen, again from 1952 after the war break, but these latter three in general had their own staffs; occasionally a student at the School joined the Isthmia team. The School had other one-way connections with excavations. Professor Mylonas who served as Annual Professor in 1951-52 did supplementary digging at Aghios Kosmas in December 1951, dug for the Greek Archaeological Society at Eleusis in March 1952, at Mycenae, the second grave circle, with J. Papademetriou in summer 1953, and in fall 1952 with S. A. Dontas and Chr. Karouzos directed the sea investigation of the ship found earlier off Artemision, this latter actually with a permit issued to the American School (see below, p. 204). In another kind of arrangement members of the School who were University of Pennsylvania students frequently went to Turkey or Cyprus to participate in the Gordion and Kourion expeditions.

The School’s services to others than its own members continued in no small degree. The series of popular lectures given by members of the staff for American Government Mission personnel, begun in 1947-48 (see above, pp. 34, 41, 47), continued to be organized by the American Women’s Organization of Greece, set up by Elizabeth Blegen and Clae (Mrs. Paul) Jenkins (Paul Jenkins was with the Marshall Plan from 1948 to 1952). Attendance numbered around 100 to 200 or more each year and at the end of each season a welcome monetary gift (usually between $200 and $400, but once $600) was presented to the School for its excavation funds. The officers of the School were frequently called upon to lecture to both Greek and American groups either formally at meetings of these groups or on the sites of ancient monuments; on one occasion, for example, Caskey escorted the officers of the U.S.S. Roanoke over the Acropolis with appropriate comment. With the increase in number of travelers coming to Greece, the Agora excavations attracted many both foreign and American interested non-archaeologists who wanted some direction and assistance. There was instituted, therefore, in 1951-52 the Wednesday afternoon tour of the excavations, museum and workrooms of the Agora which was usually attended by some 50 people and was conducted first by Richard H. Howland and later by Henry S. Robinson and Cedric Boulter (1951-52) and from 1952 by C. W. J. Eliot and Judith Perlzweig, assisted at times by Mabel Lang, Evelyn Harrison, Marian Holland (later McAllister), and others. These continued until the dedication of the Museum in 1956 and the turning over of the whole area to the Greek authorities on June 3, 1957.

An important occasion (sometimes twice) each spring for the whole international archaeological community in Athens and many other friends of the School was the Open Meeting at which the Director gave a report on the School’s activities of the year past and another member of the School gave a paper on a more detailed subject. (“The gift of a 1000-watt projector from the Alumni Association in 1951 provided brilliant illustrations commensurate with the talks,” wrote the Director.) These included Clark Hopkins on the Early Invasions of Greece and Kevin Andrews on Castles of the Morea, Homer A. Thompson on the Altar of Pity, all 1951; Caskey, a review of the School year including Samothrace, and Thompson on the Athenian Agora in 1952; Thompson, Agora excavations of 1952 and Caskey and Blegen on Lerna and Pylos, respectively, in 1953; reports on the Agora, Lerna and Pylos again in 1954; Caskey, general report, and Thompson, Agora, in 1955; Broneer, Caskey and Blegen on Isthmia, Lerna and Pylos, respectively, in 1956; Caskey on Lerna and Eliot on the Deme of Aixone in 1957; Thompson on the Athenian Agora A.D. 267-600 in 1958; Caskey, a review of the excavations at Lerna in 1959. These Open Meetings were nearly always graced by the presence of some of the Court, usually Their Majesties the King and Queen themselves with others of the Royal Family whose interest in the work of the School was far more than protocol required.

This genuine personal concern for the affairs of the School was shown on numerous both formal and informal occasions. On February 14, 1951 the King and Queen visited Corinth informally and unheralded and with evident interest and pleasure in the archaeological problems; they were shown the excavations and museum and shared a picnic lunch in Oakley House garden. They returned for another visit on November 29, 1952 with the President of Turkey Celal Bayar, paying a visit of state, and his daughter, a student of ancient Greek. Most notable of the formal affairs were the inauguration of the program of landscaping in the Agora when the King planted an oak and the Queen a laurel on either side of the Altar of Zeus on January 4, 1954 (Pl. 7, b) and the opening and dedication of the restored Stoa of Attalos as the Museum of the Agora Excavations on September 3, 1956.

Friendly and sympathetic relations with all branches of the Greek Government as well as with the Greek people everywhere have been a tradition of the School from its inception, and each generation of staff and students has taken up the treasured association and sought always to cement and augment it further. It was therefore with no small pride that the School with other foreign groups received a commemorative scroll from the Archepiscopos at a reception in his palace after the service in the cathedral on March 2, 1952, the Day of Thanksgiving for assistance to Greece by foreigners. It reads, “In grateful remembrance of the succor that their brethren the world over proffered them in their hour of need, all those abiding in the Greek land beseech the giver of every good and perfect gift to bestow upon those dwellers in his kingdom the blessedness of the eternal for the temporal, the heavenly for the earthly, the imperishable for the perishable and to receive them into his heavenly kingdom, for was it not His beloved Son, Our Lord Jesus Christ who said, ‘Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these, my brethren, ye have done it unto me’.”

It was a decade of building, as none before in the School’s history, of museums and a library wing. The needs of the Corinth Museum for more space had been keenly felt before the war, and Mrs. William H. Moore, the generous donor of the Museum in 1931, was pleased to make an additional gift for an additional courtyard and wing. Only excavation for the foundations was completed before the war (above, p. 3), after which costs had risen so that Mrs. Moore added three times her pre-war sum (see above, p. 37). It was only in January 1950 that actual work of construction could begin (see above, p. 47). It was completed in September 1950, but it was not until the spring of 1953 that the new installation in the combined old and new parts of the building could be undertaken by Charles H. Morgan. There was no formal ceremony in connection with this, but two years later the museum built on Samothrace by New York University to house material from their excavations, sponsored by the School, was dedicated on June 24, 1955 with a suitable ceremony (see below, p. 209).

The School’s major activity of the decade, if the measurement is to be in the amount of time, energy and funds of a vast number of people associated with the School, was the rebuilding of the Stoa of Attalos to serve as the Agora museum (Pl. 5, a). A fuller account is most appropriate in the chapter on the Agora (see below, pp. 182-187), but it should be mentioned here that this tremendous undertaking of the School occupied preeminently the thoughts and care of almost everyone connected with the School between summer 1953 and 1956 when the building was structurally complete. The bulk of the collections could only be moved from the old storerooms into the new exhibition or storage areas in the next several months, but since the building was to be complete by September 1956, it was decided by the Trustees to dedicate it as the museum in conjunction with a celebration of the 75th anniversary of the School, on September 1-3, 1956.

The opening session of the celebration held on Saturday evening in the garden of the Gennadeion was attended by some 700 friends and alumni of the School who heard Director Caskey, Mr. Tsatsos, Minister to the Prime Minister of Greece, Professor Carl Blegen with a message from the A. I. A., Mr. Karouzos with a message from the Greek Archaeological Society, and Chairman Morgan. The reception which followed in Loring Hall was prelude to a performance of Medea with Katina Paxinou in the title role in the Odeion of Herodes Atticus where the company were guests of the Greek National Theater through the courtesy of the Ministry of Education. Next day some 130 guests traveled by bus to Corinth. After a general talk by Professor Broneer, lunch was provided by the National Tourist Organization in the new Tourist Pavilion. In the afternoon younger members of the School escorted the guests around the excavation and through the newly (1953) reorganized museum. After the return to Athens dinner was served in the School garden for 104 delegates, trustees, members and alumni who sat down at small tables in the grove and listened to Professor Mason Hammond speaking for the Cooperating Institutions and to Mr. Kyriakides and Mr. Hill speaking for the staff and for the members and alumni.

On Monday morning September 3rd about 1400 people filled the lower colonnade of the Stoa of Attalos (Pl. 5, b) for the dedication ceremonies. After the arrival of the Royal Family, His Beatitude the Archepiscopos of Athens and all Greece gave the opening prayer. Then came speeches by Homer Thompson, Field Director of the Agora excavation, Pausanias S. Katsotas, Mayor of Athens, Eustathios Stikas reading a message from Anastasios Orlandos, Director of the Department of Reconstruction of the Greek Archaeological Service, Ray L. Thurston, Chargé d’affaires of the United States, and Ward M. Canaday, President of the Board of Trustees of the School bringing also a message from President Dwight D. Eisenhower. His Majesty King Paul then cut the ribbon across the entrance to the newly installed gallery and, after inspecting it, climbed to the second storey for lunch, followed by the whole gathering which included the diplomatic corps, the Archaeological Service and Council, the foreign archaeological schools and several hundred of those artisans who had built the Stoa, together with their families, as well as the Trustees, Managing Committee, members and alumni of the School who had attended the earlier functions.

The final event was more private. It was fitting that families and friends should remember especially five members of the School who had over the years, some many some fewer, given of their time, their energy, their hearts and heads and hands, their full devotion to the School and in particular the Agora; memorials were dedicated to Edward Capps, T. Leslie Shear, Anastasios Adossides, Margaret MacVeagh and H. Lamar Crosby.

It was a great occasion; in the face of tremendous odds the various parts of the School had pulled together to bring about an amazing achievement; all had sacrificed something to bring into being a monument which they believed would stand as a contribution of first rank to classical scholarship and as an expression of American friendship for Greece. All the years of struggle and despair, hard work and driving energy, particularly of the four men most responsible for the achievement, seemed worth it to the whole company and must have to those four: Ward M. Canaday, Charles H. Morgan, Homer A. Thompson and John L. Caskey (Pl. 9, b). The many citations and awards bestowed on the School by various Greek organizations and societies and by the Greek Government further emphasized the appreciation expressed by the assembled company; there were resolutions from the University of Athens, the Polemon Society, the Community of Pergamon in Mytilene, the Archaeological Society of Athens which elected twelve members of the School to honorary membership, and the City of Athens which bestowed nine honorary citizenships; to crown it all King Paul presented a generous number of decorations.

Transferral of the finds from the old storerooms to the Stoa continued through the year 1956-57, and on June 3, 1957 occurred the formal turning over to the Greek Ministry of Education of the excavations and park and of the rebuilt Stoa of Attalos and Church of the Holy Apostles. The Government thus took over responsibility for guarding and administering both excavations and museum, but the School retained control of the workrooms and study collections.

Another ceremony of turning over areas excavated by the School to the Greek archaeological authorities took place at Lerna on July 2, 1959. The retiring Director of the School who had been the Director of the excavations at Lerna, John L. Caskey, handed the key of the area to the representative of the Greek Government, the Director of Antiquities, in the presence of the American Chargé d’affaires and other members of the United States Embassy, Greek and foreign archaeologists, and local officials of the Argolid. All then repaired to the Argos Museum to which the finds had been transferred from the Corinth Museum where they had been kept for easy access for study during the period of the excavation.

The other great building program of the School in these years was the Arthur Vining Davis Wing of the Library in the Main Building of the School. Reference has been made more than once to the desperate need for more space for the Library. Already in the years before the war the need was recognized, and various suggestions and plans had been considered, even some actual architectural plans had been tentatively drawn by Mr. Stevens. As the School came to renewed vigorous activity and enlarged membership after the war and the ever increasing output of archaeological books and periodicals was acquired, space for both books and readers became at a premium. Many less frequently consulted volumes were stored away after every available nook and cranny in accessible parts of the building had been filled with shelves; still, books had to be left piled on tables already overflowing, with at least six readers trying to work at them. No one felt this critical situation more keenly than the Chairman of the Managing Committee who dedicated himself to finding funds for a new Library wing as soon as the Agora Stoa project was financed. His tireless and tactful efforts to interest Trustee Arthur Vining Davis in this serious plight of the School, at the very heart of its work, bore fruit when Mr. Davis gave $150,000 in 1957 for the construction and furnishing of a wing to be added to the north of the east end of the existing building. Many months of study had already gone into plans which would provide much-needed office, study and drafting rooms on the first floor as well as two floors of stacks for the library above and storage rooms on the ground floor below. The general design, the basic plan and many of the working drawings were prepared by W. Stuart Thompson, alumnus of the School, who had in 1913 been given charge of building the east end of the main building (Pl. 2, a) to which this wing would be attached. (That first addition to the School building, completed in April 1915, had been built principally as the first enlargement of the Library.) At the north end which faced across the street to the Gennadeion an Ionic colonnade (Pl. 6, b) was designed to tie the building stylistically to the Gennadeion; these handsome marble columns were the specific request of the donor whose keen eye sensed even from photographs (he was to visit Athens for the first time at the dedication of his gift) what this architectural detail would add to the dignity and beauty of the complex of the School buildings. The whole wing (Pl. 2, b) runs parallel to Gennadius Street on the east side of the School, not quite at right angles to the original building erected in 1887-88 (Pl. 1) before streets had been established. This solution to a difficult topographical problem had been visualized by B. H. Hill and proposed to Stuart Thompson who gladly adopted it in his design, which thus gains more internal space at the same time that it makes a harmonious use of the land and the consequent external appearance.

By August 6, 1958 the design had been agreed upon, working plans had been drawn, Paul Mylonas, an Athenian architect, had been engaged as construction architect, and all was ready for ground breaking. Mr. Hill, given his choice of tools by Mr. Morgan, chose a pick and made the first break (Pl. 7, a); Mr. Morgan followed with a hefty spadeful and Mr. Caskey added his, in the company of a group of the staff and members of the School. Construction proceeded rapidly through the final year of Mr. Caskey’s Directorship; the traditional cross of flowers marking completion of the roof was set in place according to Greek custom on November 8th. By June 1959 the officers of the School had moved into their new offices on the first floor, and at the end of the month books were being moved into their new quarters. The dedication, however, did not take place until August 24, 1959 when Henry S. Robinson had assumed the Directorship; it was his first major official act.

The dedication of the Arthur Vining Davis Wing of the Library (Pls. 2, b; 6, b) was a festive occasion, not only because of the joy every member of the School felt in the comfort and convenience which new space would add immeasurably to the successful work of all members for years to come, but specifically because Mr. Davis himself had come to join in the ceremony. It was his first visit to Greece (Pl. 7, c) and so to the School to which as a Trustee since 1939 he had been so generous of his time, his sage counsel, his vision and his monetary benefactions. The School rejoiced at the opportunity to express to him personally and in situ its deep gratitude. A ceremony took place in the garden of the School in front of the new Ionic colonnade where some 50 Greek and foreign archaeologists and members of the School were seated. After Director Robinson welcomed Mr. Davis warmly, Professor Blegen recalled nostalgically the simplicity and rigors but also delights of life in the original building to which he first came in 1910, no heat nor plumbing but charmingly situated out in the country with no houses anywhere near, the only neighbors the monastery across the ravine and the army barracks way off down the hill. After an evening of work in that original library one had to walk to town and back for a glyko to warm up before getting into a cold bed. He recalled too working (as Secretary of the School) with Stuart Thompson in supervision of the 1913–1915 addition which made the library which Charles Morgan, who spoke next, called “the library we all remember.” He went on to pay tribute to Mr. Davis “who knows more classics than most of us” as “one of the wisest and most generous men who had ever graced our Board” and to emphasize the “miracles his gift has brought us.” Mr. Canaday, speaking as President of the Board, commended Mr. Davis as a “leader in support of the School’s progress and an ardent believer in the destiny of service in binding closer the peoples of Greece and the United States, an outstanding citizen of great achievement, vision and honor in the United States, [who] has maintained a high ambition for the standard of the School’s work” and read a letter of congratulation from President Dwight D. Eisenhower. The Honorable Ellis Briggs, American Ambassador to Greece, then spoke appreciatively of the School’s past achievements and dedicated the Arthur Vining Davis Wing in confidence that “the work so nobly inaugurated may be carried forward with increased effectiveness.” Mr. Davis responded graciously, and Mr. John Papademetriou, Director of the Antiquities Service of the Ministry of Education of the Greek Government, gave a brief address of appreciation after which the assembled company visited the new wing.

The following day another ceremony of the School commemorated the 100th Anniversary of the beginning of Archaeological Exploration in the Athenian Agora (see below, p. 191).

The Davis Wing was the only new building constructed in the main School property (i.e., not counting the Gennadeion, Corinth or the Agora) during the last 40 years of its first century, but constant attention and repair were of course always necessary for the existing plant (Pl. 6, a). The rigid economies of the 1950’s put off to the 1960’s the major over-all painting and repair needed after the war years, but some interior painting begun by Blegen in 1948-49 (see above, pp. 41-42) was continued; cases for the small collection of antiquities the School has accumulated over the years were built in the lecture room in 1950; new lighting for the Library, gift of the Alumni, was installed in 1950-51, and new lighter-weight ladders for the Library in 1951-52; a cabinet for maps was given by the Alumni in 1954-55; a new boiler for the Gennadeion was required in 1952; and in 1955 the basement of Loring Hall West House was remodeled to create on the south a separate, two-room apartment with its own entrance and to the north a maid’s room and laundry, the kitchen being moved upstairs next to the dining room of the house; this gave a most welcome extra apartment for rent to senior members or visiting scholars.

Other events of interest in these years include the showing in the widely attended Architectural Exhibition in the Zappeion from December 12, 1950 to February 14, 1951 of the School’s models of the Acropolis, the Agora and the Lion of Amphipolis and of drawings by both Gorham Stevens and John Travlos.

Visitors of all ages, both classicists and other friends of the School, came in ever increasing numbers; as many as room could be provided for stayed in Loring Hall and added to the variety of the residents, and many others were shown about, given advice, given Library privileges or entertained in various ways according to their interests. Most of them were sent with recommendations from members of the Trustees or the Managing Committee or sometimes alumni as persons whose interest the School would wish to encourage; they included the great and the small, but to judge from their “thank-yous” all went away the happier and the more devoted to the School. One of them who was shown about by Eugene Vanderpool in January 1953 had come with a letter of introduction from Emerson Swift, member and then Fellow of the School 1912–1915; she was Clara W. Mayer, Dean of the School of Philosophy and Liberal Arts, New School for Social Research, New York. When she left she offered “to do anything to help the School on the other hemisphere,” and in 1974 she donated her home on 72nd Street in New York to the School for a headquarters in the United States (see below, p. 119).

These years saw the loss of many members and friends of the School including the two men who had made it the distinguished academic institution of international repute which it had become in the twenties and thirties, Edward Capps and Bert Hodge Hill (see pp. 69-70, 73-74, 78-79). Unfortunately we cannot name all the others, but mention must be made of a few with especially close connections with the School. Of our non-American friends, Mrs. John Gennadius (a Scottish woman), who was the co-collector of the Gennadius library with her husband and who retained her keen interest and deep concern for it after the gift she and her husband made to the School, died in England on January 14, 1952; two weeks later (January 27, 1952) in Corinth died another woman well known to many generations of old Corinthians, Kalliope Kachrou, whose hospitality with that of her husband George many have shared. On April 11, 1957 died two other Corinthians whose long and devoted service to the School both in Corinth and in Athens is a happy memory. Sophokles Lekkas (Pl. 8, b) was foreman at Corinth and from their beginning in 1931 through the war till his death Chief Foreman of the Agora Excavations; “in his devotion to the enterprise, in his energy, in his skill in the handling of men, in the scrupulous fairness with which he dealt with both Greek and American members of the staff he contributed enormously to the successful prosecution of the undertaking” (76th Annual Report, 1956–1957). On the same day his longtime colleague Joannes Bakoules died, one of the most brilliant technical experts of Greek archaeology, who began his work in Corinth, continued it in the Agora, and went on to work in both the National Museum and the Agora. In the same month one of the American excavators who had worked closely with them died, Agnes Newhall Stillwell, beloved by her friends and respected by all for her excavation, study and publication of the Potters’ Quarter; she was also one of the School’s First Ladies. Two other Directors’ wives closed their long careers of hospitality, encouragement and friendliness to generations of members of the School, the one, Ida Thallon Hill (on December 14, 1954), also scholar of the topography and history of both Athens and Rome, and the other, wife of a Director of both the School and the Academy in Rome, Annette Notara Stevens (on April 24, 1956), equally famous on the tennis court. On April 3, 1959, Corinth was deprived of another of its gifted interpreters and the School community lost a friend in the death of George V. Peschke, artist and architect, whose architectural drawings and paintings of pottery and terracottas are the ornament of many Corinth volumes. And everyone connected with the School mourned the loss on September 29, 1955 of a man who was a myth to many but a warm friend to many others, the first student of the School, Harold North Fowler (see below, p. 95).

When Bert Hodge Hill (Pl. 11, c) died at his home at 9 Plutarch Street in Athens on December 2, 1958, an era of over half a century in the history of the School passed with him. From the day he first went to the School in 1900 as a student, but especially after he became Director in 1906 to serve in that post for 20 years and for over 30 years more as teacher, mentor, friend to all who entered the School, the School community was profoundly influenced by his life, his character, his scholarship, his teaching, his excavation methods, his friendship. Nor did that influence cease with his death, for his standards and his methods have continued to be handed on by those who learned directly from him to succeeding generations of American School students. The tribute paid him by the Managing Committee in its memorial minute by Carl Blegen (78th Annual Report, 1958–1959) can well be recorded, in part, here:

Bert Hill exercised a profound and enduring influence on the American School. As a scholar he stood uncompromisingly for the highest standards in research, insisting always on accuracy in observing and recording the facts that could be ascertained, and on imagination together with sobriety in interpreting them. His work in the excavations at Corinth and on the Acropolis contributed substantially to raise the scientific standing of the School. An incomparable teacher, endowed with the gift of making difficult problems seem simple and interesting, he was also able to stir his listeners to think for themselves. All the generations of students who have passed through the School since 1906 have felt the quickening enlivening force of his spirit; and those who had the privilege of attending his archaeological exercises on the Propylaia, the Parthenon, the Erechtheum, and other buildings will never forget the stimulating impact of his clear mind and personality.

Apart from his unswerving devotion to lofty standards of work and his matchless skill in teaching by the Socratic method, it is also Bert Hill, the kindly understanding friend and counselor, who will never be forgotten by those who knew him. He was unfailingly ready to listen to all who were in trouble and he could always be counted on for words of real sympathy, comfort and encouragement.

Bert Hill possessed a keen sense of humor and an original turn of thought, expressing himself in arresting phrases. He was an admirable raconteur, and many of his stories of travel in Greece and of the early days of excavation at Corinth were classics of wit, insight, human sympathy and understanding. He was also a most gracious and entertaining host, who took infinite pains to please his guests and to make them feel comfortable and at ease.

From the very outset Bert Hill was a perfectionist in all that he himself did. A purist in language, he always sought to find exactly the right word. In research he was never satisfied until the last outstanding detail had been ascertained and fitted into the picture so that the whole could be fully understood and explained. His reluctance to publish anything that was not complete and fit to meet his exacting judgment limited considerably the volume of his publications, but he has left a good many papers and articles, architectural and epigraphical, which will be read with great interest and profit when they appear—-soon, as we hope—-in print. If his own published books are relatively few, his inspiration and influence may be clearly recognized in a stream of publications by his students whose manuscripts he read with patient, conscientious care and with thoughtful, constructive comments and criticism.

Measured by any standards Bert Hill was an outstanding and notable personality. It was not only in the classical field as a scholar, excavator, and teacher of rare distinction that his originality of mind and his power of leadership won wide recognition. He was also an able organizer and administrator, with a good common sense, and at the same time he possessed a rare gift of tact together with an uncanny skill in diplomatic negotiations which were invaluable assets to the School in its growth and expansion.

Among the names of all those who have served the American School since its founding in 1881, the name of Bert Hodge Hill will hold a high and lasting place of honor.

John L. Caskey’s directorship of ten years was the longest since Mr. Hill’s 20-year term (1906–1926); it had been equaled in length otherwise only by that of Rufus B. Richardson (1893–1903; PI. 11, a) who after the initial series of mostly one-year directors was thus enabled to establish the School on its career of service to classical studies, to formulate policies and programs of instruction and assistance to students and of excavations and publication. Caskey was faced with a similar task of re-establishing the School in a postwar world very different in many ways from that of previous years but with the fundamental purposes of the School still properly essentially the same. His achievement of that goal was outstanding, especially in keeping the balance between instruction and excavation. It can hardly be better appreciated than in the words of Chairman Morgan to the Managing Committee on May 9, 1959: “No one knows better than your Chairman the talented devotion, firmness and deftness with which he has carried out the demands of his office through years of unique pressure and complexity, always with a lawyer’s clarity of vision and an indestructible good humor. These talents have immeasurably lightened the implementation of this Committee’s policies and given them a purposeful direction. In all of these activities Elizabeth Caskey has fully shared. To them both go our full measure of appreciation for a superb performance.”

1959–1960 Greece

The final year of Charles Morgan’s chairmanship was marked in Athens by a change of Director. Caskey returned to the University of Cincinnati to head the classics department there, and Henry S. Robinson (Pl. 12, e) from the University of Oklahoma, who had been serving his apprenticeship, so to speak, as Assistant Director in 1958-59, took over in the first year of what was to be also for him a decade of directorship. He had been a Fellow of the School in 1938-39, an Athenian Agora Fellow in 1939-40 and a Senior Fulbright Fellow in 1951-52.

As noted above (p. 66) one of his first official acts was to lead the School as it welcomed Arthur Vining Davis to dedicate the Library wing and also as it marked the centenary of excavation in the Athenian Agora (below, p. 191). Others of the staff remained the same as did the general program of the year. The fall trips began on Delos and included Northwest Greece as well as Central Greece and the Peloponnese as usual. The Annual Professor, Lloyd Stow, offered a seminar in literary sources for battles of the Persian War with special trips to the sites of Marathon, Salamis, Plataia and Thermopylai. There was a large variety of other winter “courses” offered both by members of the staff and by some of the Research Fellows. In the spring the revival of full-scale excavation at Corinth begun the previous year was continued (see below, p. 156). Two Open Meetings were held at which Blegen spoke on the Palace of Nestor and Broneer on the Sanctuary of Poseidon at Isthmia, and the lectures for the American Women’s Organization of Greece were continued.

1950–1960 U.S.A.

The Trustees of the School have never had a more active, personally interested President than the one who took office in 1949. Ward M. Canaday and the new Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1950, Charles H. Morgan, made a unique and unparalleled team in driving the affairs of the School. They both took the bit in their teeth, and ten years later when Morgan retired from the Chairmanship they had won a victory for the School worthy of comparison with any of the ancient Olympic victories. Never had the School faced such a challenge as that posed by the problem of “completing” the Agora excavations (final major digging, landscaping, building of a museum, publication of the original concession). The Trustees as long before as 1942 had committed themselves to the completion of what had been one of the School’s most significant contributions to the scholarly world thus far; now that the work could and must be undertaken, a stupendous task of providing the funds faced all sections of the School’s personnel. A number of the Trustees were most generous in their own contributions; everyone in the School economized. Nearly three million dollars were raised during this decade to carry the project to completion; the unbounded energy, enthusiasm and optimism of Mr. Canaday not only spearheaded the drive but carried it through with Mr. Morgan at his side both literally and figuratively all the way. The Chairman bore the larger half of the burden since he was not only working day and night with prospective donors but was at the same time acting as liaison to the Managing Committee and the staff, the Director of the School and the Field Director of the Excavation (see below for details, pp. 182-186). This liaison included working out each year a budget which would keep all other School expenses within the tight limits of the normal income, allocating most of the available excavation funds to the Agora, and keeping everyone in the School’s various departments happy and eager to economize in their own sector for the benefit of the over-all good; this was a miraculous achievement. One day in retrospect Morgan said of those years, “Short rations for the School but never budgeted a deficit.” Throughout the whole period Morgan constantly emphasized to Trustees and to Managing Committee that though not yet an immediate desperate need, the necessity of a much larger endowment for the School was the most vital. Even toward the end of the decade when the pressure was off so that all available School funds could go to regular School requirements for salaries, fellowships, other excavations, publications and maintenance of the plant, there was not enough for anything but current requirements, nothing to undertake the long-needed repairs of the buildings, and Morgan warned and begged for endowment increase. He was able to raise the funds for the most pressing cause, more library space, by painting so clearly, precisely and soundly the urgency to one of the trustees who had already been the largest benefactor (after the original “donor” John D. Rockefeller; PI. 7, b) to the Agora project, Arthur Vining Davis (Pl. 7, c).

So all pervasive was the drive for funds through much of this period and so omnipresent was the Chairman in soliciting and budgeting them, one might well wonder what else he had time and energy for in the School’s affairs on top of a full-time appointment as Professor of Art at Amherst College. But his thoughts, his time, his personal presence both in Athens and at conferences and meetings of all the Committees of the Managing Committee were an inspiration to every aspect of the School’s work. Never before had a Chairman concerned himself so deeply, informed himself so thoroughly and offered his aid so unstintingly to them all, nor was there ever before such communication and understanding between Trustees and Managing Committee.

Both Canaday and Morgan were constantly aware of the need for more and younger members on the Board of Trustees; they worked hard at the problem. John J. McCloy was elected in 1954. The following year when Louis E. Lord resigned as Secretary-Treasurer of the Board, McCloy was elected to that post which he was to hold until 1980 with the greatest distinction through years of tremendous complexity and every kind of financial distress, the longest term served as Treasurer and the second longest as Secretary in the School’s history. The School’s funds were then transferred to the Chase Manhattan Bank in New York where they continue to be handled. Henry Albert Hill was elected a member in 1955 and became in his brief term of service one of the most valuable in wisdom and advice and faithful in presence and devotion; his death in 1959 was a heavy blow. In December 1957 Fred C. Crawford joined the Board which he was later to serve as President (1963–1971) and Chairman (1971–1975), now Chairman Emeritus (1975-). Finally in the last year of Morgan’s chairmanship (1959) one of his goals was further accomplished when four more new members were elected: John D. Biggers, Nathanael V. Davis, Thomas S. Lamont, Ralph T. Reed; it was eminently fitting that the Board should also elect him who had proved so valuable for ten years ex officio to permanent membership on the Board.

The Board of Trustees and the Managing Committee lost in this decade two members who had served in succession as Chairman of the Managing Committee, Edward Capps and Louis Eleazer Lord. Louis Lord (Pl. 10, b), who had served on the Managing Committee since 1926, as its Chairman 1939–1950, and on the Trustees since 1939 (ex officio until 1950), as its Treasurer from 1950 to 1955, died on January 24, 1957. These services as well as his Directorship of the Summer Session for many years have been noted elsewhere (above, pp. 1-51, 143); they were the expression of a full devotion to the School, both as an institution and as the people who make it. The full measure of his amazing vitality went into both skillful administration and inspiring teaching, but equally into loyal friendship with those who made up the School family.

Lord had succeeded as Chairman of the Managing Committee the man whom he had properly designated as the Second (after the original Charles Eliot Norton) Founder of the School, Edward Capps (Pl. 10, a), who died on August 21, 1950 at the beginning of Charles Morgan’s chairmanship. Capps’ association with the School began as a student in 1893-94; he joined the Managing Committee in 1907, became its Chairman in 1918 and served until 1939, during which time he acted also as Director of the School in 1935-36. Although he was actively interested in many organizations academic and otherwise, it was the American School at Athens which was closest to him and to which he brought the full force of his mind and heart and strength. Louis Lord has ably summarized those dynamic qualities and deeds which deservedly earned that title, Second Founder, in pages 268-270 of his History.

Although the two great men of the School in the twenties often differed with each other, it was the vision, courage and drive of Capps in the United States and the teaching of students and the diplomacy with our colleagues of Hill in Athens which together raised the School, phoenix-like, after World War I to the place of prominence and prestige it attained; both men gave the full measure of their devotion and their talents to the pre-eminent joy of their lives, the School, and in the last years they gave each other the friendship they had long given others of the School.

The Chairman once said of the Executive, Personnel, Placement, and Admissions and Fellowships Committees that “the relatively routine nature of their work rarely admits the spectacular but it supplies the real fundamentals without which the School could not go forward.” These Committees as well as the Publications Committee, whose activity is more like that of the School in Greece in its visible production, were faced with many problems of policy making in these years as was the personnel in Athens, and the joint thinking and planning of the groups on both sides of the water were effectively carried out, again often thanks to the Chairman’s carrying back and forth personally the words of explanation that ironed out misunderstandings of correspondence.

The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, under the Chairmanship of Gertrude Smith (or Clark Hopkins when she was abroad), always charged with the most fundamentally important policies of the School in selection of its Fellows, was thrust into a wealth of new problems with the inauguration of the Fulbright Act. Working very closely with the Director in Athens through endless files of correspondence, the Committee worked out policies which permitted the admission to the School of the best possible candidates for the benefits the School offers, both as School Fellows and as members holding other fellowships. The change in method of selection of the School’s own Fellows (the omission of examinations beginning in 1950) necessitated by the Fulbright competition has been noted above (p. 44), but as the number of possible Fulbright grants annually decreased and the disadvantages of selection without something as tangible as examinations became ever more apparent, the Committee asked the Managing Committee to authorize them to return to using examination as part of the evidence for its candidates. In May 1952 the Committee was instructed by the Managing Committee to restore examinations as part of the means of selecting fellows and to revise the examination system. Result of the revision was a reduction in the number of examinations from the old five for the archaeology fellowship and three for the language, literature, and history fellowship to two for each: one a two-hour examination on Greek sight reading for both fellowships, the other, a three-hour examination, containing history (the same for both) and archaeology for the archaeology fellowship or history and literature for the language, literature, and history fellowship. These examinations with three letters of recommendation, put into operation in the 1953 competition, were to remain the means of selecting fellows for many years thereafter. The sight-reading requirement for archaeology candidates discouraged many applicants in the following years, as long as other fellowships were available for those wishing to work primarily in archaeology. There were no candidates for the archaeology fellowship in 1954, 1957 and 1960 and only one to four in the other years. This caused the Committee much concern, and in 1958 different examinations in the sight reading of Greek were instituted for the two fellowships.

In 1952 it was decided by the Managing Committee to restrict competition for the White and Seymour School fellowships to pre-doctoral candidates and normally to those who had completed at least one year of graduate study. There was no restriction in regard to marital status, and it was made clear that spouses of Fellows would be welcome but that there was no provision in the School buildings for children, so that if a successful candidate with children should be awarded the fellowship he must be warned that he would have to find living accommodations outside the School.

The Seymour Fellowship in Language, Literature and History was awarded each year in the decade 1950–1960, the White Fellowship in Archaeology for 1952-53, 1953-54, 1955-56, 1958-59, 1959-60, and the Capps Fellowship appointed by the Director each year between 1953 and 1958.

The falling off of applications for fellowships (only four to six for any fellowship in most years) was but one of the circumstances which aroused much thought and discussion, in the Managing Committee and with the Director, throughout this decade on the purpose of the School as it affects those who should or should not be admitted as members. The Trustees too asked the question and considered how the facilities of the School might be made available to more Americans and how its influence might be heightened as a force for expanding the values of classical studies in the United States. Every time these problems were thrashed out the resultant consensus seemed to be that the principal business of the School should be the training of the most able available minds in classical study and research leading toward their future contributions in teaching and research; accordingly, that those admitted either to membership or fellowship should have already shown, if possible by at least one year of graduate study, their seriousness of purpose and their capacity for advanced study as well as potential in it; that one of the measures of this capacity should be an ability to handle the Greek language. Exceptions, it was recognized, must be provided for, especially the cases where a student without graduate study is clearly as able, mature and well trained as other older students and therefore should be allowed to compete for the Fellowships. That the Director should have the discretionary power to include in the membership students or scholars with special proficiencies in fields of definite interest and profit to the regular students but who lack some of the regular requirements was also recognized.

In 1954-55 the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships had added to its duties the award of the newly established John White Field Scholarship for the Summer Session. From then until 1965 much of their time went into matters of admission as well as scholarships for the Summer Session (see below, pp. 144, 148). In 1955-56 when the White Fellowship in Archaeology was not awarded, $1,000 of its funds were used to award two scholarships of $500 each in addition to the Field Scholarship for the summer of 1956.

It was also urged on frequently recurring occasions that funds should be made available for a fellowship in Byzantine or Modern Greek studies or both; the Chairmen of the Fellowship and Gennadeion Committees considered possibilities together, but no action was taken until some years later (see below, p. 91).

The appointments of Annual and Visiting Professors had always been the responsibility of the Chairman of the Managing Committee. Mr. Morgan made his recommendations to the Managing Committee through the Personnel Committee. The small stipend offered to assist in travel expenses was in no way either a salary or a fellowship and in order that the status of these members of the Managing Committee, who were selected to augment the staff each year in a voluntary capacity, should not be misunderstood, the official title was made Special Research Fellow. Applications to the Chairman for these appointments, which have always been thought of as expressions of appreciation for their work on the Managing Committee, were fewer in these years than previously, probably because the availability of a large Fulbright grant for research work in Greece made the School’s less remunerative visiting professorships less attractive to a scholar in a sabbatical year.

All other appointments both to membership, committees and offices of the Managing Committee and to staff offices were the heavy responsibility of the Personnel Committee whose duty it was to review them every year and make nominations to the Managing Committee. For the nominations of Director and Chairman of the Managing Committee, the Personnel Committee of three was augmented by additional members of the Managing Committee. Benjamin D. Meritt served as Chairman of the Committee from 1949 to 1957, Richard Stillwell 1957 to 1968.

The Placement Committee, established in 1940, under the successive Chairmanships of Rollin Tanner 1940–1942, Lucius R. Shero 1942–1949, and David M. Robinson 1949–1956, endeavored to assist returning members of the School to find positions. The need for help from the School in this matter, which had been strongly felt just before the war, decreased and other kinds of assistance became more effective. In May 1956 the Managing Committee decided to discontinue the Committee.

The Managing Committee is empowered by the School’s Regulations to add to its officers a Vice Chairman when need arises. Mr. Morgan in 1951 saw the possibility that he might be recalled to military service and asked that a Vice Chairman be elected. George E. Mylonas was the choice. The position of Secretary of the School provided for by the Regulations had not been filled since before the war; Director Caskey felt the acute need of administrative assistance by 1951 so the office was reactivated for 1951-52, then lapsed. From 1954 it has been filled regularly, except for 1974-75 when there was an Assistant Director but no Secretary; in 1980-81 an Administrative Assistant replaced the Secretary.

By 1958 the Regulations as printed in 1949 were out of date in many respects. They were therefore thoroughly reviewed by the Managing Committee to bring them into accord with practice of the time and printed again in 1959.

One of the most serious concerns of the Managing Committee during the 1950–1960 decade was the Summer Session. Interest in it grew steadily, and it was abundantly clear that this could and should be one of the most significant services of the School to the dissemination of interest in and knowledge of Greek studies. We have already mentioned the establishment of memorial scholarships and the increasing activity of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships in dealing with these awards (above, p. 76). In May 1956 a Committee was appointed to study problems of the summer work of the School and make recommendations; this report was acted upon a year later (see below, pp. 143-144).

The Auxiliary Fund Association

In 1916 in the Chairmanship of James Rignall Wheeler a member of the Managing Committee representing Princeton University, Edward Capps, recognized that when the war (World War I) allowed the School to resume normal activity, more endowment would be essential. He realized that some steady continuing source of increase to the endowment should be sought as well as large amounts from particular efforts from time to time. He began to gather a group of friends of the School, both former students and others, to plan to agree to contribute regularly to the School’s endowment. “On the first day of February 1917, a self-constituted Committee sent out a statement regarding the financial condition of the American School at Athens. . . . The Committee, which consisted of twenty-seven members and included the Chairman and Treasurer and two other members of the Board of Trustees of the School, drew attention to the pressing need of additions to the permanent funds of the School and invited the friends of the School to join them in establishing an Auxiliary Fund to be built up by as large a number as possible of annual subscriptions. . . . It was proposed that the collections of each year should be placed in the hands of the Trustees of the School . . . and added to the permanent endowment of the institution and that the Organizing Committee should be succeeded by a permanent management of the established Auxiliary Fund, the plan of management to be of such a kind as would be acceptable to the Managing Committee of the School.” So wrote Edward Capps in the First Annual Report of the Auxiliary Fund Association for the support of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. From the initial $170 raised in 1916 the appeal of 1917 increased the amount to $1,053. The organization approved by the Managing Committee in 1918 provides in its Constitution that “the affairs of the Fund shall be managed by a Board of twelve Directors to be appointed for a fixed term of three years by the Chairman of the Managing Committee of the School who shall also designate the Chairman and Treasurer of the Board.” In the earlier years of the Fund both Chairman and Treasurer served only three or four years as did the other Directors. Later these other Directors often served two or more terms. Since the major responsibility for sending appeals and keeping the records resided in the Treasurer, it was soon recognized that experience proved of value and the Treasurer served longer terms when he could be persuaded to do so. Since the second World War the Chairmen also have served longer.

Until 1972, there were 12 Directors (four elected each year) in addition to the two officers; after 1975 no Directors were appointed. These Directors served three years, so that a wide range of age, geographical location, interests and connections with the School has been represented and has made possible a wide range of potential members of the Fund.

The Chairmen have led these efforts to interest more and more supporters. The names of these dedicated Chairmen and Treasurers should be recorded and honored (see below, p. 385).

The resultant addition to the School’s endowment has been strikingly significant. After the initial three years of contributions between one and two thousand dollars, there came a jump to over $4,000, then a banner year (1921) of over $10,000. Through the twenties and thirties the totals were between three and nearly seven thousand, mostly between four and five, a few only between two and three. Through the war years and in the early fifties when there were other heavy campaigns for funds for the School, the contributions slumped back to between one and two thousand. In 1956 Chairman of the Managing Committee Charles H. Morgan saw this Fund as one of the important parts of the School’s activities and set to work to revitalize it. The contributions jumped to $6,300 with Hetty Goldman as Chairman and Josephine Platner Harwood serving as Treasurer.

Mrs. Harwood’s vigorous work to enlarge both number of contributors and total contributions met with conspicuous success. At Mr. Morgan’s suggestion in 1957 a new policy created a variety of categories of membership and made contributions cumulative in determining the category. In the first year of the new policy 91 of the 168 contributors were new and the totals in 1957 and 1958 were nearly seven thousand dollars. In 1959 Priscilla Capps Hill filled the Treasurer’s office, acting for Mrs. Harwood in her absence, and continued as Treasurer from 1960 to 1974. Her fifteen years of devoted service were record breaking in far more than length of service. Mrs. Hill had always been closely associated with the School from the time her father became the Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1918, throughout the long years of her residence in Greece. Back in the United States she was happy to devote her varied administrative experience not only to reviving but to building as never before one of her father’s most cherished projects for the School. Her informative as well as persuasive annual letters to members of the Fund, her untiring search for possible new friends, her indefatigable pursuit of the lost or strayed to bring them back to the fold brought fruit undreamed of in earlier years. From $12,589 82 in 1959 the annual sum remained well over $10,000 most years through 1973 (never below $8,360, in 1961) and reached the record $29,492.36 in 1964. What Mrs. Hill’s drive had meant to the Fund was abundantly clear when illness struck her in 1974. Her imaginative and energetic service was one of the most dedicated voluntary activities the School has known. From 1962 she and Charles Morgan, who took on the Chairmanship of the Auxiliary Fund when he laid down the Chairmanship of the Managing Committee, made a formidable team; Mr. Morgan continued in the Chairmanship until his successor as Chairman of the Managing Committee, Richard H. Howland, succeeded him as Chairman of the Auxiliary Fund in 1975. With Jane Chitty Biers picking up the mantle as Treasurer in 1975, the Fund is again contributing its share in years of the greatest financial need the School has yet experienced.

All contributions to the Auxiliary Fund have gone directly to the endowment of the School. In the first years the whole of each year’s total went to the General Endowment, but beginning in 1923 a portion if not all of each year’s sum was allocated to named endowment funds for special purposes. Until they were built up to principals sufficiently large to yield adequate income, some of the auxiliary funds went into the fellowship funds in memory of the three first Chairmen of the Managing Committee, the John Williams White, the Thomas Day Seymour and the James Rignall Wheeler Fellowship Funds. Some years in the twenties, thirties and forties sums were contributed through the Auxiliary Fund to build the endowments for the annual contribution of some of the Cooperating Institutions, including the University of Cincinnati, the Radcliffe College, the Whitman College, the Oberlin College Funds and the James H. Kirkland Fund for Vanderbilt University. When the Fellowship Funds were in sound condition, attention was concentrated on various Funds for the Library which had also been begun as early as 1923: the Theodore Heermance, the Robert M. Stroock, the Horatio Reynolds, the John Hay, the Walter Miller, and the Gennadius Library Funds. The large sums from 1957 on went, in general, to the General Endowment until in 1968 a special Auxiliary Library Fund was instituted to which contributors could designate their contributions if they wished. In 1973 about $10,000 was designated by contributors for a fund in honor of Lucy Shoe Meritt which was allocated to the endowment for Publications of the School. This was the second bit of endowment raised through the Auxiliary Fund for Publications, since the regular fund for Vanderbilt University’s annual contribution to the School was specifically designated to be allocated to Publications. The Auxiliary Fund, therefore, in its over 60-year life, has added materially not only to the General Endowment but specifically to special endowments for three particular departments of the School’s activities: fellowships, the libraries, and publications.

Summary

To summarize Charles H. Morgan’s services to the American School is a challenge. Something of his mode of action has been suggested at various places above and below, and this is as it should be for he was all pervasive in the activities of the School throughout his Chairmanship. He had been student, member of the Managing Committee, Visiting Professor, Director of the School including Field Director of Corinth Excavations before he became Chairman, but there was more than this wide experience in the School’s affairs; there were his way with people, his deep concern for the School and his integrity. He was at home with and trusted by all groups of the School family—-the Trustees, the Managing Committee and its committees, the staff and the student members—-as well as the large group of people of all kinds and ages whom he interested in the work of the School as he traveled countrywide. There was no aspect of the School’s endeavors which he did not make it his business to understand and to follow in detail, to take an active part in planning and often also in execution. Each member of the School felt Morgan’s genuine sympathy for his particular business and its needs and knew his loyalty and absolute fairness to all; at the same time all recognized his uncanny ability to keep all the threads of the multicolored tapestry each in its proper place in the over-all pattern so that the design of greatness for the School which he had envisaged came out bold and clear and harmonious in the end. The completion of the original phase and initiation of Phase B of the Agora excavations, the Stoa of Attalos, the Arthur Vining Davis Wing of the Library, publications and the revitalization of the Auxiliary Fund were but the most striking of the achievements of the Morgan decade. Even as he is himself an artist-scholar and a businessman kept always in balance, so he kept his magnificent vision of the scholarly potentialities of the School in truly Hellenic proportion to his practical sense of what was financially possible; but he worked as Chairman indefatigably with dauntless courage and faith to increase and improve both, as he has continued to do in the succeeding two decades as Trustee.

Few institutions have had the good fortune the School has enjoyed to have had three great “founders”: Charles Eliot Norton whose vision and drive created it; Edward Capps whose wisdom, foresight, and dynamic force regenerated it after the first World War; and finally Charles Hill Morgan truly a third κτíστηsigmaf; καì εὐεργ&ecgr;της whose whole head, heart, and hand were selflessly devoted to recreating, after the second World War, a School stronger, more versatile, more effective in furthering its purposes, of international stature, which would in the last third of its first century approach fulfillment of the vision and the faith he and the other two had in it.

Chapter III: The Chairmanship of Alfred Raymond Bellinger, 1960–1965

When Alfred Raymond Bellinger (Pl. 10, d) of Yale University became Chairman of the Managing Committee on July 1, 1960, one of his first acts was to go to Athens to confer with Director Henry Robinson and other officers of the School. This trip began a close and effective teamwork between Bellinger and Robinson for the five years of his Chairmanship; they worked together as congenially as had Morgan and Caskey the previous decade, a pair quite different from the previous one but equally unsparing in their devotion to the School. Most aspects of the School’s activities and problems were discussed by frequent and voluminous correspondence between the Chairman and the Director; rarely in the history of the School have these two officers kept so closely in touch with each other.

Greece

Director Robinson had in his first year as Director (1959-60) instituted a major change in the School trips, taking the students to Delos for the first trip as “an excellent introduction to all aspects of architectural and topographical study.” He continued to begin the School year with the Delos trip through 1962. In 1960 sites in northwestern Greece as far as Mesopotamos (ancient Ephyra) and Dodona were added to the usual central Greece, Argolid and Corinthia, and Peloponnesos itineraries. A further innovation in 1961 substituted Macedonia for the northwest, and thereafter for some years those two trips were made in alternate years. The trips were conducted, some by Director Robinson, others by Professor Vanderpool. In 1963 when both the visiting professors were prehistorians, George Mylonas and Saul Weinberg conducted a very successful trip to Crete in November.

The winter program continued the Topography and Monuments of Athens and the Sites of Attica as the basic and constant courses. These were conducted largely by the Professor of Archaeology Eugene Vanderpool. As always, the seminars offered by the Annual and Visiting Professors covered the wide range of interests of those scholars and were augmented frequently with series of lectures by some of the increasingly large number of senior research fellows resident at the School. Carl Blegen usually gave a series of lectures in the prehistoric rooms of the National Museum. The visiting professors offered in 1960-61: Architecture of the Acropolis (Richard Stillwell), the Pentekontaetia (William P. Wallace), Greek sculpture (Gisela M. A. Richter); 1961-62: Ancient literary sources for the history of Greek art (Raymond V. Schoder), Problems in the history of Alexander the Great (C. Alexander Robinson, Jr:); 1962-63: Problems in Herodotean and Thucydidean topography (W. Kendrick Pritchett), Euripides and Seneca (Norman T. Pratt); 1963-64: Mycenaean and Homeric civilization (George E. Mylonas), Greece before the Greeks (Saul S. Weinberg); 1964-65: Oedipus Tyrannus and relations between Athens and Delphi (William Agard), Lycurgan Athens (Fordyce Mitchel). Kenneth Setton, as Special Research Fellow of the Gennadeion while Peter Topping was on leave in 1960-61, lectured on Mediaeval Athens and on Kaisariani. In some years certain of the senior Fellows talked informally in after-tea sessions about their work. The result of all these offerings was a rich diet covering the literature, history, and archaeology of Greece of all periods from prehistoric through Byzantine and into Turkish times.

In the spring the usual exodus from Athens to excavations was the pattern followed by most of the students, but those with specific literary or historical problems pursued them in individual study and travel. Students from universities which were conducting excavations either in Greece or elsewhere in classical lands usually went to those expeditions, but the majority joined the School’s own dig at Corinth, now vigorously revived (see below, pp. 155-169).

What previous training and other qualifications should be required of the members who were to benefit from the opportunities the School was offering was one of the chief concerns of the staff in these years. Recommendations to the Managing Committee and its Committee on Admissions and Fellowships were frequent and earnest. As in any educational institution, especially in such a small group as roughly 20, the quality was bound to vary each year among the first-year members. Opinions of members of the staff including the visiting professors varied just as much, so that one year the new students were thought ill-prepared for what was expected of them on the fall trips, in the winter courses and in their independent work in the spring; the next year they were considered of excellent quality, too good for the too elementary guidance and instruction offered; another year the offerings were judged ideal for both the younger and the more advanced graduate students. Clearly such differences reflect the natural variation in qualifications of applicants for membership as well as the honest difference of opinion of what such a unique institution as the School should or can offer prospective members. The most significant thing that came of the questioning was the assurance that the School was aware of the different opinions and of the problems (see below, p. 90).

Members of the staff continued to give each year a series of lectures for the American Woman’s Organization of Greece both in Athens and in the Argolid and Corinthia, the audience running as large as 75 (see above, pp. 60, 71). The School was most appreciative of the monetary contributions made by these groups.

For the general archaeological community of Athens the traditional Open Meetings were held at which both general annual reports on the School’s activity and specific detailed subjects were presented, usually with the Royal Family in attendance along with the international group of archaeologists. In 1961 the Director spoke on the current excavations at Corinth and Professor Vanderpool on the Porto Raphti excavations of 1960; in 1962 the Director spoke again on Corinth and Homer Thompson on “The Wandering Temples of Attica”; the 1963 meeting heard the Director on all the American excavations of 1962 and Ronald Stroud on the Sanctuary of Demeter and Persephone at Corinth; in 1964 the Director again spoke on American excavations in general and Eugene Vanderpool on Themistokles’ Sanctuary of Artemis Aristoboule, an excavation by the late John Threpsiades; in 1965 Robinson once more reviewed all the School’s excavations and Charles Williams reported on the Temple of Zeus at Nemea. Other public lectures were given by Miss Richter on Greek Portraiture (1961), by Reverend Raymond V. Schoder on Ravenna and its Art (1962), by George Hanfmann on New Discoveries at Sardis (1963), by Richard Stillwell on Domestic Architecture of the Hellenistic Period (1965).

Further public service of the School, this to fellow Americans, was rendered in the summers of 1963 and 1964 when it played host to the Summer Seminar of the United States Educational Foundation in Greece organized for high-school and junior-college teachers of history. A member of the School’s Managing Committee, Professor Harry Carroll, was the Director, assisted in 1963 by a 1962-63 Fulbright Scholar at the School, Thomas W. Jacobsen. The School provided its seminar room for the lectures, the sitting room of the Main Building for a library to which some volumes from its Library were lent to augment those purchased specifically for the seminar by the Foundation. The $20 per person paid the School for these services were used for the purchase of books for the Library.

Two special festive occasions in these years honored two great men of outstanding devotion to the School. The first, however, was not bestowed by the School at Athens but by the sister institution in Rome. It was an honor for the School on October 26, 1960 to act for the American Academy in Rome in presenting its medal for distinguished service to the Academy to Gorham Phillips Stevens, Director of the Academy from 1911 to 1932 and Director of the School at Athens 1939–1947 (see above, p. 30) and after that Honorary Architect of the School. No other man has served both institutions so long and with such distinction. The second honor was initiated by the Greek Committee for the Agora Park who presented a bronze portrait plaque of John D. Rockefeller, Jr. to be placed on the wall of a shop in the Stoa of Attalos. The plaque, designed by Gorham Stevens and modeled by John Notaras, was dedicated on May 31, 1962 by H. E. the Minister to the Prime Minister, Mr. Demetrios Makris, at a ceremony at which the speakers were the Ephor John Threpsiades, representatives of the Greek Committee Ambassador Demetrios Sisilianos and Mr. Rikos Agathokles, and Chairman of the School’s Board of Trustees Ward M. Canaday. All paid tribute to the outstanding generosity of Mr. Rockefeller in supporting the excavation of the Agora, the restoration of the Stoa and the landscaping of the Park. Mr. Stevens played a significant part in the whole affair of the plaque; it was one of the last items of his continuous service to the School, for on March 15, 1963 he died, and the School lost one of its most beloved as well as respected alumni and of its most dedicated staff, one of its “greats”.

A major undertaking in the Library began in 1960 when the Librarian, Mary Zelia Pease Philippides (Pl. 14, c), initiated the complete recataloguing of the School library to give full cataloguing of the older books to match that being given the current accessions. The extensive subject headings worked out after long study and after consultation with the Librarian of the American Academy in Rome added enormously to the usefulness of the Library. This cataloguing with new standard library-size cards was a tremendous undertaking added to the regular work of the Librarian; much of the mechanical work could be delegated to assistants (when they could be found) so that Mrs. Philippides could keep up with the numerous demands of the current work. Assistance was gradually provided, much volunteer, and then from 1962 to 1965 by a part-time paid assistant. Much of this assistance was excellent and some of it trained so that very real help was given, but such help was unpredictable in availability, and Mrs. Philippides from 1963 on stressed the need of a full-time assistant throughout the year. Meanwhile a basic bibliography was drawn up for students of the Summer Session, and the Librarian was increasingly asked for reference material by many organizations. Both the new space and comfort offered by the addition of the Davis Wing and the convenience and academic assistance afforded by the new cataloguing and other aids caused the Library to be ever increasingly used by members of the other foreign archaeological schools, by members of the Greek universities and the Archaeological Service, by scholars passing through Greece, and by certain qualified members of the Athenian community, including American diplomatic and military personnel. Books from the library were lent to the Summer Seminar of the United States Educational Foundation in Greece (see above, p. 85) and to the College Year in Athens. The Library became in these years a major contribution of the School to the community.

In the decade or so after the war as all efforts and financial resources of all departments of the School had properly to be concentrated on reviving the School as an academic institution, the officers did a masterly job of keeping the physical plant in condition for that scholarly activity by constant care and attention and by limiting repairs to absolute essentials; even those were kept to a minimum of expense, for there simply were no funds available in the annual budgets for major repairs. The Trustees, aware that a day of reckoning must come, instructed Director Robinson to present a detailed account and budget of the requisites, and decided in November 1960, in spite of the great need for further funds for academic purposes, that the relatively small surplus should be spent on repairs over a three-year period. Gold pounds which had been held in Athens for emergency were gradually sold to finance the operation. This refurbishing of the buildings of the School was one of the major activities of the summers of 1960–1963. The summer of 1960 saw the new roof on the Main Building completed. The next most urgent matter was the furnace in Loring Hall. In the summer of 1961 remodeling of both Loring Hall West House and Gennadeion West House was carried out, giving more room for the new Librarian of the Gennadeion, Francis R. Walton, in the Gennadeion West House; the iron gates of the Gennadeion were repaired, and new lights were installed on the stairways leading up to the building. The next summer Loring Hall and the Gennadeion East House were refurbished, and in summer and fall 1963 the basement of the Main Building was remodeled to enlarge the storage space and to improve the living conditions for the Greek staff. For some years the Alumni Association had urged consideration of the installation of ventilating fans in Loring Hall and in 1963 voted funds for them. Two were installed in the wing in summer 1964 (the Alumni voted funds for the installation as their 1964 gift), and two authorized by the Trustees were put into the main building of Loring Hall in 1965. Mrs. Philippides had urged that air conditioning be installed in the stacks of the Davis Wing of the Library; it was found that the necessary funds were available in the remainder of the Davis gift and installation was made in summer 1965. A special gift from the President of the Board of Trustees, Frederick Crawford, provided for restuccoing and repainting the badly pockmarked Façade of the Gennadeion in spring 1965.

A most unusual addition to the property of the School for the future was made in the fall of 1963 through the devoted generosity of Elizabeth Pierce Blegen who deeded her beautiful neo-classic 19th-century house at 9 Plutarch Street in Athens to the School with the condition that she and her husband, Carl William Blegen, occupy it during their lifetime. This remarkable gift was one of the greatest single benefactions ever made to the School and was received with deep appreciation and high enthusiasm. The respect and affection of the School community for Mrs. Blegen and her husband were such, however, that all hoped the day of actual transfer of the property to the School would be far distant (see below for the disposition made by the School, pp. 108, 109).

U.S.A.

Chairman Bellinger, like his predecessor Charles Morgan, felt the desirability of a Vice Chairman of the Managing Committee, so in December 1961 Richard Hubbard Howland of the Smithsonian Institution was elected to that post.

The Managing Committee during the years of Alfred Bellinger’s Chairmanship had numerous items of general policy to consider and to act upon. Uppermost among Bellinger’s concerns was the School’s finances. Like his predecessor Morgan, he understood thoroughly the dire need of the School for a larger endowment for general funds. He felt keenly the obligation to increase funds for the School’s main and major purpose, the training of students, before any further special fund raising for excavations was undertaken. In this conviction he was strongly supported by the Director. Bellinger spent many hours, days, weeks searching out all records of the existing endowment to determine just what purpose had been designated for such sums when given; he reorganized the records of the funds, and working with the Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer he saw to it that in each annual budget the Managing Committee could know what was and what was not available for what purposes. He worked tirelessly and with immense clarity of vision to try to persuade the Trustees that general endowment funds must be sought, and before any solicitation of funds for other purposes.

In addition to efforts to gain assistance from numerous funds and individuals, Bellinger and the Executive Committee urged that as many as possible of the Cooperating Institutions increase their annual contributions to $500 from the $250 which had been regular since the first 12 institutions made their original contribution in 1882. A considerable number of institutions responded to the appeal.

The changes in the Greek Archaeological Service in 1960 in which the Service was put under the Ministry to the Prime Minister resulted in a renewed statement of the policy of limiting to three the excavation permits allowed to each foreign School and notice that this policy would be strictly enforced. At the May 1961 meeting the Managing Committee considered at some length proposals from the Director which came with the recommendation of the Executive Committee. It was agreed that it was “altogether fair and sensible” to give the Director a Committee on Excavations to consult with him; Professors Blegen, Broneer and Thompson were named. The outline for a general policy by which the Director and the Committee were to be guided was discussed with divided opinions until the motion from the Executive Committee to approve the policy was tabled to allow all Cooperating Institutions to consider it. After still further discussion at the December 1961 meeting the Managing Committee did approve in principle the general policy by which the Director and the Committee on Excavations were to be guided in their consideration of the many requests coming from university groups. That policy provided that one permit be retained for the School’s own excavation at Corinth, the second for an excavation of major extent probably to continue about ten years, and the third for a smaller dig planned for two or three or at most five years. The Director had succeeded in obtaining Greek approval for the smaller digs to be carried on in alternate years, a concession that would in effect allow another permit. It was also pointed out that the School was prepared to welcome to Corinth teams of excavators from Cooperating Institutions who would conduct exploration with their own funds in an area separate from those worked by the School but under the general supervision of the Director of the Corinth Excavations; there remained also the possibility of taking up the completion of some of the old sites dug by the School but never adequately published. In 1962 the Greek Government asked each foreign School which of its uncompleted excavations could be finished and published by 1967; further supplementary digging would be allowed to complete the study for publication but must be completed in five years. These permits would be in addition to the regular three. The chapter on excavations (pp. 203-220) records the resulting investigations undertaken.

It has been mentioned above (pp. 84-85) that some dissatisfaction with the quality of students accepted for membership in the School led to requests from the Director and the visiting professors in 1962-63 for action by the Managing Committee to require a year of graduate work as the normal prerequisite for admission. A lively discussion of the proposal at the May meeting in 1963 showed two strongly divergent opinions among the members. Some believed it unwise to make too rigid regulations, since the history of the School shows how many students who went to the School immediately after taking the A.B. became some of America’s most distinguished classicists. Some suggested there might be a difference in requirements for literary students and for archaeologists; others deplored any distinction, since it is often the year in Athens which crystallizes the direction within the classical field a student will take. Some believed the opportunities offered by a year in Athens can only be “made the most of” by those with training in graduate methods of study; others noted that some graduate students tend to concentrate on working on their dissertations rather than gaining the wider familiarity with Greece which the School exists to offer. Still others suggested the difficulty might be in the program; perhaps more direction should be given students. This was countered by those who felt the present program satisfactory for a wide variety of interests and previous training and by some who noted that there is too much “directed activity” already. When the proposal to require as normal admission prerequisite a year of graduate study was finally put to a vote, it was defeated by a 2 to 1 majority. A motion, however, that the Committee on Admissions make a study of the character of the membership and possible limitation in numbers was passed unanimously.

This directive was received by a new Chairman on Admissions and Fellowships, Carl A. Roebuck, when in July 1963 he succeeded Gertrude Smith who had filled the post since 1945. As chairman first of the Committee on Fellowships, then with the added responsibility of acting on all admissions from 1950 on and finally in 1961 taking on also admissions to the Summer Session, Gertrude Smith had directed the selection of members of the School since the war. Acting in close council and counsel with the Director through the years of building up the School after the war, with the many intricate and delicate problems of working with the Fulbright selection groups, she kept firmly before her what appeared to be in the best interest of the School, in keeping its academic standing the highest possible and in making its opportunities available to those who would best make them in turn available to classical students throughout the United States. The distinguished record as classicists of the members of the School in those years (her service on the Committee continued through 1966) is ample testimony to the success of her devoted service.

Responsibility for selection of Summer School members was from 1961 vested in a Summer School Committee which was chaired by Gertrude Smith along with her duties as Chairman of the Committee on Admissions, but after 1963 any advantage to be had from that particular close association of the regular and the summer sessions was seen to be outweighed by the excess of heavy demands on the committee members; from 1963 on members of the Summer School Committee were not members of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships.

The year 1963 was notable too for a new Fellowship at the School. A Gennadeion Fellowship for post-classical studies, for which the Committee on the Gennadius Library under the Chairmanship of Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. had long been working, was awarded for the first time for 1963-64 to the Reverend Edward J. Bodnar S.J. to continue his work on Cyriacus of Ancona. Selection of this Fellow was to be made by recommendation of the Committee of the Gennadius Library to the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships.

In 1964 another new Fellowship was established by the generous bequest of Gorham Phillips Stevens. Since a preference was to be given to architectural students, it was fitting that the first holder, in 1964-65, should be Charles Kaufman Williams, II, holder of the Corinth Excavation Fellowship and Assistant Field Director of Corinth Excavations in 1963-64. The Stevens Fellowship was to be administered by the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, accepting a preferential recommendation from the Director if he had one, if not, the Committee to make the selection.

As a result of Chairman Roebuck’s report in May 1964 of the deliberation of the Committee on Admissions on the preferable size of the School membership, a Committee on the Size and Scope of the School was appointed, presented a tentative report in December 1964 and a revised report in May 1965 which was adopted by vote of the Managing Committee. Chief provisions of that report were 1) although 16 is the present limit of new first-year students, the maximum number should be increased, as increase in the staff makes it possible, up to as high as 30 (a limit, not a goal); 2) graduate-school experience is not recommended for every candidate but is generally desirable; criteria should be rather academic record, recommendations, brief entrance examination; 3) residence in Loring Hall should be a privilege rather than a requirement; 4) whenever possible Annual and Visiting Professors should be appointed to complement one another; they should not necessarily offer organized seminars; 5) recommended: a) another member of the administrative and teaching staff (an assistant-associate type of person to assist the Director and Professor of Archaeology) and b) another full-time person in the Library; 6) Associate membership may be granted by the Director or the Committee on Admission; such members have a lower priority on trips and residence in Loring Hall than regular members; they need not have the classical background appropriate for regular members; 7) there would be no tuition fees for either category of members (regular or associate) who are graduates of Cooperating Institutions; no library fees; 8) no changes in size and scope of the Summer School.

In the last year of Bellinger’s chairmanship, the Managing Committee and the whole School sustained a great loss in the death, on February 23, 1965, of Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. of Brown University who had been Secretary of the Managing Committee since 1945 and Chairman of the Committee on the Gennadius Library since 1949 until his serious illness caused him to resign two months before his death. He had served also as Chairman of the Summer School Committee in 1963-64, had been Director of the Summer Session in 1959 and had twice filled the post of Annual Professor of the School, in 1948 and in 1962. He was also the first chairman of the Alumni Association serving from 1940 to 1945. His was one of those careers of dedication to the School which has made it what it has been in this first century of its history. From his student days in 1923–1925 the School was one of the chief concerns of his life, and from his election to the Managing Committee in 1930 he devoted his time, thought and tireless energy to furthering the interests of the School in many ways; but it was in his careful, judicious recording of the deliberations of the Executive and Managing Committees and his constructive interest in making the Gennadeion an integral and effective part of the School’s program that he will be best remembered by all members of the Managing Committee in his years of service to it. All alumni of the School will continue to be grateful for his warm and friendly enthusiasm which set the Alumni Association on its course and kept it alive and of active service to the School through its early years.

These five years, in which the Trustees had to face seriously the means of providing more funds for the School, saw some notable changes in their organization and personnel. In 1962 the Board suffered severe losses in the deaths of Philip R. Allen, Arthur Vining Davis and William T. Semple. Davis, a member since 1939, among his many other contributions, had been “invaluable in creating a united Board on the issue of the rebuilding of the Stoa of Attalos to which he made the initial and ultimately one of the largest contributions” (Minutes of Trustees) and then had given the desperately needed help to the essential core of the School’s work, the Library, in his donation of the Davis Wing (see above, pp. 64-67). Semple, a distinguished classical scholar and teacher who had been President of the Board 1946–1949 and a member since 1940, had made the “donation which gave the crucial momentum to the Agora drive which Davis had set in motion” (Minutes of Trustees). Allen, a member since 1943 also well grounded in classics, was another champion of the School’s excavations as well as the general cause of Classical Studies.

At the same meeting (December 19, 1962) which mourned these losses the Board amended its Constitution to add “a Chairman of the Board of Trustees who shall preside at all meetings of the corporation.” Ward M. Canaday filled the office of both Chairman and President until November 18, 1963 when Canaday was re-elected Chairman, a position he held until 1971, and Frederick Crawford became President until he succeeded Canaday as Chairman in 1971. The previous year’s meeting on December 11, 1961 brought to the Assistant Treasurership a man who was to give unusually devoted and valuable service in that capacity and as a member of the Board from 1965, and as its Secretary from 1969, until his untimely death in 1973, Harry M. Lyter. In 1963 three new members were elected to the Board, Henry D. Mercer, Arthur K. Watson and William K. Simpson who was later to become President (1971) and then Chairman (1975) of the Board. At the December 1964 meeting a further change in the Constitution increased the number of Board members from 15 to 20.

In facing the financial problems of the School, the Trustees tried to adjust the costs of the regular operation of the School, including both the upkeep of the physical plant (both the actual buildings and the personnel who keep them in order) and the academic salaries, library funds, and student fellowships, against the costs of further excavations and of the Gennadeion, both in need of large special funds. A Committee composed of members of the Managing Committee who were directors of excavations and one a former Director of the School was charged by the Trustees to report on the most desirable use of the limited funds. John L. Caskey and Rodney S. Young reported on December 19, 1962 that those limited funds should go to the operation of the School and the training of students and they called to witness the record of the alumni. The Trustees approved this report in principle. They had already voted in 1960 to use unexpended general income for necessary repairs on the School buildings (see above, p. 87), and in 1961 they voted to add the unexpended fellowship income to the capital of each fellowship fund in turn until the White, Wheeler, Seymour and Capps were each brought up to $50,000, after which to divide any such income equally among the four; this was to assure the larger stipends for the fellowships urgently needed in a land where the costs were rising steadily. Acceptance in 1963 of Mrs. Blegen’s gift of her home promised for the future the additional living space the ever increasing numbers of scholars and students at the School would need. In 1963 also the Trustees acted on some of the Gennadeion problems. Formation of a Friends of the Gennadeion group which would provide extra funds for the purchase of rare books was encouraged, and it was agreed to proceed with an addition to the building when and if necessary funds became available (see below, pp. 231-233). In 1964 the Trustees decided to allocate $2,000 of Unexpended General Income for the final preparation of the Catalogue of the Gennadius Library. It had been recognized in 1962 that the real need was for a $500,000 endowment for the Gennadeion which would free the School of the drain upon its General Funds for the upkeep of the Gennadeion, and it was agreed that efforts should be made to find such an endowment from persons who might support the Gennadeion rather than the general purposes of the School. Actually no greater success was achieved in these five years than in any years since in attaining this goal.

Meanwhile the one need of the School which did attract not only interest but support was the continuation of work in the Athenian Agora. On November 23, 1965 the Chairman of the Board announced to the Trustees the gift of one million dollars from the Ford Foundation for five further years of excavation in the Athenian Agora when the Greek Government would have bought the land and turned it over to the School for excavation (see below, p. 197). It is only accurate recording to note that this triumph of Mr. Canaday in providing the means of carrying on one of the School’s projects closest to his heart met with mingled reaction among members of the Managing Committee and alumni. Although all rejoiced that this most distinguished of the School’s activities in the field, internationally recognized for its excellence and its outstanding contributions to classical studies, should be able to continue, many heads shook at the specter of the future empty cupboard for the very life of the School as a research center for students and scholars.

Alfred Bellinger was foremost among those who with Cassandra-like vision foresaw the result of not building up the General Endowment in those years of his Chairmanship. It was not for want of his constant, urgent pleas and his own untiring efforts of every kind possible to him. Particularly did he lend every effort in a struggle to guard the right of the Managing Committee rather than the Trustees (as provided in the Regulations) to decide upon the activities of the School and the allocation of funds for those activities. He was a dedicated classicist at heart, one for whom the classical and the Christian values and morals were his way of life because he believed in them. He believed in opening the doors of classical thought and expression to all who would enter and all who might live by and with them; he, with the founders, saw that as the goal and the responsibility of the School. He saw it as the responsibility of all who agreed to take a part in the governing bodies of the School to maintain that institution for the passing on of the finest possible understanding of classical values.

Before we leave Alfred Bellinger’s chairmanship a few further points of interest should be noted. Two gifts to the School which have, in the years since, occupied prominent places in the main School building were presented. In April 1962 Mrs. Harold North Fowler sent the bronze relief head of her husband, the first student at the School, which she made in Cambridge in about 1935. It hangs on the wall of the entrance hall where all who enter may be reminded not only of the distinguished career in classical studies and services to the School of its first student in 1882, but also of his many followers who have entered the School and gone out to make outstanding contributions to classical and other scholarly studies. Throughout his long years of teaching classics and archaeology at Western Reserve University, Harold North Fowler was much beloved by the students whom he inspired to share his devotion to things Greek, and, after retirement from teaching, as consultant to the Library of Congress he continued to encourage many in classical pursuits. He served the School unstintingly as member of the Managing Committee from 1901 till his death in 1955, as Chairman of the Committee on Fellowships from 1904 to 1917, as contributor to the Erechtheum volume, as Annual Professor 1924-25 and as Editor of the Corinth publications for a number of years and author of some portions.

The following year (1963) by the terms of his will Gorham Phillips Stevens left to the School his bronze Actaeon by Paul Manship along with his archaeological library and his original architectural drawings of Athenian and Corinthian buildings. Several of the latter hang in the public rooms of the School, and the Actaeon graces the Library mantel, suggesting the inspiration of classical subject and style to one of the leading sculptors of the first half of the 20th century, a fellow of the sister institution, the American Academy in Rome.

Of the many monetary gifts to the School in these five years it is perhaps invidious to single out particular ones for mention. Those specifically for excavations or for the Gennadeion are mentioned elsewhere, but a few others should appear here. One bequest from an alumna who had continued close association with Greece and the School from her student days may be noted. Hazel Hansen who died in December 1962 bequeathed $6,750 to the School of which she had been a member in 1922–1925, 1927-28, 1936-37, 1939. On the faculty of Stanford University since 1928, she had represented it on the Managing Committee since 1938 and had served as Annual Professor in 1956-57. For her work in discovering, in hidden spots on Skyros, vases found long ago and neglected over many years, studying them and providing a small museum for them, she was made an Honorary Citizen of Skyros. Another former student, Stephen Bleecker Luce, 1914-15, who acted as Assistant Director in 1928-29 and who died June 2, 1962, recognized the everyday needs of the School when he left a legacy of $60,000 “the income to be used for the maintenance” of the School; this could not have been more timely and made possible the major repairs and renovations carried out on the School buildings in the later 60’s. Trustee Philip R. Allen also knew well the general needs of the School and left $15,000 “to be invested and the income used for general purposes.”

Chapter IV: The Chairmanship of Richard Hubbard Howland, 1965–1975

The decade of chairmanship of Richard Hubbard Howland (Pl. 10, e) of the Smithsonian Institution spanned portions of two Directorships in Athens, Henry Schroder Robinson until June 30, 1969 and James Robert McCredie succeeding him. On the Managing Committee John L. Caskey served as Vice Chairman and Alan L. Boegehold as Secretary throughout the period. It was a decade of many heavy problems for the School which needed close face-to-face consultation between the Chairman of the Managing Committee and the Director; it was fortunate for the School that Richard Howland was able to give that kind of attention to the School’s affairs. His frequent visits to Athens kept him in close touch with situations there and allowed a quick and profitable interchange between the Managing Committee and the School. The Trustees too kept in close touch, with frequent visits from President Frederick Crawford and Chairman Ward M. Canaday and two meetings of the whole Board in Athens, in 1969 and 1972.

Greece

The program at the School remained essentially the same as in the recent previous years. For the fall trips Delos was dropped in 1966 and thereafter, but the hard core of the trips from earliest days, namely the chief sites of Central Greece and the Peloponnese, remained every year, with those of the latter area divided into two trips, one to the Argolid and Corinthia, usually made as the last trip of the fall, and the other to the west of the Peloponnese. In addition to the Central Greece trip made every year, there were added in alternate years sites in Macedonia including Samothrace and Thasos or those in the northwest, including Corfu in 1974. These trips continued to be conducted by the Director (Henry Robinson and later James McCredie) or the Professor of Archaeology (Eugene Vanderpool through June 1971, thereafter C. W. J. Eliot) with the addition beginning in 1966 of Charles Williams, II, Field Director of the Corinth Excavations, who usually conducted the Argo-lid-Corinthia trip. The generosity of many Greek and foreign excavators in showing the School over their sites added tremendously to the excitement of many of the newer excavations, e.g. Photios Petsas at the Tomb of Lefkadia, Emil Kunze at Olympia. The day at Samothrace with James McCredie after he became Director was always a high point and well worth the difficulties occasionally encountered in getting there. Occasional special trips were undertaken such as that to Thera at the end of the winter term in 1970 through the kind cooperation of Professors Marinatos and Mylonas and Mr. Doumas. In 1971 two more optional trips were arranged, one to sites in Phokis and Southern Boiotia conducted by McCredie and Vanderpool, another to Crete by J. Walter Graham; both were popular and highly successful. The regular winter schedule of the Topography and Monuments of Athens, conducted chiefly by Vanderpool and later Eliot, and the Friday trips to sites in Attica led by the Director or Professors of Archaeology remained the principal winter activity. Professor Vanderpool continued to conduct some of these meetings after his retirement in 1971 and the other Professor Emeritus, Oscar Broneer, also lectured on certain of his special areas of interest. In January to March 1975 when Professor Eliot was on sabbatical leave Judith Binder, as Visiting Lecturer, conducted some of the Athenian and Attic sessions; Merle K. Langdon and John McK. Camp II also did some.

In addition to these constants were the ever varied offerings by the Visiting Professors (the name given from 1967 on to both the representatives on the Managing Committee who were formerly distinguished as Annual and Visiting Professors). It is worth recording the “courses” they offered, voluntarily, since their remuneration of travel expenses to come as “Special Research Fellows” of the School never carried with it a requirement to undertake any formal work with the students. Visiting Professors have never failed, however, to meet with the students through the winter “term” of December, January, February and part of March to guide them on subjects of their special interest and experience. The tremendous variety of these subjects is some measure not only of the wide opportunities offered to students, varying each year, but particularly of the wide range of scholarship inspired and sponsored by the School. Nearly all these Visiting Professors in this decade had been members of the School earlier. In 1965-66 the subjects offered were Vase Painting (Cedric G. Boulter), Hesiod and the Agricultural Calendar (Michael H. Jameson); 1966-67: Epigraphy (Sterling Dow), Kleisthenes (C. W. J. Eliot); 1967-68: Parthenon (Paul A. Clement), The Pentekontaetia (Malcolm F. McGregor); 1968-69: Documents in Athenian History (Alan L. Boegehold), Euripides (Joseph Conant); 1969-70: Attic Epigraphy of the Fifth Century (Benjamin D. Meritt), Two Oedipus Plays (Norman T. Pratt); 1970-71: Roman Provincial Administration (James H. Oliver), Tragedy and Athens (Henry R. Immerwahr); 1971-72: Herodotos (Harry C. Avery), Development of the Athenian Constitution (Oscar W. Reinmuth); 1972-73: Athens from Kylon to Kleisthenes (Mary E. White), Second Athenian Confederacy (Fordyce W. Mitchel); 1973-74: Tragedy and Politics (William M. Calder III), The Role of Myth in the Creative Process (Jacob E. Nyenhuis); 1974-75: Greece and the Near East in the 8th to 6th centuries b.c. (Jean M. Davison), Plato’s Early Dialogues (Charles H. Kahn).

The changing character of the School’s membership, which had been for some years previously bringing a larger and larger proportion of senior research fellows and older Associate Members in relation to the number of regular first-year students, had an effect on the intellectual fare offered to these students. With so many older scholars and even younger scholars with a number of years residence at the School, a great number of studies were being carried on under the roof of the School which could not fail to interest most of the members, older and younger. In several of the years of this period, depending on the interests of the particular personnel, there were held after tea one day a week during the winter a series of sessions at which members with a piece of research ready for discussion would present reports on their work in progress. Other members attended or not according to their interest and available time. Still further opportunities for first-year students to learn something of excavation methods were offered in the sessions on excavation pottery carried on by Fellows of the Athenian Agora, Stephen and Stella Miller and later John Camp. From time to time, too, other alumni back at the School working on various research projects would guide the new students through the material of their specialties in the Athenian museums, e.g. Carl Blegen and later George Mylonas the Bronze Age rooms of the National Museum; Evelyn Harrison, Brunilde Ridgway and Caroline Houser the sculpture; Eugene Vanderpool, D. A. Amyx and Jean Davison the pottery; Joan Fisher of the Corinth staff and John Kroll of the Agora staff the numismatics; Fordyce Mitchel and Alan Boegehold the epigraphy; later, several Greek colleagues held sessions in the Benaki and Byzantine museums. David Jordan led a group including members of the British School which met to discuss epigraphical work in progress.

Most popular of all to those of agile limb as well as topographical bent were the increasingly famous Saturday walks around Attica with “E V” which gave that special group each year an ever deepening understanding of all aspects of the Greek countryside, ancient, mediaeval and modern, along with an ever growing admiration and affection for their incomparable leader, Eugene Vanderpool.

With the coming of spring the excavation or independent work season arrived as traditionally, with a new possibility for all first-year regular students beginning in 1967. Charles Williams took up his duties as Field Director of the Corinth Excavations in July 1966; by spring 1967 he saw the potential in a two-week training session which would be offered to all regular students of the School who would appreciate the opportunity to learn something of excavation methods and techniques regardless of whether they have an interest in continuing further in field work. The value of this training has been amply attested by nearly all students of the School ever since. It is recognized by many alumni of the School as one of the most significant of the varied kinds of training and experience the year at the School offers classical students whatever their special talents and inclinations. Many of the students remained on the Corinthian staff for the regular season after the training session; others went off to the excavations of their universities or turned to their own individual studies. The provision for a paper to be presented by those who do not occupy themselves in the spring at excavations continued to be very flexibly enforced. Some students complied eagerly, happily and promptly; others sent back papers based on the work of the spring several years later; others did none at all; the Director felt uncertain about the wisdom of strict enforcement.

One of the factors contributing to the uncertainties about making any strict requirement of students lay in a situation both Directors more than once begged to have clarified for them. Fellows and students (16 in number and 20 after 1969) were selected for their demonstrated and potential ability and excellence on the theory, based on the School’s avowed purpose, that a year of residence in Greece with exposure to its land and monuments would increase their quality and effectiveness as classicists. Not infrequently the student comes the year of or immediately before his doctoral examinations or while writing his thesis; when this is so, the tug between the upcoming commitment to his university and the opportunities of learning in Greece is sometimes an uneven one, and the student sometimes spends much of his year doing what he might better have stayed at home to do and gains too little of the advantages Greece and the School offer. The Directors begged for guidance from members of the Managing Committee who send their students at such a time in their careers as to what they expect of them, so that advice and assistance may be given such students to gain the most possible from their stay in Athens.

In most cases, however, the students appeared to continue to gain a goodly measure of both profit and pleasure from the year, as has been the general case throughout the century. If more voices were heard in less than appreciation of the School in this decade, one must recall the actual date. The general unrest and questioning of existing conditions which characterized certain student groups in many areas of the United States in the late 60’s were bound to spill over into American institutions of learning elsewhere. Actually more objections were raised a bit later, in the early 70’s, by younger members of the Managing Committee, and more changes took place in their Regulations (see below) than in the activity at the School itself. The one area in which protest brought change at the School was in housing. Beginning in 1966-67 first-year students who were unmarried or married without children were no longer automatically expected to live in Loring Hall, yet all but two chose to do so that first year and most continued to do so in the following years. Residents were not required to take their meals there, and in the first years, when the ever increasing inflation in Greece had not yet reached the proportions it did later, many took advantage of this privilege. As the cost of food continued to rise, however, more and more students both old and new came back to Loring Hall for both room and board as the most economical arrangement they could find. The School took the financial loss in the lean years of residents and diners in an effort to allow the independence so eagerly sought, with the conviction also that living and eating out in Athens should serve to improve the students’ knowledge of modern Greek, always an accomplishment the School has strongly encouraged. From 1968 the management of Loring Hall by Mrs. Fidao improved conditions emphatically.

The repairs to the physical plant which had begun at the start of Henry Robinson’s directorship and had continued, some every year, were concluded with the repainting of the exterior of the Main Building and the surrounding fences in the summer of 1968. This refurbishing of the buildings and in some cases renovations as well as necessary repairs put the three main buildings in Athens into shape to serve the School’s needs for some time ahead with normal upkeep. The framing of many of the Edward Lear watercolors owned by the Gennadeion added to the framed engravings from Mr. Kyriakides’ bequest gave many of the rooms a pleasant distinction as well as attractiveness.

The staff continued the many services to the community which had been established for some years. There was an Open Meeting each year for all the archaeological company in Athens. The Director regularly gave a summary of American excavations of the preceding year and another staff member gave a more detailed report: 1966, Michael Jameson on the Porto Cheli excavations; 1967, Charles Williams on Corinth; 1968, William Biers on the Roman Bath at Corinth; 1969, Henry Robinson on the Archaic Temples at Corinth; 1970, Charles Williams on the Ancient Agora at Corinth; 1971, T. Leslie Shear, Jr. on the Royal Stoa in Athens; 1972, Eugene Vanderpool on Frederick North’s Athenian Sketchbook; 1973, John Travlos on the Parthenon in the Age of Julian; 1974, Thomas Jacobsen on the Franchthi Cave; 1975, Oscar Broneer on the Theater of Dionysos: The Early Form of the Skene and Orchestra. A few extra public lectures were given by some of the Visiting Professors. For the more general American public in Greece the lectures for AWOG which began in 1947-48 were continued only through 1967 (see above, pp. 34, 41, 47, 60, 71, 85). Thereafter, however, the staff spent many hours each year conducting special guests around Athenian points of archaeological interest at the request of the Embassy.

In 1967 a series of three 25-minute talks were given in Greek on Radio Athens, by Homer Thompson on the history, organization and function of the School and the history of the Agora Excavations, by John Travlos on the results of the Agora Excavations in architecture and town planning and by Eugene Vanderpool on the Museum in the Agora.

Several momentous changes took place in the staff during Richard Howland’s chairmanship in addition to the change of Directors mentioned above. Henry Schroder Robinson completed his second term of five years in 1969 and was succeeded by James Robert McCredie (Pl. 12, f) of the Institute of Fine Arts at New York University. Henry Robinson’s great contribution to the School was the revival of work at Corinth; this unwavering dedication to Corinth and its future is fittingly honored by the naming for him of one of the new residence wings of the excavation house (below, pp. 167-168). But he also labored with great concentration on every detail to keep the year-round program of the School of high academic standard. He worked closely with the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships to secure the most promising young classicists as members of the School, Regular and Associate. He recognized too what the School could do to help in many ways the classicists and interested visitors who came to Athens in increasingly large numbers. His own personal attention to the mountain of requests for every kind of assistance that reared up in the Director’s office would have left a less dedicated man without the time and energy to carry on the constantly growing administrative demands both within the School itself (including the major repairs to the buildings) and in relation to the Greek authorities. In paying attention to so many requests he not only built up goodwill for the School but was indeed spreading interest in Greek studies among many varying kinds of visitors.

James McCredie had been a student at the School in 1958-59 and 1961-62 (as Charles Eliot Norton Fellow) and had excavated Koroni with Professor Vanderpool in 1960. As a member of the faculty of the Institute of Fine Arts since 1962 he had joined the staff of Samothrace and from 1962 was its Field Director; he had spent 1965-66 at the School, and so he came to the Directorship well familiar with the School of the time.

In 1966-67 Mary Zelia Philippides was given leave of absence to concentrate on her assignment to publish the black-figured pottery found in the Athenian Agora. Her position as Librarian of the School was filled that year by two librarians from the University of North Carolina Library, each one serving one semester, Louise McG. Hall and Eileen McIlvaine. Then on December 21, 1971, Mrs. Philippides retired after breaking in two Assistant Librarians to take over the work she had accomplished single-handedly for most of her thirteen years of service. Thomas P. Jedele began on September 1, 1971 and Nancy A. Winter on October 1, 1971, and both continued to share the responsibilities of the Librarianship as Associate Librarians in 1972-73. In July 1973 Miss Winter took over as Librarian with an Assistant Librarian such as had been provided for Mrs. Philippides in 1966. Mrs. Philippides had served since 1958, the first professionally trained librarian the School had enjoyed. Trained first as an archaeologist and a life-long scholar of Greek vases, she brought to the position a scholar’s understanding of the scholar’s needs, the professional librarian’s experience in technical and practical matters, a sensitive human being’s generosity of spirit in her dealings with both the ever increasing number of members of the School and the very considerable number of foreign scholars and American diplomats and visiting scholars who turned to her for help and guidance and never went away empty-handed, rarely disappointed in their quests. She undertook the staggering task of making a new catalogue for the whole collection at the same time that she kept the collection up to date with more and more books appearing at higher and higher costs from a budget always receding in relation to the demands upon it to keep the Library the first-rate center of the School’s work. She had set a standard and created an atmosphere far from easy for one who came after to maintain, but Miss Winter has done so, and the Library continues to be cited frequently by scholars as one of the most pleasant and satisfactory places to pursue academic studies. The new catalogue completed with many more subject cards, the topographical bibliography, the ease of access to the shelves all contribute, but Miss Winter’s own knowledge of the collection as an archaeologist as well as Librarian and her friendly eagerness to help when needed continue the excellent conditions of work. As in all aspects of the School, the negative factor has been a financial one; the available funds are not adequate to keep up all departments of the Library as should be done, especially since the range of classical and archaeological studies continues to widen.

Another change of significance came with the death on June 5, 1967 of Aristides Kyriakides who had been our Legal Adviser since he took over that heavy responsibility after the death of his predecessor Anastasios Adossides in 1942 during the War. We have spoken above (pp. 17, 19, 25, 26) of how he and Mr. Stevens guided the School through those troubled years; his legal knowledge and skill but far more his wisdom and human understanding had been put at the disposal of the School tirelessly and with effectiveness as great as his personal devotion to the School through a quarter century. His life for the School is well expressed in a letter of June 26, 1951 to Director Caskey, “I do not consider my work at the School merely as a professional job but as a contribution towards a noble purpose which promotes science and my country. That is why, without being an archaeologist, I feel I am a colleague and real friend in a common effort.” It was suitable that a memorial to that service should take a form which would remind future members of his strong interest in music, drama and other visual arts, a fund for the Library for books in those fields.

Earlier in 1967, in April, another death brought a major change in the Corinthian scene. Evangelos Lekkas, devoted foreman and friend of the School, died on his way to his post, faithful to the last (see below, pp. 162-163).

Retirement removed during these years the member of the Gennadeion staff of longest tenure, Eurydice Demetracopoulou, who after 32 years of service retired as Assistant Librarian on June 30, 1969 (see below, p. 234) and was succeeded by Sophie Papageorgiou.

Two years later, June 30, 1971, two others who had served the administration of the School long and devotedly were lost through retirement, Eustratios Athanassiades who had been since 1946 the skilled Business Manager (Accountant) ever loyal, helpful and cheerful, and Georgios Sakkas, that other member of the Business Office to whom all members of the School are indebted for help and kindness unlimited. They were succeeded by Ioanna Driva and Panayiotis Asiatides. Retirement also ended the service of Lucy Shoe Meritt as Editor of Publications for 22 years on September 30, 1972 (see below, p. 269), at which time Marian Holland McAllister took over.

It was, however, the year 1971 which saw the largest number and most significant of changes and losses in the staff. Mrs. Philippides’ departure as Librarian in December has been noted above (p. 103). In June and August the Professorships of Archaeology had suffered monumental losses. With the death on August 24th of Carl William Blegen (Pls. 12, c; 15, a) the School lost a devoted friend, a distinguished scholar, a generous and dedicated teacher, a wise counselor who had been associated with the School continuously, save for a few years, since he arrived as a student in 1910. A mere enumeration of his official positions fails to suggest his close and generous association with the School’s affairs and personnel, staff and students alike, but nearly all who have passed the threshold in that stretch of over half a century are the richer and wiser for having crossed his path; each of them knows what he meant to them as well as to the School as a whole. For the record, however, here is the bald list: Student 1910–1913, Secretary of the School 1913–1920, Assistant Director 1920–1926, Acting Director 1926-27, Member of the Managing Committee 1920–1927, 1944–1971, Chairman of the Alumni Association 1947–1949, Director 1948-49, Professor of Archaeology 1949–1971. In the latter capacity Carl Blegen’s lectures in the Bronze Age rooms of the National Museum were a high point of each winter term of the regular sessions of the School, and to the students of many a summer session his guiding them over the Palace at Pylos was an unforgettable experience (see below for his excavation of that site, p. 207). Not the least vivid in the memories of members of the School family are the gatherings at 9 Plutarch Street when his fund of tales and his gentle concern for each individual endeared him to one and all. That the Library of the School should have been in 1973 named the Blegen Library for Carl and Elizabeth (who had died on September 21, 1966) Blegen who had given that home and its fine and extensive library to the School is eminently fitting.

There was one, however, who had made an even greater impact on every one associated in any way with the School since 1948 when he became the Professor of Archaeology, Eugene Vanderpool (Pl. 13, b). When he retired on June 30, 1971 many felt as if “Mr. American School” had indeed gone. Luckily for everyone Eugene Vanderpool has continued as Professor of Archaeology Emeritus to be in his office, available to all comers, to conduct some of the sessions of the courses in the Topography of Athens and the Sites of Attica, to carry on his famous Saturday walks through Attica with a welcome to all who would share them, and to be the modest, self-effacing man of fewest possible words who with those words shares one of the widest knowledges and most sensitive understandings of Greece and Greeks, countryside, monuments, birds, flowers, people of all ages. “E V” came to the School first in 1929 as a student just graduated from Princeton University. He returned in 1932 as Athenian Agora Fellow and was Agora Fellow and then Assistant Field Director until 1967 at the same time that he was Professor of Archaeology, occupying in reality two full-time positions of the highest responsibility. His unique service to the School during the war has been noted earlier (pp. 8, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17-18). As excavator and as Professor at the School Vanderpool’s interests and proficiencies lie in many fields; there is no aspect of ancient archaeology and literature and few in the later periods unfamiliar to him, and his publications extend over a wide range, but it is in the fields of Athenian and Attic epigraphy and topography that his greatest contributions have been made, in numerous publications as in teaching and directing others. His guidance and concern for members of the School and their work through a whole generation, his masterly teaching, his wise and firm administration of both the School whenever the Director was in America and the Agora Excavations when the Field Director was not in Athens made him all but indispensable to staff and students alike for information, advice, understanding. There has never been a more beloved member of the School community. Because every student of the School (and “student” here includes every one associated with the School) owes him such an incalculable debt, it was right that their tribute to him should be in the form of a fellowship in his name, held for the first time in 1971-72. It is awarded to a second-year student on recommendation of the Director, and it “will permanently call to mind the ideals of scholarship and teaching he personifies.”

On July 1, 1971 C. William J. Eliot came from the University of British Columbia to be Professor of Archaeology. As Fellow of the School in 1952–1954 and Secretary of the School in 1954–1957, he was not unfamiliar with the program of the School and the sites of Greece generally and Attica particularly. A disciple of “E V” in the exploration of Attica, he was well experienced to take over the Professor’s share of the teaching regularly divided between Director and Professor of Archaeology. Eliot’s interests too were wide, and his pursuit of matters concerning aspects of the Greek Revolution and 19th-century Greece drew the attention of the students to modern as well as to ancient Greece as they traveled about and furnished the material for a number of his publications during his Professorship. The School was glad to have him continue his connection with the excavation sponsored by the University of British Columbia at Anamur, a Late Roman site in Rough Cilicia in Turkey, and he worked there for several weeks in 1971, 1972, 1973, and 1975; the advantages to the School of having its Professor of Archaeology take an active part in field work are clear (both Broneer and Vanderpool were distinguished excavators).

For some time there had been a feeling that some arrangement should be made for members of the staff to have sabbatical leave; on November 20, 1973 the Trustees approved. Widely as the idea was applauded in principle, it proved all but impossible to work out in practice, especially in the case of the Director. An attempt was made in 1973-74 when James McCredie was on leave from January to June and Richard Stillwell (Pl. 11, e), a former Director, acted in his place. It is extremely difficult for anyone to assume the heavy directorial responsibilities for such a short time without recent close association with the problems, but Mr. Stillwell did so effectively with the outstanding assistance of his wife Celia Sachs Stillwell. The following year, 1974-75, the Professor of Archaeology, C. W. J. Eliot, was on leave from January 1 to July, 1975; a special Visiting Lecturer was appointed to conduct ten seminars on the Monuments of Athens and Topography of Attica between January 1 and March 15, Judith Perlzweig Binder, a former member of the staff of the Athenian Agora Excavations and a former Secretary of the Corinth Excavations. The sabbatical leave for the Librarian of the Gennadeion in 1960-61 and the Librarian of the School in 1966-67 had worked well, but it was a more difficult matter for the Director and the Professor of Archaeology whose responsibilities are of a different nature and not quickly or easily shifted.

From 1968 Dr. Elpidophoros Papantoniou served as physician for members of the School, and he earned their deep appreciation of his skill and his kindness often well “beyond the call of duty” until he retired in 1978.

There were several special occasions of honor to alumni of the School in which members of the School shared the festivities. In 1965 the first award of the newly instituted Gold Medal of the Archaeological Institute of America for Distinguished Archaeological Achievement was made to Carl William Blegen. Since he was not in the United States to accept it, arrangements were made to have it presented to him by the U. S. Ambassador Phillips Talbot at his residence in a ceremony on February 28, 1966 attended by an international as well as American group of archaeologists. In 1969 the Gold Medal was awarded to three men closely connected with the School throughout their careers: Rhys Carpenter, Oscar Broneer and William Bell Dinsmoor; since Dinsmoor was in Athens, his medal was presented to him on February 14, 1970 in a ceremony in Athens attended by many of the School and foreign community. The same year George E. Mylonas was elected a member of the Academy of Athens. All members of the School were invited, along with the students of the University of Athens and the representatives of the other foreign schools, to a convocation (on March 4, 1970) of the School of Philosophy of the University of Athens in the main hall of the University at which Benjamin D. Meritt was awarded an honorary doctoral degree. He accepted it with an address on ‘Eπιγραφικαì Σπoνδαì ἐν ‘Eλλάδι many members of the School were present.

Nor was this decade without dedication ceremonies. The new excavation house at Corinth, named in memory of Bert Hodge Hill, was dedicated on December 1, 1971 (see below, p. 166), and the new wings of the Gennadeion were dedicated on May 19, 1972 (see below, p. 232). The latter was planned to coincide with a meeting of the Trustees held at the School especially to consider whether 9 Plutarch Street could be retained or should be sold to provide the actual cash by then so seriously needed to continue to operate the School along the former lines. Inflation had so crucially affected the School’s resources that funds had to be found. After examining the property and the remainder of the School installations and its activities the Trustees decided at that meeting to sell the Blegen house. This was a hard decision for everyone. For those on the Managing Committee and among the alumni who cherished memories and affection for the house and its occupants, the Blegens and Hills, and had looked forward to it being a permanent part of the School it was a bitter blow. For those who had to weigh those feelings, along with the equally cogent consideration of the moral responsibility of the School to preserve one of the all too few remaining fine 19th-century buildings, against the already precarious financial state of the School which threatened to worsen rapidly the choice was one of the most difficult in the School’s history.

Director McCredie saw clearly the financial trouble ahead and had voiced a “note of caution” in his Annual Report written on April 10, 1972. He begged that the Managing Committee consider priorities “both among and within our various programs,” specifically “general policy on the scope and aims of our excavations and on the areas to be strengthened by acquisitions in our two libraries.” Recent expansion in buildings, in excavations, in the libraries, and in the number of Research Fellows, Associate Members, and visiting scholars (which had increased by nearly half in the previous three years) were all to the good in increasing the usefulness of the School but were requiring more money and less attention “to formerly basic work of the School.” Two years later, on March 26, 1974, as he had predicted, the situation had become critical, and he wrote “Our options are clear: either we must find a considerable amount of money to maintain the School as it now is or we must restrict our activities to those which can be supported by our present funds. . . . Where can our activities be restricted without destruction of the basic purposes of the School, or where can new permanent income be generated? . . . advice is urgently needed if we are to maintain the present standards of the School.”

One source of new permanent income was the sale of the Blegen house in November 1973 for $900,000; it was sold to Vassilios Goulandris and his wife who planned to keep the building and convert it into a private museum. If the School had to part with the home Mrs. Blegen had bought on July 20, 1929, this was the best possible disposition, for it saved the building. Its library was transferred to the School Library which it enriched by some thousand volumes; many duplicates were kept against the time they would be needed to replace volumes too worn for further use, other duplicates were sold to members of the School, the proceeds used for the purchase of needed volumes. Furniture and carpets were used to enrich the furnishings of the Director’s apartment, Loring Hall and other School residential areas both in Athens and in Corinth.

Elizabeth Pierce Blegen was but one of the close friends and former students lost to the School by death in this decade. Another who had made his home in Athens since 1961 had been closely associated with the School since his days as Fellow in Architecture in 1908–1912, William Bell Dinsmoor. His study of the Propylaia, which became legendary as he strove to check and recheck fine point after fine point, had been eagerly anticipated by all archaeologists, and there had been hope that after his retirement from Columbia University, when he came back to Athens to stay he would at last be able to complete it as well as the West Shops of Corinth, but critical illness robbed him of several years of effective work. Although he continued to work with amazing determination in his latter, invalid years, at the end the scholarly world was still deprived of the Propylaia publication by the acknowledged master of Greek architectural study. Dinsmoor died in Athens on July 2, 1973 and was buried in the Protestant section of the First Cemetery. On May 1, 1975 Eurydice Demetracopoulou of the Gennadeion from 1937 to 1975 died (see below, pp. 234-235).

We have seen the character of the total company at the School change more in these ten than in the preceding eighty odd years. In 1972-73 less than one-third of the students were regular members; in 1974-75 the number of Associate Members had grown to 28 compared to 15 regular first-year members. When the 13 Research Fellows, 6 of the School, 7 others, are added to the 28 it makes a very heavy concentration of older members compared to the regular members. The number of visiting Research Fellows who associated themselves with the School varied from year to year from about 6 to 10, but the number of Associate Members seemed to climb each year till it reached about 30 by 1975. Although officially these non-regular members had no call upon the academic staff of the School, actually the administration of the School did provide much assistance, and the use of the Library facilities by such a large number altered conditions there materially. Costs to the School in both drachmas and hours of service were very considerable. On the other side of the coin was the wide range of interests, of specialties, of real assistance to the regular students provided by this group (many of whom were generous in volunteering lectures and guidance to groups of students as well as to individuals), the distinction brought to the School by their study and achievements in scholarship, and the broadening of the contribution of the School to the cause of Greek studies in the United States, its fundamental reason for existence. It would be impossible to weigh gains against losses, but the total gains academically were great. The chief loss, academically, was in the change from the small, almost family group of earlier years with all the benefits a small, closely knit company of students and scholars gives to each other.

U.S.A.

If the changes in Athens were considerable in this period of the School’s history, they were almost as nothing compared to the revolutionary changes which took place in the Managing Committee at the same time. More fundamental changes in its membership and its operation were made than in all its previous history.

The number of Cooperating Institutions rose from 95 in 1965 to 113 in 1975, and that additional support, both financially and academically, was warmly appreciated. New members of the Managing Committee were elected at each meeting in greater numbers than ever before, both because of the new institutions and new ex officio members (in December 1972 the Professor of Archaeology, the Field Directors of the School’s Excavations, the Director of the Gennadius Library, and the Editor of Publications were elected) and because an unusually large number of earlier members retired during this period and were replaced with active teaching members to represent their Institutions. The composition, therefore, of the Committee changed rapidly, and when in 1966 a regulation deprived members who were emeriti at their institutions from a vote in the Committee, most of them ceased their attendance and, unfortunately, often also their interest and contributions to the School. In a very few years, then, the members with experience in the School’s affairs dwindled, and the large majority were new to the Committee and to the problems of the School, even though many were recent alumni. This new Managing Committee began to look to its composition and its Regulations. The majority seemed to favor wider, unexperienced, short-term representation with more varied points of view on the committees over longer-termed service which allowed for the benefit of experience.

The first changes came as a result of expressed dissatisfaction with what appeared to be an inequity in representation on the Committee. The older philosophy of membership had been that members were elected to the Managing Committee to represent their institutions, but once on the Committee their responsibility was to the best interests of the School; they served the School with the ever increasing understanding and devotion that came with experience. The value of their membership on the Committee lay in their experience which the Managing Committee did not wish to lose, if and when they moved from institution to institution as academic people do. It so happened, therefore, that an institution sometimes acquired more than the one member required by the Regulations, frequently two but in one or two cases as many as four, usually, however, in more than one department. The newer thinking was based more on the point of view of the individual institution than on that of the School and objected to this imbalance. In response to this objection, on December 28, 1966 the Personnel Committee offered three provisions which were voted by the Managing Committee: 1) at any given meeting no more than two representatives from a single institution shall vote; 2) members emeriti will be notified of meetings, may attend meetings and be heard but may not vote; 3) if a member transfers from the institution which he was elected to represent, he may retain his membership if the institution to which he transfers is a supporting institution and if this institution expressly desires him to be its representative. In such a case it may happen that the institution to which he transfers may have two or even more representatives. In May 1967 a further clarification of No. 3 was voted: at the death or transfer of a member representing an institution which has other active representation on the Managing Committee that institution is not entitled to replace the departed member. No. 2 was submitted again in 1969, advance notice having been given on December 29, 1968, and was approved on May 10, 1969.

The Executive Committee of the Managing Committee considered the question of term of service on committees and offered in December 1968 a motion to elect members of the Committees on Admissions and Fellowships, Publications and Summer Session for four years with re-election possible. When this was proposed on May 10, 1969 the Managing Committee voted to table the motion and to appoint an ad hoc committee to consider the whole question of terms for all committees. The report of this Committee proposed amendments to the Regulations which were passed on May 9, 1970. The chief changes were: 1) at least one representative from each Cooperating Institution must be in active status at that institution; 2) No. 3 above; 3) voting on matters of substance shall be by Institution; matters of substance, as defined by the Chairman of the Managing Committee, shall be voted upon only after written notice given at least three weeks in advance of the meeting; 4) election to the Committee on Publications shall be for a term of seven years, to the Committees on Admissions and Fellowships, Gennadius Library, and Summer Session for a term of four years; 5) salaried officers and members of the staff of the School will normally retire at the age of 65 and must retire at the age of 68. The implementation of these rules required that incumbent members would leave committees, one or two a year; the Executive Committee was to decide who rotated off upon advice from the chairman of the committee and the Personnel Committee. At this 1970 meeting two ad hoc committees were appointed, one to choose a new Director when James McCredie’s term expired at the end of his three-year term in 1972, the other to find a new Editor to succeed Lucy Shoe Meritt in 1972 (see below, p. 115).

A year later there was still dissatisfaction in some quarters, and another ad hoc committee was appointed to review once more problems of some of the committees. As a result of this committee’s proposals another set of Amendments to the Regulations was voted approval on May 13, 1972. These were far more revolutionary in terms of the regulations of the preceding 90 years and changed the character and methods of operation of the committees of the School very markedly. It is still too soon to measure their over-all effect on the operation of the School in Athens, but already some of the committees have been pleading for more experience as they handle the ever more complex and demanding problems of an institution now (1980) in dire financial straits and faced with drastic cutting of activities. The main changes were: 1) the addition to the Standing Committees of the School of a Committee on Committees: six members charged with nominating annually at least three candidates for the two vacancies to occur on the Executive Committee and candidates for spaces on the Personnel, Publications, Admissions and Fellowships, Gennadius Library, and Summer Session Committees. Such nominations together with any made by petition of ten or more members of the Managing Committee were to be mailed to the Managing Committee in advance of the Annual Meeting at which voting takes place. 2) Personnel Committee to consist of five members to serve five-year terms; Publications Committee: five members for five-year terms plus the Editor of Publications not eligible to be chairman; Committees on Admissions and Fellowships, Gennadius Library, and Summer Session: not less than three members for terms of four years. 3) Personnel Committee to make recommendations to the Executive Committee for School’s officers, members of Managing Committee, and all positions, representatives, and committees except for the Standing Committees. 4) No person shall serve as a voting member of more than one Standing Committee at a time, nor be eligible to serve again on the same Committee for at least one year after expiration of a term of office; no Cooperating Institution shall have more than one representative on any one Standing Committee at a time.

In May 1973 it was voted that the Committee on Committees should thereafter nominate more than one candidate for each committee post so that there would be a real choice for the Managing Committee when it votes for committee members. Geography and the practical aspects of traveling to attend meetings remained, as they always had been, very significant factors in deciding who could be active on those committees which must do their work when gathered together in a meeting. To help this situation which for many years had been a cause of concern to some members, the Executive Committee in 1973 agreed to reimburse, upon request, a committee member for transportation and one night in a minimally priced hotel for meetings of the Gennadeion, Executive, Publications and Personnel Committees other than those at Christmas. When it is recalled that the School was already in financial difficulties when this heavy addition to the budget was approved, the determination of the Managing Committee was clear not to allow distance to prevent members from serving on committees. At each meeting of the Managing Committee thereafter all members of the Managing Committee were requested to acquaint the Committee on Committees with their suggestions for nominations for the following year including an indication of which committees they themselves would like to serve. So strong was the feeling of some members that an ever wider and wider group of people should serve on the School’s Committees that there were suggestions of electing persons who were not even members of the Managing Committee. This extreme was, however, voted down by the Managing Committee in May 1975.

In May 1974 after various discussions in the meeting it was voted to appoint an ad hoc commitee to review appointment procedures and educational policies generally. This Committee’s report was presented in May 1976.

In the midst of all this agitation and discussion and action about the Regulations as they concern Committees of the Managing Committee, the committees went about their business as best they could. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships was chaired until 1966 by Carl A. Roebuck who was succeeded by Mabel L. Lang, 1966–1972, and Malcolm McGregor, 1972–1975. In some of these years there were not as many applicants as in the year 1969-70 when 19 first-year students were admitted, raising the number from the previous 16 close to the limit (20) that was felt by Director and Committee might be satisfactorily accommodated. But in other years highly qualified students had to be refused admission. In 1974-75 the number who wrote fellowship examinations shot up to 32. The Committee had as much if not more business with associate members. In some years there were excellent fellowship candidates, and when the accumulation of funds permitted, an additional fellowship was awarded. In some cases when there were more qualified applicants for regular membership than the 20, applicants who were put on the waiting list transferred to associate membership and attended in that capacity. Two new fellowships were founded in these years. Funds for one in memory of George Henry McFadden and named for him were given, and it was awarded from 1969-70 through 1976-77. In 1974-75 the funds for the Jacob Hirsch Fellowship (see below, p. 118) became available. The terms specify a student from the United States or Israel (see below, p. 134). The chief problem of policy in these years was the eligibility for a fellowship of a student who is a graduate or graduate student of a Cooperating Institution but is not a citizen of the United States or Canada. Such students were eligible for consideration for membership, but the Regulations had restricted fellowships to U.S. or Canadian citizens.

Richard Stillwell who had served as Chairman of the Personnel Committee since 1957 retired in May 1968 and was succeeded by Lloyd Daly who continued, until the change in Regulations in 1972, to serve the Managing Committee with his two colleagues on the Personnel Committee as all former chairmen had done. The Committee was responsible for knowing the personnel of the Managing Committee well so that it could nominate all members of committees except themselves, all new members of the Managing Committee, and all officers of the School (including the Visiting Professors since 1961 when the Chairman turned this over to the Committee). It had, however, been customary to appoint an ad hoc committee of which the Personnel Committee were members to select a new Chairman of the Managing Committee, sometimes also for a new Director, so that a wider knowledge of possible candidates could be drawn upon for the nomination. These were heavy responsibilities calling for much consultation, much consideration of duties and personalities and abilities, much wisdom and courage, to which experience lent perspective and understanding, above all a deep devotion to the School’s best interests as their first priority. It is fitting that tribute should be paid here to those who had served as Chairmen of the Personnel Committee as constituted by amendment to the Regulations in May 1925. At first the Chairman of the Managing Committee served as Chairman of the Personnel Committee and he appointed the other two members. Beginning in 1932 the Chairman was elected by the Managing Committee and re-elected each year. Charles Burton Gulick served from 1932 to 1946, William T. Semple 1946 to 1948, Benjamin D. Meritt 1948 to 1957, Richard Stillwell 1957 to 1968, Lloyd W. Daly 1968 to 1972.

The new Regulation passed in 1972 continued to have a committee called Committee on Personnel, but its duties now were limited to the nomination of new members of the Managing Committee, School officers (with some exceptions), Auxiliary Fund Directors and representatives on the Alumni Council; the number of members on the Committee was raised to five, each to serve for five years, one member elected each year. Chairmen served one, two or three years: Evelyn B. Harrison 1972-73, Michael H. Jameson 1973–1975, Frederick E. Winter 1975–1977, William P. Donovan 1977–1980.

Of the Special Committees, the one to find a new Director to succeed Henry S. Robinson nominated James Robert McCredie who was elected on May 13, 1967 to a three-year term beginning July 1, 1969, and after another committee had deliberated, on December 28, 1970 he was re-elected for a five-year term beginning July 1, 1972. The special committee appointed to nominate a new Editor of Publications to succeed Lucy Shoe Meritt nominated Marian Holland McAllister on May 8, 1971, and she was elected to a five-year term beginning October 1, 1972.

When Eugene Vanderpool retired as Professor of Archaeology on June 30, 1971 (see above, pp. 105-106), C. W. J. Eliot was nominated by the Personnel Committee and appointed to the post for a five-year term beginning August 1, 1971. When consideration of reappointment was undertaken by the Personnel Committee in 1974, a second five-year term was not recommended, and the Managing Committee voted on December 28, 1974 that a three-year term, not renewable, be offered Professor Eliot. It was further voted that in future the Professorship of Archaeology be a three-year term not renewable.

The successor to Richard Howland as Chairman of the Managing Committee was nominated by the Personnel Committee and elected by the Managing Committee on May 10, 1975 to serve from July 1, 1975 for a term of five years, namely, Mabel Louise Lang of Bryn Mawr College.

The new Committee on Committees created by the 1972 Regulations (above, p. 112) plus the shorter terms of office of each committee member changed radically the character of the committees Not only was there a constant turnover by the rotating off and on of members each year and the shorter terms altogether, but that nominations were made by an even more changing committee has meant that service on the committees was shared by a very large number of the Managing Committee, coming on with little or no knowledge of the committee’s work, leaving just as they begin to understand it, but having gained for themselves at least a valuable insight into the School’s problems and mode of operation.

The Board of Trustees also saw changes in its officers and its members in these years in which it had momentous decisions to reach and an ever more serious and then critical financial condition to face. The officers elected on November 18, 1963 continued unchanged until December 11, 1969, and the Committees remained essentially the same with a few additions. In 1968 Homer A. Thompson was added to the Board when he retired as Field Director of the Agora Excavations, and in 1969 three more new members were elected: Thomas A. Pappas in May and John Dane, Jr. and Robert McCabe in December. At that December meeting Ward Canaday and Fred Crawford were re-elected as Chairman and President, but William Kelly Simpson became Vice President and the office of Secretary-Treasurer which John J. McCloy had held since 1955 was divided; McCloy continued as Treasurer but the Assistant Treasurer Harry M. Lyter became Secretary. Two years later Lucius D. Clay and Elizabeth Whitehead were added to the Board, and at the November 12, 1971 meeting the By-Laws were amended to extend the term of office for all officers from one to three years. Ward Canaday who had been a member since 1937 and had led and directed the Board for so long (since 1949) asked to be relieved of the active chairmanship and was made Honorary Chairman while Fred Crawford moved up to the Chairmanship, William Kelly Simpson became President, and Nathanael V. Davis Vice President, all elected for three years along with the same Secretary and Treasurer. It was a deep loss when Secretary Harry Lyter died on May 15, 1973, for he had taken a most active and positive interest in the School’s affairs and had contributed valuable understanding and vision. John Dane, Jr. succeeded him as Secretary on May 23, 1973. On November 26, 1974 Crawford was re-elected Chairman for three years, Nathanael V. Davis and Robert McCabe Vice Presidents, John Dane Clerk (formerly called Secretary), John J. McCloy Treasurer, but Simpson as President for one year only. A year later (November 17, 1975) he had moved up to Chairman and Elizabeth Whitehead became President, both three-year terms (see below, p. 136). Charles Fleisch-mann had joined the Board in 1973. In 1975, then, the Board which for many years had consisted of members of many years standing had only five of its 17 members of more than 15 years service, nine of ten years or less. At the December 8, 1970 meeting Ward Canaday’s 85th and Fred Crawford’s 80th birthdays had been honored by the presentation to them of silver trays.

There were innovations in the meetings of this decade. A special invitation was sent to Spyridon Marinatos, Director of Antiquities of the Greek Government, to attend the meeting of December 9, 1968. This was accepted, and Professor Marinatos spoke warmly of the place in the thought of the Greek Government occupied by the School and its personnel and pledged that it was committed to work with the School in the further excavation of the Athenian Agora. At that meeting the Trustees voted “to advance $5,000 from the Loeb Fund surplus to the Greek Government who will pay the balance needed to repair the Hephaisteion in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Homer A. Thompson who for so long have been influential in Greek archaeology and have both been particularly concerned with this temple in the Athenian Agora.” Both Mr. and Mrs. Thompson were at the meeting and were honored with farewell gifts; Homer Thompson had retired on December 31, 1967 as Field Director of the Athenian Agora Excavations.

The need for additional room for the Gennadius Library had been growing for some years, and the Trustees had been urged to consider raising funds to build an addition to the existing building, the idea being that they might be able to interest in this aspect of the School’s activities donors who were not sufficiently interested in the School’s main purpose to support the sorely needed general endowment. It was agreed, therefore, that for the first time in the history of the School the Trustees would meet in Athens in May 1969 and look over all the School’s property and activities but especially the future of the Agora excavation and the Gennadeion’s needs. From May 14 to 17 the Trustees visited all the School facilities and at their official meeting voted that the Finance Committee should find the means of raising $300,000 for the projected new wing for the Gennadeion. This was confirmed at the December 1969 meeting, to be done before undertaking the $1,000,000 General Endowment Drive, and the $128,000 final gift of the Rockefeller Brothers was allocated to the Gennadeion wing. By May 1970 the funds had reached $251,252, and so the Trustees instructed the Chairman of the Managing Committee to proceed; in December 1970 the Board approved construction of the two wings as approved by the Fine Arts Advisory Committee of the Ministry of Public Works of the Greek Government. The wings were dedicated at the second meeting of the Board held in Athens on May 19, 1972 when the chief concern before them was the disposition of the Blegen House. As noted above (p. 108) it was at this meeting that the decision to sell the house was taken.

Several gifts of this period should be noted. In 1966 Trustee Henry Mercer resigned and made a gift of $20,000, $15,000 of which went to Corinth for land purchases and $5,000 to the Gennadeion. Maureen Dallas Watkins left the School an estate from which $157,600 was received in 1973; it was added to the Special Purpose Fund; a previous $12,566 from the estate went to the Gennadeion wings. The $75,000 from Dr. Jacob Hirsch’s estate was, by the terms of the gift, used for a new fellowship (see above, p. 114). The Merrill Foundation contributed $25,000 to the Gennadeion Endowment Fund in 1971 and $15,000 to publications in 1972. Margaret Crosby’s $10,000 bequest was allocated to the General Endowment in 1973, Gisela Richter’s $5,000 in 1974, and an anonymous $33,000 was contributed for the new Corinth living quarters after the 1973 fire. In spite of these, mostly special purpose gifts, the general financial situation continued to worsen; in November 1973 it was noted that for the preceding two years about $40,000 in each year had had to be taken from the principal of general funds; clearly this could not continue. At that meeting the completion of the sale of the Blegen House was announced; $900,000 was the price less the $9,000 commission. The income from this extra endowment just about balanced the budget that year, but inflation caused costs to continue to rise. At its May 24, 1974 meeting the Board requested the Managing Committee to consider the entire question of tuition with particular emphasis on the desirability of charging tuition to students coming from the Cooperating Institutions; it further voted that the annual contribution for Cooperating Institutions which had remained $250 since 1882 be increased to $300 beginning July 1, 1974 (see above, p. 89).

The raising of funds was proving so difficult that not only the general endowment failed to be augmented. Even the Agora excavation, which had previously attracted support at times when the general work of the School had not, could not raise the matching funds needed to accept offers from the Mellon Foundation and the National Endowment for the Humanities for large gifts to allow the excavation to continue. Reluctantly but realistically the Trustees declined these grants in November 1974, with regret that unavailability at that time of the land for substantial further excavations plus the serious economic situation made the action necessary (see below, p. 200).

At the same meeting the Trustees made a decision designed to assure the School a headquarters in the United States. For many years the Chairman of the Managing Committee had been acutely conscious that the School had no place of its own where records could be stored and that the Publications Office was housed at the Institute for Advanced Study subject to the courtesy of its administration and might need to find other quarters if this host needed the space. The Chairman had been trying various possibilities of joining with comparable non-profit educational organizations in sharing quarters, but all would have required more funds than the School had available. At the May 1974 meeting an offer had come from Miss Clara Woolie Mayer to give the Trustees her home at 41 East 72nd Street, New York City, together with a $50,000 endowment for at least part of its upkeep. A committee was appointed to look into all aspects of the results of accepting the offer, and in November the Board gratefully accepted the Mayer House and its land and endowment; a further sum of $50,000 for endowment of the House had been received meanwhile from an anonymous donor. The understanding was that the property might be sold if a tax-exempt status could not be secured or if another charitable or educational organization could not be found to rent the part of the House not needed by the School. The tax-exempt status was obtained, and the Trustees took possession of the House. It now serves as a meeting place for the Trustees and the Managing Committee and their smaller sub-committees, as headquarters of the Trustees, as repository for records of both Trustees and Managing Committee, for duplicates of vital records of the School kept in Athens, and for duplicates of excavation records. It has not been necessary as yet (1980) to move the Publications Office. The Trustees maintain the House and arrange for its resident caretakers and secretary. Income and expense are kept in balance, and no charges are made for it in the budget of the School.

Richard Howland had the fortune to preside over the Managing Committee through one of the most difficult decades of its history. He brought to the challenge first of all a deep devotion to the School and a willingness to give of his time and energy unstintingly. He kept in close face-to-face touch with the School and its personnel in Greece by frequent visits and often joined them in conferences with Greek archaeological authorities. In the United States he struggled valiantly to give everyone associated with the School in any way a voice in its affairs; he was the impartial chairman who heard all petitions and who gradually, as legislation changed regulations, had to adjust to a situation in which Committees took over more and more of the responsibilities for action which had previously always been shouldered by the Chairman. Such a transition is not easy for anyone under any circumstances. That it took place without more disruption than did occur is a high tribute to Howland’s conciliatory powers and his widespread sympathy for all concerned. He was a tireless worker for many of the particular needs of the School. Especially of concern to him was provision for a permanent headquarters of the School in the United States; he played a significant role in the acquisition of Mayer House for that purpose. Like his predecessors he recognized clearly the financial situation of the School and kept it firmly before the Trustees.

Chapter V: The Chairmanship of Mabel Louise Lang, 1975–1980

When Mabel Louise Lang (Pl. 10, f) of Bryn Mawr College was elected Chairman of the Managing Committee on May 10, 1975, at the first meeting of the Committee held in Mayer House, Henry S. Robinson of Case Western Reserve University was elected Vice Chairman and William F. Wyatt, Jr. of Brown University, Secretary, all for five-year terms from July 1, 1975. William H. Willis of Duke University replaced Robinson as Vice Chairman for 1978–1980. They accepted a hard challenge with the financial situation critical as it was.

Greece

These officers of the Managing Committee, new as they were in their respective posts, were far from new or strange to the School, especially Mabel Lang who had been a Fellow at the School in 1947-48, had spent part of the summer in Athens for many recent years, and had served as Chairman of the Committee on Admissions; she was closely in touch with the personnel of the School and with conditions of living in Greece. For the two remaining years of McCredie’s directorship she and he worked closely, harmoniously and effectively to salvage all that was possible of the programs and activities of the School which had been revived after World War II and augmented in the intervening 30 years. There was little change in these programs for the regular first-year students (20 in 1975-76, the largest ever) from those of the earlier years except in personnel; the position of Professor of Archaeology was taken up in 1976 by Colin N. Edmonson replacing C. W. J. Eliot, and Francis R. Walton retired as Director of the Gennadius Library. The fall trips continued a policy recently initiated by McCredie of having numerous guest lecturers on sites of their specialties, notably Greek or foreign excavators. On his final trip to Acarnania and Epirus, added to the 1975-76 year in spring 1976, Professor Eliot included the Gulf of Arta, Parga and Corfu instead of Metsova and Meteora. The winter sessions included more and more volunteer lecturers in the museums, scholars offering guidance in their special fields, and the epigraphical discussion group reached out to include members of the British and French Schools and the staff of the Epigraphical Museum. Instruction in modern Greek was arranged at the School for those interested; this had been done occasionally in the past. In 1975-76 John L. Caskey as Visiting Professor worked with the students on Bronze Age problems, particularly Early Helladic, with much lively debate, and Harry Levy’s seminar in the second term on Plutarch, Lucian, Claudian: Their Attitudes toward Rome followed Helen North’s on Political and Individual Values in Archaic Greek Poetry in December. In 1976-77 this sharing of a Visiting Professorship was carried still further: there was no Visiting Professor for the entire year; both positions were divided between two scholars. The result was still greater variety added to the fare offered the students, but no one of the four professors could offer any extended direction and the experiment was not entirely successful. In the first semester Douglas Feaver gave Greek Music and a read-through of Euripides Ion, Peter von Blanckenhagen a discussion of the representational decoration of the Parthenon and views of classical art in the writings of Xenophon, Plato and some later authors; in the second term W. K. Pritchett gave Topography of Herodotean Battlefields and A. E. Raubitschek Athenian Historical Inscriptions. The many other “courses” offered in the previous few years by senior scholars registered at the School continued, varying each year. The Open Meeting of 1976 included John L. Caskey on the progress and results of the excavations on Keos along with McCredie’s summary of American Excavations in 1976, and in 1977 Colin Edmonson gave that review while McCredie discussed results of recent work on Samothrace. The President of the Republic of Greece and Mrs. Tsatsos continued to attend these meetings.

James McCredie’s loyal devotion to the purposes and programs of the School directed it to peaks of achievement and international respect, led by his own example. Miss Lang’s tribute read to the Managing Committee when he completed his Directorship should be recorded, at least in part: “devoted director, active excavator, polished and principled diplomat, genial host tireless teacher and proficient professor, master of budgets, understanding counsellor, efficient administrator, serious scholar, creative innovator, effective housekeeper” to which should be added his light but firm touch and saving sense of humor as part of his sense of proportion no matter how tough the going or how bleak the financial scene.

When Henry R. Immerwahr (Pl. 12, g) of the University of North Carolina succeeded McCredie in July 1977, he was newer to the problems, but as former Chairman of the Committee on Admissions he was familiar with the aims and desires, the training and the potential of the students, and he, like James McCredie and Mabel Lang, saw the regular students’ program as the core of the School.

In his first report Professor Immerwahr listed the responsibilities of the School, as he saw them, as four: (1) to teach both winter and summer students in “their first scholarly experience in Greece,” (2) “to further knowledge in our field by excavation and the study of original material,” (3) to assist advanced students in their research, (4) “to maintain a reputation in the United States, in Greece, and internationally.” Although No. 1 was fulfilled by the general program that had been followed throughout most of the School’s history, some changes were made. The trips were planned and conducted mostly by the Professor of Classical Studies Colin Edmonson. In 1977 part of the northern trip, which was discontinued as such, was added to the Central Greece trip, and a highly successful trip to Crete was added, conducted by Professor Edmonson, the Director’s wife Sara Immerwahr, and Professor Geraldine Gesell, one of the Research Fellows at the School that year. The Peloponnesian and Argolid-Corinthia trips remained as usual. In 1978 and 1979 Professor Edmonson conducted three of the regular four fall trips with the addition noted above (p. 121) of numerous foreign excavators and members of the Greek Archaeological Service as guest lecturers on their sites or museums. Timothy Gregory, Kress Professor of Hellenic Studies, accompanied all the trips in 1979 and lectured on the Byzantine and later monuments. Charles Williams, Field Director at Corinth, regularly conducted the Argolid and Corinth trips; in 1978 the Corinthia was visited in the winter term so that more time could be made in the fall term for preparation for the trips; in 1979 Corinth was the first trip. A special additional and optional trip to Turkey in spring 1978 was arranged and led by the Visiting Professor Frederick E. Winter; this formed a splendid climax to the course in Hellenistic architecture Winter had offered during the winter term. In spring 1979 the Secretary of the School Halford Haskell led a trip to Aigina, Poros and Troizen. The other Visiting Professor in 1977-78, Robert Connor, read Thucydides VI and VII with the students; 1978-79: Charles Beye read Apollonios’ Argonautika, and in the fall James Wiseman led informal discussions of field methods, followed in the second term by William A. McDonald on Materials Research in Archaeology; 1979-80: Mortimer Chambers offered the Athenian Constitution, and Elizabeth Gummey Pemberton held sessions in the museums and gave a course in late 5th-century sculpture. The traditional Topography of Athens and Sites of Attica courses were conducted by Professor Edmonson assisted by several of the Senior Fellows in residence while he was in the United States in January 1979. The other winter courses offered by various Senior Fellows as in recent years continued to give a rich diet, perhaps too full a program the Director felt, although many students expressed appreciation of the range of possiblities. In both years Director Immerwahr gave seminars on epigraphy, and Sara Immerwahr organized sessions in the museums. The Kress Professors of Hellenic Studies (see below, p. 128) offered seminars, in 1978-79 Angelike Laiou on Byzantium and the West, in 1979-80 Timothy Gregory on the end of classical culture. In order to cut down the size of each of these courses and also to give the students more time to work on what they do, in 1978-79 there were two topography sessions, one required, and students were allowed to take only two optional units beyond one topography session and the sites of Attica. This restriction of the work a student might undertake under direction represented a new principle in the School’s program. Some alumni felt it an unfortunate trend toward changing the traditional and highly valued independence and research character of the School into the rigidity of an American university. The Director felt strongly, however, that members should be prevented from spreading themselves too thin; in 1979-80 he was satisfied that he had succeeded in keeping them from overloading their days.

The number of regular first-year students ranged between 15 and 18 including six School Fellows, but the Associate Members continued to increase, to 52 plus 7 second- or more-year School Fellows in 1978-79. Twenty-two Senior Research Fellows swelled the total complement (without staff) to the record nearly one hundred members. In 1979-80 the student Associate Members were down to 33, but with 28 senior Associate Members the total was still very high. This would have delighted the Trustees of some years earlier who were so eager for the School to serve more American classical students. The effects, however, of such a number using the facilities of the School upon those facilities and the services and the attention of the staff were bound to be felt; inevitably more regulations became advisable.

The Open Meeting in 1978 attended by the President of Greece and Mrs. Tsatsos included the report on excavations of the School in 1977 by Professor Edmonson and Art and Literacy in Archaic Athens by Director Immerwahr; in 1979 after Edmonson’s report on 1978 excavations, Visiting Professor James Wiseman gave Interdisciplinary Archaeology at Stobi, a City of Ancient Macedonia. In 1980 Charles Williams reported on the School’s excavations in 1979 and Joseph Shaw on those at Kommos.

In the Library the new card catalogue, so many years in preparation, was ready for use by the first Summer Sesion in 1974, after which its great inclusiveness added tremendously to the convenience of the Library. The topographical bibliography was brought up to date in 1976-77, and arrangements were made to keep it up to date as new acquisitions arrive. The Library continued to be heavily used by friends as well as members of the School; more than fifty cards were issued to persons other than those admitted without cards, namely members of the Archaeological Service, other foreign archaeological schools, and Greek university faculties. By 1976 the Librarian, Nancy Winter, was considering means of alleviating the crowded conditions caused by the number of books as well as of readers; the books are essential to the School’s work and most of the readers are members of the School. The 1959 Davis Wing was already in need of more space even though the number of new acquisitions had begun to decrease because of the inflationary high cost of volumes. One welcome assistance to the Library came in 1975 with the establishment of a fund in memory of George Carpenter Miles for the purchase of books on numismatics and Near Eastern studies; some fifty books were acquired from this fund in 1978-79.

Many gifts are received each year, both by standing exchanges which number about 150 to 200 and by gifts from individuals, alumni or other users of the Library or organizations; over a hundred volumes from the library of William Bell Dinsmoor, Sr. were given in 1978-79 by Mr. and Mrs. William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr. With prices of essential books rising so rapidly it was particularly distressing that an increasing amount (25% of the budget in 1978-79) was going to rebinding (also rising in cost), far beyond that previously normal, due to the damage inflicted by the ever increasing use of the photocopying machine. A gift of the Alumni Association in 1977 of a microfiche reader now permits purchase of inexpensive microfiche reproductions of books too expensive to buy, and the 1978 Alumni gift of $1,000 went toward a new photocopying machine designed to do less harm to the bindings.

The Librarian works in close collaboration with the librarians of the other foreign schools; they discuss and agree upon which of the somewhat peripheral fields each should emphasize and the others not, so that all may save. Much discussion among the School staff went into the problems of reorganizing existing space in the Library as well as possible new construction when funds are available. While Miss Winter was on leave from January 1 to June 1, 1978, Demetra Andritsaki-Photiades, Assistant Librarian, was in charge and was assisted by Helen Townsend.

While the academic activities of the School were thus flourishing, the financial state and effect on the physical and social aspects of the organization were deteriorating rapidly. Painting and repairs had been put off, but by summer 1978 the outside of the Main Building was being painted, partly financed by a gift, and the inside of the Gennadeion West House was done. The mandatory pay-raises of Greek personnel (amounting to between 20% and 25% in 1977-78, 20% in 1980) added to the large deficits in the budgets of recent years meant drastic cuts in 1978-79. Meals in Loring Hall were curtailed to breakfast Monday through Saturday, lunch on Saturday only, and dinner Monday through Friday, and services in the Main Building and professorial houses were cut hard. Even the charging of fees and tuitions (see below, pp. 130-131), although helping materially, could not balance the budget.

At the May meeting of the Managing Committee in 1980 the Director reported plans for remodeling the Main Building to give more space to the Library and to cut expenses of the Director’s quarters. “The plan calls for the library stacks to go into the first floor of the Davis Wing, library offices to occupy the present saloni and seminar room, School offices to go into the Director’s quarters, and the Director to move into Gennadeion West House.” The physical School of its first century, beloved by the hundreds of members to whom it meant so much, will in large part be gone. This will happen when funds are available, for the Trustees in May 1980 voted to approve the plan in principle but only to proceed when funds are in hand.

Another of those happy occasions on which members of the School have, through the century, been honored by scholarly organizations in Greece occurred on June 10, 1980 when Homer Armstrong Thompson was inducted as a member of the Academy of Athens, a most fitting tribute as the School neared its century mark.

U.S.A.

The Managing Committee concerned itself during these five years chiefly with regulations and procedures, with the organization and program of the School, and in the latter part of the time with measures to meet the critical financial state.

The ad hoc committee to consider policy and program of the School which Richard Howland had appointed with Mabel Lang as Chairman worked hard through 1975 to 1977, with Henry Robinson replacing Miss Lang when she became Chairman of the Managing Committee. The preliminary report presented in May 1976 restated the aims and general purposes of the School as those which have obtained throughout the century since its founding. Some of the specific recommendations were for details of program that had long been part of the School’s activities but had in some cases lapsed in more recent years. Looked at from the perspective of the century, there was little if anything recommended of fundamental policy which would make for radical change in the academic program. This was a strong reaffirmation of the usefulness of the School throughout its history in the classical world and its success in fulfilling its purposes. Two particularly moot matters of policy were referred to the full Managing Committee, first for advice by questionnaire and then as a result for action. The Managing Committee voted in December 1976 to retain the requirements of (1) a knowledge of Ancient Greek for regular first-year members and (2) competitive written examinations for School Fellowships. The full report of the Committee was received in May 1977 and put on file.

If the general purposes and the fundamentals of the academic program of the School were still considered valid to the Managing Committee of the late 70’s, it was quite other with matters of procedure. The Managing Committee examined, discussed (often at length and not seldom with some heat) and took action to legislate and regulate methods and terms of appointment and details of activities of the officers and committees of the School and Managing Committee. The greatly increased size and complexity of both naturally had led to some misunderstandings under the almost century-old more informal and independent procedures of a private organization, but it was probably not only the change in size which determined the change in attitude of members of the Managing Committee. By now the whole voting membership were members of academic institutions (many of them state controlled) in which the growing rigidity of regulation and complexity of administration were facts of life, and they could not envisage an academic organization which did not operate under similar procedural regulations. Their preference was that what had been a small, private, very informal and independent research center should now be brought into line with large regular undergraduate and graduate institutions in the United States. Some of the actions are noted here:

Beginning in 1975 positions in the staff of the School and officers of the Managing Committee were advertised and applications solicited. This entailed of course “job description”. This changed fundamentally the process of selection which had previously been initiated by the Personnel Committee; no one had ever sought a position in the School (except the Visiting Professor); he had been sought. Further, his duties and responsibilities being less precisely defined, he had been prepared to serve wherever, whenever and as ever need arose with no thought of limitations.

When the most welcome grant of $500,000 from the Mellon Foundation in fall 1975 endowed the funds for an Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Classical Studies, the School rejoiced that a resident Professor could now be assured, with adequate salary and other necessary perquisites. Although the intent had been that this appointment would be an addition to the Professor of Archaeology, providing a larger teaching staff, the financial state of the School meant that for the time being this would be The Professor. Since Colin Edmonson had in May 1975 been appointed Professor of Archaeology for 1976–1979, he was in December 1975 named the Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Classical Studies, and after some difference of opinion between committees (clashes between the Personnel and the Executive Committees were not unheard of in this period), in May 1976 the Managing Committee voted that the Professor of Classical Studies should be appointed for three years, with the possibility of reappointments but not tenure. Professor Edmonson was reappointed for 1979–1982. The Regulations were changed in May 1976 to include among the officers of the School a Professor of Classical Studies and to give that officer precedence over a Professor of Archaeology in that he first takes over the duties of the Director in the Director’s absence.

The position of Secretary of the School was considered in December 1975, and although advertising for the position was required, the value to the School of selection by the Director as had been the previous practice was recognized; a limit of two one-year appointments was set.

At the same meeting the very serious personnel problem concerning the Gennadeion had to be faced. Funds were not available to offer the Directorship of the Gennadeion Library to either of the candidates recommended to take office when Francis Walton retired on December 31, 1976. Professor Walton was therefore asked to serve as consultant with his housing continued from January 1 to June 30, 1977, and Sophie Papageorgiou who had been Assistant Librarian was appointed Acting Librarian for 1976-77. For 1977 78 Mrs. Papageorgiou continued as Acting Librarian assisted in the acquisition of books in the Byzantine field by a Visiting Professor (equivalent to the two Visiting Professors regularly at the School), Thomas F. Noonan. At the December 1977 meeting of the Managing Committee a gift from the Kress Foundation was announced, $45,000 to be used for a Samuel H. Kress Foundation Professor of Hellenic Studies in the Gennadeion for three years. This research scholar was to assist the Acting Librarian Mrs. Papageorgiou in the administration of the Library. The first holder of this appointment, in 1978-79, was Professor Angelike E. Laiou of Rutgers the State University of New Jersey, followed by Timothy Gregory of the Ohio State University in 1979-80 and in 1980-81. It was hoped that by the expiration of the grant in 1981 the financial picture of the School would be clearer so that it would be possible to decide what kind of position should be established for the future administration of the Gennadeion and that funds would be available to implement the decision (see below, pp. 235-236). In May 1980 Mrs. Papageorgiou was elected Librarian of the Gennadeion.

The Managing Committee was also reviewing the Directorship of the whole School and in December 1976 voted to define the term of the Director as five years and confirm once more a three-year term for the Professor of Classical Studies, both with the possibility of renewal but no possibility of tenure. The Committee went on in May 1977 to specify that the Director’s performance should be reviewed in the fourth year of his term, and then without advertising he may be nominated by the Executive Committee for reappointment, indefinitely renewable but without tenure. It also made the term of Field Directors of the School’s excavations five years with the provision that these officers may be reappointed without limit to the number of terms after consultation of the Executive and Excavation Committees and of the Director of the School with the incumbent and without advertising if all these persons are in agreement to continue the appointment. Secretaries and Assistants in the excavations shall be advertised but shall be selected by the Field Directors and recommended to the Executive Committee; they serve at the pleasure of the Field Director.

The matter of Cooperating Institutions also received attention. It was recognized that there are geographical areas where a number of smaller private institutions with very limited funds have a keen interest in supporting the School but are unable to raise the annual contribution alone. It was therefore voted in December 1975 to “allow consortial memberships on the basis of multiples of two institutions, each institution to pay one-half the regular membership and to have one representative on the Managing Committee: each pair of consortial members to have one vote.”

As the need to raise more funds became more critical, discussion arose again and again in the Managing Committee about raising the regular contribution of the Cooperating Institutions. Each time there was the same strong division of opinion between those members whose institutions had long been contributing who were sure a raise would drop them from the rolls and those who believed both their own and other institutions would recognize the demands of inflation and rise to the needs of the School. No action was taken.

By May 1976 the budgetary situation had made the Managing Committee feel they must investigate the various aspects of the School’s activities not in regard to present ideal policies and program as the ad hoc committee had reported upon at that meeting, but rather in terms of priorities for the future. It was therefore voted to authorize the Chairman to appoint a Committee on Priorities. This Committee, chaired by Alan L. Boegehold and including the President and Secretary of the Board of Trustees and four members of the Managing Committee beside the Chairman, began work by circulating an extensive and searching questionnaire to all alumni of the School. This offered the alumni (about one half of them availed themselves of it) an opportunity to let be known which aspects and details of the program and life at the School had meant something in their careers and lives generally. The replies guided the Committee along with their own deliberations in formulating the Provisional Report presented at the May 1977 meeting. In general it recommended as not to be eliminated all the regular educational programs, the present level of maintenance of the School excavation sites and research facilities, the excavation at Corinth, the Summer Session, Loring Hall as it then was, Fellowships, Blegen Library, publications, and it suggested studies of means to re-use existing space and facilities more efficiently and of means of special funding for some particular departments of the School’s activities, especially the Gennadeion. The Managing Committee debated a number of items in the report, and it was clear that not all the membership was in agreement with the recommendations. Some felt they did not always reflect accurately the results of the questionnaire or the opinions of the Managing Committee. It was voted “to receive the preliminary report of the Priorities Committee while drawing the attention of that Committee to the Managing Committee’s expressed concern for the Agora and Loring Hall or its equivalent”; it was explained that the intent of the motion was to receive but not implement the recommendations of the report. In May 1978 a final report was presented, and it was voted that it “be received with thanks, spread upon the record, and taken under advisement by those responsible for the management of the School.”

It was at this May 1978 meeting that the Managing Committee took a momentous step in changing one of the fundamental policies of the School. Forced by the deficit in the budget increasing each year to find extra funds for even a curtailed program, it considered making charges to all those who use the School’s facilities, regular first-year members, Associate Members, Research Fellows, and excavations. Fees for Regular and Associate Members were fixed at $1,000, one half of this for graduates and graduate students of Cooperating Institutions. Visiting scholars are to pay $500, members of the faculties of Cooperating Institutions one half; the fee is waived for emeritus members of the Managing Committee. All fees may be pro-rated for periods less than an academic year to a minimum of $50 (or $25). Users of School facilities during the summer are to be charged $25 for a month or less, $50 for a longer period. Members of the Summer Session will have the $50 included in their over-all fee of $1,050. (The Executive Committee had already voted in December 1973 that a fee of $50 per semester or summer term be made for those readers in the Library who are not members of any archaeological school or Greek archaeological service or university.) The fees for summer visitors were to begin in 1978, for Summer Session in 1979 and Regular and Associate Members June 15, 1979. How charges to excavations should be determined caused lengthy debate. These charges cover the individual fees for all staff members of the excavation for the duration of the project. It was finally voted that (1) excavations with funds administered directly by the School should be charged an amount to be determined by the Executive Committee not less than 20% of those funds, (2) of those with funds administered independently of the School, holders of School excavation permits should be charged $1,000, research projects involving three or more investigators an amount appropriate to the size and nature of the project, to be determined by the Director of the School in consultation with the Chairman of the Managing Committee; smaller projects are covered by individual School fees. Since discussion had brought out some uncertainty as to what services are provided by the School to excavations and research projects, it was voted that the Executive Committee in consultation with the Director of the School and the Excavation Committee draw up a statement of appropriate basic services. Further fees were instituted at the December 1978 meeting when a medical fee of $15 for students and $25 for staff members (double these sums for families) was legislated. The retirement in 1978 of Dr. Papantoniou and the increased cost to the School of the services of his successor, Dr. Tsannetis, made it impossible for the School in its financial state to provide free medical care for its members as in the past ten years. Prior to 1968 there had been no such service; members had been entirely on their own in seeking and paying for medical care. The new fees were designed to cover about half the retainer fee of the physician, the other half to be borne by the School. In February 1966 hospitalization coverage for members of the staff had been arranged and paid for by the School.

Another economy measure was taken in December 1978 when it was recognized that it might be impossible to continue the annual Visiting Professorship, at least with the then existing perquisites. It was decided to postpone until at least May 1980 the selection of Visiting Professors for 1982-83. Persons had already been appointed through 1981-82. In May 1980 appointments were resumed.

On May 10, 1980 the Managing Committee approved a complete revision of the Regulations which incorporated changes made in recent years and further changes and additions. Significant innovations included the addition of the President of the Board of Trustees to the membership of the Managing Committee; the provision that members representing Cooperating Institutions should be nominated by their institutions; change of quorum number from 15 to 30; deletion of the provision allowing members of Standing Committees to be re-elected; deletion of a representative of the School on the editorial board of the Journal of the Archaeological Institute of America; deletion of the retirement age of 65 normally and 68 positively; change in membership requirement from “be a graduate student preparing for a professional career in classical studies” to “be a student desiring professional training in classical studies”; redefinition and new naming of categories of membership other than Regular Members, namely, Student Associate, Senior Associate, Visiting Associate; change in requirements for School Fellowships: the John Williams White in Archaeology, the Thomas Day Seymour in History and Literature, the James Rignall Wheeler, the George Henry McFadden and the Heinrich Schliemann were designated as First Year Fellowships with the requirement that the holder “will have completed the requirements for the baccalaureate degree and . . . will not have completed the work for the Ph.D. degree by the time of entry into the School”; deletion of eligibility for re-appointment for the Capps Fellow; change from “Gennadeion” to “Gennadeion-Dumbarton Oaks” Fellowship awarded on the recommendation of the Committee on the Gennadius Library in conjunction with the Senior Fellows of the Center for Byzantine Studies; and detailed regulations concerning excavations, the Committee on Excavations, and excavations to be sponsored by but not conducted by the School.

Even though the Regulations were passed including the provision for holding the annual meeting in New York as it had been for 98 years, objections were raised to New York as the location. It was voted “to direct the Executive Committee to arrange the May 1981 meeting in a location more central in respect of supporting institutions, providing such a move entails no added expense.” A mail poll of the Managing Committee revealed an overwhelming preference to keep the meeting in New York, so no change was made.

The membership of the Managing Committee was increased markedly in these years not only through the addition of eleven new Cooperating Institutions and by the action of the Committee to include further ex officio active and emeritus members of the staff of the School (to those elected in December 1972, above, p. 110, were added in December 1975 the Editor Emeritus and Professors of Archaeology Emeriti and in December 1978 the Librarian of the Blegen Library) but also by further retirements and changing of institutions which meant new members for many institutions. In some cases members becoming emeriti preferred to resign from the Committee, but most of those who had long been active in the interests of the School were eager to continue to be informed, even though they could no longer be active, and retained their memberships. The 1979-80 roster numbered a record 225 representing 125 Cooperating Institutions, sister organizations, and School staff. In 1939 there had been 82 members and 24 Cooperating Institutions; in 1882 twelve men (nine professors and three businessmen) constituted the original Managing Committee representing nine colleges. Between 54 and 67 of these 225 members attended the Annual Meetings in May between 1975 and 1979, a larger number, from 57 to 99, depending on the location, the Christmas meetings. Mayer House, with its gracious elegance, first used in May 1975, continued to serve as the meeting place for the May meetings, replacing the Century Club from 1968–1974 and before that the Seth Low Library of Columbia University which had been host to the Managing Committee through 1967. The luncheons at the Men’s Faculty Club of Columbia (and later at the Century) at the close of or between two sessions of the meeting were throughout those many years a treasured opportunity for members of the Committee to meet informally and receive less formal reports of the School complete with the photographs of current activity always so welcome. Already in 1974 the amenity of lunch had to be foregone, and those who know only the scramble for a hamburger on Lexington Avenue between sessions at Mayer House find it hard to envisage the older dispensation in which the School, never affluent, could nevertheless offer lunch as a slight token of appreciation to its Managing Committee members who had come, many of them great distances, sua pecunia, to assist in the conduct of the School’s affairs.

The subcommittees of the Managing Committee continued their devoted effort for the School. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, after the studies of the ad hoc Committee on Policy and Program brought criticism of the character of the qualifying and fellowship examinations, restudied the problem and presented a report in May 1977. Some of the points made were: The following year the Committee planned to set the examinations as a Committee incorporating questions solicited from a large number of members of the Managing Committee instead of asking one member to set the examination. The qualifying examination for admission is a single paper “made up of bits of the fellowship examination with wide choice.” “The Greek examination will include passages better suited to archaeologists”; “the History examination will include optional questions on Near Eastern history” and if possible on social and economic history; the Archaeology examination will include questions on the technical aspects and recent developments. Examinations are not “passed” or “failed” but ranked and adjusted with other criteria in deciding upon admission or fellowships. The new Hirsch Fellowship (see above, pp. 114, 118) was awarded for the first time in 1975-76. Conditions governing it were studied and recommended to the full Managing Committee who voted in May 1976 that “the Hirsch Fellowship be awarded annually to a student writing his dissertation or to a recent Ph.D. to complete a project, such as a dissertation for publication. The field is to be Pre-Classical, Classical and Post-Classical archaeology and the project must require substantial residence in Greece with Associate Membership in the School. Examinations will not be required. The amount is to be $5,000, graduated according to need and qualification.” In 1979 the Jessie Ball duPont Foundation awarded the School a Special Research Fellowship for 1980-81, and on May 12, 1979 the Managing Committee approved the establishment of a joint Gennadeion-Dumbarton Oaks Fellowship (see below, p. 238).

The Committee on Personnel continued to be responsible for nominating to the Managing Committee candidates for officers of the School and members of the Managing Committee. The new policy was to advertise at least a year in advance the positions to be filled, complete with descriptions of the positions, and to invite applications and nominations from any member of the Managing Committee. The Committee also concerned itself with the question of terms of office for the School staff and made recommendations to the Executive Committee; the two Committees did not always see eye to eye either in the matter of personnel or of length of term, and in more than one case the recommendation of the Personnel Committee was overridden by the Executive Committee, sometimes to the confusion of the Managing Committee as a whole. This was something quite new in the history of the School. The first major appointment the Personnel Committee had to make in these years was that of Professor of Archaeology to succeed C. W. J. Eliot who had resigned his reappointment; Colin N. Edmonson of the University of Washington was selected to succeed him (see above, p. 128). The other important appointment of this five-year period was that of a new Director of the School. Henry Immerwahr of the University of North Carolina was elected on May 8, 1976 for a five-year term beginning July 1, 1977.

The Committee on Excavations was appointed first in 1961 to assist the Director in decisions about the allocation of School permits to excavate (above, pp. 89-90); Professors Blegen, Broneer and Thompson were the original members. By 1976 the members included Professors Broneer, Shear, Thompson, Vanderpool and Field Director Williams, plus Mabel Lang and James R. McCredie ex officiis. The constitution and responsibilities of this Committee were considered by the ad hoc Committee on Policy and Program, and recommendations were made which were further elaborated by the Managing Committee in May 1976. The membership was defined as the Director (or in his absence the Professor of Classical Studies), the Professor of Archaeology, the Field Directors of the Athenian Agora and Corinth Excavations, plus three (later four) persons to be named by the Chairman of the Managing Committee; of the last four one should be a historian and the other three should have served as field directors of excavations, and at least one of them should be a pre-historian; later it was voted that one of the four should be a philologist. These four are to serve for four-year terms. Duties of the Committee were extended beyond allocation of permits to a general supervisory function; they should visit the excavations, make themselves available for advice at all times, make suggestions where appropriate and encourage use of scientific resources where appropriate and reporting of results to School personnel. The first membership of this new Committee named in 1977 included Henry Immerwahr, Chairman, Colin Edmonson, T. Leslie Shear, Jr., Charles K. Williams, II, James R. McCredie, Homer A. Thompson, Alan L. Boegehold, Thomas W. Jacobsen.

One more ad hoc committee was active in these years. At the request of the Trustees a joint Committee was appointed at the May 1977 meeting to consider suitable means of celebrating the Centennial of the School which falls in 1981. The Publications Committee had already in fall 1973 decided to publish a history of the School from the time Professor Lord’s volume on the History of the School stops up to the time of going to press, timed to be ready for the Centennial. Lucy Shoe Meritt, Editor Emeritus, was asked to prepare the volume. The Centennial Committee, chaired by Harry Levy, consisted of eight members of the Managing Committee and two trustees, Charles Morgan and Richard Howland. At its first meeting decision was taken to mount a drive among alumni for $100,000 toward the Endowment for the School the Trustees had undertaken to raise.

Not only was the one hundred thousand appropriate for one hundred years of life but one hundred thousand dollars was the total original endowment decided upon as necessary when the School was founded in 1881; actually that sum was not reached until 1903. A fresh $100,000 from the Alumni seemed a suitable contribution to the far greater need in 1981. No more appropriate means of marking the appreciation by its former members of the School’s century of achievement could be undertaken than such assistance to the dwindling financial resources to help bolster the beginning of the second century. By fall 1980 two thirds of the goal had been subscribed, and on March 21, 1981 the final sum of the fund was $122,522. As for any activity or ceremony to mark the centennial, it was agreed that a ceremony of two or three days in Athens, centered in the School’s property in June 1981, was most appropriate. Possible academic and/or social gatherings sponsored by alumni groups in various parts of the United States during the centennial year 1981-82 were also to be encouraged.

The Trustees on November 17, 1975 elected a new Chairman of the Board, William Kelly Simpson, and Frederick C. Crawford became Chairman Emeritus; Elizabeth Whitehead succeeded Mr. Simpson as President. At the same time two new regular members were elected, Richard Hubbard Howland in his own right and William T. Loomis, and honoris causa Miss Clara Woolie Mayer. In 1976 Philip Hofer was elected trustee emeritus as were John Nicholas Brown and Nathanael V. Davis in 1977 and John Dane, Jr. in 1979. Further new members were added: David W. Packard in 1976, Lloyd E. Cotsen in 1977, Robert O. Anderson, Doreen Canaday Spitzer, and Elizabeth R. Gebhard in 1978 and J. Richardson Dilworth and Hunter Lewis in 1980. On November 10, 1978 the Trustees changed their by-laws to give members a definite term of office of five years. Of the twenty-five members in 1980, three were emeriti, one honorary and one ex officio; the twenty active members included six alumni and only eight who had served more than ten years. It was a new, largely young board with a mountain of financial problems to surmount, as staggering as that which the original Board of eleven members faced in 1886. In November 1979 William T. Loomis replaced John Dane, Jr. as Secretary, and in May 1980 J. Richardson Dilworth took over as Treasurer from John J. McCloy, who had served with such distinction and dedication for 25 years, the longest service as Treasurer in the Board’s history. The School was not to lose his great experience, wise counsel and devotion, however, for he remained an active member of the Board.

At the May 1980 meeting the Trustees voted to change the principal office of the Trustees in Massachusetts (as a Massachusetts corporation there must be an office in Massachusetts even though the headquarters of the School in the United States are in New York) to the care of William T. Loomis, Room 2400, 225 Franklin Street, Boston.

A generous and timely gift was accepted with gratitude in November 1975 to aid the publications of the School, $50,000 to be used as a revolving fund for the publications of the Corinth excavations (see below, p. 270). The death in 1976 of the long-term president of the Board, Ward M. Canaday, prompted an offer of $25,000 from his daughter, Doreen Canaday Spitzer, on May 19, 1976 “provided a matching sum is secured in the current fiscal year.” Since the end of the year was so near, the time was extended to the end of the calendar year; by November 29 the challenge was met, by other Trustees and others, with more than matching funds so the Ward M. Canaday Memorial Fund for general purposes amounted to more than $50,000 on that date.

During these years the entire bookkeeping system was restructured in order to bring the School’s records into conformity with accepted accounting principles. And in 1979 the School adopted the unit system in order to assure the most equitable means of allocating investment income. Miss Virginia Sauer, the School’s account manager at Chase Investment Management Corporation, undertook and carried through both these operations efficiently and with meticulous attention to detail. Miss Sauer took over the School’s accounts in 1977 when Mrs. Edna Deegan retired after long years of caring service.

A ruling exempting Mayer House from New York City real-estate taxes was received in 1976 and a $9,000 refund made, but certain repairs were required before a certificate of occupancy could be obtained to allow the institutional use of the building. Funding for those repairs and preservation of the fabric was obtained by a grant of $50,000 from the Arthur Vining Davis Foundation; these were carried out in 1976 by the Trustees whose responsibility Mayer House is. In June 1977 Alan Shapiro was appointed Registrar of Mayer House, continuing until 1980 when the position was merged with that of Administrative Assistant for Resources (see below, p. 138). The income and expenses are being kept in balance.

The budget of the School, on the other hand, was running a serious deficit year after year, thanks to the constantly spiraling inflation in Greece, and that drive for much more endowment which each Chairman of the Managing Committee since the close of World War II had urged upon the Trustees had now become a matter of the life and death of the School. In June 1977 the President of the Board was authorized to appoint a committee to investigate the whole subject of fund raising. Various projects were then initiated. One, in the category of publicity, served both to keep alumni informed of the School’s manifold activities and to inform and, it was hoped, to interest others in the School with the further hope that their financial backing might thus be encouraged. This was a printed Newsletter, edited and published by the President of the Board, Elizabeth Whitehead, put out twice a year beginning in fall 1977 and financed by a special gift for the purpose. In its six (Fall 1977) to sixteen (Spring 1979 and following) well-illustrated pages were included items of current interest from all departments of the School, including reports on the Centennial Fund and a plea for support. It is too soon (1980) to judge how much contribution to School Funds this has generated, but it has brought the School to the attention of many potential new friends and has renewed alumni concern. Another bid for funds on a large scale came with the filing of application in fall 1978 for a Challenge Grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities for the years up to the Centennial in 1981. This was granted in late 1979 and would bring one dollar of Federal Funds to match every three raised otherwise. Other requests for support from large foundations were also under consideration. The drive by the Centennial Committee of the Managing Committee to raise $100,000 from the alumni had been launched in May 1977 (see above, pp. 135-136). In 1979 the Trustees voted to undertake a Centennial Fund Drive to raise a new endowment and capital funds. The Arthur Vining Davis Foundation continued the active support Mr. Davis had given while he was alive (see above, pp. 27, 64-67, 73, 93, 183) by awarding the School $50,000 to aid in fund-raising. An Administrative Assistant for Resources, Melinda Locher, began work for the capital campaign from her office in Mayer House. On September 2, 1980 Gary Farmer succeeded her as Development Administrator. In 1980 the Trustees voted the amount of the Centennial Fund Drive to which they committed themselves as six million dollars. By late 1981 some one third of the goal had been reached.

There were deaths in these five years which deprived the School of men who had served it with outstanding dedication over many years. On February 26, 1976 Ward M. Canaday died after serving as a Trustee since 1937. As President of the Board 1950–1964, Chairman 1964–1971, and Chairman Emeritus 1971–1976 he had not only led the Board longer than any other in its history but he had been one of the most active and most directly concerned with the business of the School, devoted to its interests and to fostering its activities, and generous of his own time and energies on its behalf (notably to the Athenian Agora Excavations) throughout that long tenure (see pp. 48-49, 64, 183, 186). Another Trustee, with the longest tenure in the Board’s history, John Nicholas Brown, died on October 9, 1979; he had served actively from 1931 to 1978 and as emeritus the final year, always with a keen interest and loyal support, for he was a lover of fine architecture and had an affection for Greece and a strong sense of the significance of its history and its art in our lives today. On February 11, 1978 Alfred Raymond Bellinger died. Fellow of the School in 1925-26, he became a member of the Managing Committee in 1943 and acted as its Chairman from 1960 to 1965 (see above, pp. 83-96). His tireless devotion to the School and his wise and concerned judgment on its problems made a notable contribution to its progress. The death on January 2, 1980 of Rhys Carpenter brought to an end 60 years of membership on the Managing Committee of a man who began his association with the School as a student in 1912. His term as Director of the School in 1927–1932 was one of the most brilliant in the School’s first century for the distinction of his own scholarly achievements, his inspired and effective teaching and guidance of the students, and his diplomatic administration. Unfortunately he was unable to serve again in residence as Director to which post he was once more called in 1946 (see above, pp. 23, 24, 31), but he did fill the position of Annual Professor in 1956-57. His dedication to the ideals and best interests of the School and his personal care for them never wavered even in the later years when he was no longer able to attend meetings of the Managing Committee. His vision, his logical thought and his wisdom were ever at the service of the School and often called upon, always with conspicuous profit for the School and pleasure for the applicant.

It was a real disappointment when Mabel Lang indicated that she would not accept reappointment in 1980 as Chairman of the Managing Committee. She had given unstintingly of her time, and she could not justify more time away from her scholarly commitments. Her term had been one of the most difficult in the century. No Chairman had ever been without financial worries; the School had never had sufficient funds to make use of all its possibilities in classical education. But when the School’s operations were more limited and its membership very much smaller, it was possible, by rigid economy in existing programs and strict refusal to initiate others however desirable they might appear, to live within its income most of the time. Once the operations had expanded and as numbers of members increased astronomically it was another matter to meet inflationary costs. It is not easy to eliminate what has become regular practice or custom or programs and projects whose value is without question. To guide the School through a period of enforced entrenchment which was bound to hurt in many quarters was a thankless task which Miss Lang handled with dauntless courage, strong conviction and firmness tempered with compassion. She gave of herself, her time, her judicial thought and boundless energy to steer a course between the shoals of the Managing Committee and Trustees, and of staff and students. The School will enter its second century in as good a state as it does thanks to her careful and concerned guidance as much as to that of her eight predecessors in the Chairmanship.

The Managing Committee in December 1979 elected as her successor James Robert McCredie of the Institute of Fine Arts, New York University to serve as Chairman of the Managing Committee for 1980 to 1985. Michael H. Jameson of Stanford University was elected Vice Chairman and John H. Kroll of the University of Texas at Austin Secretary, but since he was unable to serve in 1980-81 Keith DeVries of the University of Pennsylvania was elected Acting Secretary in May 1980. Professor McCredie came to his post as second of the Chairmen who had previously acted as Director; he knew the problems and understood all aspects of the School’s activities and personnel as few before him (see above, pp. 102-110, 121-123).

ADDENDUM 1980-81

Since delay in printing prevented the publication of this volume in time for the celebration of the Centennial of the School in June 1981, it is now possible to bring the account up to the full hundred years with the following brief note on the year 1980-81 under the Chairmanship of James R. McCredie.

Greece

Henry Immerwahr continued as Director. Colin Edmonson as Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Classical Studies and some others conducted the regular fall trips and the winter topography courses. Other courses: Plato (Henry Immerwahr), the Neolithic Village in Greece (Thomas W. Jacobsen, Visiting Professor, Jessie Ball duPont Special Research Fellow), Paganism and Christianity in the 4th to 7th centuries (Timothy Gregory, Samuel H. Kress Professor of Hellenic Studies), museum sessions (Sara Immerwahr and other volunteers).

The Centennial Celebration took place from June 17 to 20, 1981. An opening convocation on the 17th in the Gennadeion included greetings from Greek officials, foreign archaeological schools, and the Archaeological Institute of America and a review of “100 Years of the American School” by James McCredie; it was followed by a reception in the School garden for the several hundred American and foreign guests. The next two days were devoted to a symposium on Greek Towns and Cities with 11 papers by alumni (some current or former staff), which were published in Hesperia 50, 1981, and to a visit to the Athenian Agora conducted by the staff of the excavation. On the final day a bus trip was made to visit the museum at Isthmia and the excavations at Corinth under the direction of the staff there. Retiring United States Ambassador and Mrs. McCloskey gave a reception in the garden of their home on the evening of the 18th and paid high tribute to the part the School has played in Greece throughout the century of its life.

The Centennial was also marked by the clearing and further study in May and June of one of the School’s earliest excavations (1888 and 1889), the sanctuary of Dionysos at Ikarion in Attica. William R. Biers and Thomas D. Boyd worked with the full cooperation of Dr. Basileios Petrakos, Ephor of Attica, and the financial support of the Society for the Preservation of the Greek Heritage; the results were published in Hesperia.

U.S.A.

Most significant of the Managing Committee actions were amendments to the Regulations to revise the payments for members and visiting scholars to equalize them (above, pp. 130-131) and to permit mail ballots on matters of substance.

The chief activity of the Trustees was the Centennial Fund Drive which had by June reached about one third of its goal of six million.

Chapter VI: The Summer Session

The use of the personnel and facilities of the School to offer summer instruction to students unable to attend the regular sessions was suggested to the Managing Committee by Harry H. Powers, Founder and President of the Bureau of University Travel, when that organization joined the Cooperating Institutions of the School and he became its representative on the Managing Committee in 1923. He proposed that the Bureau assume all financial responsibility of the session and its publicity, while the School would offer its facilities and appoint as Director one “whose scholastic standing would qualify him to be a member of the School’s staff.” This arrangement was approved by the Managing Committee in 1924, and the first two sessions, 1925 and 1926 with six and two students, respectively, were directed by Walter Miller, University of Missouri representative on the Managing Committee. The third session (1927), in which six students and five part-time members were enrolled, was directed by Benjamin D. Meritt. He conducted the two weeks in Athens in the July 20-August 26 section of the session which had begun in Italy (July 12-20); Oscar Broneer conducted the portions in Italy and shared the sites in Greece outside Athens with Meritt. After the 1928 session directed by Oscar Broneer, the Summer Session lapsed until 1931 when Chairman Capps asked Louis Eleazer Lord to resume the sessions, now managed by the School itself. Tuition and room rents in Loring Hall paid the Director’s salary and other expenses so that the operation paid for itself financially. Lord continued to conduct the sessions for from 12 to 20 students of graduate rank, many of them secondary-school teachers of classics, through the precarious summer of 1939 and revived it in 1948 with 10 students. Both the 1939 and 1948 sessions were feats of major accomplishment in the face of oncoming war and then post-war recovery difficulties of transportation both to and from and in Greece, but they emphasized the eagerness of students to take advantage of a summer of study in Greece when to spend more time is impossible.

The program of the Summer Session, like that of the winter, has varied in some details over the years, but the fundamental plan is essentially that of the regular session, in parvo, as to sites visited and with a less detailed archaeological emphasis. The approach is more generally literary and historical to suit the preparation and needs of a combination of advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, secondary-school teachers, with occasional university instructors also, along with some keenly interested and adequately prepared non-professional laymen. The six-week term includes two in Athens, the others devoted to trips to the major sites of Greece. Students prepare reports but in addition lectures are given by the Director of the Summer Session plus a considerable number of the other staff members of the School and Research Fellows who contribute their special knowledge of material and sites both in Athens and elsewhere.

The sessions of 1948 and 1949, directed by Louis Lord, were, like those he had conducted in 1931–1939, arranged and financed by the School. As Chairman of the Managing Committee at the time, however, Mr. Lord recognized that with the increasing financial uncertainty in the years of post-war inflation it might be advantageous to the School and insure the Summer Session so particularly dear to him if there were to be a renewal of the original arrangement with the Bureau of University Travel which had been entered into when the Summer Session began. Since he had himself just accepted the position of head of the B.U.T., he would be in a position to oversee arrangements and make certain the interests of the School were served. As noted above (p. 42) the Managing Committee voted in May 1949 that beginning with the 1950 session this arrangement should maintain. Mr. Lord would continue to conduct the 1950 session. It proved to be his last. In his final report on that 1950 session he expressed hope that the Summer Session had justified its existence and he felt “that whatever success it has had has been due in a very large measure to the cordial cooperation of others interested in the success of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens.” In the long view it is apparent that the firm establishment of the Summer Session as an integral and significant department of the School’s business was by no means the least of Louis Lord’s contributions to the School.

George E. Mylonas of Washington University, St. Louis was chosen to be Director of the 1951 and 1952 sessions, Robert L. Scranton of Emory University in 1953, Saul S. Weinberg of the University of Missouri in 1954, William E. Gwatkin, Jr. of the University of Missouri in 1955, William B. Dinsmoor of Columbia University in 1956, C. W. J. Eliot, Secretary of the School, in 1957 under the arrangements with the Bureau of University Travel.

By May 1956 questions had arisen among the Managing Committee as to whether the time had not come “to unite the Summer Session more closely with the School’s major activities” and so to strengthen its scholarly aspect. A Committee composed of Richard H. Howland, Chairman, George E. Mylonas and Robert L. Scranton presented a report to the Managing Committee in December 1956, and after revision it was adopted by the Managing Committee in May 1957 to go into effect with the 1958 session. All arrangements were now to be under the supervision of the School, but the B.U.T. would handle announcements. The Director and Assistant Director of the Session were to be nominated by the Committee on Personnel to the Chairman of the Managing Committee who would make the appointments. They were to be paid a stipend plus travel expenses and were to plan the curriculum and trips; members of the School were to be invited to lecture at certain sites; the Secretary of the School was to plan the travel arrangements; admission was to be reviewed and approved by the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships, who would also award scholarships; students were to be charged a fixed sum to cover tuition, board, room and travel during the session, which would remunerate the School for those items plus the Director’s stipend and a portion of the overhead expenses; in short, the session was to be self-sufficient financially.

Since available rooms in Loring Hall would limit to 15 the number of students who could be accepted, there was a conviction that two groups should be tried so as to accommodate more of those eager to attend; this would require a Director and an Assistant Director. One group limited to 15 mature students interested in a graduate program would be conducted by the Director and live in Loring Hall; the other group of comparable size but also possibly larger would have a program of undergraduate level, the trips of which would be conducted by the Assistant Director, would live in appropriate buildings outside the School but have access to the Library and all privileges. It was discovered, however, when Chairman Morgan investigated the housing situation both in Athens and on the trips with Director Caskey that this would be impossible for 1958, so only one session was held, and it was not, in fact, until 1968 that two sessions could be held. By then they had been rethought and were both alike. Meanwhile it became feasible to increase the number in that one session from 17 in 1958 to 21 in 1959.

In the fall of 1959 the Bureau of University Travel notified the School that it could no longer attend to the advertising and various financial angles of the Summer Session. A committee composed of Gertrude Smith, Chairman, George E. Mylonas and C. A. Robinson, Jr. was appointed to recommend what action should now be taken. There was no slackening of applicants in 1960 in spite of the lack of advertising, but in the report of the Committee it was recommended that in future notices should be placed in certain classical journals as well as a brochure circulated. Further recommendations of the Committee were adopted and made the guiding principles of the Summer Session thereafter (see below, pp. 147-150 for later revisions):

1. Purpose. The Session is designed primarily for students and teachers who wish to familiarize themselves with Greece in a limited time, or those who, though conversant with its literature and art, have had no opportunity to see the country, its museums, and the actual sites of its famous cultural and religious centers. The program is designed to afford the members an opportunity to become familiar with the topography and antiquities of Greece and to observe both the manner in which the monuments contribute to the understanding of ancient literature and the method by which ancient sources are used to interpret archaeological discoveries.

2. Director. The Director of the Summer Session must be a member of the Managing Committee, or, if no suitable one is available, he must at least be a member of the staff of the School or of a supporting institution. The Director must have some distinction as a scholar and he must have a good knowledge of Greece. The appointment of the Director is to be made on the recommendation of the Committee on the Summer Session through the Committee on Personnel. Any member of the Managing Committee may make recommendations of candidates for the directorship to the Committee on the Summer Session.

3. Responsibility for Program. The planning of the program should be the responsibility of the Director of the Summer Session. But whether the Director be primarily an archaeologist or an historian or a specialist in literature and language he must plan an integrated program including all aspects of classical civilization—-literature, history, art, archaeology, Greek thought generally. Attention should also be given to the monuments of the Byzantine period. The Director should have the assistance of the Secretary of the School in securing transportation and reservations for the field trips.

4. Membership. Undergraduates, preferably in their last two years of college, graduate students, and teachers are considered eligible, and it is hoped that a healthy distribution may be maintained among these categories. For the most part the members must be primarily interested in classical civilization, but well qualified students of art and history may also be accepted. The selection of members shall be the responsibility of the Director and the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships working together. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships should be authorized to set a deadline for their selection of applicants from the material in hand by that date. If vacant places remain they may be filled with later applicants. Early applications are urged.

5. Scholarships. The Committee on Admissions and Fellowships in consultation with the Committee on the Summer Session shall make the award of scholarships from the best of those who apply for scholarship aid before the deadline of January 15 in each year. The School has a commitment to contribute from its own funds one half the tuition fee of the recipient of regional scholarships. This year it has occurred that the winner of the School’s Lord Scholarship was also declared the winner of the Semple Scholarship of $250 given by the Classical Association of the Middle West and South. There is at present no rule covering such a situation and the following recommendation is proposed for the future in case such a contingency again arises: If the winner of a School summer scholarship is awarded a regional scholarship to which the School contributes one half of the tuition fee, he must relinquish one scholarship or the other.

6. Business Details.
a) Advertising. Notices of the Summer Session should be carried in the regular autumn poster which contains also information about the academic year fellowships and in the Classical World, Archaeology, Classical Journal, and the brochure of the Institute of International Education. An attractive brochure on the Summer Session and a short form letter should be printed which can be sent out immediately by the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships in answer to inquiries, along with the appropriate application blanks.
b) Transportation and passport matters. These are to be arranged by the individual member, but some assistance in transportation might be worked out with the American Express Company or one of the Greek steamship lines.
c) Fee. The present fee of $500 should be maintained including tuition, board and room at Loring Hall, transportation, meals, and lodging on the field trips. The bill should be sent by the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships along with the notice of acceptance to membership and the request for passport pictures. A deadline of April 15 should be established for the payment of fees. The fees should be collected by the Chairman of the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships and forwarded to the Chairman of the Managing Committee for deposit with the treasurer.
d) Director’s stipend. The Director should receive $1000 for traveling expenses (if he is not already in Greece) and $600 honorarium. These amounts and his living and transportation during the session are to be paid from the student fees.
The continuance of the Committee on the Summer Session is recommended. This committee should follow the work of the Summer Session carefully, and should from time to time report to the Managing Committee on the progress of the work and suggest changes which will improve it. It will be expected to execute the duties mentioned above and should have charge of the preparation of the above mentioned brochure, the annual posters, and the advertising, and other business details which occur from time to time (Eightieth Annual Report, 1960–1961).

Already in 1953 the Managing Committee had recognized the need for scholarship help for students of the Summer Session if the best students were to be given the opportunity to participate. It voted on December 28, 1953 that the income from the John White Field fund, established by a legacy of $1,000 by Mrs. Field in 1897 and now amounting to $10,000, be used as a scholarship of $500 in the Summer Session; $500 was the total fee for the Summer Session at that time. It was awarded for the first time for the 1955 Session and at intervals thereafter. In 1956 when the John Williams White Fellowship in Archaeology was not awarded for the regular session, the Managing Committee empowered the Committee on Fellowships to award two scholarships of $500 for the Summer Session from the White Fund for that year only. The Managing Committee also provided that the School would meet the other half ($250 at that time) of the Summer fee for all those holders of $250 scholarships from the various Classical Associations in the United States. In 1955 contributions were begun toward a fund in honor of Louis Eleazer Lord for a Summer scholarship, and by the spring of 1956 it was possible to award a Louis Lord Scholarship for that summer; unfortunately for the School the recipient had to resign it because he had previously accepted a scholarship to the American Academy in Rome Summer School. In 1957 the Lord scholarship was $400. Also in 1955-56 through Mr. Lord’s efforts $5,000 was raised to match a similar amount from the Harry Huntington Powers Memorial Fund to establish a scholarship in Powers’ name. On December 28, 1960 the Managing Committee voted that unexpended income from Summer School scholarship funds should be funded till sufficient for the establishment of a regular Bert Hodge Hill Scholarship Fund of $10,000. A special gift was made for a Hill Scholarship in 1961; in 1962 a George H. Chase and in 1976 and 1977 Ellen N. Lawler Sscholarships were awarded. On May 14, 1966 the Managing Committee voted to raise the Summer Session fee to $600 and also to raise the scholarships for the Summer Session to $600. There was also a consensus that the School should continue to pay half the fee for those to whom half-fee awards have been made by reputable classical associations, and on December 28, 1966 the Managing Committee voted that matching funds for classical association scholarship recipients (whose number varies from two to five, year to year) be taken from the income for Summer Session scholarships. The holder of an association scholarship is not permitted to hold a School scholarship in addition. The classical associations which have awarded scholarships for the Summer Sessions are the Classical Association of New England, Classical Association of the Atlantic States, Classical Association of Midwest and South, New York Classical Association, Eta Sigma Phi, American Classical League, Ohio Classical Association.

One of the recommendations of the ad hoc Committee on the Summer Session appointed on December 28, 1959 in their report on May 14, 1960 was that the Committee on the Summer Session be continued, to follow closely the work of the session and report to the Managing Committee as well as to recommend Directors to the Committee on Personnel, to consult with the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships on the award of scholarships, and to have charge of advertising the session and other business details. That ad hoc committee became then the first Committee on the Summer Session as a Standing Committee of the School. Its relation with the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships which continued to select the membership of the session remained close, since Gertrude Smith continued as Chairman of both Committees through 1962-63 and as a member of both Committees through 1965-66; she remained a member of the Summer Session Committee through 1968-69. She was succeeded as Chairman of the Committee on the Summer Session by C. A. Robinson, Jr. for 1963-64, George E. Mylonas 1964-65 (both had been members of the original committee), then Anna S. Benjamin 1965–1970, William P. Donovan 1970–1975, after which Chairmen served only for two-year terms; Joseph Conant 1975–1977, Stephen V. Tracy 1977–1979, Robert L. Pounder 1979–1981.

In 1965 the Committee on the Summer Session took over the selection of students and the award of scholarships; in fact the complete administration of the session was now vested in that Committee. In response to numerous queries from the Managing Committee on various aspects of the session a report in December 1966 explained existing policies. It stressed that the Committee was anxious to keep a balance of undergraduates, graduate students, and teachers in high schools and colleges, but this could be done and still give a preference, if that was desired by the Managing Committee, to students who have had some connection with the Cooperating Institutions, since most of the students do in fact have a connection with those institutions.

Some members of the Managing Committee had queried what benefits accrue to those institutions from the Summer Session; could not some tuition remission be given as in the regular session or some preference be given to graduates of Cooperating Institutions, or both. In regard to remission of tuition, the Committee’s report emphasized that the Summer Session fee is entirely for expenses; there is no tuition per se that could be remitted. The report further recommended that in view of the many qualified applicants which cannot be accommodated each year, a second session with a second director, limited to 20 students, be established on a trial basis in 1968, and the Managing Committee voted to approve the trial.

Accordingly, beginning in 1968 two Summer Sessions have been held, conducted by two Directors, both housed in Loring Hall for the half of the session held in Athens, the beginning of one session following the beginning of the other by one week so that one is in Athens while the other is on trips throughout the six-week sessions. In both sessions each year the 20 students are a mixture of undergraduate and graduate students, secondary school and college teachers, men and women. Such balance among them is maintained as is possible with dropouts and last minute alternates filling the available places. The immediate success and popularity of the 1968 session assured the continuation of the two groups which still allow for a very careful selection of 40 members so many are the applications, which number about seventy to a hundred. In 1974 it was necessary, because of the inflation in Greece, to raise the fee to $750, and in December 1978 to $1050, beginning with the 1979 session.

By 1975 when the School began to advertise descriptions of the positions on its staff, the Director of the Summer Session was defined as “a member of the School who has held an academic appointment at a recognized post-secondary educational institution and has had at least two years teaching experience; a trained classicist with some graduate instruction in Classical Archaeology and some knowledge of Modern Greek, stamina, good health and a sense of humor.” These qualities do describe the considerable number of men and women who have led the sessions in the 30 years since the war, often serving more than one, even more than two years. Nearly all have been members of the Managing Committee at the time of their appointment; most who were not became so shortly thereafter. Their duties which had varied somewhat over the years, as the above account indicates, were in 1975 defined as “responsibility for planning (in consultation with the other Director, the Professor of Archaeology and the Secretary of the School) the itinerary for all trips at least six months prior to the session, for reading all applications for membership and advising the Committee on the Summer Session of his recommendations, for handling all correspondence with members admitted to his session, advising them of details of travel, equipment, academic requirements (reports), etc. The Director supervises all aspects of the program in Greece, is responsible for keeping a log of the trips, certifying students for academic credit, and submitting a report to the Director of the School for the Managing Committee.” For these two positions the Committee on the Summer Session sends a rank-ordered list to the Committee on Personnel who nominate to the Executive Committee and they to the Managing Committee for appointment. Beginning in 1979 a Summer School Secretary was appointed to assist the School Secretary in the many detailed arrangements necessary for the Summer Sessions.

These are the facts and figures of the Summer Session, but the life of this very significant department of the School’s affairs has been the 20, then 40, persons of widely varying ages, training and specific interests who have been drawn together by their common interest in Greek civilization and who have returned to their study or teaching with a fresh interest and deeper insight as well as a new devotion both to classical studies and to the School. Not a few have returned to the School for a full academic year as regular or associate members; many have inspired others to come as students; nearly all have become active and loyal Alumni of the School. It was indeed a wise decision to make the Summer Session an integral part of the School’s activities.

Chapter VII: The Corinth Excavations, Including Isthmia and Kenchreai

In this and the following chapters on the excavations of the School or sponsored by the School, the aim is not to repeat the accounts of the results of those excavations which have been published and are accessible in preliminary if not also final form. The idea is rather to summarize the areas of work of each season with the briefest mention of their significance, in the hope that this “history” of each excavation may be useful for reference and may supplement the previous chapters in the account of the activities of the School.

Corinth

When Charles Eliot Norton wrote of the founding of the School as intended among other things to offer prospective teachers of Greek “such knowledge of its [Greece’s] ancient monuments as should give a quality to their teaching unattainable without this experience,” he was thinking also of one of the purposes of the School as adding to those ancient monuments by the conduct of excavations and the training of excavators who might be useful to other institutions in their excavations. How well the School has fulfilled both those aims is shown by a glance at the list of excavations of the School (Lord, History, pp. 296-308 and here, Chapters VII-IX) and some thought of the many alumni of the School who have directed or participated in excavations by other organizations both in Greece and elsewhere in the Mediterranean and the Middle East. The very first year of the School’s existence, 1882-83, one of the students, John Crow, was permitted by the Ephor of Antiquities to investigate the Pnyx with two workmen, and in the fourth year of the School, in spring 1886, the first real excavation, of the theater at Thorikos, was carried out. Each year thereafter exploration was conducted by excavation at various sites until 1896 when work was begun at Corinth. From then on Corinth was to remain the principal site of the American School where excavation has taken place in most years except for two periods (1917–1924 and 1941–1959) when war prevented or School excavation was concentrated elsewhere while work at Corinth was limited to study of the excavated material, occasionally with small supplementary digging necessitated by the study. From the initiation of the Excavation of the Athenian Agora in 1931 Corinth has become one of the two principal sites of the School, but it has continued to be the one with which the greatest number of the annual students of the School are most closely associated.

Even during the years of World War II Bert Hodge Hill continued to work in Corinth on his study of Peirene except when under house arrest in Athens. Activity in Corinth throughout the war years and the decade or so following has been noted above (see Index). Although the concentration of the School’s excavation funds on the Athenian Agora after the war meant cessation of new excavations at Corinth, the site and the excavation house were far from deserted. Active work on the study for publication of the previous half-century’s excavation continued, and all further available study and storage space in the museum was used constantly by the staffs of the Lerna excavation between 1952 and 1959 (see above, p. 59 and below, pp. 205-206) and the Isthmia undertaking between 1952 and 1976 (below, pp. 169-171) for study of their finds.

Mention has been made above (p. 2) of the excavation in the spring and fall of 1939 and the spring of 1940 of the Tile Factory on a ledge about a half mile below (northeast of) the present village, an unusually well preserved kiln for the manufacture of roof tiles, which was excavated by Carl A. Roebuck; he also began in spring 1940 the excavation of the site of the projected addition to the museum, to the east of the existing structure. This latter work continued under the supervision of Chief Foreman Evangelos Lekkas until halted by the war (above, p. 3). We have also noted (pp. 28-29) that it was in Corinth that the first work of the School after the war could be undertaken in 1946-47, namely the opening of the museum and the study for publication with the necessary cleaning and supplementary investigation of the South Stoa (Oscar Broneer), Bema, Central Shops, Roman Buildings on West Terrace, Minor Monuments in the Agora (Robert Scranton), Southeast Building (Saul Weinberg) and Asklepieion (Carl Roebuck). Clearing the wells of the South Stoa provided invaluable information for restoration of the building, especially the roof, a portion of which was reassembled, and existing drums of columns and other blocks were set in place in the South Stoa, in the Central Shops and on the West Terrace to make the buildings more intelligible to the spectator. In the Southeast Building much supplementary digging was required to complete its study. In 1947-48 (above, p. 33) William Dinsmoor completed his study clearing of the West Shops in the fall; Saul Weinberg undertook study of the two basilicas, the South and the Julian, to be published with the Southeast Building, and work on the wells of the South Stoa and their pottery contents was continued by Roger Edwards. In spring 1948 Richard Stillwell cleaned and made further soundings in the theater in connection with its publication, and Agnes Newhall Stillwell worked on the vast mass of pottery from the Kerameikos. In 1948-49 (above, p. 39), Roger Edwards completed the cataloguing and photography of that other formidable mass of pottery, from the South Stoa wells, and Hazel Palmer worked on assembling the tomb groups of the North Cemetery and on their study. In the spring Edward Capps, Jr. arrived to work on the sculptures. 1949-50 saw Robert Scranton back to carry out supplementary digging in the North Stoa and North Market, John H. Kent to work on inscriptions found since 1927, and in spring 1950 Oscar Broneer completing the final excavation of the western half of the South Stoa. Evidence for the area prior to the construction of the South Stoa as well as for the interior disposition of the Stoa was discovered. George V. Peschke and Elias Skroubelos completed many plans and drawings to supplement those made by Leicester B. Holland in 1946-47. The pre-Stoa wells yielded some fine Archaic pottery.

In January 1950 construction of the new wing of the museum was finally begun, ten years after work on the foundation had been initiated. The $10,000 donation of Mrs. Moore for the addition to the museum, made just before the war, had become quite inadequate for the structure for which plans had been made and foundations partly laid. It was characteristic of her interest in the School that she generously added the needed $30,000. Once undertaken, construction proceeded rapidly and by September was complete. Director Caskey asked the Managing Committee to appoint as Curator of Corinth an “Old Corinthian” well familiar with the site and the finds to undertake a reorganization and reinstallation of storerooms (Pl. 16, b) and galleries now that the much needed extra space was available. Carl Roebuck was elected in 1951 but found it impossible to accept. In October 1951 the three mosaic panels in the Roman Villa, which had suffered from exposure in spite of the buildings over them, were lifted by the highly expert and experienced technician of the Italian Ministry of Education Vittorio Toti and placed in the museum. The School is indebted to the kind cooperation of Dr. Doro Levi, Director of the Italian School in Athens, for making Mr. Toti’s services available.

Spring and summer of 1952 found Oscar Broneer back in Corinth working on the South Stoa with Piet de Jong acting as architect as they worked out the drawings to illustrate the reconstruction, and Bert Hill returned for the summer and fall to work on his study of the temples at Nemea and Tegea for the publication of the School’s work at Nemea.

In January 1953 the Chairman of the Managing Committee, Charles Morgan, an “Old Corinthian” who had directed the extensive excavation campaigns in 1936–1938, was able to come back to Corinth for four months in which the first new excavation since the war and the waiting reorganization of the museum were undertaken. The large-scale clearing of the agora area in the thirties had gone only to the early imperial Roman levels north of the South Stoa, leaving the investigation of the Greek levels for later; Mr. Morgan had particularly wished to check one small area near the west end of the South Stoa for pre-Roman levels.

The museum was rearranged chronologically rather than by class of material as formerly. The small room on the west of the entrance was devoted to the Neolithic and Bronze Ages, the long gallery to the east to the Greek periods from Geometric to 146 b.c., and in the larger, sculpture gallery, to the Roman sculpture were added all types of material from the Roman periods, with the mosaics from the Roman villa installed on the west wall. Material from the Asklepeion continued in the small north gallery, and in the court and its colonnade architectural pieces and further sculpture remained and were augmented.

In summer 1953 William Dinsmoor conducted limited excavation in search of evidence for the peribolos of Temple E and predecessors on the site in connection with his study of the West Shops, and in both fall 1953 and spring 1954 Robert Scranton worked over indications of the mediaeval period in the general central area of the excavations. In a supplementary investigation of the north side of Temple Hill in June Mary Campbell Roebuck discovered many early Archaic roof tiles. During the summer Agnes Stillwell continued her study of pottery from the Kerameikos. In September in a field near Lechaion was discovered a cemetery of the 6th to 4th centuries b.c. which the Greek authorities asked the School to excavate; C. W. J. and Mary Eliot cleared some forty graves.

The most noteworthy event in Corinth in 1955 was the advent of electric power which reached Old Corinth in March and went into operation in the new wing of the museum. Wiring and fixtures in the workrooms of the earlier part and in Oakley House were installed, and lights went on in Oakley House first on September 20, 1955. Another significant change which had been growing apace in recent years was “the truly staggering number of tourists and students who visit the excavations.” Already in 1952 the veteran guard, counselor and friend of all Corinthians (American or Greek by nationality), George Kachros (Pl. 15, b), had been given assistance by the appointment of Evangelos Papapsomas specifically as Museum Guard; further help was urgently needed now, and Spyros Marinos was added to the staff of guards on January 1, 1956. During the summer of 1956 Oscar Broneer supervised a thorough cleaning and tidying up of the excavations. At least four guards were needed in the heavy tourist season, but the number was reduced again to two when George Kachros retired officially from the Archaeological Service on January 1, 1958 after some forty years of service as Guard of Corinth. His inestimable knowledge of Corinth, the Corinthia, its excavations, and its excavators was not lost to the School, however, for his skill as a mender provided the means of the School’s retaining him as mender and general consultant. He continued to serve the School in these capacities for more than another decade. Evangelos Lekkas had served as Chief Foreman at Corinth since his brother Sophokles left that post to assume the same position in the excavations of the Athenian Agora in 1931; he had served also more recently at Lerna, Isthmia and in the Athenian Agora. On July 1, 1957 he was recognized for his significant services to the School by being appointed Chief Foreman of School Excavations.

In 1958 Oscar Broneer acquired a plot of ground directly in front of and below the garden of Oakley House where he built a house to occupy in his lifetime. A small round building of late Imperial times was uncovered just beyond the southeast corner of the house.

By 1958 it had become clear that Corinth was ready for the resumption of major new excavation after a lapse of twenty years since the outbreak of World War II. The study and publication of the pre-1939 excavations had been pursued with steady dedication by a number of scholars, and the bulk of the backlog had been completed; many volumes had been published, others were ready or approaching completion. The new wing of the Museum affording much-needed extra space for exhibition, storage, and study had been completed and the exhibition and storage rooms rearranged; the work space which had served the Lerna staff for the study of its material would be free in 1959 when the Lerna material would be transferred to its permanent home in the Argos Museum. Excavation funds of the School would no longer be needed for other sites. The newly appointed Assistant Director of the School who would become Director in 1959 had a strong interest in reviving field work in Corinth. The stage was set for a new era to open.

Henry S. Robinson (Pl. 12, e) assumed responsibility for Corinth as soon as he reached Athens in fall 1958, and plans were made to carry on extended excavation in the spring. Meanwhile in the fall digging for a new water system for the village revealed traces of antiquities in Kakavi southeast of the village, and Mr. Robinson investigated the late Roman remains. The renewed campaign of 1959 included both the principal work directed by Robinson, assisted by two students of the School, in the only area of the agora hitherto undug, the southwestern corner, and a three-week investigation by Saul Weinberg of lower levels in two places in the old excavations. Weinberg’s search for prehistoric was financed by the Wenner-Gren Foundation; east of the Lechaion Road outside the northwest corner of the Peribolos of Apollo deposits of Archaic, Geometric, Early Helladic and Neolithic pottery were found, and at the west end of the agora, west of Temples H, J and K, deep Neolithic fill with some stratification was discovered. In the seven-week campaign in the agora the School’s excavation funds were augmented by support from Brown University, which was continued through the 1964 season at $750 per year. The plan was to investigate in detail the Byzantine remains in this 2,000 square meters, since so large an area of Byzantine settlement had not been visible at one time before. In the 800 square meters cleared in 1959 appeared an important road bordered by a 12th-century building with indications of bronze working. Work in this sector was to continue under Robinson’s direction for another seven years as he trained those first-year students of the School who were interested in assisting him.

In spring 1960 the southwest corner of the Agora was cleared to Byzantine levels, and a brief investigation of the “Baths of Aphrodite” was conducted during the summer. It was during the summer that Charles Morgan on one of his favorite walks up Akro discovered ancient remains on the slope of Acrocorinth just below the road; excavation in spring 1961 by Ronald Stroud identified them as a sanctuary of Demeter and Persephone. 1961 work in the Agora in Byzantine occupation south of the South Stoa found the Kenchreai Road; two Roman chamber tombs northeast of the city were also dug, and work continued in the sanctuary of Demeter. The digging of a wide ditch north of the north city wall to bring water to irrigate the plains of Corinth revealed antiquities which the School investigated for the Archaeological Service: a Roman bath, numerous Greek and Roman graves, two Roman chamber tombs, a section of the East Long Wall. The Demeter Sanctuary was further cleared in 1962, and two sectors at Kokkinovrysi, where a roadside stele shrine revealed by chance in the winter was found to include a rich deposit of terracotta figurines, were opened as well as the house with a fine 1st-century b.c. mosaic floor at Anaploga.

In 1963 work was concentrated at Anaploga where a cleaning and dyeing establishment and a great system of water tunnels were discovered, the wells producing a vast amount of new and unusual styles of pottery, and the quarry south of Oakley House was dug.

The earthquake of August 1962 did extensive damage to Oakley House (Pl. 3, a), and although the most serious cracks in the rubble fabric were patched, examination by engineers showed it to be unsafe. It continued to be used for kitchen, dining room and living room with library, but no one slept there; all slept in the Annex. Clearly it would have to be replaced as soon as possible.

Even more far-reaching and immediate changes were seen by Director Robinson as essential in the administration of the excavation. The need for a secretary to bring and then keep order in the records and storage of its finds was of top priority. A part-time assistant in 1961 and 1962, Chrysoula Kardara, had begun to consolidate the several earlier, often conflicting or duplicating inventories made by an ever changing staff. A full-time secretarial assistant was urgently requested and after a year of half-time service in 1963-64 Judith Perlzweig, student of the School 1952-53 and Agora Fellow 1953–1957, filled that full-time post until July 1, 1966, reorganizing the pottery storage, maintaining current inventories according to a system devised by Director Robinson and incorporating them with the earlier records, supervising all files and records. In this major undertaking she was assisted by several volunteers from among the students and students’ wives who gradually made readily accessible both finds and records, written, drafted or photographed, of the excavations from their inception in 1896.

Equally essential to the proper excavation and publication of Corinth, Director Robinson believed, was a Field Director who would devote full time to the task. Much as he personally cared about excavating in Corinth, he felt it impossible to do justice to both the Directorship of the School and the direction of field work in Corinth. He therefore urged the appointment of a full-time Field Director. Until such time as this would be possible, Charles K. Williams, II was appointed a Fellow of the School for Corinth for 1963-64 to serve as Assistant Field Director under Director Robinson; from 1964 to 1966 he held the first Gorham Phillips Stevens Fellowship, continuing as Assistant Field Director of Corinth and acting as Director of the School excavations at Nemea in 1964 (see below, pp. 217-218). On July 1, 1966 Charles Williams (Pl. 13, d) became the Field Director of the Corinth excavations and began a notable career not only as excavator but equally as teacher of the students at the School.

Investigation of the Northwest Shops and their conservation occupied Mr. Williams throughout the year 1963-64, and in the spring the main activity with the students was at Nemea. The major excavation at Corinth was further work in the Demeter Sanctuary on the slopes of Acrocorinth where two eight-week campaigns in 1964 were directed by Ronald Stroud who had supervised the earlier excavations there in 1961 and 1962. Several terraces with rooms including some with couches and quantities of terracottas were found. Mr. Stroud continued to work on publication of the buildings he had dug through 1967, but in 1968 direction of the excavation was taken over by Nancy Bookidis.

As frequently in Corinth, there were in 1964 several minor salvage operations necessitated by chance finds or public works, two of special interest being the Roman vaulted water-tunnel system on the slopes of Acrocorinth northwest of the church of St. George and the classical graves in the ravine of Vrysoula with evidence of funeral banquets.

The tempo of activity at Corinth, which had been increasing steadily since its resumption in 1959, reached a peak in 1965, with work in six different areas. There began the first experiment in sharing the Corinth permit with Cooperating Institutions, who wished to participate in field work; parts of Corinth not being excavated by the School could be allotted to them. Two such areas were taken on by the University of California at Berkeley and the University of Texas at Austin, the former the northwest corner of the peribolos of Temple E, the latter the Gymnasium area north of the theater. Although Professor James K. Anderson and his students from Berkeley and Professor James R. Wiseman and his students from Austin showed that teams from the Cooperating Institutions can make a contribution to the work at Corinth and can work under the Field Director and fit into the existing systems of digging and recording, it was thought unwise to have two such teams again, especially when the School’s own projects were making such heavy use of all facilities. The Temple E peribolos with its two large rooms did not prove very rewarding, and California did not ask to return, but the Gymnasium area revealed a stoa over 100 meters long of early Roman times and a circular structure. The Texas team returned for six more seasons (see below, pp. 159, 163, 164). The School’s work was carried on in (1) Byzantine levels south of the South Stoa to preserve the Turkish house found in 1963, trace the main road south from Roman through Byzantine times and find a fuller’s establishment of the 6th century after Christ; (2) the Roman bath along the Lechaion Road north of the village of which parts have long been visible; (3) the ancient quarry south of Oakley House begun in Hellenistic and continued in Roman times; (4) the Demeter Sanctuary on Acrocorinth in which the upper terrace theatral area and another dining room on the lowest terrace were found as well as many more terracottas and vases.

In addition to the cleaning and conservation work in the excavations begun by Mr. Williams in 1963 and continued throughout fall and winter thereafter, in 1965 Miss Danaë Hadjilazarou, trained in conservation at the Institute of Archaeology, University of London, began the cleaning and conservation of the bronze mirror from Anaploga and set up a conservation system for metal objects and the large terracotta statues from the Demeter Sanctuary.

In the 1966 season, the last of which Director of the School Henry Robinson was the Field Director, the School worked (1) in the Peribolos of Apollo where students found Geometric through Hellenistic strata east of the altar of Temple A and a late 5th-century two-room basement in the northeast quarter and (2) in the Roman Bath in which Secretary of the School William Biers and Jane Biers continued to clear the central cruciform room and the hypocaust of 1965, two apsidal halls, and a service corridor. The University of Texas in the Gymnasium carried the stoa to 158 meters length and continued on the building to the south.

The Corinth excavations have been unusually fortunate in not suffering loss from theft throughout the years, but about midnight of Easter Sunday, April 21, 1966, the Sacred Spring was broken into and one of the bronze lion-head spouts hacked off and stolen. Many Corinthians, Greek and American alike, felt a deep personal loss. The good fortune returned, however, when the head was returned, as mysteriously as it disappeared, on October 10, 1967; it was put in the museum, a copy in the Spring.

On July 1, 1966 Charles Williams, who had been directing most of the work throughout the year in Corinth as Assistant Field Director since fall of 1963, assumed full responsibility for the excavation as full-time Field Director. Since he had already been committed to the Porto Cheli excavation for summer 1966 (see below, p. 213), Robinson oversaw the Texas dig at Corinth.

The organization of administration, recording, storage and display of finds, conservation, study for publication and new excavation in which students of the School participated which had been in process of establishment in the past few years was in working order, and Henry Robinson said that although he gave up Corinth “with considerable regret,” he was glad to turn it over “to so competent an archaeologist.” Robinson’s conviction that the excavation would be well served by Williams as full-time Director has been more than justified in the years since 1966.

The officer responsible for all the indoor activities, the Secretary who had reorganized the storerooms and modernized the records, Judith Perlzweig, resigned as of July 1, 1966 but continued to serve until her successor Helen von Raits took over on October 2, 1966. Miss von Raits had been a student of the School in 1962-63, the year in which the over three hundred fragments of plaques from Penteskouphia found in 1905 were rediscovered, and she had been working on them in Corinth, making many joins among them and with the pieces in Paris and Berlin. She tackled the main body of old excavation material stored in the old museum and began to make it available to scholars as well as keeping up with the newer material and handling the many museum pressures, all with great patience. The number of scholars now coming to Corinth all year long, both School personnel to work on the definitive publication of the excavated material and other scholars interested in the finds for other publications, continued to increase, and with the guest staffs from the University of Texas at Corinth and the Isthmia and Kenchreai staffs (see above, p. 158, below, pp. 169-171) this meant a heavy call on the facilities, both in the museum and at the excavation house. The Director made whatever facilities were available open to all scholars who came to Corinth to study.

Kathryn Butt spent time in 1966 reboxing, describing and identifying with notebooks much pottery from the old excavations, so she was well equipped to take over the Secretary’s duties in the fall of 1967 which she discharged with helpfulness and cheerfulness to all until July 1971. For the year 1971-72 the position was shared on a half-time basis by two young scholars working on the publication of Corinthian material, Sharon C. Herbert, student since 1969, working on Corinthian red-figured pottery, and Mary C. Sturgeon, student since 1968, studying the sculpture from the theater. In 1972-73 Jean MacIntosh, formerly of the Murlo staff in Italy, replaced Miss Sturgeon as half-time with Miss Herbert. Summer 1973 began the Secretaryship of Nancy Bookidis (Pl. 16, b) who had been living and working in Corinth since 1968 as Fellow, excavating the Demeter Sanctuary, and working on the publication of the sanctuary and its terracotta sculptures as well as on the Archaic sculpture from the old excavations. Her familiarity with all aspects of the Corinthian picture as well as her own qualities make her an ideal Secretary; she continues to grace the position in 1980 as she also continues her study and publication of much Corinthian material.

The School is deeply indebted to Mr. and Mrs. Ewart Davies who recognized the need to guarantee the presence of a permanent curator at Corinth and generously established the Myra and Ewart Davies Curatorial Services Fund for Corinth; this ensures an American Curator at Corinth at all times, whether or not excavation is in progress, to process orders, to help scholars, to work on material and to keep the collection in order. With the final bequest of $25,000 from Mr. Davies in 1979 the endowment totals well over a quarter of a million dollars and ranks as one of the great gifts of the century to the School.

Of finds from earlier excavations one large important class had been neglected since 1929, namely the coins. Identification and easily accessible record of these documents as well as of current coins were of vital significance for current excavations; a resident Fellow who was a numismatist was an immediate need Charles Williams saw as he took over the Directorship, but it was only in 1969 that a numismatist could be added to the staff. Joan Fisher filled that position until February 1979 when financial considerations made necessary her departure. She had identified and put into order coins found before 1969 and kept up to date with current discoveries, preparing for publication each year as part of Mr. Williams’ report the coins found in that season. This was an enviable record.

The serious need of a full-time trained conservator to deal properly with many of the older finds as well as those coming out of the ground in the several excavations each season was of concern to Mr. Williams for some time; the successive Secretaries had, when they were able, done the bare essentials. Nor were the three pot menders, one of whom acted also as photo finisher in the darkroom, trained in conservation of materials other than pottery at which they were highly skilled. So the final appointment needed to make a thoroughly efficient indoor staff was made in 1973-74 when Stella Bouzaki, who had worked in Munich with the post-war restoration of the Aiginetan pedimental sculpture, was appointed full-time conservator.

As noted above, much of the time of the staff (the Director, the Secretary, the Numismatist) throughout the calendar year was occupied in assisting the great number of persons who were studying material for publication. Mr. Williams made assignments to both older, experienced scholars and younger students of the remaining unpublished older finds and the newer discoveries as they appeared, in a valiant effort to complete the unfinished publication and keep up to date. Space does not permit listing all the publications in volumes (see below, p. 270) and in Hesperia articles, but mention may be made of some of the pottery studies by Roger Edwards, D. A. Amyx, Patricia Lawrence, Elizabeth Gummey Pemberton, Sharon Herbert, sculpture by Nancy Bookidis and Mary Sturgeon, prehistoric by John Lavezzi. It would have delighted Louis Lord to see Corinth taking its place in print on shelves.

But the heart of Corinth as part of the School and its program remained the main spring excavation. Since 1896 most students who wished could and did take part in that excavation, and no one who worked under Bert Hill’s direction in a dig ever failed to view that experience as a major part of his training in his year at the School. As time went on and numbers increased, many students of the School came and went without any field experience. Charles Williams recognized that the School ought to offer all classical students, regardless of whether their interest is primarily archaeological, the opportunity to know through personal experience what excavation aims and methods are and how they contribute to classical studies. His innovation in spring 1967 of training sessions of two weeks for all students of the School who wished to participate was one of the landmarks of the educational programs of the School. Two training sessions of up to 10 students each provide two to a trench and give also a day of work in the museum and a half-day on coins. Williams’ skill as a teacher has equaled that of excavator and administrator and has been one of the most significant and successful aspects of the training offered by the School. The fact that practically all students do take part indicates what it means to them. After the training session each April further weeks of excavation continue with those students selected by the Director to assist him.

The excavations of 1967 continued (1) south of the South Stoa, (2) in the Peribolos of Apollo where the area of the dye works appeared to have been in use from as early as the Middle Corinthian period to the Mummian destruction, (3) in the Roman bath to the north of the Peribolos only partially cleared in 1929, and (4) in the Roman bath north of the modern plateia (see above, p. 159) which proves to be a monumental structure of which many architectural blocks, especially of the Severan two-tiered facade, were found in this year. The whole School and many alumni were saddened by the sudden death in April 1967, between the bus stop and the museum, of Evangelos Lekkas, Chief Foreman of School Excavations, who had been a loyal friend of the School since his first association with its work in the 1920’s; his skillful organization of work and handling of men were matched by his cheerfulness and devotion (see above, pp. 104, 155). Since his death Photios Notis has acted as a most able successor.

Excavation in the Demeter Sanctuary was resumed in 1968; Nancy Bookidis found further dining and cult rooms and confirmed the 6th-century b.c. to Late Roman chronology. William and Jane Biers continued work in the Roman bath, particularly in the herringbone-paved court and on the monumental facade. This was the last season of digging in the Bath, but the excavators continued to study the site and prepare drawings for the publication for several more summers. In the Agora area Director Williams moved to the neighborhood of the Sacred Spring, particularly east of it, to test the stratigraphy of two meters of Classical and Hellenistic fill which revealed a long mud altar rebuilt at least four times. Work west of the Babbius monument went down to Neolithic levels. In the summer Director Robinson was able to return to Corinth to work on the 7th- and 6th-century temples on Temple Hill and their immediate surroundings, a study he would continue for a decade. The University of Texas team in the Roman Gymnasium concentrated on a bronze casting pit, an apsidal building with lead curse tablets and a large underground tunnel system connected with Lerna and including a fountain house containing hundreds of lamps from the 4th and 5th centuries after Christ.

In addition to further investigation around the Sacred Spring in 1969 which gave a more precise chronology of the spring, Williams led the students also in exploration at the east end of the Forum to define limits of the Hellenistic racecourse buried under the Roman paving; they found the southern limits; they also found the first sub-Mycenaean grave yet excavated at Corinth and early Geometric graves. In the Demeter Sanctuary, Nancy Bookidis found a great, broad central stairway with dining rooms on each side. The summer brought Robinson, now retired from the office of Director of the School, again to Temple Hill and brought Texas to uncover more of the Fountain of the Lamps and the Gymnasium. All these areas were worked again in 1970: at the west end of the Forum Late Neolithic levels were tested, and the area to the south of the Sacred Spring revealed Early Helladic remains, Protogeometric fills, Geometric buildings and a Protocorinthian house; in the temenos itself Classical and Hellenistic levels were studied; both spring and fall seasons in the Demeter Sanctuary cleared further cult rooms; Robinson studied the Temple of Apollo in detail from scaffolding; and Texas continued in the Gymnasium. Again in 1971 work continued in both summer (Bookidis) and fall (Williams) in the Demeter Sanctuary; in the spring Williams with the students carried down below Roman levels in another part of the Forum area, west of the Bema and north of the South Stoa where several 4th-century buildings overlay 5th-century structures, and the area around the underground shrine found in 1936 was further explored; in the summer Robinson, now heading a Case Western Reserve University expedition, excavated along the north slope of Temple Hill; and in a fall campaign Wiseman completed the University of Texas excavation of the Gymnasium.

During the winter of 1971-72 the material from the Shear excavations of 1928 to 1930 was turned over to the School and incorporated into the general records. The 1972 exploration of pre-Roman levels in the Forum concentrated on those from Classical back through Geometric, and the final stage of digging in the Demeter Sanctuary was begun; Robinson cleared more of the 7th-century b.c. road toward Glauke on Temple Hill and the narthex and graves of a 6th-to-7th-century church. As planned, work in the Demeter Sanctuary was completed in spring 1973; Williams continued to lead students in the pre-Roman levels of the Forum, and Robinson studied his finds from Temple Hill. The 1974 season saw Williams returning to the southwest corner of the Forum, where Robinson had cleared Byzantine levels in the early 60’s, to get down to ancient levels, and on Temple Hill Robinson began clearing the Early Christian basilica and quarry at the east end and continued the early road at the west end. The southwest corner of the Forum in 1975 had reached both early Imperial and Greek levels; the long narrow building and arch of Neronian date mark the limit of the Roman forum at that time, and the 5th- and 4th-century b.c. bath with its mosaic floor adds a valuable detail to the Greek phase of the area. On Temple Hill Robinson completed clearing the Early Christian basilica and recovered the 6th-century b.c. propylon at the northwest corner. Further Classical Greek buildings north of the bath clarified more of the Greek southwest corner of the Forum in 1976, and on Temple Hill work continued in the quarry at the east, along the north side, and on the west located the Archaic temenos wall, two periods of the propylon, and a Roman stoa east of it. By 1977 work in the southwest corner of the Forum had cleared the west wall of the South Stoa and its Stele Shrine and begun on the large complex of the early 5th century b.c. to the northwest of it, which in 1978 was cleared to reveal one of the most significant buildings yet discovered for the economic history of Corinth in the Classical Greek period; its contents provided the name, Punic Amphora building. Robinson continued on Temple Hill in 1977 and completed his decade of investigation in 1978.

Study of the fresco fragments found years ago in the Southeast Building required new testing of the stratigraphy; in doing so Williams recovered further fragments of this sole example of Roman Fourth Style painting found in Corinth which may have a topical interest if, as seems possible, it represents Briareos arbitrating the division of the Corinthia between Poseidon and Helios. In 1979 wages were escalating so frighteningly that excavation was restricted to the two training sessions, working again on the north side of the Punic Amphora Building, the south side of its northern neighbor, and the road between them, as well as clearing the storerooms of some of the South Stoa shops and the building under its west end. Excavation in the Southeast Building was completed in the summer. Spring 1980 brought a change of scene back to the Hellenistic starting line at the east end of the Forum for both the two training sessions and the regular season of excavation following them, now happily restored to the program; another starting line was found near the one discovered in 1969.

It will have been evident, from the above, that Mr. Williams’ plan of campaign has been to carry out the general over-all plan of many years ago, namely to carry down to Greek levels the vast area in the center of Corinth purchased by the School over the years and dug only to Roman levels by the time of cessation of digging in 1939; it has always been intended to go down earlier bit by bit. After the earthquake of 1962 there had been a proposal by the Greek archaeological authorities that more of the ancient city in the present village should be created an archaeological zone for future investigation before more construction takes place, but this plan did not prove to be feasible even though the School lent a cautious interested ear; by 1964 it was a dead issue. It was clear by 1966 that attention should continue to be paid to the very considerable amount of historical and artistic information still to be gained from the area already at the disposal of the School, and Mr. Williams has planned carefully the order of the sections to be investigated further in the Forum area. This had been the main activity; work on the Roman bath, a partly uncovered building, was also continuing. The unique and highly significant Demeter Sanctuary is characteristic of all digs—-a chance find has led to top-priority results.

Reference has been made several times already to the many scholars, both those of the School and many others both American and foreign, who have been enabled by the recent ordering of the vast materials of the Corinth excavations to work conveniently and profitably with the evidence it offers. As a further means of assistance in making available these finds, in 1977 Mr. Williams and his staff began an experiment which proved useful even in its early stages. Thanks to the request of the University of California at Berkeley that Corinth try out the possibilities of the SELGEM system, Corinth became the first Mediterranean excavation to put all find information onto Information Retrieval Systems tapes. Differences in terminology among scholars of different periods and materials have caused some difficulties, which were still being resolved, but by winter 1978-79 Mr. Williams and Miss Bookidis were able to introduce the system with both its advantages and its complications to an assemblage of archaeologists from other foreign schools and excavations. The Corinth excavations were also in 1980 working with the Fitch Laboratory of the British School on a series of tests by thin sectioning. One of the oldest excavations in Greece was keeping up with the newest technological possibilities.

Pages back (above, p. 157) we reported the damage to Oakley House in the earthquake of 1962 after which it was unsafe for any of the staff to sleep there; they continued, however, to eat and work in its rooms as plans were gradually evolved to replace it. Finally in October and November 1970 the excavation house (Pl. 3, a) which had been given by trustee Horace Oakley and had served since 1927, repaired after the severe damage of the great 1928 earthquake and again after several others, was torn down. The new earthquake-proof building designed by Charles Williams was constructed under his supervision throughout the winter, spring and summer of 1970-71 while the staff occupied temporary quarters in the village. On December 1, 1971 the new house (Pl. 3, b, right), 9 × 31 meters, occupying the same site, as attractive as it is comfortable and convenient beyond the wildest imagination of “Old Corinthians” who lived in the Pietri house or Oakley House, was dedicated. Greek and foreign archaeologists attended the ceremony with the School personnel. A marble plaque reads “The Corinth Excavation House / The American School of Classical Studies / at Athens / Named in Memory of / BERT HODGE HILL / 1874–1958 / Student-Director-Director Emeritus / 1 December 1971.” Nothing could be more fitting; Corinth of today is what it is because of Mr. Hill. To all the facilities of Oakley House, each now improved in efficiency and furnishings (kitchen, dining room, living room), are added a separate library, an architect’s drafting room with ample storage for plans, a photographic darkroom, two office and record rooms for the Director and the Secretary, three double bedrooms and good storage. Not the least of the many advantages of this building is the admirable way in which it fits into its setting, nestling among its trees above the slope of ground west of the Odeion, white stuccoed with dark green shutters, belonging to the village landscape. For the staff who live and work in it, the central heating adds a dimension of efficiency as well as comfort unknown to their predecessors, but extremely effective in the results of their work. The furnishings were handsomely augmented after the dismantling and sale of the Blegen House in Athens when many pieces from 9 Plutarch Street were brought to Hill House, a most appropriate disposition of them. Now that there were shelves to hold them, many gifts of books were made to the library in the following years, benefiting still more the many students and visiting scholars.

The so-called Annex had been built to the west of Oakley House of light and anti-seismic construction in 1931 to provide seven bedrooms after the 1930 earthquake had made the second storey of Oakley House unsafe for occupancy; it continued to serve as sleeping quarters for all the staff not provided for by the three bedrooms in Hill House, including the Director who occupied the large northern room designated originally for that officer. The first year of Hill House was progressing happily for the staff when tragedy struck. In the early morning hours of July 4, 1972 fire was discovered in one of the rooms of the Annex; it spread rapidly, but by the miracle of quick action by some, all residents escaped without injury. The building was quickly a complete loss and with it the notes, records, and manuscripts (several practically completed) as well as personal possessions of those living in it. This was no small personal tragedy to the staff members and students as well as to the work they were doing. The courage, determination, and good will with which they set about recovering what was possible by doing the work again had been inspired in all who worked with him by the Field Director. Irreplaceable were many of his directorial records as well as his own manuscripts of various pieces of work, but Charles Williams set about immediately to secure the funds through gifts and draw the plans for replacement of sleeping quarters. Although work was to begin on the two separate structures soon after the permit was given on December 1, 1972, construction required a long period because of difficulties with the contracts thanks to the rapidly changing and rising costs; once begun, work progressed well and the units were ready for the spring training session in 1975. Each building has three rooms and bath; they are designed to harmonize with Hill House and are set, with a small passage between them, at an obtuse angle to Hill House running back (south) and at a slightly higher level. The space enclosed by the angle forms an entrance courtyard for all three buildings. The whole complex of the three buildings (Pl. 3, b) presents an attractive prospect from any direction. The furnishings include some pieces from the Blegen house and desks with drawers (a godsend to an excavator) for each room, the gift of the Alumni Association. On June 6, 1975, after they had proved their worth through the spring season, the houses were dedicated at a ceremony; they were named the one for Rufus B. Richardson (Pl. 11, a), first Director of excavations at Corinth, who started the whole enterprise in 1896, and the other for Henry Schroder Robinson, the second founder who revived the excavations in 1959.

Charles Williams very fittingly chose to memoralize the names of the first and the reviving Directors of Corinth, since Mr. Hill had already been remembered in Hill House. To the dozens of School students who worked at Corinth even after his retirement as Director until his death in 1958 Corinth meant Bert Hodge Hill. In the later years it meant Oscar Broneer (see below, p. 170), and to those many more who have been a part of revived Corinth since 1967 Corinth means Charles Williams. Professor Richardson began the excavations; Mr. Hill developed them as he developed a method of field archaeology which in its precision and thoroughness has been the basis of field methods of countless expeditions and continues to be a paradigm of excellence in archaeological exploration. Professor Broneer continued and refined it. Professor Robinson revived the excavation and devised the methodical system of administration of field work and records; Mr. Williams has developed that organization of the museum and records to a model of conservation and convenience, the conservation of the excavations outside for the convenient understanding of the thousands of visitors and the current excavations for the training of all classicists who come to the School in the meaning of excavation in classical study, while continuing the steady publication of the site. The name Williams deserves to be remembered with the others.

Yet there is another man whose close association with Corinth spanned the two eras and was longer in years even than Mr. Hill’s, whose devotion to the site and its excavators was as deep as his contribution to the work, the man whom all who knew respected and loved as he did them. On October 4, 1976 an era indeed came to an end when George Kachros (Pl. 15, b) died. He joined the excavations as a boy and spent his life in their service. He knew every detail of what had been dug; he learned at Mr. Hill’s heels. He knew the Corinthia, every trace of antiquity in field, valley or hillside. He knew Corinthians, the families of the village, their connections, their skills; he knew too the American Corinthians and offered them an abiding friendship. After his retirement as Chief Guard in 1958 (a post he had held some forty years), he remained in the service of the School as the skilled pot mender who had brought back to life so many Corinthian pieces throughout the years; he had served the School in that capacity at the same time that he was the highly responsible representative of the Archaeological Service. Only in the last few years of his life did illness curtail that active assistance; devotion and loyalty remained to the end. The donor of a sum for a Fellowship in his name was speaking for his numberless friends in wishing his memory to be engraved in the School’s annals as it is in their hearts. Kathleen Slane Wright held that George Kachros Fellowship in 1977-78 and appropriately worked on Roman pottery, preparing two articles in his memory.

Isthmia 1952, 1954–1962, 1967–1978

Since the School did not take up active new excavation at Corinth when it reopened after World War II because it was funneling most of its excavation funds into the Athenian Agora, it was possible, with the approval of the Archaeological Service, to use “the Corinth permit” elsewhere in the Corinthia with funds provided by one of the Cooperating Institutions, with the Director of the excavation a veteran member of the School’s staff. In April 1952 Oscar Broneer (above, pp. 1, 28, 31-37, 43, 168), who retained his appointment as Professor of Archaeology of the School while he served as Professor in the University of Chicago, began a limited excavation at the Sanctuary of Poseidon at Isthmia for Chicago. With the unerring precision learned from his long experience in excavation at Corinth, his first trial trench revealed the foundations of the Greek temple of Poseidon, and further trenches established its dimensions and plan and uncovered the upper half of a monumental marble statue of a goddess, presumably of Roman date. Encouraged by this beginning Broneer returned with regular campaigns starting in the spring of 1954, when the entire foundation of the temple was cleared and the precinct investigated, yielding evidence for a succession of buildings from the 7th century b.c. to Roman times and an Archaic deposit with fine pottery and metal offerings. In Fall 1955 the ridge of Rachi above the sanctuary was investigated as well as the southeast section of the temenos; there a puzzling pavement with lines appeared, which in the spring 1956 campaign was revealed as the starting line of the 4th-century stadium, now famous for the light shown on Greek athletics; excavation of the Roman temple of Palaimon adjoining it was also begun. The fall 1957 season uncovered about a mile of a cyclopean fortification wall, the Late Mycenaean line of defenses across the Isthmus, a most unexpected predecessor of the well-known line built by Justinian. Spring 1958 work concentrated in the sanctuaries of Poseidon and Palaimon, including the large circular pit containing Archaic dedications of pottery and bronze, the bottom of which was reached in fall 1959; this campaign also revealed the cult cave in the northeast corner of the Poseidon temenos which was further investigated in 1960 and 1961 along with another cave at the upper edge of the theater. The theater was cleared in these years, and in 1960 a section of the Hellenistic trans-Isthmian wall. After somewhat discouraging initial investigation in 1960 in the area of the later stadium in the hollow some distance southeast of the temenos, work in 1961 revealed the drainage canal and its basins along both sides and the starting line at the open (north) end; the “West Foundation”, a 4th-century b.c. exedra one kilometer west of the village of Kyras Vrysi, was also examined in 1961. The final season of excavation, spring 1962, added to supplementary digging in the temenos of Poseidon and the West Foundation extensive work in the later stadium where the south starting line was discovered and parts of the seating and track.

The brilliant discovery of the first season was a happy augury for the decade Broneer spent in recovering for the modern world the last of the four great centers of ancient Greek religious festivals and games. In the light of the two greatest and largest of these, Olympia, province of the German School, and Delphi, of the French, the two minor sites of Nemea and Isthmia had been neglected until the American School began work in Nemea in 1924 and planned and hoped to continue some day (as they did in 1964 and 1974 to date, see below, pp. 217-218). Broneer hoped to round out two pictures of the ancient Greek world, the Corinthian area and the great games; his success in locating, uncovering and interpreting and breathing life into the remaining traces of buildings of more than ordinary quality and significant interest is one of the most shining chapters of the American School’s excavations and of his own long career as one of its most distinguished professors and excavators. Fortunately for students of the School he invited some current students to join his staff in the latter years (in the earlier years the staff members were students and colleagues from the University of Chicago). They had, thus, the advantage of that excellent training in field work which many students of earlier years had enjoyed at Corinth and on the North Slope of the Acropolis at Athens under the tutelage of the School’s beloved teacher of Archaeology from 1928. Though officially retired since 1971, “Oscar” (as he is affectionately thought of) is in 1980 still living in Corinth and ready to share with all members of the School his native enthusiasm and his wide experience and learning as he has done with devotion for over half a century.

Five years after Oscar Broneer completed his excavations in the Isthmian sanctuary, while he was preparing them for that admirably prompt publication of which he himself completed (after annual reports in Hesperia during the excavation) three volumes published in 1971, 1973, and 1976 (see below, pp. 264, 270-271), another Cooperating Institution of the School applied for permission to resume work in another part of the Isthmia. The University of California at Los Angeles with Paul Clement as Field Director began work in 1967 along the Justinian Wall and continued it, finding portions of the earlier Roman wall and various Roman buildings, through 1975 under the auspices of the School as part of the Corinth permit. From 1970 work was concentrated on the bath of the 2nd century after Christ with its unusual carpet mosaic in the Great Hall. Because of the desirability of completing the clearing of the bath still under way in 1975, the Greek Archaeological Service arranged for Clement to work with them for another three seasons, 1976 to 1978.

Kenchreai 1963–1968

When Oscar Broneer completed his excavation at Isthmia in 1962 he had retired from the University of Chicago faculty; the University wished to continue excavation in the Corinthia. Professor Robert L. Scranton, alumnus of the School and of the Corinth excavations of the 30’s and 40’s, began in 1963 to investigate, under the Corinth permit, the Corinthian harbor site of Kenchreai, on the Aegean side of the Isthmus. Indiana University joined in the enterprise, with Professor Edwin Ramage acting as co-Director from 1964.

The preliminary explorations of 1963 in four places around the harbor discovered Roman warehouses and other buildings, some with mosaic floors. The 1964 season continued in all these areas, clearing the luxurious Brick Building in the northeast, the southwest area revealing the Piscina at the sea end of the South Pier and an apparent sanctuary under water on the south suggesting that underwater investigation was needed. This was carried out in 1965 with outstanding result; the apsidal cult room of a sanctuary was found stacked with crates of opus sectile panels of thin opaque glass with Nilotic and architectural scenes and human figures. Pieces of wood and marble in the adjoining room also indicate that construction was never completed. The 1966 and 1967 campaigns were devoted chiefly to the tedious and delicate business of lifting and conserving the glass panels; 1968 was the final season of cleaning up, with digging as necessary.

The results have been published in four volumes, between 1976 and 1979, of Kenchreai, Eastern Port of Corinth by E. J. Brill for the University of Chicago and Indiana University; another volume is to follow.

Isthmia Museum

The quantity and the quality of the finds from both the Isthmia and the Kenchreai excavations called for a means of making them available to the general public. The most striking pieces from Isthmia, e.g. the 7th-century perirrhanterion and the colossal bust of Amphitrite, had been exhibited in the Corinth museum from soon after their discovery, but the other finds along with the precious architectural fragments of the temples had been housed in a storeroom at the site. The unique glass panels from Kenchreai had to be properly housed. For some years attempts were made to provide funds for a museum in the village of Kyras Vrysi at the site of the Isthmian Sanctuary. Finally a museum building designed by Paul Mylonas was financed by private individuals and foundations, finished in 1972, and presented to the Greek Archaeological Service. It was only in 1978 that installation was completed, the furnishings provided by the Service. The museum was dedicated on August 25, 1978 by Director of the Greek Archaeological Service Nicholas Yalouris, Oscar Broneer representing the School, the Minister of Education and Culture George Plitas, and the U. S. Ambassador Robert McCloskey.

The Second Generation

It may be of interest to digress here, between the accounts of Corinth and the Athenian Agora, to make note of several descendants of former members of the School who assumed positions of responsibility on the School’s staff in the 1960’s. Helen von Raits (who later married Daniel J. Geagan, a fellow student), who became Secretary of the Corinth Excavations in 1966-67, is a great-granddaughter of one of the founders of the School, an original member of the Managing Committee 1881 till his death in 1905, its Treasurer 1881–1895 and an original Trustee 1886–1905, Frederick J. de Peyster. The same year (1966-67) William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr. began his service in the Agora Excavations as Architect (see below, p. 198) which continues still in 1980; he is the son of William Bell Dinsmoor, who himself began his association with the School as Fellow in Architecture 1908–1912, then was Architect of the School 1912–1919, Professor of Architecture 1923–1928, Annual Professor 1947, Visiting Professor 1955-56, Research Fellow and excavator at Corinth on many occasions, member of the Managing Committee from 1937 until his death in 1973. In 1968 Theodore Leslie Shear, Jr., Fellow of the School 1959-60, assumed the Field Directorship of the Excavations in the Athenian Agora, the post of which his father, Theodore Leslie Shear, was the original incumbent from 1931 till his death in 1945, after being a student of the School in 1904-05 and excavator at Corinth, of the theater in 1928 and 1929 and of the North Cemetery in 1930, member of the Managing Committee 1920–1945, a Trustee 1936–1943; his mother, Josephine Platner Shear, had been a student of the School 1927–1929, excavated at Corinth with Mr. Shear and was a member of the Agora staff from the beginning in 1931 through 1940. Then in 1972 Marian Holland McAllister, student of the School 1951-52, Assistant Architect of the Athenian Agora Excavations 1952-53, became Editor of Publications; as an architect she too follows the footsteps of her father, Leicester Bodine Holland, Fellow in Architecture 1920-21, Architect of the School 1921-22, Associate Professor of Architecture 1922-23, and Architect again in 1946-47 working at Corinth. In the United States in 1975 William F. Wyatt, Jr., a Harvard fellow of the School in 1959-60, became Secretary of the Managing Committee and served till 1980; his mother, Natalie Gifford, had been a student of the School in 1922-23 and his father, William F. Wyatt, a member of the Managing Committee 1947 till his death in 1961.

These are not the only second generation members in the School’s history. Another Corinthian, Edward Capps, Jr. who worked on the sculpture of Corinth, especially that of the theater, but died before its completion, a member of the Managing Committee from 1933 until his death in 1970, Annual Professor 1937-38 and 1948-49, was the son of Edward Capps, Chairman of the Managing Committee from 1918 to 1939, member of the Committee from 1908 till death in 1950, one of the early students of the School 1893-94. Another early student in 1902-03 and Fellow 1903-04, Lacey Davis Caskey, member of the Managing Committee from 1920 to 1940, gave the School a son as Director, John Langdon Caskey, Director 1949–1959, member of the Managing Committee 1949 till death in 1981, its Vice-Chairman 1965–1975. There have been other members who were children of earlier members, notably Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr., son of Charles Alexander Robinson 1897-98, who was student 1923–1925, Secretary of the Managing Committee 1945–1965, Annual Professor 1935-36, spring 1948, spring 1962, Director of the Summer Session 1959 and Chairman of the Committee on the Gennadius Library 1948–1964, but those noted here serve to illustrate effectively the kind of interest and devotion the School has generated in its members which is often carried on by later generations. Since Corinth has been a major part of the School since 1896, it is natural that most of these families have been touched by Corinth. It is hardly accidental that Theodora Stillwell (who later married fellow student Pierre MacKay), taken to Corinth as a child by her parents, should have returned to the School as a student 1959–1961, excavated at Corinth, and published some of the Byzantine pottery and later studied Frankish pottery. Her father, Richard Stillwell, was Fellow in Architecture 1924–1926 and Assistant Professor of Architecture 1928–1931 working at Corinth, Assistant Director of the School 1931-32, Director of the School and Supervising Architect of the Athenian Agora Excavations 1932–1935, member of the Managing Committee 1931–1936, 1945 till death in 1982, Annual Professor 1948 and 1960, Acting Director 1974 and author of several Corinth volumes; her mother, Agnes Newhall Stillwell, Fellow of the School 1927–1932, was the excavator and publisher of the Potter’s Quarter of Corinth. Of Athenian rather than Corinthian connections is Eugene Vanderpool, Jr. who became photographer of the Agora Excavations in 1967 and served till 1976; his mother Joan Vanderpool had been the first photographer, in the 1930’s, of those excavations of which his father, Eugene Vanderpool, a student of the School in 1929-30, had been a staff member from 1932 and Deputy Field Director from 1949 as well as the distinguished Professor of Archaeology from 1949 to 1971, member of the Managing Committee 1971 to date. Ione Mylonas Shear (Mrs. T. Leslie Shear, Jr.), a student of the School 1959-60, who was a member of the excavation staff of the Athenian Agora in 1967–1975 and 1979 to date, is the daughter of George E. Mylonas, Bursar of the School 1925–1928, member of the Managing Committee 1937–1939, 1946 to the present, and Annual Professor 1951-52 and 1963-64.

Chapter VIII: The Athenian Agora Excavations

Thirty-five years after the beginning of the Corinth Excavations the other major excavation of the School was undertaken in 1931. Thanks to the vision and to the intense efforts of Edward Capps (Pl. 9, a), then Chairman of the Managing Committee, in both Greece and the United States and to the active interest of Abraham Flexner of the General Education Board who first aroused the interest of the original donor, the School was offered by the Greek Government the permit to excavate the heart of the ancient city of Athens, and Mr. John D. Rockefeller Jr. (Pl. 7, b) provided the funds for the enterprise. The excavations, under the Direction of Theodore Leslie Shear (Pl. 9, a), began in 1931 and by the outbreak of World War II had uncovered the bulk of the 16-acre area designated by the Greek Government, to Greek levels over much of the area, to Roman or only to Byzantine levels in other parts (Lord, History, pp. 231-244). Shear had estimated about ten years and a million dollars and had kept remarkably close to his estimate. There remained, according to that original estimate, two more years of digging to be done, the museum to be constructed, and the landscaping to be carried out, as required by the agreement. As noted above (p. 2), the 1940 season was devoted chiefly to packing away and taking what protective measures were possible for the antiquities which had been uncovered, both the site and the movable finds, and for the records. Already the excavation had gained international recognition for its revelations of Athenian history, topography and monuments (architectural, sculptural and ceramic), for its prompt publication and for its records admirably organized and generously shared with other classical scholars.

Sophokles Lekkas (Pl. 8, b), the chief foreman, and his family continued to live in the excavation area throughout the war, guarding every centimeter of it with his full measure of devotion (above, p. 12), and Eugene Vanderpool and John Travlos (Pl. 13, b and c) continued their scholarly work while keeping their watchful eyes on everything as long as they were able (above, p. 15) in full confidence that work would be resumed at the close of the conflict. Damage to the excavations during the war was minimal.

Mention has been made earlier (above, pp. 1-3, 7, 8, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17-18, 25, 27) of the activity of some of the Agora staff during the war. The man who was to become the Field Director after the war, Homer Armstrong Thompson (Pls. 8, b; 13, a), who had been a Fellow from the beginning of the undertaking, joined the Canadian Navy early in the conflict and served actively throughout the whole period. Lent by the Canadian Navy to the Royal Navy, he was responsible for naval intelligence in the Mediterranean from headquarters in Bari, Italy. On assignment to Athens at the beginning of the Civil War in Greece (November to December 1944), he was captured by EΛAΣ forces when he went on a visit of mercy to one of the School’s Greek archaeological colleagues and warm friends; he was released after a few days. He was able to cast an eye at least on the excavation area and the School before returning to his post to continue his distinguished wartime service.

More, however, than the world conflict was besetting the Agora excavations in these war years. The generous funds donated by Mr. Rockefeller, which had been estimated as sufficient to complete the projected work, had given out in June 1942. The Trustees in October 1942 recognized, nevertheless, the responsibility of the School to complete the undertaking as planned and to keep the School’s commitment to the Greek State. They voted that the necessary future work should be carried on with School funds and directed the Managing Committee to appoint a Committee on the Agora Excavations and Museum to handle the affairs. This appeared to be an academic matter until cessation of hostilities, for no salaries for the skeleton staff could be sent to Greece. But before the war was over another blow had been struck; the Director of the Athenian Agora Excavations since their inception in 1931, T. Leslie Shear, died on July 3, 1945. Professor Shear had numerous qualities which contributed greatly to the School over many years, generosity, vision, vigorous action, but the one for which he will be best remembered and for which the School is most in his debt was his remarkable ability to select a staff of excavation workers of unusual capabilities, to forge them into a harmonious team and to keep them together in their hard-working activities of field work, study and publication, inspired by his own energy and scholarly care for meticulous observation and recording and prompt sharing of results with the scholarly world.

At its December meeting in 1945 the Managing Committee authorized as staff for the Agora, to resume work in spring 1946, six of that pre-war staff which Shear had put together: Margaret Crosby, Alison Frantz, Lucy Talcott, Eugene Vanderpool, Rodney Young, and Homer Thompson as Acting Field Director, with John Travlos the School architect. The following year Homer Thompson was made Field Director, the post in which he continued until his retirement on December 31, 1967, a date far beyond anything envisaged in 1947. Eugene Vanderpool also began his service for the same period as Deputy Field Director when Thompson was in the United States. The fact that Vanderpool was also Professor of Archaeology of the School throughout these years is indicative of the close relation of the Agora with the School. The School had indeed taken on the financial responsibility of completing the original project as planned, and the Agora had become an integral part of the School’s activities under the general supervision of the Director of the School. A quotation from a letter to Chairman Lord from Director Carl Blegen on December 1, 1948 expresses well the atmosphere created: “I feel very strongly that we need a united effort in support of all School enterprises and I want to do all I can to keep the latter from becoming too narrowly compartmentalized. It seems to me it would be deplorable to have one undertaking of the School set up as a rival and competitor of another; I should like to see all carried on harmoniously with mutual help. I am confident we can work it out satisfactorily at this end and I know you can do so at yours.” Field Director Homer Thompson shared this view, and their harmonious cooperation set the pattern for the next two decades. To the old well-established staff (to which Dorothy Burr Thompson returned in 1947) Thompson added, beginning in 1947, members of the School, first-year and second-year, at first as volunteers in the inside work, then as field supervisors and to study material for publication. Some of these stayed as members of the staff for many years as they worked on publication; others worked for relatively short periods. Homer Thompson had in common with his predecessor Leslie Shear that gift of creating from however divergent personalities a common devotion to the common ideal, which was so much larger than one individual that all worked as a team toward a common goal, each sharing with all his discoveries, his ideas, his concerns; thus each part of the enterprise had the advantage of the best considered thought of the group and of innumerable visiting scholars who shared the discussions. This was the quality of the men and women who began work in the spring of 1946, worked together through 1967, and some of whom continue now (1980) to complete the study for publication.

Work in the field was resumed in 1946 on a very small scale by special permit from the Greek Government to do supplementary work in areas already dug and to begin investigation of the site which had been selected for the museum by the joint decision of the Greek Goverment and the School (above, p. 29). No large-scale excavation was being permitted anywhere in Greece immediately after the war. The supplementary work in 1946 for study and publication took place in the Odeion, the Library of Pantainos, and the Altar of the Twelve Gods, and the new excavation for the museum was begun west of the Areopagus in the valley. In 1947 permission was given for larger-scale work on the museum site in the effort to complete the excavation and begin construction. Streets lined with private houses and shops and a trapezoidal enclosure (later identified as the Strategeion) were found, and to clarify the approach to that area the southwest corner of the Agora was further cleared, revealing the west end of the Middle Stoa with the Civic Offices and 14th-century chamber tombs and geometric graves. By 1948 work on the museum site had shown that this residential-industrial area of the Classical period was too important to be covered and a new museum site must be found. Preliminary plans had already been drawn for a museum for which Rockefeller funds specifically provided. In the course of considering every possible location adjacent to the excavated area someone suggested a wholly new idea: why not restore the Stoa of Attalos for use as a museum and thereby do two things at once: provide museum, storage and work space and make available by restoration the largest and finest example of a stoa, that type of building in Greek architecture which served for every kind of secular need save domestic, political or dramatic.

The story of how the School accepted the terrific challenge posed by such an undertaking had best be considered a bit later (see below, pp. 182-187). Here we are concerned with the excavation which resulted from the decision taken in early 1949 to rebuild the Stoa of Attalos. After clearing away the mass of architectural blocks within the Stoa, the areas both behind it and in front of it were dug as well as those inside the limits of the building. Digging within the north end of the Stoa of Attalos preparatory to strengthening the foundations revealed the highly informative remains of law courts underlying that end. Meanwhile in 1949 work continued at the southwest corner of the Agora in the 5th-century building and private houses. In 1950 as work continued in the Stoa of Attalos through special funds (see below, p. 182), the School continued to support the completion of the other areas of the Agora needing further investigation than had been possible before 1939. The School could contribute about $20,000 a year; the remaining roughly $80,000 a year necessary for the three years proposed at that time had to be found from gifts solicited each year. Several trustees and other friends whom the Chairman of the Managing Committee and the Field Director interested in the project made it possible (see below, p. 183). In 1950 this work moved from the southwest corner to the north central area, north of the Odeion, and revealed the Altar of Ares and the Roman Northeast Stoa (later recognized as part of the Hadrianic Basilica); in 1951 work continued between the Stoa of Attalos and the Panathenaic Way, between the Odeion and the railroad and between the Temple of Ares and the great marble altar to the south, as well as on the south side of the square at the east end of the area between the Middle and South Stoas. Work in 1952 continued in three general areas, north of the Temple of Ares, both east and west of the Odeion and around the Church of the Holy Apostles, uncovering the round Roman peripteros in front of the Stoa of Attalos at the north, the Roman temple just north of the west end of the Middle Stoa, the east end of the Middle Stoa, the Southeast Fountain House, and 15th- to 10th-century b.c. tombs.

Activity in 1953 was concentrated on the south side where the west ends of the South Square and Middle Stoa and the horos-stone of the Agora at that point were found; the South Stoa was cleared under the old excavation houses some of which were now torn down. By the end of 1953 all the Agora proper (except the area north of the railroad which was not included in the original concession) had been excavated at least to Roman Imperial levels, and all the major buildings of classical Greek as well as Roman times had been cleared though not studied in detail. The plan embarked upon after the war had been carried out. Meanwhile work on the Stoa of Attalos continued each year to add much light to the buildings under its north end and to discover wells with remarkable contents of classical pottery.

Much supplementary investigation was needed in many of the areas; the next four years, 1954 to 1957, saw that work on a smaller, more detailed scale continue, thanks to generous contributions from friends of the Agora, notably Mr. John Crosby, which supplemented regular School funds. Both the east and west ends of the south side were examined more closely: the Nymphaeum and the Mint near the Church of the Holy Apostles where restoration was in progress (see below, pp. 187-188) and the Fountain House at the east, the Heliaia, the other Fountain House and Simon the shoemaker’s shop at the west. In connection with the landscaping program in 1955 the lowering of Asteroskopeiou Street, which had led to the excavation houses, showed that this was a roadway at least from the Bronze Age, that beneath it ran the aqueduct to feed the Southwest Fountain House and the terracotta pipes for the Southeast Fountain House and that houses bordered it from Archaic times. Further work in the southeast corner cleared up details. In 1956 the final clearing of the old museum site at the southwest was completed, and in 1957 the private houses on the northwest and north slopes of the Areopagus were investigated to tidy up that edge of the market place.

There was still considerable ground along the north slope of the Areopagus which needed investigation, as well as an area along the east side, south of and above the Library of Pantainos, which should be cleared to facilitate retaining walls, fencing and guarding along the north and east sides of the whole excavated area. The financing of the excavation, conservation and whole overhead for the indoor activity of recording, study and publication in the years since 1946 had come from the School’s own meager resources by cutting down hard in all other departments and by generous gifts from several of the Trustees and other friends of the School as part of the great two-million-dollar drive (see below, p. 183). The enormous effort for new funds to restore the Stoa and “complete” the excavation had drained every possible resource; there was nothing left, and there was no possibility of the School financing the further excavation, desirable though that was.

Although the original commitment of the School could be considered completed without this additional territory up the slopes, it was so desirable to improve the whole area turned over to the Greek Government on June 3, 1957 that Mr. Rockefeller was approached once more in the hope that he would support that rounding off of the area but most particularly the publication of the whole enterprise (see below, p. 260). He saw the need and added further to the debt of gratitude the School owed him by giving $550,000 of which $100,000 was for publication. The remainder of this Agora Phase B Fund was to be used in three years, specifically for the purchase of six houses on the east and the excavation on both east and south of the square in the years 1958–1961. The houses along the north slope of the Areopagus dug in 1958 rounded out the group dug earlier and show a most interesting residential area of Athens from the 6th century b.c. to the 6th century after Christ. On the east side further stretches of the Panathenaic Way, the Post-Herulian Fortification Wall of the late 3rd century after Christ and all but the east side (outside the excavation limits) of the Eleusinion were cleared in 1958 and 1959. The Mint and South Stoa II were fully uncovered, and the Southeast Temple and the Ionic colonnade along the road found. Important sculptural, architectural and epigraphical documents were recovered including inscriptions to identify the Eleusinion definitely and a remarkable set of Ionic columns, certainly from a significant Periclean structure. Thorough excavation of the Heliaia in the southwest corner followed in 1960, and the history of law courts in this area was much clarified. Evidence for the complete desolation of the south side, from its destruction by Sulla until Hadrianic times, was of high historical interest. With the completion of the study of the Heliaia, the Southwest Fountain House and the southwest entrance to the Agora in 1961, Agora Phase B came to a close. The staff was reduced to the bare minimum, and all attention was concentrated on study for publication, which had occupied some members of the staff ever since 1947.

As this study of the buildings along the south side of the square went forward supplementary investigation became essential and was generously financed by Margaret Crosby, Peter Demarest, the University of Washington, and Brown University: the Koletti House garden in 1965 by Brown, the South Square and Southwest Fountain House in 1965 and 1966, the South Stoa, the west end of the Middle Stoa and the Eponymous Heroes in 1967. Throughout all the seasons of excavation from 1946 to 1967 the veterans Eugene Vanderpool and Margaret Crosby, joined in many of those years by Dorothy Thompson, were the excavators, augmented in the seasons of larger-scale work by younger students of the School. “D B T” had begun work with the first season 1931, “E V” the following year 1932, and “Missy Crosby” in 1935. These three along with “H A T” himself, who was one of the original Fellows in 1931, should be mentioned as those who gave of their remarkable skill, patience, precision of observation and recording, understanding, for over thirty years of field work to make the results of the Agora excavations the outstanding historical contributions they are.

Thanks to a special gift for the purpose from Miss Alice Tully it was possible in 1963 and 1964 for Alison Frantz to investigate thoroughly an area on the edge of the Agora in which small-scale work had been carried out previously. The terrace on the north side of the Areopagus, on which the ruins of the church of St. Dionysios the Areopagite were known, had often been thought of as a possible ancient site of significant interest. No ancient remains were found, in fact no construction of any kind before the 16th century when the church, largest of the churches in Athens erected during the four centuries of Turkish occupation, was built with the archepiscopal palace alongside.

Conservation had been going on ever since 1949 as the final study of each building was completed, the Odeion and Tholos in 1949, the Temple of Ares, Altar of Ares, Altar of Zeus Agoraios, Stoa of Zeus in 1952, the New Bouleuterion, Propylon, Metroon and Great Drain in 1953. At the same time the east frieze of the Hephaisteion was cleaned for detailed study and photography, and in 1959-60 the west doorway from the period of the church was restored and the peristyle leveled and graveled. The water clock at the west end of the Middle Stoa was protected in 1959, and there was other conservation work north of the Temple of Ares. In 1963-64 the Southeast Temple was put in order, the church of St. Dionysios in 1964, houses between the Areopagus and the Pnyx in 1964 and 1965, the South Square in 1965.

Meanwhile the two provisions in the original contract for the excavation, to erect a museum and to landscape the area as a park, had been fulfilled. In some measure they had, through the years, all but overshadowed the actual excavation activity, so widely had they affected all departments and all personnel of the School (see above, p. 180). When the decision to rebuild the Stoa of Attalos was agreed upon by the School and Greek authorities in 1949, it was the most monumental and daring undertaking to which the School had ever committed itself. The initial work of clearing the site of encumbering blocks, beginning investigation of the foundations and opening space around the Stoa had the timely support of the United States Government in its Economic Cooperation Administration (E.C.A.) program. When it was decided that a significant part of restoring the economy of Greece after the war would be to assist in rebuilding its museums, Carl Blegen labored unceasingly to bring the museum for the Agora excavations into that program. The $100,000 first projected for it in 1949 was unfortunately cut to $20,000 because of greater military needs, but with that amount awarded to the Ministry of Education of the Greek Government, the Archaeological Service asked the School to carry out the work on behalf of the government and under the general oversight of Professor Orlandos, head of the Service. Funds were renewed for 1950 (by September 1950 the drachmai equivalent of $38,000 had been expended) and 1951, but the whole E.C.A. museum and monuments plan ended on December 31, 1951, in spite of strenuous efforts by many in Greece, not least the School’s Director, John L. Caskey, who worked very hard to try to have it continued. By October 1951 the first shipment of the limestone from Piraeus for the reconstruction of the basement storage rooms had been received; it had been purchased with the last allotment of the Marshall Plan money. In 1950 a technical survey of the existing walls and an estimate for the restoration following the original design as recovered by John Travlos’s study had been made by the Greek engineer George Biris; the estimate came to $1,200,000. With the further funds needed to complete the planned excavation it was clear that the School was faced with a two-million-dollar project, of which Mr. Rockefeller’s original $150,000 for a museum was the only cash in hand. It was a staggering prospect.

This was the challenge accepted by Charles Morgan when he became Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1950. With the enthusiastic support of the President of the Trustees, Ward Canaday, he set out to find not only the two hundred thousand dollars needed for the excavations (above, p. 178) but the whole “two million for completing the Agora and its museum project.” Every member of the School’s organization put his full effort behind the Morgan-Canaday-Thompson leadership spearheaded by the Morgan tireless energy and confidence in the outcome. By December 1951 the initial hundred thousand for the excavation had been raised, and by May 1952 “a substantial amount toward the second hundred thousand” was in hand. Then came the break and the specific challenge. Due to the combined efforts of those three leaders “an interested donor gave the School a quarter of a million dollars and guaranteed, once the School had matched this sum, to add a dollar to every dollar secured elsewhere up to an overall total of two million,” if raised by April 30, 1954, later extended to December 31, 1954. The hundred thousand already raised and the hundred and fifty thousand on hand for the museum matched that quarter million, and by May 1952 the second quarter million was well launched. In May 1953 half the two million goal had been reached, and by December 31, 1954, thanks to feverish activity, the School had raised so close to its million that the donor, now known as the Agora’s benefactor from the beginning, Mr. John D. Rockefeller, Jr., completed the two million. That two million budget held up well until 1955-56 when the increase in prices both in Greece and in the United States made an overrun of over a hundred thousand dollars. This was a staggering blow which threatened the whole School, but the generosity of the Trustees, particularly John Nicholas Brown, Ward Canaday, and Arthur Vining Davis, took care of the deficit in the project they had backed so wholeheartedly from the beginning. It was the initial contributions of Mr. and Mrs. William T. Semple that had set off the drive for funds for the Stoa, followed by the large pledge from Mr. Davis, which actually set the fund in motion. The Treasurer’s final report to the Trustees in December 1957 gave the total cost of restoration of the Stoa, installation of the museum, and landscaping as $2,173,785.17.

When half the two million had been raised there seemed sufficient assurance of raising the funds needed to reconstruct the Stoa for the School to authorize the construction which had been in abeyance since the E.C.A. funds ceased. The architectural firm of W. Stuart Thompson and Phelps Barnum was given the contract, and work began in summer 1953. Both Mr. and Mrs. Stuart Thompson and Mr. and Mrs. Ward Canaday were in Athens for the inauguration of the work. W. Stuart Thompson, Fellow in Architecture of the School 1913–1915, had been the architect of all School buildings, beginning with the addition to the main building of the School in those years and continuing with the Gennadeion and Loring Hall. His knowledge of Greece and its customs, his understanding of Greek officials and Greek workmen as well as his devotion to the School made him the natural choice. He went to Athens frequently throughout the construction to oversee in person, to iron out problems, to expedite when difficulties and delays arose. His supervising engineer who guided the whole construction with consummate skill and diplomacy from fall 1953 to the final turning over of the completed building in June 1957 was Manuel Tavarez. George Biris who had made the original survey was consulting engineer, and John Travlos, as Architect of the Agora Excavations, was responsible for adherence to the original design of the Stoa. The whole work continued as it had begun in 1949 under the general supervision of the Department of Restoration of the Ministry of Education headed by Professor Orlandos.

A survey of the foundations revealed the alarming fact that the underlying bedrock, through the action of ground water, had deteriorated to a point where it could not be trusted to bear the weight of the reconstructed building. The spongy rock was therefore removed and replaced with concrete under the outer walls, and the building was encircled by a deep drain to protect it against ground water. Both measures have proven highly effective.

The next problem (and it continued to be the No. 1 problem for some time) was the supply of limestone and marble for the construction. While the reinforced concrete piers in the basement were being poured, the stone was being quarried and delivered for the rebuilding of the walls and columns. The Department of Restoration of the Greek Ministry of Education had already (when E.C.A. funds were still being used) reactivated the ancient limestone quarry on the peninsula of Akte on the slope of Mounychia at the mouth of Piraeus harbor. An arrangement was made whereby the School operated the quarry in collaboration with the Ministry represented by Professor Orlandos and Mr. Stikas. Unfortunately since the stone is soft, often with flaws, it did not produce the well-squared blocks needed for some parts of the building; the School, therefore, entered into contract with Mr. Monoysios of the Drapetsona quarry on the western side of Piraeus to supply some stone. This arrangement was advantageous; the Akte stone was used for terrace walls and interior walls, the Drapetsona for the upper exterior walls. No sooner was the limestone problem settled than the marble became an even greater difficulty, but after no little examination of quarries and negotiations the Dionysos- Pentelikon Company supplied the blocks from quarries on the far side of Pentelikon. At first all the stone work was done by hand with the traditional tools, but the use of a circular motor-driven saw, which began in April 1954, speeded the work considerably. The original plan approved in 1953 was to restore only two thirds of the full length of the original building; as work progressed it became obvious how unsatisfactory such a truncated structure would look and how much it would be worth the additional cost (which somehow must be met) to reconstruct the entire building. The Trustees in January 1955 authorized the restoration of the whole Stoa. By April 1955 shelving was being installed in the basement storerooms, the concrete slabs for the main floor and terrace were in place, the back wall and the front wall of the shops were up through the first storey, 16 of the total 45 Doric columns and eight of the 22 Ionic columns were up and the entablature in place over seven inter-columniations. The process of reconstruction was not at all without value for the staff and students of the School in their proper business as students of ancient ways; the light shed on ancient construction was of genuine scholarly value. For example, the laying in place of the blocks of the entablature was done with the same method and tools as the ancients used. The fluting of one Doric column required 76 man days at a cost of 10,000 drachmai ( = $350 at the contemporary exchange); the fluting of one Ionic column of the Erechtheion is known from the epigraphical record to have taken 150 days, since it cost 150 drachmai and a day’s wage in the Periclean period was one drachma. The Erechtheion columns are of somewhat greater height, and the Ionic flute required more work than the Doric. At the height of the construction in April 1955, 150 workmen were employed including 50 master marble cutters, 20 carpenters, and five steelworkers; their pay ranged from $1.50 per day for unskilled to $4.00 for highly experienced marbleworkers and carpenters. In general charge of the workmen was Costas Mastoris, the master Stone Cutter; under his supervision were his nephews Stelios and Theodoros, one foreman of stoneworkers, the other of the marbleworkers.

In January 1956 the second storey was begun, and by April the lower storey was complete, most of the second storey and about one third of the roof. The Trustees had been so encouraged at their meeting on December 14, 1955 by the progress of the work that they had decided to dedicate the building at the celebration of the 75th anniversary of the founding of the School to be held at the beginning of September 1956. All efforts on the part of workmen, supervisors, Agora staff and School officers (Pl. 9, b) were bent to have the building substantially complete structurally and the exhibition in the main gallery and in two shops on the first floor ready by that September 3rd deadline. No one was more concerned than the President of the Trustees. Ward Canaday had thrown the full force of his driving energy into the restoration from the time he determined to raise the necessary funds all through the three years of construction. There was no detail he did not follow and act upon. He kept in constant touch by correspondence (often as many as four or five letters a day to one or two of them), telephone, and personal interview with the Chairman, the Field Director, the Director, and the architect. He went to New York frequently and summoned Morgan and Homer Thompson to conferences with him and with Stuart Thompson, and he went to Athens and talked to everyone connected with the enterprise there, including the workmen on the construction, all of whom he took on a picnic by the sea one hot summer afternoon. He drove them all to meet the deadline, and he drove himself to keep everyone as full of enthusiasm as he.

The Director of the School and the Field Director were dealing hourly with the providers of the material to get it delivered for use. Earlier it had been limestone and marble, now it was timber (see below) and roof tiles. In the end only the front half of the roof tiles was in place by September 3rd because of the difficulties in getting the vast quantity needed; they were made by the leading tile-maker in Greece, the Kriton Dilaveris firm. Harmony had to be maintained between Athens and the United States. Everyone saw that prices were rising and that funds would not be adequate if construction were protracted; it was a matter of funds as much as celebration date that kept everyone in authority pressing hard to complete the project. The Field Director was not only dealing with all these matters of construction, with the President of the Board and the architect, with the purveyors of material and those who worked it and set it in place, but he was also directing the staff in the installation of the exhibits and working with the Director of the School over details of the celebration. Arbitrator of all these persons and their often divergent needs and pleas and points of view, in spite of their common dedication to a goal shared by all, the Chairman of the Managing Committee, Charles Morgan, stood like a colossus astride the tide. The achievement celebrated by the dedication on September 3rd (above, pp. 62-64) was not merely a triumph of international organization, of industry, of master craftsmen; it was a monument (Pl. 5, a) to the tireless dedicated planning and endless hard work of all associated with the School as well as the diplomacy and inspired leadership of the four men who made it happen (Pl. 9, b).

As soon as the dedication had taken place the construction workmen continued to install the ceilings in the rooms (after a fruitless search in Europe for suitable timbers to support the upper floor and roof, laminated woodwork of Douglas fir was brought from the American northwest), to lay the remaining roof tiles and to make the cabinets for the second-storey study collections. The Agora staff who had already moved the epigraphical collection and the cans of context pottery into the basement storage rooms in 1955, as well as the major small pieces into the exhibition cases in the main gallery for the dedication, set to the tremendous task of transferring all the remaining collection from the old excavation houses (Pl. 16, a) to the new museum. The target date for closing the old buildings and reducing the staff drastically was the end of 1956. Many volunteers from the members of the School and friends worked with the staff to move the architectural and sculptural pieces which were not to be exhibited publicly, the household pots and the amphoras not in the amphora room of the first storey into the basement storerooms and to install in the cabinets near the offices on the second floor the significant pottery groups and outstanding small finds not in the main gallery. By January 1957 the offices were installed and work had begun on transporting the sculpture and the prize pieces of architecture and setting them up in the colonnades (Pl. 5, b). With the reduced staff of workmen this was a major undertaking and continued even after the Stoa of Attalos Museum was officially turned over to the Greek Government on June 3, 1957. The School retained control of the storerooms, workrooms and study collections, but the building as a whole, the museum areas open to the public, the excavation and the park were formally put into the hands of the Greek Ministry of Education which henceforth assumed responsibility for maintenance and security.

Another restored building was dedicated in that historic ceremony of September 3, 1956. The Archaeological Service had indicated the desirability of removing the 19th-century narthex from the Byzantine Church of the Holy Apostles in order to recover the original west facade and facilitate preservation of the structure. The scholars on the Agora staff responsible for the study of the Byzantine antiquities from the excavation, Alison Frantz and John Travlos, welcomed the opportunity to study the building which stands in the southeast corner of the Agora, no longer an active church, its parish having been removed. The Service granted permission to strengthen the fabric as might be found necessary and to restore the church to its original form as the investigation revealed it. The Samuel H. Kress Foundation of New York took an interest in the undertaking and made grants totaling $30,000 for the work. Excavation of the church both inside and out was conducted by Alison Frantz in spring 1954, after which the 19th-century western addition was removed and restoration begun in the fall. The original 11th-century, symmetrical cross-in-square plan with each of the four arms ending in an apse had a three-domed narthex on the west; it is an unusual design of special interest. When the walls had been strengthened, three columns in dangerous condition replaced, marble slab floor relaid, ikonastasis restored from fragments found in the exploration, windows of the cupola opened and glazed and original narthex rebuilt, the surviving paintings were cleaned. In the new narthex were set the 17th-century paintings removed before the war from the Chapel of St. Spyridon and from the church of St. George in the ancient Temple of Hephaistos. The landscaping of the churchyard was helped by the generosity of ladies from Providence, Rhode Island. A gem of Byzantine Athens has been made to give much if not all (without its full complement of paintings) its original effect. Thanks to the two restorations in the Agora the visitor to Athens can now stand between the great Hellenistic monument, the Stoa of Attalos, with its spacious colonnades which provided shelter from sun, wind or rain for hundreds of people bent on various business errands throughout the late Hellenistic and Roman Imperial centuries, and the little Christian monument of the mid-Byzantine era which has continued to serve its faithful parishioners through nearly nine centuries. Few such visitors, who can also look across the Agora to the remarkably preserved Temple of Hephaistos from the days of Athens’ greatness in the 5th century B.C., fail to be moved by these vivid memorials of two great styles of the world’s architecture, both of them expressions of the genius of a people with a continuous tradition of greatness of human spirit.

At the same time that the reconstruction was under way on the Stoa of Attalos and the Church of the Holy Apostles, one other commitment was being carried out, the landscaping of the whole excavated area. In August 1953 Ralph E. Griswold, a prominent landscape architect of Pittsburgh, went to Athens to consider the situation, draw up a plan and make an estimate which he submitted in October 1953. An urgent drive for funds from January to June 1954 with the active interest of garden groups in both the United States and Greece proved so encouraging that in June he was authorized to proceed. Work was begun on November 8, 1954, with Ralph Griswold actively supervising the entire operation. He became immediately another one of the devoted Agora family. Former Fellow, Research Fellow, and Landscape Architect in Residence of the American Academy in Rome, he was at home in the Mediterranean, understanding and sympathetic to its people. He had not only studied in Italy; he had designed and directed the landscaping of the American Military Cemetery at Anzio. He and the Field Director shared the same fundamental conviction about what the design for the Agora should be: the plants must all be native to Greece and so far as research could determine those plants which were known to the ancient Greeks and so likely to have grown in Athens in classical times. Such specific trees or shrubs as were mentioned in ancient authors as in the Agora would be included. When he arrived in Athens to take up the work, Griswold first attacked the problem of water supply and had a network of pipes installed so that the government would provide the water as in other state parks. He aroused the personal interest of General Charles Booth, head of the Athens Water Company which gave invaluable technical assistance in the installation; the General himself gave a drinking fountain at the Hephaisteion. This was characteristic of Griswold’s success in inspiring the personal enthusiasm and active assistance of all he met and dealt with. As he traveled throughout Attica searching for the exact specimens which were academically correct and botanically sturdy and suitable, he elicited such response from private estate owners, commercial nurserymen and government botanical officials that hundreds of trees and shrubs were donated. The Royal Estate at Tatoi was a very generous donor as were the Forestry Service Nursery at Kouponia and many individuals, notably Anthony Benaki, Constantine Benaki, and the Vorres Nursery. The gifts from the Athenians were not only trees, shrubs, vines and wild flowers but also cash. An Athenian Committee for the Planting of the Park of the Agora was formed with General Vasili Melas as President. Much valuable counsel as well as money was given by the Committee. Gorham Stevens was a member of that Committee most active in obtaining funds; he was an invaluable liaison between the Committee and the School.

During that first winter and spring of 1954-55 the modern retaining wall below the Hephaisteion was removed, and earth terraces were restored and planted. The Garden of Hephaistos, the slopes of Kolonos Agoraios, the whole west half of the Agora were planted, and graveled walks with benches (two in memory of Anastasios Adossides and Margaret MacVeagh) at intervals were laid out. General public interest was aroused and maintained by special planting ceremonies. The enterprise had been inaugurated on June 4, 1954 by Their Majesties when King Paul planted an oak and Queen Frederika a laurel (Pl. 8, b) beside the Altar of Zeus Agoraios. The Greek colony of Toledo, Ohio contributed to the replanting of “the plane tree of no great size” which shaded the statue of Demosthenes in antiquity; the archaeological authorities of Epirus supplied an oak tree from Dodona for the area behind the Stoa of Zeus. The Athenian Committee planted an olive tree by the Altar of the Twelve Gods on June 15, 1955, and the Association of Autochthonous Athenians planted a pomegranate in the Garden of Hephaistos, an olive, a fig and a laurel. The Giri Guides and Boy Scouts of Athens and of Attica helped in planting some of the gift plants, the Guides 30 laurel trees and the Scouts 35 oleanders. In all 554 trees, 45 shrubs and 400 vines and wild flowers were planted in 1954-55. They include pine, cypress, white poplar, redbud, olive, acacia, tamarisk, Parkinsonia, almond, plane, laurel and four varieties of oak trees. Of shrubs there are oleander, buck thorn, myrtle, schinus, broom, smoke bush, arbutis, heather and lavender. Excavation had provided the evidence for the Garden of Hephaistos, which was replanted with its 38 pomegranates in the inner row and 22 myrtles in the outer row. An olive was planted near by for Mr. Adossides where his office once stood.

During the winter of 1955-56 the plan was further carried out by planting 100 more trees and 2,800 shrubs and scattering several thousand wildflower seeds. In 1956-57 Griswold was back to supervise the planting along the east side now that the Stoa construction was complete.

Professor Emmanuel Vaphis, horticulturist on the faculty of the Superior School of Agriculture, took an active interest in keeping a watchful eye on planting and care in later years. As new excavations were completed planting was done. After the completion of Phase B excavations on the south and east sides over 750 trees and shrubs were planted in 1959-60. When the general responsibility for the park was no longer lodged in the School there was less personnel for maintenance, and the original design suffered somewhat. Griswold contributed his services to go to Athens again in April 1966 to check and advise on pruning and new planting. He recorded his regret that the part of the original design which envisaged a botanical collection of Greek plants for instruction was not feasible, but he noted that the potential is there in the planting if and when labels and a printed guide can be provided. In October 1967 he returned once more to acquire the plants and to plant the South Square with new funds especially provided by a gift.

At the end of 1956 the Athenian Committee had been dissolved; their total monetary gift was $14,603.15, the gifts of actual plant material amounted to another $6,000, and the interest and good will of the members is beyond reckoning. One of their last contributions was a plant of poison hemlock acquired by Gorham Stevens in 1958 for the park in memory of Socrates. The final gift of the Athenian Committee for the Agora Park was suggested by Mrs. Ioanna Zaimi who proposed that a bronze relief portrait of Mr. John D. Rockefeller, Jr. be placed in the Memorial Room of the Stoa of Attalos as an expression of appreciation of that group of Athenian citizens for Mr. Rockefeller’s many benefactions to Athens. The relief (Pl. 7, b) was modeled by John Notaras and the plaque dedicated at a ceremony on May 31, 1962 (above, p. 86). This dedication was in good ancient tradition; two ancient inscriptions record that grateful Athenians of the 1st century B.C. dedicated portraits of benefactors in the Stoa. A year later Gorham Stevens had died, and soon thereafter some of his friends on the Greek Committee honored his memory as one of the first and most effective supporters of the landscaping of the Agora; they planted an olive tree near the north entrance, his favorite approach to the Agora, with an inscribed plaque at its base.

The placing of Mr. Rockefeller’s portrait in the Memorial Room properly emphasized him as the principal benefactor of the excavation and the Stoa of Attalos; without him they would never have been. But there are also hundreds of others, both Americans and Greeks, who gave of their time and thought, energy and funds; no complete accounting can ever be made of all. Some record, however, of those who helped to make the whole enterprise possible was set up; on August 25, 1959, three bronze tablets, donated by Ward Canaday, were unveiled in the second room from the south in the Stoa of Attalos. One records the excavation of the Agora and lists the names of the Cooperating Institutions of the School during the excavation years 1931–1956; another records the reconstruction of the Stoa with the names of all who took part, from engineers to stone cutters, and every other workman whose labor went into the construction of the building; the third lists the names of everyone who, following Mr. Rockefeller’s lead, made a monetary contribution to the vast undertaking.

Individual memorials to the leaders of the beginning and early years of the excavation had been set up as part of the landscaping. A belvedere with a lectern housing a plan of the Agora was placed on the edge of Kolonos Agoraios overlooking the whole area in memory of Edward Capps (Pl. 9, a) (above, p. 63); a fountain on the site of an ancient fountain at the south end of the Stoa of Attalos terrace commemorates T. Leslie Shear (Pl. 9, a), first Field Director 1931–1945 and a bench and olive tree memorialize Anastasios Adossides (Pl. 14, a ).

The final and longest-termed commitment of the excavation was of course publication. Professor Shear had this most important aspect of the excavation in mind at the very beginning of the work in 1931. He made assignments of certain classes of material which could be expected to be found to certain scholars as their responsibility for study and publication. He published a preliminary report on each season’s work in the following fall or winter, and Professor Thompson kept that same commitment for prompt preliminary publication. Several of those responsible for particular fields presented both preliminary and detailed studies quite promptly in the 1930’s, notably in epigraphy, certain classes of pottery, sculpture and numismatics. When Homer Thompson assumed the Field Directorship in 1947 he confirmed the old assignments and made new ones where necessary. Study and publication, then, were being carried on steadily while the excavations were in progress. It was recognized that in many fields the final publication could profitably be begun when operations were resumed after the war. These volumes were to be selective presentations of the Agora’s contribution in each field.

A very significant part of the whole activity of the Agora was the indoor work, the keeping of the records, including photography, up to date with the new finds on the one hand and on the other making the material accessible and the records and publication photography available for those preparing articles and books. A system of cataloguing, of photography, of cross-referencing in notebooks, of filing and storing the material was organized in the beginning by Lucy Talcott working with the Field Director and excavators. As the number of objects rose to many thousands, this system proved capable of expansion as needed and remarkably efficient for reference. It became a model for other expeditions and no small part of the total contribution of the Agora excavations to field archaeology. Miss Talcott continued to direct it all (much volunteer assistance was given by students of the School and others during the 50’s) until 1958 when she relinquished the responsibility to take up her own study in classical pottery. Miss Poly Pamel (later Mrs. Andreas Demoulini) took over and continued until 1971 to keep the offices in the Stoa an ideal center for research for both Agora staff and the many visiting scholars who were warmly welcomed. The photography, both current and for publication, was done between 1935 and 1956 by Alison Frantz, much of the time as a volunteer. Her devotion has been equaled only by her outstanding skill, evident in every Agora publication. At the same time she carried on her study of the Byzantine antiquities. When Lucy Talcott retired from “Records”, the title she carried rather than “Secretary of the Agora Excavation” as did her successors, she had planned and seen executed the move of the office and its records and of the collections to their permanent quarters in the Stoa of Attalos. This was truly a Heraklean task which she had tackled with the same extraordinary sense for organization which had characterized her oversight of the indoor activity since 1931. Her concern for the best interests of every individual, be it an object or a scholar, was infinite in the smallest detail, and her generosity was equal to her dedication.

Beside photography the scholars preparing the publications had the assistance not only of the draftsmen usual to an excavation of the period but also of scientists who at the beginning of the work in the Agora were just starting to work with archaeologists. Richard Stillwell, the first architect, was followed by Julian Whittlesey and Charles Spector and then John Travlos from 1935 on (see below, pp. 198-199), who provided plans and restorations of buildings, while Piet de Jong recorded in ink and watercolor details of shape and ornament of both architecture and portable finds. Of the scientists, J. Lawrence Angell, distinguished physical anthropologist, from the beginning of the excavations studied the skeletal material, and in a well-equipped laboratory Earl Caley analysed bronze and later Marie Farnsworth studied ceramics and glazes.

In this setting the volumes of the final publication, The Athenian Agora, began to be completed. The first was Portrait Sculpture by Evelyn B. Harrison in 1953, and others followed in quick succession (see below, pp. 260-261, 270). It has already been mentioned above (p. 180) that Mr. Rockefeller had shown his interest in this final stage of excavation as much as in the pick-and-shovel work and had made a specific part of his Agora Phase B gift a sum for publication. The blue volumes of The Athenian Agora published from 1958 through 1972 proudly acknowledge this indebtedness of the School. Detailed articles on specific objects or groups, especially those which give chronological evidence, continue to appear in Hesperia, and the Picture Books fill many needs (below, pp. 261-262, 271).

To complete the picture of the activity in the Agora we must record here the principal assignments that were made, since the assignment of fields for publication at the beginning of the excavation was a distinctive characteristic of this excavation. From the outset the scholars to whom large general classes were assigned recognized them as general responsibility, and whenever qualified scholars expressed interest in certain groups of material they were given the opportunity to study them. Many people have worked on the preliminary studies of pottery. In no class was a greater number involved than in the very wide field of epigraphy where 35 other scholars have joined Meritt in preliminary publication. As the studies for final publication progressed it became apparent that more than the 20 volumes originally planned would be required. In some cases the assignments in a general field were then subdivided. These were some of the major assignments for work in the Stoa offices and storerooms:

Topography, Architecture, History - Homer A. Thompson
  Later, Testimonia and Topography - R. E. Wycherley
        Unidentified Architectural Fragments - Lucy T. Shoe (Meritt)
        Houses - J. Walter Graham
Neolithic and Bronze Ages - Carl W. Blegen, later Sara A. Immerwahr replacing Carl W. Blegen
Marble Sculpture - Evelyn B. Harrison (at first two volumes, later five)
Terracotta Figurines - Dorothy Burr Thompson
  Later, Archaic and Classical - Richard V. Nicholls
        Hellenistic - Dorothy Burr Thompson
        Roman - Clairève Grandjouan
Terracotta Lamps - Richard H. Howland
  Later, Roman - Judith Perlzweig
Pottery: Protogeometric and Geometric - Evelyn L. Smithson
  8th and 7th centuries - Eva Brann
  Black figure - Mary Zelia Philippides, later joined by Mary B. Moore
  Classical - Lucy Talcott
  Later, Red figure - Peter Corbett
        Black glazed - Brian Sparks with Lucy Talcott
  Hellenistic - G. Roger Edwards, later Susan I. Rotroff
  Roman - Henry S. Robinson, later joined by John W. Hayes and Barbara L. Johnson
Amphoras and their Stamped Handles - Virginia Grace, later joined by Maria Savvatianou-Petropoulakou, Elizabeth Lyding Will, and Carolyn G. Koehler
Inscriptions on Marble - Benjamin D. Meritt
  Later, The Councillors - Benjamin D. Meritt with John S. Traill
        Decrees - A. G. Woodhead
        Funerary - Donald W. Bradeen
        Roman - Daniel J. Geagan, later all dedications (Greek and Roman)
        Poletai Records - Merle Langdon, later joined by Gerald V. Lalonde (Horoi) and Michael B. Walbank
Ostraka - Eugene Vanderpool and A. E. Raubitschek, later Mabel Lang
Graffiti and Dipinti - Mabel Lang
Coins - Josephine Platner Shear
  Later, Roman and Byzantine - Margaret Thompson
        Islamic - George C. Miles
        Greek - John H. Kroll, replacing Josephine Platner Shear
Miscellaneous
  Small Objects Weights and Measures - Mabel Lang
  Tokens - Margaret Crosby
  Law Court Equipment - Sterling Dow and Mabel Lang, later Alan Boegehold
  Glass - Gladys D. Weinberg
  Other - Anna Benjamin and Neda Leipen
Late Antique, Byzantine and Turkish - Alison Frantz and John Travlos

One class of material found in the Agora excavations was developed into a very special project involving more than the usual investigation of comparable material found elsewhere. One of the chief contributions of the Agora has been its chronological evidence, so numerous and valuable have been the dated deposits found. In no case has this been more important than in the stamps on the handles of amphoras used for transport, especially of wine. Because the Agora yielded so many thousand examples, mostly firmly dated, it was essential to have on file the stamps found in other large collections, notably those in Alexandria but also those throughout the Aegean area, whether held privately or from regular excavations. Virginia Grace, who had undertaken the study of the Agora stamps, soon was adding to her file records from most other significant sites. The result is a comprehensive file which serves as a reference center for scholars from all over the world. Miss Grace has become the expert to whom inquiries on identification and chronology are addressed whenever an amphora handle is found. The maintenance of this monumental file has been a considerable concern of the School over the years. Many individuals have contributed to its continuation, sharing with the School the conviction of its scholarly significance and believing it to be a service to the archaeological profession (not least the underwater branch) which the School can be proud to provide. Corpus volumes, one for each class of handle, have been planned by Miss Grace; the Thasian has been published in collaboration with the French excavators of Thasos, and various articles present other small regional groups. Work is still in progress on the major classes by several scholars. Maria Sav-vatianou-Petrapoulakou has worked closely with Virginia Grace for many years. Elizabeth Lyding Will and Carolyn G. Koehler have joined in the study more recently.

When Homer Thompson retired from the Field Directorship at the end of 1967 he could look back on two decades of amazing achievement in the Agora under his guidance. The original concession had been fully excavated as had also additional areas to the east and south. This had resulted in an excavated area of a reasonable shape to fence and guard that is a historical entity. The buildings had been conserved and made clearly intelligible to the public, who could walk through the heart of, Ancient Athens on paths bordered with trees and shrubs and flowers and pause to sit and reflect on the history or merely enjoy the prospect. Visitors came in the thousands, 281,648 in 1966. The Hephaisteion had assumed its proper place in the Agora area with its surrounding garden and had been given needed conservation. Across the square from it the great Stoa of Attalos had arisen again in its splendor and was serving to house the thousands of objects found in the excavation, both in the public colonnades and galleries and in the workrooms and storerooms. The products of the study in those places had appeared in scores of articles, 11 books, 10 picture books and a guide book. Much more study was in active progress. These are mere statistics which give little idea of the quality of the man who directed the entire activity, though they suggest his industry and his remarkable organizational ability. What they do not show are personal devotion and generosity to a degree few know, his uncanny skill in creating and maintaining an unparalleled team of Americans and Greeks, his attention to every smallest detail without ever losing sight of the main issues, his outstanding scholarly brilliance in observation and interpretation generously shared with all and perhaps greatest of all his humanity which has made him beloved and respected by officials, staff and workmen alike. That he continues to direct the study and publication of the Agora 1931–1967 is a major good fortune of the School. His 50 years of service to the School in 1979 have been one of its greatest blessings and its greatest achievements.

The last major activity of Homer Thompson for the Agora before he retired was characteristic of his vision and concern for its future. The results of the investigation of the area first demarcated as probably containing the limits of the Agora had shown that the northern limit set arbitrarily at the Athens-Piraeus Railway tracks was too far south; the Stoa Poikile and the Stoa of the Herms at least, with no telling how much else, must have been north of the tracks. The area east of the Stoa of Attalos, between it and the Roman Market already exposed, had been in the Greek sector when the original division of the center of the ancient city had been made between the American and the Greek excavators. The Greek Archaeological Service had acquired some property in that zone but had not been able to undertake the excavation. They wanted it done, however, and were prepared to make the land available for excavation by the American School if the School could find funds to do it. The proposal that the Greek Government would expropriate all the land the Archaeological Service wished to see explored, both to the north and to the east of the old excavation, if the School would finance and carry out the excavating was sufficiently urgent to make the Trustees decide it would be worthwhile to attempt to secure funding. There was no question of the value of continuing the work on which so much scholarly effort and money had already been expended. From an academic point of view the School could not afford to refuse this offer; from the financial point of view it could not afford to accept it. The “crying need” for general endowment which had been ignored for years was now critical; the division of opinion among the School’s officers and between many of the Managing Committee and the Trustees was strong. It was a case of priorities, not a question of disapproving the extension of the Agora in principle. The Trustees decided to try for Agora funds; the Field Director devoted much time and tremendous effort to present the case to possible supporters, working with the President of the Trustees, who had transferred the drive which put across the Stoa to this next stage of the excavations. John J. McCloy, Treasurer of the School and at the time President of the Ford Foundation, also vigorously championed the cause. Their success was announced on February 17, 1966, when the Ford Foundation made public their grant of one million dollars for the excavation, conservation, study and publication of the areas north and east of the existing excavation, the understanding being that the Greek Government would purchase the land and turn it over to the School; the Foundation expressed its conviction of the high historical and educational value of extending our knowledge of the civic center of ancient Athens. The grant would make a beginning on what was recognized as at least a 15-year project; it would support up to about one third of the whole. Between the time of the original offer of the Greek Government and the time of the Ford grant changes both political and economic had taken place in the Greek state, so that it was not possible to make use of the grant with immediate excavation. It was with the appointment of Professor Spyridon Marinatos as General Director of Antiquities and Conservation in 1967 that, thanks to his lively interest, the government in November of that year announced its intention to expropriate the property between the railway and Hadrian Street, from opposite the Stoa of Attalos to a point on a line with the Stoa of Zeus, the whole east-west width of the old excavations. It was only on June 5, 1969 that the School took possession of the properties. Evacuation was slow; then careful demolition to recover all ancient blocks built into the modern structures was continued through the winter, and the new excavations began on March 23, 1970.

Meanwhile in spring 1968 and 1969 supplementary digging had continued in the old excavations, but with a new staff of excavators. On January 1, 1968; Homer Thompson was succeeded as Field Director by T. Leslie Shear, Jr. (Pl. 13, e) of Princeton University, son of the first Director, who had been on the staff in the 1967 season. The new excavators were John McK. CampII (Pl. 13, e) who had also joined the 1967 season and would continue as Agora Fellow in 1972 and then as Assistant Field Director from 1973, Stella Grobel (1968) and Stephen Miller (1969) who would serve as Agora Fellows till 1972. The 1968 and 1969 seasons were financed by the interest from the Ford grant and contributions from the University of Washington, Margaret Crosby and Peter Demarest. In 1968 below the west end of the Middle Stoa the original (5th-century) site of the monument of the Eponymous Heroes was found. A fine workshop-residence of a sculptor and marbleworker of the second quarter of the 5th century B.C., in use to the end of the 4th century, came to light in the southwest corner, its cisterns a mine of pottery and figurines; inscribed pieces record the first owner as one Mikion and the last as Menon. A large bath on the northwestern slope of the Areopagus proved to date originally from the 2nd century B.C. and to have continued in use through many rebuildings, notably in Hadrianic times, to the 6th century after Christ. In 1969, while preparations for the new excavations were proceeding, further investigation of one of the late Roman philosophical schools on the north slope of the Areopagus revealed its full plan and under it two fine houses occupied in the 6th to 4th centuries B.C.

As the new excavations began in spring 1970 the indoor staff remained essentially the same except for the addition of John Kroll as numismatist for 1970–1973 and of Eugene Vanderpool, Jr. as photographer for 1970–1976. In 1967-68 William B. Dinsmoor, Jr. had joined the staff as Architect of Agora Excavations to assist John Travlos; the latter continued as Architect of School Excavations to have general charge of architectural surveying and drawings until his retirement on June 30, 1973, when Dinsmoor assumed the chief responsibility. John Travlos had joined the Agora staff as architect in 1935. His long service had been of utmost value. His skilled draftsmanship was available to all departments of the excavation, and his knowledge of the architectural history of Athens was profound, extending through all ages from ancient to modern times. No publication of the topography or architecture of the Agora was without the benefit of his superb drawing. He restored on paper every monument of the old excavation, and two of his restorations, the Stoa of Attalos and the Church of the Holy Apostles, were converted into reality.

In summer 1971 Poly Demoulini retired from her exacting responsibility as Secretary of the Agora; since 1958 she had administered the collections and had kept the records up to date with skill and precision and with patient and understanding assistance to all. She was succeeded by Effie Sakellaraki who was succeeded in turn in January 1977 by Lucy Weier Krystallis and in 1979 by Helen H. Townsend. In the field work in 1972 lone Mylonas Shear and Susan I. Rotroff were added to the three excavators of 1969 and following; they continued with John Camp as excavators through the Ford grant years. Fred Kleiner was appointed Agora Fellow for numismatics and Barbara Johnson for Roman pottery for 1973–1976.

The first season of the new excavation, 1970, was as rewarding as could have been hoped, one of the most significant topographically in the whole history of the Agora. North of the railway the Stoa Basileios was found adjoining the Stoa of Zeus at the west end of the north side of the square. Further east the old Northeast Stoa was found to be the facade of a basilica of the mid-2nd century after Christ which probably marked the corresponding east corner. The north side of the square was beginning to be defined at last. On the north slope of the Areopagus an elaborately appointed house of the 5th and 6th centuries after Christ was partially uncovered. Spring 1971 saw the beginning of work in the other new area, east of the Stoa of Attalos; the eastern half of the Library of Pantainos was uncovered with the beginning of colonnades and shops lining the street leading to the Roman Market. North of the railway the Stoa Basileios, cleared to classical levels, was shown definitely to mark the northwest corner of the square where the Panathenaic Way entered, and east of it a small classical shrine with masses of offerings appeared. Beneath the basilica to the east remains of classical shops were found. The huge Philosophical School and its 6th-century Christian phase on the Areopagus were cleared and a remarkable group of portrait busts were found carefully deposited in a well, presumably by the last pagan owner. In 1972 both areas were further investigated; in the north the little shrine with hundreds more dedications, a long double stoa of Roman times lining the street west of the Stoa Basileios, with official classical buildings beneath, and under the Roman basilica walls from Archaic to late Mycenaean times; on the east more of the colonnaded street with shops behind, a shopping area of about A.D. 100.

Deeper investigation in and around the Stoa Basileios in 1973 revealed Sub-Mycenaean graves under the south end. The Library of Pantainos was thoroughly explored along with the Late Roman building on a terrace to the south and a classical building under the Roman stoa along the street. Further classical buildings, evidently from commercial establishments, were revealed in 1974, their wells copiously furnished with pottery; some were surely taverns, others shops, one a carpenter’s shop. The removal of a section of Brysakeion Street in 1974 and 1975 allowed the clearing of the remaining portion of the Library of Pantainos; the extensive building of which the western part was discovered in 1940 is now completely known with its external stoas, peristyle and actual library for the books, the three parts named in the dedicatory inscription.

The 1975 season explored the last of the area made available by the Greek Government for excavation and used the last of the Ford Foundation grant. The members of the new staff then joined the old in applying themselves to study for publication.

Further work to the north and on the east was still needed to complete the area the Greek Government had marked for excavation; as early as 1973 efforts were made to secure funds for a further phase of this large undertaking. A grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities was offered with the condition that the School deliver the sum of $180,000 before December 31, 1974, for which the N.E.H. would then deliver $360,000, having matched the sum. The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation offered $90,000 a year for five years on condition that funds on a two-for-one basis be secured, the definite answer and proof of matching funds to be given by October 1, 1974. At the May 1974 meeting the Trustees saw little hope of meeting the deadlines with the necessary funds and had no assurance from the Greek Government that any property would be available for excavation. When at the November meeting the necessary funds were still not available and there was still no certainty of property but there was on the other hand every indication that inflation would make the estimated cost inadequate, the Trustees saw no choice but to decline the offers with regret.

In early 1976 planning for the next phase was still a very live hope and was put in the hands of an Agora Planning Committee composed of members of the Trustees and of the Managing Committee. Meanwhile the staff was reduced drastically on June 30, 1976, retaining only the Secretary, an assistant (no longer Nikolaos Restakis who had provided the highest quality prints for so many years) in the darkroom to make prints, and the indispensible Spyro Spyropoulos, not only chief technician in the mending room for many years but the man who knows the collections and their disposition on site and in museum as no one else. The lack of a photographer and an architect would indeed inconvenience and slow the work of study, but without a Secretary and Spyro it could not function. The old staff working on publication provided the principal activity from 1976 to 1978. William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr. returned as architect in 1978. One piece of unfinished business in the old excavations was completed in summer 1977 when contributions from Hunter Lewis, the David and Lucile Packard Foundation and other friends made possible the final cleaning and conservation of that “Poros Building” in the southwest corner of the square which had been identified in 1975 by Professor Eugene Vanderpool as the State Prison of Athens, in which Socrates met his death. Further special gifts allowed the complete clearing and testing of stratigraphy in another building of the old excavations, the Mint, in the summer of 1978.

Spring 1979 brought one more revival of new work in the Agora. A new application made to the National Endowment for the Humanities by Field Director T. Leslie Shear, Jr. was successful; a matching grant of $460,914 was awarded. This could be accepted because matching funds were available; the previous year the David and Lucile Packard Foundation had committed $300,000 if the N.E.H. grant was received, and $296,000 from the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation provided more than ample to meet the challenge. There were funds, therefore, for renewed excavation; it was hoped they would suffice for a large-scale campaign for three years. With inflation what it was, however, there could be no certainty how much work this sum could guarantee. A radical departure in the conduct of excavation in Greece was therefore proposed by the School. For the first time the actual physical pick-and-shovel work would be done by student volunteers, no longer by the paid experienced local Greek workmen. Meanwhile the Greek Government had expropriated, and indicated that it would make available to the American School for excavation, the large property on the north side of Hadrian Street which was particularly desirable for investigation. The 1980 season with 40 volunteer student workers made a beginning on the clearing of that area at the northwest corner of the Agora where the two famous buildings known from literature to have lain along the north side must be located. If the Stoa Poikile and the Stoa of the Herms can be discovered, the Market Place and the Civic Center of Athens from early classical Greek through Roman Imperial times will have been made available once more, and the nearly half century of effort of the American School in the heart of Athens will have been appropriately crowned. Even without those two famous stoas, the achievement is impressive and worthy of the many fine scholarly careers that have been expended upon it. It is impossible to measure the world-wide significance of the new picture which has emerged of life, civic, economic, artistic and even domestic, from late Neolithic to Byzantine times, of the city which has had a greater impact than any other upon the ideals and ideas of the western world.

Addendum

The 1981 season revealed the west end of what was identified by the Director of the Agora Excavations as the Stoa Poikile.

Chapter IX: Other Excavations of the School

Although Corinth and the Athenian Agora have been the principal excavations of the American School and the long-term sites, Corinth since 1896 with some breaks in actual excavation and the Athenian Agora since 1931, other sites have been investigated on a small scale over a short period by members of the School and directed by members of the staff, usually financed by the School and ranked as “School excavations” (see Lord, History, pp. 296—308). In addition there have been a number of excavations conducted by permit to the School and therefore sponsored by the School, but financed and organized by Universities which are Cooperating Institutions of the School, directed usually by former members of the School who were members of the faculties of the organizing universities. Since, by Greek law, three permits only are allowed to each foreign school, and one of the three has been allotted regularly to Corinth, there are two permits which can be assigned to those School-sponsored excavations if the School itself does not wish to use them. The special arrangement made for the excavations of the Athenian Agora when it was first undertaken has continued, outside the regular three permits.

EXCAVATIONS OF THE SCHOOL

Argive Heraion 1949

From time to time the Greek Archaeological Service has encouraged the foreign schools to take up old excavations for a limited time in order to complete necessary investigation for study and publication of the original work. One of the sites which has remained of particular interest to the School since its excavations there in 1892–1895 is the Argive Heraion. In spring 1949 Professor Pierre Amandry of the French School, having become interested in some details of the site in connection with his work at Delphi, with the approval of the School was cleaning a wall and came upon a deposit of small votive pots. His proposal that the French and American Schools investigate the deposit to save it from unauthorized diggers was approved by the Ministry of Education. With the helpful cooperation of the Ephor, John Papademetriou, Director Caskey of the American School and Professor Amandry for the French School carried out the work in five days in September 1949. The deposit of the 7th and 6th centuries b.c. with some 1100 miniature vases (chiefly hydriai), mostly local but some Corinthian, and some bronze objects, as appeared in a few soundings, overlay a Mycenaean layer with Middle and Early Helladic indications. In reporting the results Mr. Caskey emphasized the amount of valuable chronological information which could come of conducting further small-scale investigation at the site, but no further work has been done.

Artemision 1952

In fall 1952 Professor George E. Mylonas, Annual Professor of the School that year, with funds from friends in St. Louis collaborated with the Greek Archaeological Society on a permit granted to the American School to investigate further the wreck off Cape Artemision first explored by the Greeks in 1928. Five divers from the ship Alkyone located the wreck of the ship which yielded the bronze statues but found that further objects of possible interest were under the ballast, the ballast under mud; more time and equipment than they had available would be needed to recover them.

Eutresis 1958

At another earlier School excavation, Eutresis, dug by Hetty Goldman (Pl. 15, a) in 1924–1927, Miss Goldman was eager to have supplementary testing of the earliest levels. In 1958 she financed the testing of a trench in the southwestern part of the mound where Early Helladic II buildings had appeared; Director and Mrs. Caskey conducted the work. Walls, floors and pebble pavings of E.H. I were found below, but even more important the unmixed Neolithic deposits sealed under the E.H. I pavements confirm Miss Goldman’s belief that a Neolithic settlement existed before the first Helladic people arrived.

Elateia 1959

The following year, 1959, Professor Saul S. Weinberg, former fellow of the School and excavator at Corinth for many years, was at work in March and April on Neolithic deposits at Corinth, financed by a grant from the Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research. In connection with that work, in June he undertook a trial excavation at Elateia in Phokis, testing the stratigraphy of Neolithic settlements previously excavated by Soteriades.

Crete, Tarrha 1959

Reports had indicated the possible existence of a glass factory at ancient Tarrha (Aghia Roumeli) on the southern coast of western Crete. With the support of the Corning Museum of Glass, Professor Saul and Mrs. Gladys Weinberg with Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Buechner of the Corning Museum investigated the site in April and May of 1959, but no factory was found, though there were other interesting results: a Greek cemetery of the 5th and 4th centuries and large Roman buildings.

Lerna 1952–1957

In September 1952 a preliminary campaign of investigation of a mound beside the Lernaean spring at Myloi initiated a six-year excavation of what proved to be a significant Bronze Age site of outstanding importance for the chronology and foreign relations of the Neolithic, Early Helladic and Middle Helladic periods in the Argolid (above, p. 59). Director of the School John L. Caskey was the Director of the excavation, in which a considerable number of members of the School took part. The large quantity of well-stratified pottery found in the first season which augured so well for the future continued to be found in subsequent years, and by the second season the most revolutionary of the architectural discoveries, the highly significant Early Helladic House of the Tiles, had been found. In 1954 this large building of unparalleled size and elaboration for its period was further cleared, along with other E.H. buildings, several successive strata of M.H. houses, part of a Mycenaean house, a large shaft grave from the transition between M.H. and L.H., several Classical wells and a late Roman kiln; much pottery continued to be found, and a collection of clay sealings found in the House of the Tiles was of special interest.

The 1955 campaign revealed undisturbed strata of Neolithic habitation above which came five successive early phases of Early Helladic before the great House of the Tiles, which was cleared completely. After its destruction a mound had been raised over it, and the succeeding houses, still E.H., were smaller, their pottery different. More fine series of M.H. houses and a series of graves reaching into L.H. I were found as well as a Geometric cemetery on the slopes of near-by Mt. Pontinos with which more classical walls on the mound attest the continuity of occupation. The summer of 1956 included further detailed testing of the Neolithic and Middle Helladic settlements and the clearing of areas west and north of the House of the Tiles. Pottery imported from the Balkans, Crete, and the Cyclades found in the M.H. houses extended that promise of the opening year to shed welcome light on foreign relations, but the most striking find of the season seems to be local, the unique Neolithic statuette of a woman which has elicited widespread interest. Preliminary refilling and conservation begun in 1956 were extended in 1957, the final campaign, which was concerned chiefly with the conservation including erection of a shelter over the House of the Tiles, but included also final testing of Neolithic strata and the uncovering of part of the E.H. fortifications. The final conservation was completed in 1958 and planting of the site begun.

Limited digging for study purposes revealed another large earlier building underlying the House of the Tiles. Much of the material found had been studied and catalogued throughout the years between the actual digging seasons, the movable objects in the Corinth workrooms. They were ready to be moved to the museum in Argos, where the Greek Government decided they should be housed for permanent storage and display.

Throughout the year 1958—59 the study continued, the museum cases were made, the landscaping of the site was completed, and on July 2, 1959, John L. Caskey, two days emeritus from his post as Director of the School, turned over the site of Lerna and the objects from it in the Argos Museum to the Greek Archaeological Service (see above, p. 64). He had made of Lerna “a model exhibition ground for the presentation of a pre-classical settlement,” and he had added several new chapters to the history of Bronze Age Greece, in chronology, architecture, sculpture, pottery and clay sealings. Annual preliminary reports appeared in Hesperia, and two volumes of the final publication, Lerna, were published in 1970 and 1971.

Koroni 1960

In the spring of 1959 two students of the 1958—59 session of the School, James R. McCredie and Arthur Steinberg, undertook as part of their spring activity a survey of the peninsula of Koroni on the east coast of Attica, considering it probable that it might have been part of the deme of Prasiai. The extensive house and fortification walls called for some further examination to determine the date and nature of the buildings. The School therefore sponsored three weeks of trial excavations in summer 1960, with Eugene Vanderpool, Professor of Archaeology of the School, the Field Director and McCredie and Steinberg assisting him. The excavations showed the remains to be of one period (rather than the long occupancy to be expected of a deme site) and of a military camp dated by the pottery and coins to the reign of Ptolemy II; they attest a Ptolemaic army camp on this peninsula during the Chremonidean War (265—261 b.c.). The new historical information of this brief excavation has high significance for details of the Chremonidean War and of a Hellenistic army camp and has given a valuable fixed point for the chronology of 3rd-century pottery. Hesperia Supplement XI published the excavation.

STAFF OF SCHOOL WORKING WITH GREEK EXCAVATIONS

Before we speak of the excavations conducted under the auspices of the School by various universities who are contributing members of the School, we must mention another category of excavations to which the School has lent its lively interest and its personnel. These were directed by alumni of the School who were also at the time of the excavations closely connected with the School, but the responsible authority was the Greek Archaeological Service or Society.

Pylos 1939, 1952–1967

The most notable of these was the excavation of the Palace of Nestor at Pylos begun in 1939 by Carl W. Blegen of the University of Cincinnati and an officer of the School for many years and Konstantinos Kourouniotes of the Greek Archaeological Service; it was financed by the University of Cincinnati. Work was resumed in 1952 by Blegen, who then held the post of Professor at the School, and by Spyridon Marinatos for the Greek Archaeological Service (Kourouniotes had died in 1945) and was continued through 1967. The Mycenaean palace at Ano Englianos proved to be one of the most extensive seats of a Late Bronze Age ruler yet discovered, rich in architectural detail, in painted walls, in masses of pottery and other objects, but above all in tablets written in Linear B script, and it has been identified as the palace of Nestor, king of Pylos. Tholos tombs near by were also dug. Throughout the years of excavation and publication many current or former members of the School assisted Professor Blegen in this outstanding addition to our knowledge of Bronze Age Greece, which has been published by the Princeton University Press for the University of Cincinnati in three volumes of The Palace of Nestor, between 1966 and 1973. On September 10, 1967 a museum housing the finds was dedicated at Chora. United States Ambassador Talbot, Greek Archaeological Service Superintendent-General Marinatos, the co-excavator of the area, and Professor Blegen spoke, acknowledging the Greek-American cooperation in Messenia which made possible the excavation of the palace of Nestor by the University of Cincinnati and other Bronze Age sites and tombs by Marinatos. A dinner for eighty guests was given by the village.

Aghios Kosmas 1951–1952, Eleusis 1952, Mycenae 1952, 1962, 1964, Artemision 1952

While serving as Annual Professor of the School in 1951—52 George E. Mylonas carried out supplementary excavations in December 1951 at the Bronze Age site of Aghios Kosmas, which he had dug earlier for the Greek Archaeological Service, and at Eleusis in the spring of 1952, where he had also worked previously for the Service; these investigations were financed through Washington University at St. Louis by friends in St. Louis. In summer 1952 Mylonas worked with John Papademetriou in uncovering the Second Grave Circle at Mycenae for the Greek Archaeological Society; ten years later (1962) he investigated the acropolis and parts of the roads which connected Mycenae with neighboring cities. In 1964 he was in complete charge of all work at Mycenae under the Greek Archaeological Service. See page 204 above for his work at Artemision in 1952.

EXCAVATIONS SPONSORED BY THE SCHOOL

Samothrace 1938–1976

The most extensive and long-range of the excavations sponsored by the School but financed and directed by Cooperating Institutions has been the excavation on Samothrace by the Archaeological Research Fund of New York University, Professor Karl Lehmann the first Director. In the first season, 1938, excavations were carried out in several places in the town as well as in the Sanctuary of the Great Gods where was discovered the Anaktoron in which initiation into the mysteries was conducted until the end of the cult in the late Imperial period; the Arsinoeion dedicated to the Great Gods between 289 and 281 b.c. and known since the work of the Austrians in 1873–1875 was further cleared, and the Sacristy between the Anaktoron and the Arsinoeion as well as the Archaic altar between the “Old” and the “New” temples were found. In 1939 the Anaktoron was completely cleared; work continued on the Arsinoeion; the Sacristy (the 3rd-century structure built over the original of the 6th century) and the site of the famous Nike were investigated, and construction of a museum was begun. When work could be resumed after the war in 1948, the top priorities were completion of the museum as it had been begun, a single major hall, and cleaning, repair and protection of the monuments, especially the Anaktoron, Sacristy and Arsinoeion. In addition new excavation was begun by clearing out the circular area within the Arsinoeion to reveal the earlier structures on the site, the pre-Greek earliest preserved remains in the sanctuary, and by cleaning the “New Temple”. Work in 1949 continued to be concentrated in the 4th-century “New Temple”, recognized as the Hieron, in which the higher degree of the mysteries was celebrated, and in the area of the Arsinoeion, completing the western and southern periphery with the area between it, the river bed and the Central Terrace.

The area between the Hieron and the Arsinoeion complex occupied the 1950 season, specifically the Central Terrace with its Temenos entered by the 4th-century Ionic Propylon with its frieze of dancing girls; the fountain graced by the Nike was fully excavated and her right hand found. In 1951 the area between the Hieron and the river bed to the west was attacked and revealed the Archaic Hall of Votive Gifts and the 4th-century Altar Court. Further work on the Altar Court was done in 1952, and the water pipeline which fed the Nike Fountain and Basin was found; tombs along the road to the harbor were dug when construction of the modern road uncovered them. By 1953 the clearing was carried on to the east of the Hieron and enlargement of the museum begun with the building of the southern wing. A second wing (western) of the museum was completed in 1954, and work on installation was begun, so that it could be dedicated on July 24, 1955 at a ceremony attended by many scholars and officials, both Greek and American. The opening of the museum signaled the end of the first period of excavation, and the following years were devoted by the staff to study and publication except for excavation of the South Nekropolis in 1957. A further wing on the north of the courtyard of the museum was added in 1960—61.

In 1962 full-scale excavation was resumed, with Phyllis Williams Lehmann (of the Managing Committee) heading the expedition and James R. McCredie (former School Fellow) as Field Director. The earlier excavations had been concentrated on the central area, the heart of the sanctuary; the new efforts were put on the hills to the west and the east. In 1962 work began on the Hellenistic Stoa on the West Hill; it was continued in 1963, and clearing of the Propylon of Ptolemy II on the eastern boundary was begun; 1964 saw the Stoa cleared and the Propylon further exposed; in 1965 concentration on the Propylon and its environs not only clarified details of its architecture but also revealed a hexastyle Doric building dedicated by Philip III and Alexander IV and a circular structure directly across the river bed from the Propylon. After a season of study in 1966, in 1967 these three buildings on the eastern hill as well as the Stoa on the west were further investigated, and the area north of the Stoa was cleared and excavation begun in the Byzantine fortification and Building M. Further buildings on the west hill were found in 1968 and 1969. Supplementary excavation in 1970 and 1971 on both hills completed excavation of the Propylon of Ptolemy II and revealed fragments of its Corinthian west porch, earliest known use of Corinthian columns on the exterior of a full-scale Greek building, finished the dedication of Philip and Alexander and the Theatral Area on the east and on the west the Stoa, the Milesian dedication and numerous buildings both north and east of (below) the Stoa, including treasury-like structures and probable dining rooms; much of the stepped ramps leading from one part to another of the sanctuary was exposed. Seasons from 1972 to 1980 have been devoted to study with such cleaning up as that requires. Such limited operations often yield significant new structures as well as further understanding of the purpose and date of those already known, e.g., the late 4th-century round Doric building on a drum discovered to the east high above the Arsinoeion in cleaning there in 1975 and new evidence for the dating of the Anaktoron, Proto-Anaktoron and Orthostate Structure which succeeded each other from the first half of the 4th century b.c. to the early Imperial period as the site of the first stage of the initiation into the Mysteries.

This systematic and thorough exploration of the Sanctuary of the Great Gods on Samothrace has been outstanding in the significance of its contributions to the understanding of Greek history, religion, history of architecture and sculpture, language and epigraphy. To the great sanctuaries of central Greece is now added the religious center for much of northern Greece and Anatolia which was also of international significance from pre-Greek through Roman times, with its especially important Archaic and Hellenistic phases.
Three volumes of the final publication, Samothrace, appeared between 1958 and 1962, and three more have been published since in the Bollingen series. Samothrace, A Guide to the Excavation and the Museum, published first in 1954, was in its Fourth Edition in 1975; Hesperia has carried preliminary reports.

Isthmia. University of Chicago 1952–1962; University of California, Los Angeles 1967–1978.

See under Chapter VII, Corinth, pp. 169—171.

Kenchreai 1963–1968 University of Chicago and Indiana University (from 1964).

See under Chapter VII, Corinth, p. 171.

Keos 1960–1968, Supplementary Excavations and Study 1969–1976

The University of Cincinnati began in 1960 the excavations on the island of Keos on the promontory of Aghia Eirene above the harbor of Aghios Nikolaos and at the neighboring headland Kephala. These were to occupy the former Director, John L. Caskey, and his staff in major excavation through 1968 (except for the study-only seasons of 1962 and 1965), with supplementary small-scale work in connection with study of the material from 1969–1976. After the trial trenches of 1960, in 1961 some house walls and cist graves were dug on the Kephala slopes but the chief activity was at Aghia Eirene: two areas with their Late Helladic I-II streets and houses, another with its Late Mycenaean temple and amazing large terracotta sculpture, and sections of the Late Bronze Age fortification wall on the west and north sides of the town. Digging was resumed in 1963 when the cemetery of the poor village at Kephala was further investigated, and at Aghia Eirene the areas begun in 1961 were continued and Middle Bronze Age houses found as well as traces of an Early Bronze settlement; the completion of digging the temple yielded terracotta statues and other evidence of its use from the 15th century b.c. to Hellenistic times, and more of the fortification wall was cleared not only on the west and north but also on the east of the town.

In 1964 further exploration at Kephala showed the settlement to be more extensive than at first thought; house walls were found to stretch along the whole ridge and the cemetery to continue below. At Aghia Eirene the elaborate north and east sides of the fortification were cleared; lower levels of the temple carried construction back to the Middle Bronze Age; under one house buildings of Early and Middle Bronze were found; another house was dug near the west wall, and some Middle Bronze graves were found outside the walls on both west and east. The year 1965 like 1962 was devoted to study of the material before full-scale excavation was continued in 1966. Further graves and houses at Kephala were cleared and a late Neolithic date for the settlement was confirmed; surface exploration was made of Paoura; Troullos yielded traces of an enclosure with drum-shaped structures. At the main site of Aghia Eirene in the years 1966–1968 with supplementary digging in 1969—70 the broad central and narrower northern parts of the site were cleared in areas not yet dug so that the areas of the earlier campaigns combine with the new work to make a single expanse tightly packed with streets and houses of the early Late Bronze Age overlying Early and Middle Bronze settlements (including a potter’s kiln) still to be seen on the east and west sides. The fortifications of both Middle and Late periods with walls, towers, rooms and a spring chamber were further revealed; tombs were found outside the east side; lower levels in the temple and several of the larger houses were investigated. Since 1971 a considerable staff has been at work on the site each season, preparing the publication, readying the material for exhibition in the museum and carrying out conservation and planting on the site.

This island town occupied from the Early through Late Bronze Ages, and its sanctuary revered into classical times, with near-by Neolithic settlements, has given a heretofore unknown picture of Cycladic civilization in the Bronze Age with its highly developed arts of architecture, sculpture and pottery and its many foreign contacts.
In addition to annual preliminary reports in Hesperia throughout the years of the excavation the first volume of the final publication, Keos, appeared in 1977 (see below, p. 271).

Porto Cheli (Halieis) 1962, 1965–1979

When the Keos excavation was begun in 1960, it with Corinth and Samothrace made up the strictly enforced three permits to each foreign School. To alleviate the pressure from the many other Cooperating Institutions of the School eager to conduct excavations, it was suggested that if one of the three would dig in every other year, there might be the possibility of allowing work on another site in alternate years. This arrangement made possible the beginning of work by the University of Pennsylvania in 1962 at Porto Cheli, ancient Halieis, when work on Keos was interrupted for a year.

In 1959 the Ephor of the Argolid-Corinthia had invited the University of Pennsylvania to collaborate with him in a survey of the walls of the city; Charles K. Williams, II (later Field Director of the Corinth excavations) with Nicholas Verdelis made the survey and plan of the walls. In 1962 Michael H. Jameson of the University of Pennsylvania and John H. Young of the Johns Hopkins University (members of the Managing Committee and former Fellows at the School) directed the test excavations on the acropolis and lower terrace. Work was resumed in 1965 under Jameson’s direction with Williams as field director when study of the finds replaced the usual digging season at Keos; but from 1966 on permits were allowed for both sites to continue. In 1967 Indiana University joined the University of Pennsylvania in sponsoring the excavation, with Thomas W. Jacobsen (former Fellow at the School) as co-director with Jameson.

The initial three weeks in 1962 uncovered sufficient private and public buildings of the 5th to late 4th centuries b.c. and examples of the distinctive bronze “Tirynthian” coins of the refugees from Tiryns, known to have settled at Halieis, to confirm the identification of the site as Halieis. In 1965 work on the fortifications on the acropolis distinguished three periods, between 460 and ca. 300 b.c., of the mud-brick wall with round towers of brick and stone, overlying Archaic mud-brick fortifications; an altar with a small votive deposit was also found on the acropolis and several buildings on the “Industrial Terrace”. Williams continued excavation of the upper sector in 1966. In 1967 Jameson assumed field direction of the underwater work, the basic survey of which began in 1965. The balloon photography of Julian and Eunice Whittlesey greatly assisted the plotting of a stretch of walls under the shallow water of the harbor; also in this year (1967) was discovered the cave at Franchthi, which was to be a significant separate operation hereafter, under the direction of Thomas W. Jacobsen (below, p. 214). Back at Halieis in 1968 a small artificial harbor was dug under water by Jameson and on land another tower of the city wall under Jacobsen’s direction. The sanctuary of Demeter outside the walls, originally noted by Philadelpheus, was also identified. After 1968 when there was digging at both sites, work was carried out at Halieis and at the Franchthi Cave in alternate years. In 1970 Wolf Rudolph became Indiana’s co-director for Halieis with Jameson; they divided responsibility between land and sea, Jameson continuing in 1970 and 1971 to direct the underwater investigations of the Sanctuary of Apollo begun in 1968 and Rudolph taking on the land excavation. In 1970 Rudolph found on the eastern side of the city considerable evidence of the Archaic settlement under Classical buildings; there was briefer investigation of the city wall running through the center of the site.

In 1972, Rudolph’s excavation in the center of the city showed late Roman to early Byzantine houses built on Classical walls which give good evidence of the 4th-century “Hippodamian” plan on top of 6th- and 5th-century houses; pottery from wells attests 8th- and 7th-century settlement; on the east side of the city wall a gate is protected by a 4th-century round tower. Jameson and Jacobsen initiated a surface survey of the eparcheia of Hermionis, locating many significant sites from Paleolithic times to the present. (This has been resumed by Jameson and Tj. van Andel for Stanford University in 1979, 1980 and 1981.) But most work was conducted on land by Rudolph who investigated the residential area of the 4th-century city with insulae of houses on the grid plan. In 1975 the “Hippodamian” plan was definitely established in the northeast quarter where the plan appears to be first Archaic and early Classical, then second half of the 4th century; House Pi was identified as the Mint, the first public building identified in the city; a shrine appeared against the semicircular tower of the southeast gate; in the necropolis (where work had begun in 1973) early 6th- to mid-5th-century inhumations were found. In 1976 cleaning resulted in some further digging in areas already opened. The year 1977 was a study season; 1978 saw more cleaning along with further study on the site and in the Nauplia Museum where the finds were housed, and this was continued in 1979.

In 1968 a complex of buildings underwater in the northeast part of Porto Cheli harbor was discovered. In 1970 and 1971 Jameson returned to clean and excavate this area which proved to be the chief sanctuary of the city, that of Apollo. In these seasons an Archaic temple, an altar and a racecourse were identified. Further work in 1973, and very briefly in 1974, identified a second temple and determined the length of the racecourse and the existence of foundations for stands on either side. James Dengate (University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana) and Frederick Cooper (University of Minnesota) were closely involved in these campaigns.
Preliminary reports have appeared in Hesperia.

Franchthi Cave 1967–1976

The cave was discovered in 1966, and the Indiana University excavations under the direction of Thomas W. Jacobsen began there in 1967. The first three seasons of work (1967–1969) were devoted to the investigation of a deep stratigraphic sequence spanning the Neolithic, Mesolithic and later Paleolithic periods. Methods and techniques of recovery were constantly evaluated and improved during those years so as to permit the collection of a wide variety of cultural and environmental remains, including a substantial quantity of botanical and zoological material. The 1970 and 1972 seasons were given over to study and the exploration of the environs of the site. In 1971, soundings were initiated in an area along the shore (paralia) in front of the cave while excavation of the cave itself continued. Subsequent seasons (1973, 1974, 1976; 1975 was again devoted to study) witnessed extensive work in both areas, with special attention given to the Neolithic settlement along the shore. Apart from underwater investigations concerned with ancient shoreline problems in 1979 and 1981, much of the time since 1976 has been concerned with the study of the finds for final publication.

The importance of the site lies in its long stratigraphic sequence, dated by more that fifty radiocarbon measurements from about 25,000 to 5,000 B.P. This sequence provides a unique opportunity for examining the origins and early development of agriculture and settled village life in Greece. [This account has been contributed by T. W. Jacobsen].
Preliminary reports have appeared in Hesperia.

Aghios Petros, Herakleion, Crete 1967

George C. Miles, member of the Managing Committee representing the American Numismatic Society and scholar of Arabic numismatics and history, had long been interested in possible evidence of Arabs on the island of Crete and had already done considerable exploration when the Ephor of Crete, Stylianos Alexiou, invited Miles to join him in an investigation beside Aghios Petros in Heraklion. The excavation took place in May 1967 with two members of the School also assisting, Theodora Stillwell MacKay and Joan Fisher, as well as another American, Jean Stover.

Armatova 1968, 1970

When, in August 1967, the Greek Service of Antiquities proposed an investigation and salvage excavation, to be carried out jointly by several foreign Schools, in the large area of the upper Peneios valley in Elis soon to be inundated by an earth dam at Kendron, Director Robinson, Professors Thompson and Vanderpool and Mr. Williams visited the site. Professor James Wiseman of the University of Texas (Fellow at the School) represented the American School in a group from the foreign schools which made a longer survey and some trial digging in November. As a result the American School offered to work at Armatova, probable site of Pylos in Elis. The University of Colorado with funds from the National Endowment for the Humanities undertook the excavation on behalf of the American School in the summer of 1968, with Professor John Coleman (former Fellow at the School) as Director. In 1970 a short cleaning session was held in connection with study. Publication is planned in the form of a Hesperia Supplement.

Messenia 1962–1968

Permission was granted in 1962 for surface survey in parts of Messenia. This exploration by the University of Minnesota under the Direction of William A. McDonald, member of the Managing Committee and a former student of the School, carried out each year from 1962 through 1968, included not only archaeological observations which identified several prehistoric settlements and traces of the late Bronze Age roads, including the ones which connected Nestor’s Pylos with Pherai, but also geological and paleobotanical investigations of the Bronze Age ecology of the area. The 1,400 square miles surveyed includes all the modern nomos of Messenia plus the eparcheia of Olympia in the nomos of Eleia to the north between the Neda and Alpheios rivers. This interdisciplinary reconnaisance was planned to be completed before and to supplement the results of excavations at one site.
Results were published by the University of Minnesota press in Minnesota Messenia Expedition: Reconstructing a Bronze Age Regional Environment, 1972.

Nichoria 1969–1973

In October 1958 Professor McDonald had noted sufficient indications of a prehistoric settlement on the Nichoria ridge to warrant detailed investigation by excavation; this was carried out in the years 1969–1973. The agreement with the Greek Archaeological Service when the permit was granted was that the Service would continue to investigate the surrounding cemeteries as it had been doing since 1959. Initial trenches in 1969 on the 500 meter-long ridge yielded pottery from Middle Helladic through Protogeometric, mostly L.H. II.

In 1970 and 1971 work concentrated on the Acropolis with its M.H. occupation and below a wide street flanked by Mycenaean and later houses and some fortification wall. An apsidal tripartite building of monumental size is Dark Age. Digging in 1972 cleared a L.H. IIIA tholos tomb and at the town site a large Late Mycenaean apsidal building, an early M.H. house, Mycenaean houses and a Byzantine chapel. The last season, 1973, concentrated on an area which yielded a large megaron of L.H. IIIA over a L.H. II building and three L.H. IIIA houses; also the tholos was completed. In 1974 in connection with study for publication digging was completed in the Little Circle adjoining the tholos where the earliest graves are L.H. I to II.

Two of the projected four volumes Excavations at Nichoria in Southwestern Greece have been published by the University of Minnesota press in 1978 and 1983. Preliminary reports have appeared in Hesperia.

Phlious 1970, 1972, 1973

In June and July of 1924 Carl W. Blegen, then Assistant Director of the School, first undertook explorations at the site of ancient Phlious which were continued in January and February of 1925. Preliminary publication of the several areas investigated in those months was made, but since further work was essential for an understanding of the partially excavated buildings no final publication had been attempted of them or even of the pottery and other finds. While William R. Biers was serving as Secretary of the School in 1964–1968 he was assigned the task of studying and publishing these finds, which he did publish in 1969–1971. With his interest thus aroused in Phlious, when the Greek Government offered to grant permits to complete old excavations, he became Director of the supplementary excavations by the University of Missouri in 1970, 1972 and 1973.

As a result of the 1924–1925 trial excavations recommendations had been for the purchase of four areas; one of these had been bought by the School. It was this piece of land which was dug, at the west end of the south side of the long acropolis, where the large “Palati”, another structure north of it and a possible theater on the hillside had been noted in 1924. Work in August 1970 showed the “Palati” to be a rectangular building of the latter half of the 5th century b.c. with a Doric interior colonnade on all four sides of the central courtyard, the “North Building”, a stoalike building of Hellenistic and Roman times between the “Palati” and the cavea of the theater clearly identified on the hill above. In July and August 1972 the mud-brick construction within the courtyard of the “Palati” was shown to be Early Roman, the second of seven periods in the life of the original 5th-century b.c. building; the North Building looked more and more like a skene building for the theater; and more work in the theater showed construction there and in the North Building as Early Roman with Late Roman changes. The final season, June and July 1973, cleared more of the theater cavea toward the west and the courtyard between the “Palati” and the North Building, now clearly the skene building of Roman times; the emplacements for the “machines”, perhaps windlasses, in the courtyard belong to an earlier period of the theater in this home of Pratinas and the satyr play where there must have been a continuous theatrical tradition of some strength.
Results have been published in Hesperia.

Nemea 1964, 1974-

Nemea had first been excavated by the School in spring 1924 by Bert Hodge Hill and Carl W. Blegen (Director and Assistant Director of the School at the time) with funds provided through the University of Cincinnati, and work was continued in fall 1926 by Blegen (Acting Director of the School) and winter 1927 by Benjamin Dean Meritt (Assistant Director). Mr. Hill was engaged in the study of the temple and Blegen and Meritt in excavating buildings to the south of the temple, which proved to be a bath and part of what seemed to be a gymnasium.

What the excavations showed conclusively was that there were indeed considerable remains of the sanctuary buildings, and the School had long been anxious to investigate them further. Charles K. Williams, II (Fellow of the School at the time), when working on the publication of the earlier excavations, was granted permission in 1964 for further exploration.

The long building to the east of the bath emerged clearly as a xenon of the 4th century b.c.; between it and the temple appeared probable treasuries; the ground level of the earlier temple was established; and the baptistery of the Early Christian church was clarified. It was now more clear than ever that more work at Nemea was not only justifiable but cried out to be done. It was with some satisfaction, then, that one of the School permits was granted in 1974 to the University of California at Berkeley for a five-year excavation at Nemea under the direction of Stephen G. Miller, former member of the Athenian Agora Excavation staff. After preliminary cleaning and surveying in 1973 work was carried on in the spring season of 1974 both in the area between the xenon and the temple, where a series of small buildings emerged, and in the stadium. A building to serve as workroom and storeroom during the excavation and also as museum later was erected. In 1975 the long main altar to the east of the temple was cleared and more of both stadium and the row of treasuries uncovered.

Work in 1976 continued in the same areas and discovered pits of the Sacred Grove of cypress trees. The 1977 season was the most successful yet: the small circular building of ca. 475 b.c. found close to the southeast corner of the temple ranks with the Tholos in the Agora at Athens as one of the earliest circular buildings yet known in classical Greece; further west along the south side a sacrificial deposit was found, and a wall leading south may prove to be the first prehistoric structure in the sanctuary; the row of nine treasuries was completely cleared; more of the Sacred Grove and the Stadium as well as the 4th-century b.c. vaulted tunnel leading from it toward the sanctuary were cleared. The tunnel was dug further in 1978. The 1979 season added unusually significant new buildings—-the original, Archaic temple destroyed in the sack of the sanctuary by Argos about 420 b.c. and the palaistra—-and much evidence for the history of the sanctuary. The last of the four great games of Greece is finally coming to life (see above, p. 170).
In 1974, 1975 and 1979, salvage tests, requested by the Archaeological Service, were made on the hill of Tsoungiza where work had begun in the 1920’s; they showed that settlements of Early Neolithic, Middle Helladic and Late Helladic periods must have existed on the ridge.
Preliminary reports of each season have been made in Hesperia.

Kommos 1976-

The University of Toronto began excavation in 1976, on one of the School’s three permits, of the site on the south coast of Crete known as Kommos, with Joseph W. Shaw, former Fellow of the School, as Field Director. The Royal Ontario Museum acted as co-sponsor with the University in this interdisciplinary effort which was financed by the Canada Council, the SCM (Smith-Corona-Marchand) and other corporations, and Leon Pomerance.

Trial trenches on the hilltop and on the central part of the hillside to the south gave indications of a Late Minoan settlement overlying one of Middle Minoan date. In 1977 further rooms of both Late and Middle Minoan houses were discovered, and at the bottom of the hillside appeared a sanctuary of about 400—100 b.c. with an altar and a court bordered by a large circular and a two-room rectangular building. The 1978 season concentrated on the upper layers of Late Minoan houses on the hilltop, now shown to be four separate buildings, each of several rooms and courts, and on the LM IIIB buildings on the hillside, but especially on deep soundings to explore Middle Minoan levels throughout the area and on the Classical and Hellenistic sanctuary which is unique so far in Crete; a second altar and a large room with central hearth were found. In 1979 cleaning of the five LM I houses on the hilltop was completed; on the hillside in the Middle Minoan levels a storeroom full of pithoi and other pottery, some of unusual decoration, was found well preserved; in the Classical sanctuary two more altars appeared in front of a temple, comparable to those of Dreros and Prinias, built on top of more than one earlier hearth. This is of special historical and architectural significance as is also a building of monumental construction nearer the shore, possibly commercial in purpose.
Annual preliminary reports have appeared in Hesperia.

Boiotia 1979

A permit for a surface survey of the Thisbe Basin southwest of Thebes was granted to Ohio State University for 1979; it was conducted by Timothy E. Gregory, former Fellow of the School and Samuel Kress Professor of Hellenic Studies for 1979–1981.

Architectural Studies

Mention should be made of three architectural studies undertaken by members of the School with the permission of the Greek authorities. These involved intensive study of all walls and blocks on the sites with such clearing as was necessary to examine them thoroughly.

In 1967 Alison Frantz, Homer Thompson and John Travlos, of the staff of the Athenian Agora Excavations, studied the church known as Episkopi on the island of Sikinos, built into an ancient structure identified by earlier students as a Hellenistic temple. It was found to be a Roman heroon of the 3rd century after Christ, converted into a church in or about the 7th century and remodeled in its present form about mid-17th century. Published in American Journal of Archaeology 73, 1969.

Stephen and Stella Miller, also of the Athenian Agora Excavation staff, working for the School and the Direction of Antiquities in summer 1969, organized, recorded and studied the architectural members around and near the Lion of Amphipolis, the monument on the Strymon river which the School had reconstructed in 1937 after joint excavation of the site by the French and American Schools in 1936, Jacques Roger and Oscar Broneer the excavators and Lincoln MacVeagh the benefactor.

Beginning in the spring and summer of 1969 Frederick A. Cooper, Fellow of the School, undertook the study and drawing of all blocks of the Temple of Apollo at Bassai, which he continued each summer from 1970 through 1973. Much significant new evidence was discovered both for the restoration of certain details of the existing 5th-century temple and for its predecessors. In 1972 he began the survey and drawing of the newly discovered Doric temple at near-by Perivolia.

Chapter X: The Gennadeion

In 1922 the Trustees of the School took a momentous step when they accepted the remarkable and generous offer of the distinguished Greek diplomat Joannes Gennadius to give to the School his magnificent and unique rare-book library and collections, covering the whole history of Greece from ancient to modern times, with special emphasis on the Greek revolution. The gift was made as a memorial to his father George Gennadius and in token of Joannes Gennadius’ and his wife’s admiration for the United States, in “confident hope that the American School in Athens may thus become a world center for the study of Greek history, literature and art, both ancient, Byzantine and modern and for the better understanding of the history and constitution of the Greek Church.” One of the conditions of the gift, “that the said Library and Collections be kept permanently and entirely separate and distinct from all other books and collections, in a special building, or part of a suitable building, to be provided for this purpose,” had to be assured of fulfillment before the gift could be accepted; the Carnegie Corporation responded nobly, very generously, and promptly in providing $275,000 for the erection of the Gennadeion on land which was most generously and amazingly quickly expropriated and presented to the School by the Greek government. So it was that on April 23—24, 1926 the library installed in the building was dedicated (Pl. 4, a).

The first Librarian (Gennadius’ condition required “a competent and specially trained bibliognost”), Gilbert Campbell Scoggin, was concerned during his six years of service (1925–1931) chiefly with the condition which remained a heavy responsibility for many years to come “that as soon as practicable a subject catalogue of the whole Library and of the collections be completed and published on the same principle of classification as the Sections already catalogued by me.” With a single graduate-student assistant he labored steadily on the catalogue. It was also his responsibility to fulfill a further condition of gift “that the Professors of the University of Athens, the Council of the Greek Archaeological Society, and the members of the British, French, and German Schools at Athens be admitted to the benefits of the use of the Library and of Collections on special terms and conditions to be determined by the Directorate.” The Library was open to members of the American School and those listed by Gennadius, but in the early years readers were relatively few.

Clarence Lowe of the University of Nebraska as Librarian 1931–1937 continued chief emphasis on the catalogue, but in 1934 with Assistants Glanville Downey and Theodore Erck changed to the latest method of library cataloguing and added the invaluably useful subject classifications to the cards. Not only were the contents of the books now more available to research scholars, but the thousands of pamphlets without authors’ names were made accessible. Most significant in Lowe’s librarianship, however, was the decision made by the School that the Library should be a live, working instrument, not a closed museum collection, if it was to fulfill the hopes Gennadius had for it. This meant that the School would have to provide funds not only for the salaries of a Librarian and an assistant as well as a caretaker but also for the purchase of books and the continuation of periodical subscriptions. Lowe began to fill in gaps in the Byzantine and more modern fields, purchasing in 1935 the noted Byzantine collection of Ernest Garland of some thousand volumes and 2000 pamphlets. Gifts to the Library began to be made also and would continue to represent a large bulk of the additions to the Library. Lowe also set about making the Library more widely known, for it had been decided that its treasures should be made available to more scholars than originally mentioned by the donor.

When Shirley Howard Weber of Princeton University became Librarian, then, in 1937, in addition to the catalogue responsibility, he was widely concerned with adding to the collections, and as one means of accomplishing that by gift as well as spreading the usefulness as a research center among scholars his attention was concentrated on making the collections better known throughout both Greek and European circles of scholars and collectors. One of the most notable and significant for its historical value of the additions to the resources of the Library was the deposit (not gift) of the Schliemann papers in 1937 by his daughter, Mme. Melas. Before Shirley Weber died on October 12, 1962, he knew that by their purchase on July 16, 1962 they would remain in the Gennadeion (see below, p. 230). Although Weber had begun to work on the catalogue of the classical authors with the view of publication, he paused to make ready the text of a part of Schliemann’s diary of particular interest. It was completed before he had to leave Greece during the war and was published in 1942 as No. II of a series of School publications designed to make available material in the Gennadeion, namely the Gennadeion Monographs, entitled Schliemann’s First Visit to America 1850—51. The year 1937 was notable in the history of the Gennadeion in yet another addition; Eurydice Demetracopoulou began her 32-year service as cataloguer and Assistant Librarian. She brought to the heart of the Library’s activity not only knowledge, training and experience but a devotion and dedication rarely equaled in the annals of the School. Until 1962 she carried the title Assistant in the Gennadeion, then became Assistant Librarian until her retirement in 1969 (see below, pp. 234—235).

The activity of the staff of the Gennadeion and of the building and collections during the war years has been recounted above (pp. 2, 3, 5, 10, 12, 15, 18, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29).

When the Gennadeion was reopened on May 15, 1946, the many students and faculty of the University of Athens who had come to use it so much in the last months before it closed in 1941 flocked back and increased each year as the comfort and ease as well as the scholarly benefits of the facilities became widely known. In the first years after the war it was the sections on travel and on Byzantine and modern Greek history that these students and scholars consulted, but as the post-war difficulties cleared and foreign scholars could make their way to Athens there began what has continued in ever increasing numbers, the use of the vast mine of information in the collections, much of it unique and unavailable elsewhere, by scholars from all over Europe as well as Greeks and Americans. A very considerable list of books and articles could be drawn up which either wholly or in part are based on material in the Gennadeion; they have been published in many lands and tongues as well as Greek and English. Gennadius’s dream of a world center for the study of Greek history has been fulfilled. His own definition of “Greek” in that connection as represented by his collection was as wide as the range of studies carried on in the Library; it extends to all cultures the Greek touched, to the history of the lands neighboring on Greece, so the extensive work on Turkish and Balkan history which has been done on Gennadeion material is as apt as the considerable work on Byzantine, Frankish, and 19th- and 20th-century Greek political and economic history, art, literature. The many additions to the original collection have increased the source material significantly.

The additions to the original Gennadius collections since the war have been in all the fields represented in the original except the classical which is the field of the School’s regular library. They have more than tripled the original size and come both from purchase and from gift. They will be considered again below (pp. 225, 226—227, 229—231).
We return to Librarian Weber and his work on publication of the catalogue. In addition to his work on the section of classical authors which was nearly complete when the war broke out, he very wisely recognized the value of making available in print as the first of the published catalogue a section of the Library that was especially noteworthy and full of rare or unknown material, namely the early travelers. The first part he completed covered the travelers later in time, namely the 19th century. Although planned first to be published in the series Gennadeion Monographs, it was agreed with the Publications Committee that it was preferable to keep that series for studies of the material in the Library and to call the catalogue volumes frankly what they were, Catalogues of the Gennadius Library. There was still the hope that the School would in fact, no matter at how late a date, itself publish, one by one, sections of the catalogue as they were ready for publication. Catalogues of the Gennadius Library, I: Voyages and Travels in the Near East during the XIXth Century, compiled by Shirley H. Weber, was published in 1952 and was followed in 1953 with Volume II, Voyages and Travels in Greece, the Near East and Adjacent Regions Previous to the year 1801, also compiled by Shirley H. Weber. The brief commentary following many of the regular bibliographical entries which are arranged chronologically has proved of no little value.

The series of volumes called Gennadeion Monographs had been projected just before the war to give an organ for the publication from time to time of material in the Gennadeion. The first study was by James Morton Paton who had been a student at the School in 1892—93 and 1912—13 and had acted as editor of the Erechtheum publication and of the volume on Selected Bindings from the Gennadius Library issued when the Library opened (below, p. 242); his The Venetians in Athens 1687–1688, From the “Istoria” of Christoforo Ivanovitch published in 1940 gave the text and commentary. Volume II by Shirley Weber, mentioned above (p. 222), followed in 1942, and then as Volume III Professor Paton’s last work, completed by his sister Lucy, was published as Chapters on Mediaeval and Renaissance Visitors to Greek Lands in 1951. Professor Weber was concerned to keep this series flourishing, and when he acquired for the Library the plans of Venetian fortifications in the Morea prepared for the Governor Francesco Grimani about 1700, he encouraged one of the students of the School, Kevin Andrews, to study them for publication. This led to an extensive investigation of the 17th-century forts as they were in 1947–1950 and their history since the Grimani plans were made. This study was published with the reproduction of the plans in Volume IV, Castles of the Morea, 1953, for which the royal octavo format of the series was changed to quarto to illustrate the plans adequately. The auspicious beginning of this series of Gennadeion Monographs unfortunately did not continue, and no further volumes have been issued in the quarter century since. The explanation lies at least partially in the fact that the scholarly work done on material in the Library has been carried on mostly, though by no means solely, by Greek and foreign scholars who have published the results of their research in volumes and periodicals in their own countries. One small but significant publication to which the Gennadeion made a financial contribution in 1953 was a pamphlet by the Greek scholar Philip Eliou, publishing letters of Adamantios Koraïs newly discovered among the Gennadius manuscripts along with other unpublished letters of the great patriot of the Greek revolution.

Soon after the library reopened in 1946 Emmanuel Tsouderos, Prime Minister of the Greek Government in exile in 1941–1944, began his gifts to the Library, continued over more than a decade, of manuscripts, documents, records and newspapers of the war years, many of them unavailable elsewhere. His initial gift in 1946—47 of the Government Gazette and newspaper Hellas published in London in the years of exile initiated the series of distinguished gifts from Greek men of affairs which have followed ever since and have made the Library unparalleled for the study of modern Greek history. The following year another of the great benefactors of the Library in subsequent years made her first gift; Mme. Helène Stathatou gave a 13th-century illuminated book of Gospels in Greek, executed in Armenia, and two later liturgies. The classics, philology, grammar and modern Greek literature sections of the Library were enriched by the gifts of hundreds of volumes from Argyris Hatziargyris in 1950—51 and 1954—55. By the time Weber retired in 1953 the accessions of these and many other gifts and by purchase had almost doubled the number of volumes in the quarter century since the original gift, and the Library’s standing and reputation had become such that ever more distinguished gifts would be made in future.

Weber added to the staff in 1946 a part-time assistant engaged first to do the oiling badly needed by the bindings after their long period of storage. Litsa Pholirou continued to be responsible for the care of the books and also assisted readers to find their needs on the same part-time basis for eleven years; she was then in 1957 made a full-time Assistant and later was named Library Attendant which position she filled until illness caused her resignation in 1965.

Two proposals suggested repeatedly by Weber for the advantage of the Gennadeion were only brought into being years later. He urged the establishment of a School fellowship specifically for the Gennadeion, and in this he was fully supported by the Committee of the Managing Committee on the Gennnadius Library; year after year the report of the Committee made by its Chairman, C. Alexander Robinson, Jr., recommended such a fellowship. Finally in 1963 the first Gennadeion Fellow was appointed (see above, p. 91). Weber also strongly recommended the formation of a “Friends of the Gennadeion”, the dues of which would assist in the purchase of rare items the Library would like to acquire; this was at last done in 1964 (see above, p. 94 and below, p. 231).

Peter Topping came to the post of Librarian from Santa Barbara College in 1953. In his seven years of service particularly notable gifts were received, and the use of the collections by scholars from around the world as well as the faculties and advanced students of Greek universities increased steadily, with a distinguished list of scholarly publications in many countries (if not the School’s own publications) resulting from their works. Topping’s own special field of the political, economic and social history of the Franks in Greece he was able to pursue along with his duties and responsibilities in the Gennadeion, and his lectures to the students of the School on Greece in the Byzantine, Frankish, Turkish and modern periods were a valuable addition to the curriculum.

Early in his tenure he questioned the advisability of continuing to think in terms of publishing the catalogue of the whole Gennadius collection and suggested rather that effort be concentrated on further sections (the travelers had been published) of unique or rare interest. He set about preparation of a definitive catalogue of the Greek manuscripts, and with the assistance of Mr. Panayiotopoulos and Mr. Komines it was complete by 1960. Final work to make it ready for publication was never finished, however, but the scholarly descriptive catalogue is available for all those interested to consult in the Library.

Two of the publications which resulted from research in the Gennadius materials published during Topping’s Librarianship would have pleased Mr. Gennadius particularly. The Reverend Dr. Jerome Kotsonis, chaplain to the Royal Palace, the most regular reader during the 50’s, published the first treatise by an Orthodox on intercommunion between the Greek Church and other Christian faiths and a monograph on dispensation in the Greek Church; he acknowledges his debt to the theological collection of the Gennadius Library.
Acquisitions continued, as in most years after the war, to number on average about 500 volumes a year of which one to two hundred were usually gifts except in those years when very large gifts were received. It is imposible to mention here all the notable gifts, but a few particularly unusual ones can be recorded to give some idea of how Mr. Gennadius’ Library was being augmented and strengthened to serve the purpose he wished and envisaged, his own collection still intact and the core of the research material.

The years 1953–1955 saw the receipt of the bequest of Damianos Kyriazis comprising some thousand volumes on travel and on Greek, Turkish and Balkan history, with numerous examples of early Greek printing, and the notable collection of letters of Ali Pasha. The earliest known letter of Koraïs came to the library in 1955—56 among a group of manuscripts and documents purchased from the Themistokles Volides collection. Books from the Arvanitidi collection came in 1957—58. In 1958—59 one of the most significant gifts of papers was made by Philip Dragoumis, writer and distinguished diplomat, when he presented the Dragoumis Family Archive, an unusually complete collection of the papers of one of the leading families of Greece since the 18th century, many of whom played outstanding roles in modern Greek history.

The Library had truly become a reference library internationally consulted not only by the scholars who came in person to work on the books and documents but by ever increasing written requests to the Librarian for assistance and information. Replying to these requests came to occupy more and more of the time of the experienced and knowledgeable staff as they were fulfilling in yet another way Mr. Gennadius’s hope.

Physically the handsome building completed in 1925 had remained in remarkably good condition even with the long years of war with no attention, but the red facade behind the Ionic columns was sadly in need of repainting, and the School was able to do that in 1954. The garden had suffered seriously during the years of neglect, and it was a matter of rejoicing when Ralph Griswold, landscape architect of the Athenian Agora, interested himself in reviving it. The basic plan was revised to give a more monumental and architectural axial approach and to make use of native evergreen plants; Mr. Griswold supervised the work himself in 1957. The acquisitions were gradually idling available shelf space so that by 1957 it was necessary to fit out the vault in the basement with adjustable-bracket stacks which provided for some six to seven thousand volumes, enough it was thought “to solve problems of space for some years to come.”

By 1956 the need for an additional assistant to the Librarian and the cataloguer who together handled all research requests as well as cataloguing and all other business had grown so acute that funds were found for a secretarial and cataloguing assistant. The position was held by Katherine Vouteri (1956 to November 1957), Aliki Papavlossopoulou (later Mrs. Apostolopoulou; 1957–1959) and Loukia Frangouli (1959–1964) who returned to work part-time on the catalogue 1964–1966 and then became Library Assistant 1966—67.

In 1958 the Librarian Peter Topping was appointed also Professor of Mediaeval History and Literature of the School. The last year of his appointment (1960—61) he was granted leave of absence to accept an appointment at the University of Pennsylvania as Visiting Associate Professor of History and Special Assistant to the Assistant Director of Libraries. He exchanged positions with Professor of History Kenneth M. Setton of Pennsylvania who took over the responsibilities of the Librarian of the Gennadeion with the title Special Research Fellow of the Gennadeion. At the same time he worked on his book The Papacy and the Levant, 1204–1571.

When Francis R. Walton (Pl. 14, c), formerly Professor of Classics at Florida State University and at the University of Chicago, became Librarian in 1961 he was entering upon the longest continuous service in that post of any who had occupied it, 15 years (Shirley’s Weber’s 16 years included the war years away from the Library). The main concerns of his predecessors, publication of the catalogue, making the Library better known and adding significantly to the collections, were augmented by the rapidly growing need for more space and the even more pressing need for a separate endowment. All but the last, in many ways the most vital because of its relation to the future operation of the Library, were achieved with conspicuous success.

Since the opening of the Gennadeion in 1926 the condition of the donor that a catalogue of the collection be published had hung heavily over all Librarians and the Managing Committee (above, pp. 221, 222, 223—224, 226). Two small sections on Travel had been published in somewhat the form Mr. Gennadius envisaged (above, p. 224), and some other sections had been worked on intensively and were in various stages of manuscript, but it had become clear to Professor Topping that to follow the donor’s wish in form of catalogue was an absolute impossibility in any reasonable time. Already 35 years had elapsed when Walton had to face the problem. He put into action what had been brewing in several minds for some time when in 1964 he signed a contract with the G. K. Hall Company to produce a catalogue by photographic reproduction of the catalogue cards provided by the Library. It would be a valuable bibliographical record of this amazing collection so relatively little known which would make the treasures available to all scholars throughout the world even though not in so full a form as originally planned. Of no small significance to the School, publication would be at the expense of the publisher, and in due time some royalties could be expected. Cost to the School would be the 35 years of work already expended plus an enormously heightened activity of an augmented staff for the next four years until the some 116,700 cards began to be microfilmed about ten weeks before the conclusion of the photographing on December 4, 1968. In the last three years from about mid-1965 about half of those cards had been revised and remade, representing tremendous further study of the volumes and improvement of the bibliographical information. In spring 1969 the seven thick folio volumes of Catalogue of the Gennadius Library, American School of Classical Studies (Boston, G. K. Hall and Co., 1969) appeared and finally discharged that long-standing obligation of the School. Arrangements were made for supplementary volumes to be issued whenever a further 18,000 cards are ready. In 1974 the first supplement with 18,500 cards was published, representing both the many new acquisitions and further revision of the cards of the original collection. Current cataloguing which had to lapse while the “big push” was on to complete the original catalogue was brought up to date in a few years after 1968 and is now kept up to date, with one card going into the card catalogue in the Library and a duplicate on file ready for the next supplement to be published. Of recent years the annual increment to the collection numbers some 1200–1500 items, up from about 800 in 1962. A listing of incunabula in the Gennadius Library had been included for the first time in 1964 in the Third Census of Incunabula in American Collections. It records 58 items, four of them unique.

The acquisitions, which have been Professor Walton’s chief concern, represent both gifts and purchases, in some years in almost equal measure. He set out to do several things: (1) to recover as many as possible of the books once in Gennadius’s collection which had to be sold by him in 1895; (2) to strengthen sections within the main areas of the collection with books both old and rare (e.g. books published in the west for the Greek east in the 17th to early 19th centuries) and newer and contemporary which are important for those sections; (3) to build up some areas within the over-all interest of the collection which will make and keep it a distinguished library of all Greek history (e.g. contemporary history and literature). To do these things not only was far more money needed than the School could provide, even though the Managing Committee continued to raise the Gennadeion budget as it raised the budget of the School Library, but contacts had to be made both with potential donors and with sources of rare desiderata; further, people who would, if they knew of it, be interested in the Library needed to be informed. Shirley Weber had made a fine start on making the Gennadeion known; Francis Walton established a still greater number of friendly connections both in Greece and elsewhere which resulted in a remarkable number of very significant gifts of books and of archives and which opened the opportunity to make selected purchases from private collections and to learn the availability of rare items at sales throughout the world. In the first year after funds were available for such purchases (1965–1966, see below, p. 231) 33 of the books lost in the 1895 sale had been purchased, and in the next year one of his greatest coups was made when the famous Sibthorp Flora Graeca (issued in only 30 complete copies), one of the greatest of the 1895 losses, was acquired as a gift after prompt and courageous action by Walton. In 1895 Gennnadius had had to sell all the six early editions of Breydenbach, Peregrinatio in Terram Sanctam; in 1968 it was possible to acquire a 3rd edition of 1502 for the Gennadeion.

So numerous are the unmatchable treasures that have been added since 1961, following their equally priceless and often unique predecessors not only in the original collection but also in earlier acquisitions since the Library had been owned by the School, that it is difficult and perhaps invidious to select any for mention. We shall nevertheless make the attempt. First, in 1962, came the purchase, thanks to the generous interest of the Lilly Foundation, of the Schliemann papers which had been on deposit in the Gennadeion and which the heirs now wished to sell. Over 150 bound volumes and many boxes of letters, diaries and notebooks cover most aspects of his life and are a historian’s paradise for many fields. The final group of papers covering his years in Greece, which had been held by the family, were purchased in 1966—67 by a further gift from the Lilly Foundation which had also contributed generously to provide the microfilming and conservation. Further major archives include the Skouzes-Grypari family papers (gift 1962 and 1963), the Morier collection including an unpublished letter of Koraïs (gift 1962), the Demitri Mitropoulos musical scores and correspondence (gift 1963), the Mousouros diplomatic and personal archives (1971 and 1973), the Kleon Rizos Rangavis literary manuscripts (gift 1972), the George Seferis archives (gifts of his widow honoring his wish, 1972), the Souliotes-Nikolaides archives of the Balkan Wars (gift 1973), Niko Ghika paintings and manuscripts (gift 1973), the Basil Kazantzis letters (gift 1974), the Panayotis Pipinelis political and diplomatic papers (gift 1976). Most of these were gifts of the men themselves or their friends and indicate the respect in which the Gennadeion is held in Greece. Since Emmanuel Tsouderos’s gift of his records, beginning in 1946, it has been coming to be regarded as a proper repository for diplomatic and artistic archives. A list of older manuscripts and rare books, singly or in collections, would be much too long to give here. The annual reports of the Librarian in the published Annual Reports of the School regularly note the highlights of the years. They include items like the manuscripts once in the Phillips Library, gift of trustee Henry Mercer, an Italian description of Athens in 1687 by one of Morosini’s men, an eyewitness account of the seige of Candia in 1669, a Renaissance copy in a handsome hand of the letters of Theodoretus, a probable 15th-century manuscript of Lykophron and a manuscript journal of William Henry Humphreys, British philhellene, in 1821—22, which was published in Stockholm in 1967 by a Swedish philhellene, formerly United Nations representative in Greece.

The purchase of most of the rare items was made possible by the founding in 1963—64 of that Friends of the Gennadius Library first proposed by Weber (above, p. 226). Funds raised by this group were to be used not to substitute for the regular budget but to augment it, to permit purchase of rare or otherwise expensive items not obtainable with regular funds. Life memberships of $500 or more are funded, and to the income from that fund the annual contributions are added. The wide international character of the membership attests the wide interest among bibliophiles the world around. Two other activities of the Gennadeion are associated with the Friends. In March 1965 the first issue of a small pamphlet, The Griffon, was issued, printed in Athens, to be distributed to the Friends of the Gennadius Library. Further numbers appeared at irregular intervals, Nos. 8 and 9, a double issue, in December 1975. They contain news of the Library and on occasion publish a special item from the collection. To mark the 40th anniversary of the opening of the Library a lecture was given in the Library by Stewart Perowne on “Hadrian the Philhellene,” on May 26, 1966. So well received was this innovation that further lectures were given under the auspices of the Friends of the Gennadeion: C. W. J. Eliot, “Athens in the Time of Lord Byron,” 1967; Th. D. Frangopoulos, “English Influences in Modern Greek Poetry,” 1968; Leslie A. Marchand, “Byron’s Hellenic Muse,” 1969; Francis R. Walton, “Edward Lear in Crete 1864,” 1975; William T. Stearn, “From Theophrastos to Sibthorp’s Flora Graeca,” 1977; George E. Mylonas, “The Sanctuary Area of Mycenae,” 1979; Francis R. Walton, “Greek Art and Greek Religion,” 1979.

From the time he took office Francis Walton emphasized to the Managing Committee and to the Trustees the urgency of an addition to the building, and in 1962—63 the first tentative plans for a single wing on the east were drawn up to suggest the sum which would be needed. In 1963 the Trustees approved the general idea of an addition when and if funds became available. As noted above (pp. 94, 117—118) the Board, having seen preliminary drawings and an estimate of $300,000, agreed to try to raise that sum first and then proceed to the General Endowment for the Gennadeion. When in May 1970 the $250,000 needed to begin work were in hand the plans already prepared were presented to the Greek Government for approval. The single wing was felt to be unpleasantly asymmetrical, so a plan for two wings identical on the exterior and symmetrical was approved first by the Greek Fine Arts Committee of the Ministry of Public Works and then by the Executive Committee of the Managing Committee and finally by the Trustees of the School on December 8, 1970. By spring 1971 construction was in progress, and on May 19, 1972 the Trustees, meeting in Athens for the second time, dedicated the building. Installation of the contents would follow. The ceremonial blessing was given by Hieronymos, Archbishop of Athens and all Greece, assisted by Demetrios, Bishop of Vresthena, and two priests. There followed remarks by the President of the Board of Trustees William Kelly Simpson, by the Director of the School James McCredie, the Director of the Gennadius Library Francis Walton and the Greek Minister of Culture. Then the door of the Stathatos Room (Pl. 4, b) was opened, and Mme. Helène Stathatou was the first to enter the room she had given from her own home. That several friends who had been present at the opening of the original building on April 23—24, 1926 were in attendence gave a special flavor to the occasion.

The two-storey wings extend from the original building east and west by a wide corridor to a wing which projects forward (southward) a short distance, creating a small court on each side. They merge into the planting around the building and are barely visible from the street or garden entrance in front. The original fine design of Stuart Thompson has not been damaged in its effect. The interior of the wings is differently treated, the east wing containing stacks and offices and the west wing, on the ground floor, exhibition rooms. The Stathatos room is installed in the south projection and the remainder of its space contains exhibition cases. On the occasion of the dedication of the building which offers wall space to display paintings from the Gennadius collections Trustee Philip Hofer presented a water-color by Edward Lear from a series of which the Library, fine as its collection is, had no examples, namely, from travels described in Journal of a Landscape Painter in Albania, etc. Once the shell of the wings with the Stathatos room was dedicated, the Library was closed for some months while the books were moved into the east wing so that air-conditioning could be installed in the old building and its interior repainted. Then the books were reshelved in both the old and new parts and the exhibition cases moved into the new west wing from the main reading room, allowing for more readers’ tables there.

A second ceremony of dedication, marking the reopening of the Library, was held on February 14, 1973. A special feature was an exhibition of book illustrations, portraits, theater designs and costumes, and travel drawings by one of Greece’s outstanding contemporary artists, Niko Ghika, the first of numerous other special exhibitions to follow featuring items from the Gennadius collections or occasional guest exhibitions appropriate to the Gennadeion. Mr. Ghika generously donated to the Library some of the items displayed. When not in use for special exhibitions, e.g. for the 150th anniversary in April 1974 of Byron’s death and the 50th anniversary of the Gennadeion in 1976, the cases and walls exhibit treasures of the Library, changed from time to time. The one constant is the magnificently carved Macedonian Room with its seven Byzantine ikons and other rare furnishings which Mme. Stathatou had donated to the School in 1969 from her home at 22 Herodotos Street in Athens.

In addition to mounting exhibitions in the Gennadeion itself, the Library lent pieces from its collections in 1971—72 to various exhibitions celebrating the 150th anniversary of Greek Independence (the Library exhibited in its own building books by Greek Philhellenes 1821–1831 and Greek books 1820–1829) and in 1974 to exhibitions in both London and Athens celebrating the 150th anniversary of Lord Byron’s death. The largest showing of Library material outside the Library was from the collection of Edward Lear drawings the Library owns. In 1968 ten of them were shown in the Worcester Art Museum; then beginning in February 1971 a show of 73 drawings started at Amherst and traveled to ten cities of the United States and Canada in two years, after which it was shown in the National Picture Gallery in Athens for over six months in 1974. Smaller selections of Lear drawings had been lent for exhibition in Greece in 1964 (sketches of the Ionian Islands shown in Athens and Corfu to celebrate the cession of the Islands in 1864) and in 1966 (Cretan sketches to commemorate the Cretan Revolution of 1866, at the Polytechnic Institute). In connection with the traveling show of 73 Lear drawings a catalogue was printed, and excellent color prints, full size, of two of the water-colors (Cape Sounion and Candia, Crete) were produced by the Meriden Gravure Company.

Other publications by the Librarian and others of the staff are not as limited as a glance at School publications would suggest. Several have been with such a bibliographical or bibliophile emphasis that they were more appropriate to journals of those fields, e.g. the article on Mr. Gennadius as a bibliophile in Book Collector, 1964, or other special journals, e.g. “Etoniana in the Gennadius Library” in Etoniana, 1974. It is regrettable, however, that there have not been, in recent years, more additions to the series of publications of the School established for the Gennadeion. Gennadeion Monographs for books and Gennadeion Notes for articles in Hesperia. These Notes were inaugurated by Francis Walton in Volume XXXI, 4, 1962 with an article on 18th-century English architectural drawings in the Library to commemorate the 200th anniversary of the publication of Stuart and Revett, Antiquities of Athens I, in 1762, and continued with one on Incunabula and C. W. J. Eliot’s “Athens in the Time of Lord Byron” in XXXVII, 2, 1968, and “Lord Byron, Father Paul, and the Artist William Page,” in XLIV, 4, 1975.

The years of Francis Walton’s direction of the Library saw many far-reaching changes in personnel. First of all came the Gennadeion Fellows in 1963 (above, pp. 91, 225—226), an annual research fellow in Post-Classical Studies who worked on some aspect of the collections. In that same year, 1963—64, Walton had leave to accept a teaching appointment at Harvard University and to lecture around the United States about the Gennadeion and its treasures and needs, in connection with the attempt to build up an endowment for the Library. In his absence Eurydice Demetracopoulou, who had been Assistant and then Assistant Librarian since 1937, was acting Librarian assisted by Mrs. Evro Layton, librarian of the Modern Greek collection in Widener Library of Harvard University. To the distress of all, Miss Demetracopoulou retired in 1969 after a remarkable career of achievement and devotion; her knowledge of the collection and of all who have been associated with it was phenomenal and always graciousy shared with all who cared to know, whether in person or by mail from all over the world. For 32 years including the war years she was the mainstay of the Gennadius Library; it was a further instance of her care that she stayed on another five years as part-time consultant, coming to the Library nearly every day for special research until June 30, 1974, after which she continued to come frequently until shortly before her death on May 1, 1975. A memorial meeting was held in her honor in the Gennadeion on May 8, 1976, and in 1978 there was published from the memorial fund in her honor a facsimile edition of King Rodolinos, a Cretan tragedy printed in 1647 but never reprinted; the Library possesses the only known copy of that original edition. In the hope that the remainder of the fund and the income from the sale of this volume may permit further reproductions of unique or rare pieces in the Library this little volume is called Gennadeion Treasures I.
Sophie Papageorgiou, graduate of the University of Thessalonike and with a University of Illinois library degree, who had been a cataloguer at Illinois, became Assistant Librarian in 1969. She was Acting Librarian while Walton was on leave from March 1 to August 1973, and when he retired on June 30, 1976 she assumed the directorship of the collection. Although Francis Walton’s title had been changed in 1970 from Librarian of the Gennadeion to Director of the Gennadius Library, Mrs. Papageorgiou carried the old title Acting Librarian of the Gennadeion.

Long and close as had been Miss Demetracopoulou’s association with the Gennadeion, there was another who antedated her and all others on the staff, who retired in 1966. When construction began on the Gennadeion in 1923 a refugee recently arrived from Asia Minor applied for work. From that day on Mitsos Pholiros’ life was the Gennadeion. Selected by the first Librarian, Gilbert Scoggin, to stay after construction was completed to unpack and shelve the books as they arrived from England, he became the first caretaker and assistant in the building when the staff consisted of three, the Librarian, an Assistant to the Librarian, and himself. He knew every book and where it belonged on the shelves; he soon learned from those who read them the importance of each and how to recognize valuable books. In his few spare hours after long hours in the building he scoured second-hand bookstores, and many a desideratum he discovered both for the Gennadeion and the School Library and for libraries the world over whose librarians had met him and learned of his skill in the Gennadeion. The last tie with the beginnings was broken when he left, and the whole American School was never quite the same again without “Gennadeion Mitso”, known by all School members whether or not they ever ventured into his beloved building. Ioannis Mandelos has proved a worthy successor. Mitsos’ daughter, Litsa Pholirou, had served the Library from 1946–1965 (see above, p. 225).

Mention has been made several times of the conviction of many of those associated with the School for some years before the 1970’s that only by the establishment of an adequate separate endowment for the Gennadeion could both that department and all the rest of the School be provided for financially. It has for many years been impossible for the School’s budget to take proper care of both; neither was adequately treated. Of recent years the situation (of which the reader of Chapter V will be keenly conscious) had been desperate. There was, therefore, no alternative when Francis Walton retired but to make no new appointment as his successor. The Gennadeion endowment, worked on over the preceding 15 years, had received a few gifts of some substance but nowhere near the sum necessary to support Gennadeion salaries, upkeep and book budget. When cuts were going to have to be made (they since have been made) in all departments of the School, it was decided that until the future of the Gennadeion could be seen more clearly the only course was to ask Mrs. Papageorgiou, by now well familiar with the Library, an expert cataloguer and a research student of much of the material herself, to accept the position of Acting Librarian. During the first year after his retirement Francis Walton, Director Emeritus, was designated Consultant, and he continues to occupy an office in the Library nearly every day, working on bibliographical problems, especially those which have to do with many of the older rare volumes.

Francis Walton’s tenure of office in the Gennadius Library will be remembered for his single-minded devotion to it in more than one way. It became far better known internationally than ever before thanks to his persistent efforts to make its holdings, especially its treasures, known through the published catalogue and the mention of its items in numerous bibliographical publications and through his own attendance at international conferences, his lectures in Greece, the United States and elsewhere and his infectious enthusiasm for the collection wherever he is and to whomever he talks. His outstanding acquisitions made possible by his sharp eye for the possibilities and his courage and persuasiveness in securing them have restored many of the “lost in 1895” items and added strikingly significant single books and collections, both of books and archives, building up new periods within the general range of Mr. Gennadius’ interests. His inauguration of lectures and exhibitions has brought knowledge of the Library to an even wider spectrum of people than the constantly increasing number of scholars of many nations who come to study and then publish the collections in many tongues or who write for information. Walton may take satisfaction in the assurance that by the 50th anniversary of the opening of the Library it had, not least by his efforts, indeed fulfilled Gennadius’ hope “that it become a world center for the study of Greek history, literature, and art, both ancient, Byzantine, and modern.” It was fitting that he should still be in office when that 50th anniversary was celebrated on April 2, 1976 by a lecture he delivered on “The Greek Book 1476–1825” and an exhibition of representative Greek books ranging from the Lascaris grammar of 1476 to the first book printed in Athens in 1825, the poems of Athanasios Christopoulos, followed by an exhibition of some of the Schliemann papers. A tribute to the reputation of the Library was its inclusion in the 300 libraries listed in Major Libraries of the World compiled by Colin Steele of the Bodleian Library at Oxford.

Since Mrs. Papageorgiou became Acting Librarian (1976–1980) several very significant gifts have been received. In 1977—78 further archives of the Dragoumis family came from Ioannis Mazarakis, a member of the family; the papers of the poet Demetrios Kapetanakis from John Lehman; 31 important letters of Adamantios Koraïs from the heirs of the late Joanna K. Manoussis; and from Angelos Papakostas the manuscript ‘Oράματα καì Θάματα of General Makriyannis in his own hand; the last two are among the most valuable treasures of the Library and would have delighted Mr. Gennadius because of their importance for the Greek Revolution. In 1978—79 Alexandros Xydis gave many volumes including rare editions.

The adequate cataloguing of the archives the Library has recently been given had been a concern of Professor Walton, and he had made efforts to secure funds to assist this highly necessary endeavor. In 1976 the National Bank of Greece made the Library a grant of 50,000 drachmai for the classification of archives. This was used for the Seferis and parts of the Mousouros archives, done by Miss Eutychia Lista, graduate of the University of Athens and of the Scuola Archivistica di Venezia. The National Bank of Greece gave other generous assistance to the Library when it put on permanent loan in the Library in 1976 an index to all the illustrative material in the books in the Geography and Travel section of the Library which a team of the Bank personnel had made some years before in connection with the Bank’s volume The Greek Merchant Marine 1453–1850. A grant from the Demos Foundation made possible a year’s work in 1980 of an archivist cataloguing the Schliemann archives; another grant in 1980 provided a part-time archivist for the Dragoumis archives; and the All Pasha archives will be transcribed and published at the expense of the National Hellenic Research Foundation in a joint effort of the Library, the Foundation and the École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales.

When the Tenth International Congress of Bibliophiles met in Athens September 30 to October 6, 1977, two of its meetings were held in the Gennadeion, and an exhibition of fine bindings of the 15th to 17th centuries in the Gennadius Library was put on display. Professor Walton again gave his lecture on “The Greek Book 1476–1825,” and Mr. A. R. A. Hobson spoke on “Bindings à la Grecque” and Dr. Dennis E. Rhodes on “Early Printed Books in Greek Libraries.”

For some years there had been discussions between the Committee on the Gennadius Library and the Center for Byzantine Studies at Dumbarton Oaks about possible collaboration in research. At the May 1979 meeting of the Managing Committee the Committee on the Gennadius Library recommended and the Managing Committee voted that “the American School approve the establishment of a joint Dumbarton Oaks—-Gennadeion Fellowship that would take the place of the present Gennadeion Fellowship, the costs of which would be divided equally between Dumbarton Oaks and the American School, and that the American School should negotiate a method of choosing the successful applicant.” The understanding was that applicants should not, however, be limited to those working in the field of Byzantine Studies. The procedure agreed upon was that the Fellowship be awarded on the recommendation of the Committee on the Gennadius Library in conjunction with the Senior Fellows of the Center for Byzantine Studies. The first holder of the new Fellowship selected in 1980 for 1980—81 was Frank Trombly of Dumbarton Oaks.

A Visiting Professor of the School was appointed to the staff of the Library in 1977—78, Professor Thomas Noonan who was completing a study of the history of the intellectual background to the fall of Byzantine Palestine. He also assisted the Acting Librarian in the selection of books in the field of Byzantine studies. Beginning in 1978—79 for three years there was a Samuel H. Kress Professor of Hellenic Studies (see above, p. 128) attached to the staff. In 1978—79 Professor Angelike Laiou-Thomadakis of Rutgers University held the post. Besides lecturing to the students of the School on the Byzantine and later monuments visited on the fall and winter trips, she gave a winter seminar on Byzantium and the West. In the Gennadeion she gave a lecture on “Byzantine Cities of the Fourteenth Century” and organized a colloquium on Research in the Gennadeion held on May 18 and 19, 1979 in three sessions, at which scholars from Greek universities and one American spoke on a variety of subjects for which they had done research in the Gennadius Library. This innovation was warmly welcomed by Greek scholars and laymen. The 1979—80 holder of the Kress Professorship was Professor Timothy E. Gregory of Ohio State University, a former Gennadeion Fellow. He, like Professor Laiou, took an active part in the regular trips of the School in the fall and winter and offered a seminar on the End of the Ancient World: Greece in Transition a.d. 267—700. This active participation of the Gennadeion staff in the regular program of instruction of the School had lapsed of recent years (Professors Weber and Topping had offered winter lectures) and had never before been as extensive; it constituted a significant addition and a welcome step in bringing the Gennadeion closer to the main activity of the School. Professor Gregory also continued the series of colloquia by Greek and American scholars on subjects from early Byzantine to modern times, religious, literary, historical, and in the spring he gave a public lecture on “New Thoughts on Greece in the Early Byzantine Dark Ages.” He was reappointed to the Kress Professorship for 1980—81.
A grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities made possible a Summer Seminar at the Gennadeion in June and July, 1980 entitled Greece in the Middle Ages: Emergence of the Byzantine Tradition. Conducted by Professor Gregory, twelve college teachers selected on a competitive basis participated and pursued their own research under his direction.
In addition to carrying on their own scholarly study and assisting students working in the post-classical fields, these Professors of Hellenic Studies were to assist the Acting Librarian in the direction of the Library and make suggestions to the Committee on the Gennadius Library for the future plans of the Library. The Committee, meanwhile, was active in its study of the problems, solicited suggestions from the whole Managing Committee through a questionnaire in 1976 and tried to carry on as much of the former activity of the Library as finances permitted. Everyone recognized that a large separate endowment for the Gennadeion was the only satisfactory solution to the problem; how and where to find it was the prime concern. It was no longer merely a highly desirable aim; it was essential to the life of the Library which in bald statistics had served 6628 readers from April 1978 to March 1979.
On May 10, 1980 the Managing Committee upon recommendation of the Committee on the Gennadius Library elected Mrs. Papageorgiou Librarian of the Gennadius Library. She was to continue to carry on the day-to-day operation of the Library; policy decisions were to be made by the Director of the School and the Committee on the Gennadius Library upon recommendation of the Kress Professor of Hellenic Studies as long as such a position continues. The arrangement was recognized as less than ideal, but in spite of possible awkwardness it would emphasize the Gennadeion as an integral part of the School; this was now accepted as both desirable and essential.

Chapter XI: Publications of the School

From the beginning the founders of the School recognized as one of its purposes and one of its responsibilities the publication of the results of the studies pursued by staff and students. At the second meeting of the Managing Committee in November 1882 a Committee on Publications, consisting of the Director for the year 1883—84 Lewis Packard, Basil Gildersleeve and Thomas Ludlow, was appointed to arrange for the publication of a Bulletin each year which would report the activities of the School during the preceding year. In the following year it was decided to publish two Bulletins a year with reports on current work plus a volume of Papers which were to include the scholarly work of the Director and the students of the year before. Each of these series started out as planned, Bulletin I with the report of Goodwin’s first year, 1882—83, appearing in 1883 and Papers I with the articles by Goodwin and the first-year students published in 1884. But thereafter came a lag, at first short but gradually longer. Bulletin II of Packard’s year 1883—84 came out in 1885 instead of in November 1884 as the Managing Committee had voted in May 1884 should be done. In 1885 the first “permanent” Committee on Publications was appointed with its chairman William W. Goodwin, who had been the first Director and who had met his publishing obligations with both Bulletin I and Papers I. He was succeeded by Augustus C. Merriam in 1888 after two more volumes of Papers had been issued and just at the time when the Managing Committee made a significant change in its publication policy.

At its May 1888 meeting the Managing Committee of the School considered the relation of the School to the Archaeological Institute of America in regard to their publications. It was decided that the two organizations should work together to make available to the scholarly world at the earliest possible time the work done at the School. After further discussion it was agreed, in November 1889, that articles by members of the School should be sent by the School’s Committee on Publications to the American Journal of Archaeology where they would be published immediately and circulated separately even before the number of the Journal in which they were to appear again, and that they be designated as Papers of the School, with extra copies printed to be reissued in volumes of Papers of the School. Ideal as this arrangement sounded, it did not prove as satisfactory as envisaged; almost immediately the preprints were abandoned, and the Papers were to be published at the earliest possible moment. Two such volumes of Papers (V and VI) appeared, the latter in 1897 after the Committee on Publications was empowered by the Managing Committee to select from the articles published by the members of the School in the American Journal of Archaeology and not to publish all. The result was no further publication of excavations or other research of the School by the School (except for ten monographs) until the beginning of the Corinth series in 1929 and the establishment of the School’s own Journal Hesperia in 1932. Articles on School material were published in the two journals of the Institute, the American Journal of Archaeology and Art and Archaeology, and elsewhere; in 1897 the Committee on Publications, of which Bernadotte Perrin had become chairman in 1893, was discontinued.

The most extensive of the early excavations of the School before work began at Corinth was that of the Argive Heraion in 1891–1895. A preliminary report was made in Bulletin III, 1892, and the final publication, in two volumes, constituted the first book published by the School, in 1902 and 1905, under the direction of the Director of the excavation and also for one year the Director of the School, Charles Waldstein. The next book the School published, Explorations in the Island of Mochlos, made available in 1912 with unusual promptness Richard Seager’s excavations in Crete in 1908.

By 1919 the work of the School had reached such proportions that there was not only a considerable body of manuscript nearly ready for publication, for which there was no provision, but there had accumulated a mass of excavated material of which no report had been made and for which some responsibility of assignment for study must be undertaken. Under Edward Capps’s chairmanship the Managing Committee therefore reactivated the Committee on Publications and elected as Chairman George H. Chase. He was to have a distinguished term of service for twenty years in inaugurating the impressive output of the School’s publications. Preliminary reports of excavations and short studies of all kinds in classical fields done by students of the School continued to be published in the American Journal of Archaeology and in Art and Archaeology, now no longer always specifically designated as work of the School, but the definitive excavation reports and studies of monograph length undertaken by the School began to be published in book form. Chase acted as editor and his Committee, Harold North Fowler, David Moore Robinson and Mary Hamilton Swindler, read and approved the manuscripts and also read proof. This was all, of course, a volunteer service of members of the Managing Committee, Dean Chase himself devoting to it a very large amount of time as well as care and scholarly advice and assistance.

As from the beginning with Professor Goodwin, it had always been generally understood that the Director of the School had over-all responsibility for publication of the School excavations and other studies. The backlog of unpublished material from the Corinth excavations was by 1924 so great that the Managing Committee made Harold North Fowler Editor-in-chief of Corinth publications, thus transferring the responsibility from the Director to the Committee on Publications. Professor Fowler was charged with undertaking some of the work himself and assigning other parts of the material to be studied and written. In anticipation of the volumes to come Chairman Chase in 1925 concluded an agreement with the Harvard University Press to act as the School’s publisher. Korakou, a Prehistoric Settlement near Corinth had, in 1921, presented Carl Blegen’s work on that site; the Corinth series which Fowler planned had not yet been foreseen, so it stands as a separate monograph. Selected Bindings from the Gennadius Library was a luxurious volume in a limited edition issued by the Trustees and the Managing Committee in 1924 as a tribute and acknowledgment of their gratitude to Mr. Gennadius; it was edited by James M. Paton who oversaw the production in London. Dr. Paton had also been appointed to guide and consolidate the study of the Erechtheum begun by the School in 1908. The resulting The Erechtheum was the first of the volumes which followed along in rapid succession in the period 1927–1939 under Dean Chase’s editorship, a group which reflects well the range of subjects studied by members of the School. In fact it was in these years that there was issued the greatest number of separate monographs not connected with any of the excavations of the School or the Gennadeion series. More would follow in the first years of the war, but thereafter the School was unable to afford to publish these separate studies, so great were the financial demands of the excavation series. Some independent studies appeared later as Hesperia supplements if size was suitable, but the day of the separate monograph was gone (until 1980, see below, p. 271). It had been a distinguished chapter in the history of the School publications. The Erechtheum (1927) was followed by The Athenian Calendar in the Fifth Century by Benjamin D. Meritt (1928), Zygouries by Carl W. Blegen (1928), The Sculpture of the Nike Temple Parapet by Rhys Carpenter (1929), Byzantine Mosaics in Greece: Hosios Lucas and Daphni by Ernst Diez and Otto Demus (1931), The Archons of Athens in the Hellenistic Age by William Bell Dinsmoor (1931), The Periclean Entrance Court of the Acropolis at Athens by Gorham Phillips Stevens (1936), Profiles of Greek Mouldings by Lucy T. Shoe (1936), Documents on Athenian Tribute by Benjamin D. Meritt (1937), and The Athenian Tribute Lists, I by Benjamin Dean Meritt, H. T. Wade-Gery, Malcolm F. McGregor (1939), the first of four volumes. These monographs record some of the independent research of members of the School inspired by and carried on at the School, one of the products of the School which the founders envisaged.

The heavy responsibility of getting the results of the work at Corinth since 1896 into print began to be fulfilled in earnest with eleven volumes published between 1929 and 1936. Several of the assignments made by the Committee through Harold North Fowler after his appointment as Editor-in-chief were completed with exemplary promptness, others were not to be accomplished for many years. The first of the Corinth series was Volume IV, Part i, Decorated Architectural Terracottas by Ida Thallon-Hill and Lida Shaw King, published in 1929; it was fitting that Mrs. Hill’s study should be the first, for she had encouraged her husband and was to continue to encourage and assist him in his own writing on Corinthian matters. There followed quickly IV, ii, Terracotta Lamps, V, The Roman Villa and III, i, Acrocorinth, Excavations in 1926, all in 1930; VIII, i and ii, Greek Inscriptions 1896–1927 and Latin Inscriptions 1896–1926 and IX, Sculpture 1896–1923 in 1931; I, i, Introduction, Topography, Architecture and X, The Odeum in 1932; VI, Coins 1933; and III, ii, The Defenses of Acrocorinth and the Lower Town in 1936. These were prepared by members of the staff and students of the twenties: Broneer, Shear, Blegen, Stillwell, Bellinger, Meritt, West, Franklin P. Johnson, Katharine M. Edwards, Carpenter as well as Fowler himself.

Although all these volumes as well as the separate monographs were published for the School by the Harvard University Press they were printed at various presses beside the Harvard Press itself. Several were printed in Athens; the author of The Athenian Calendar in the Fifth Century (Benjamin D. Meritt) set much of the type himself at the Hestia Press and supervised the making of the necessary epigraphical font. Other authors resident in Athens oversaw the presswork of their volumes, particularly Oscar Broneer his Corinth Lamps and Odeum. The Harvard Press did The Erechtheum, with its splendid text and plates, and several other volumes.
In 1932 the School had begun a most happy association with a printing firm in Vienna, Adolf Holzhausens Nachfolger, who were given the task of printing the new journal (see below). So excellent was their work and so effective and pleasant the dealing with them that the Corinth volumes were turned over to them also as well as the monographs, notably the Byzantine Mosaics and Profiles of Greek Mouldings, which were triumphs of production. Finally, as war clouds gathered, it was recognized that printing of books had best be brought to the United States. With The Athenian Tribute Lists, volume I began the long and mutually respected and friendly connection with the J. H. Furst Company in Baltimore.

The book-length manuscripts were thus being handled promptly and effectively, but as the pace of the School’s work in the field and in the study increased during the twenties and as a still greater number of articles could be foreseen from the excavations soon to be begun in the Athenian Agora the Chairman of the Managing Committee Edward Capps and the Director Rhys Carpenter reviewed the existing possibilities for publication of articles. Clearly the American Journal of Archaeology would no longer be able to give the prompt publication needed for the School’s work; it was time, they believed, for the School to inaugurate a quarterly journal of its own. Upon Carpenter’s recommendation the Managing Committee voted approval in 1929, and in 1932 the first volume (a one-number volume) of Hesperia appeared. The regular four numbers began in volume II, 1933 and have continued regularly ever since. The Director acted as Editor, and the printing was done by Holzhausens in Vienna who handled the distribution also; the subscription and business matters were also taken care of by the Director in Athens. From the start the journal was well received; its scholarly articles (e.g., those by Carpenter on the pedimental sculpture of the Parthenon in the first two volumes), its prompt preliminary reports of the Agora excavations in each volume and its handsome appearance all drew favorable reaction from the classical world. It was agreed that beginning with the first full four-number volume in 1933 two of the four numbers should be devoted to publication of material from the Athenian Agora. The goal of the Managing Committee of 1882 had at last been attained.

It soon became apparent, however, that there would be some studies too long for Hesperia which it would be advisable to have associated with the journal. The series of Supplements was therefore inaugurated with Prytaneis: A Study of the Inscriptions Honoring the Athenian Councillors by Sterling Dow in 1937. These supplements were to be sold as separate volumes, not included in the regular subscription price of the quarterly Hesperia which began with the extremely modest (even for 1932) $3 a year. A second supplement, Late Geometric Graves and a Seventh Century Well in the Agora by Rodney S. Young, appeared in 1939. The Managing Committee of 1939 had reason to feel satisfied with its program of publication in both books and articles.

But as early as May 1939 the trouble ahead could be seen, and some changes had already been made. When the Anschluss between Germany and Austria made further printing in Vienna impossible, the Chairman of the Managing Committee Edward Capps instructed Holzhausens to ship all the School’s stock to the United States, and arrangements were made to have the printing of Hesperia done in Baltimore. This meant that the Publications Committee would now take over the responsibility for Hesperia (its editing and subscriptions) as well as for the books. Dean Chase wished to be relieved of the chairmanship, which would now have been so much more responsibility which he could hardly add to his normal and proper academic commitments. As has been said before (71st Annual Report of the School, 1951–1952, p. 60) Dean Chase was the Father of the School’s publications, as he laid their sound foundation in policy with vision and fairness and in practice with high scholarly standards and dedicated unselfish service to School and authors, for whom his friendly and wise counsel was ever ready. A whole new Publications Committee was appointed by the Managing Committee in 1939 to work with the new Chairman of the Managing Committee, Louis E. Lord, who was an ex officio member of it: Chase continuing as a member, Harold Cherniss and Benjamin D. Meritt (Pl. 15, a) Chairman; later the Executive Committee added Edward Capps. This Committee’s first task was to set up an office where the business of Hesperia as well as the editing of both Hesperia and books could be carried on. The Institute for Advanced Study offered as its annual contribution to the School both office and storage space as well as the part-time services of the Chairman’s secretary (Margot Cutter to 1943, then Dorothy Dauncey) who assisted the Chairman in business matters and a $500 stipend to Paul Clement, a member of the Institute, to augment the salary the School paid him as Managing Editor of Publications, a new position created by the Managing Committee. This remarkably generous assistance to the School was continued until Mr. Clement resigned as of December 31, 1949. Office space for Editor and Publications Secretary and storage space for the stock of the Committee have continued to be contributed by the Institute to the present (1980), a very significant gift to the School, many times the value of the usual $250 annual contribution of other Cooperating Institutions. Had the School been required to rent this office and storage space or enter into contract with a publisher to handle its publications during these forty years, it is frightening to think of the volumes it would not have had the funds to publish. The Institute for Advanced Study ranks as one of the greatest benefactors of the School in its history.

The other prime task for the new Chairman was to find a printer to replace Holzhausens who had been doing practically all books as well as Hesperia when the association with them had to be broken. The greatest prerequisites were adequate Greek type and compositors who knew how to set it. Few American printers could qualify, but one already well known to the Chairman from the years he edited The American Journal of Philology was conveniently at hand and was already known as one of the finest printers of Greek texts, the J. H. Furst Company of Baltimore. They were at the time setting type for the monumental Athenian Tribute Lists I for the Harvard Press. This was as exacting an assignment in the setting of Greek type as was likely to occur again in the School’s publications and had been executed with masterly skill and patience and understanding. This was what the School needed for all its texts. The Fursts took on Hesperia with Volume VIII, 3 in 1939 and were soon also doing the printing of the School’s books published by the Harvard Press.

For the first three years of the war there were sufficient articles for both the two Agora and the two School numbers of Hesperia, but as more of the staff and students and former students left academic pursuits for war service the usual flow of articles into the editor’s office slowed, and by 1942 it was feared there might have to be much reduced numbers if Hesperia continued to restrict its pages to the members and alumni of the School. The Managing Committee in 1942 approved a temporary policy of accepting from time to time articles from authors not directly connected with the School. It was not necessary to do this frequently in the remaining years of the war, but the renewed approval of the Managing Committee in 1943 and 1944 made it possible to include some valuable articles on classical subjects from non-School personnel and to keep all numbers of reasonable size.

There were on hand several longer studies which were published as funds became available as Hesperia Supplements: III, The Setting of the Periclean Parthenon by Gorham Phillips Stevens, and IV, The Tholos of Athens and its Predecessors by Homer A. Thompson in 1940; V, Observations on the Hephaisteion by William Bell Dinsmoor and VI, The Sacred Gerusia by James H. Oliver in 1941; VII, Small Objects from the Pnyx I by Gladys R. Davidson and Dorothy Burr Thompson in 1943. Soon after the death of T. Leslie Shear, Director of the Agora Excavation, in 1945, the Publications Committee voted to dedicate a number of Hesperia to his memory, to invite some of his friends and associates to contribute articles. When the response was so enthusiastic as to produce more material than a number of Hesperia could accommodate, it was decided to publish the contributions as Supplement VIII, which appeared in 1949 with 44 articles from members of the School and foreign friends.
When the first ten volumes of Hesperia had been published at the end of 1941 work was begun immediately on preparation of the Index, Alison Frantz and Rodney Young caring for the English part and Benjamin Meritt, Kendrick Pritchett, and Antony Raubitschek the Greek. As some of the compilers were called away on war service work was delayed, and then even when the Index had gone to the printer there was further delay because of war priorities in the press. After many persons had assisted in the compiling of the items, with especial help from Paul Clement, and preparation of them for the press, the Index to Volumes I—-X and Supplements I—-VI was published in 1946. Copies were sent free to all current subscribers. Neither of these records, a ten-year Index in six years or free copies to subscribers, was ever achieved again.

One of the war-created problems for the Committee was the subscriptions for libraries in countries at war, which could not be delivered. Some such libraries managed to send either word or money to hold the issues for them. The Committee did save and store copies for most of the previous regular subscribers against the time when they could be safely mailed. In some cases these were not delivered even when they were sent at what seemed a safe time after the cessation of hostilities. The School made good these losses so that libraries should not have broken sets of its journal. This diminished the supply of the issues of war years, to the great embarrassment and inconvenience of the office in the following years when, after the war, orders for complete sets of Hesperia began to come in some quantity as libraries around the world recognized its value and their need to have it. It was possible, however, to send a complete set of Volumes I—-IX and Supplements I—-VII to the University of Louvain as a gift from the School to their destroyed library.
Manuscripts for Corinth volumes continued to come to the Committee before their authors went into war occupations; four were published under Meritt’s and Clement’s editorship. The second part of the architectural volume, I, ii, by Stillwell and others, was published in 1941, XI, Charles Morgan, Byzantine Pottery in 1942 and VII, i, Saul Weinberg, Geometric and Orientalizing Pottery in 1943. In 1948 the first part of Agnes Newhall Still-well’s volume XV on the Potter’s Quarter was published. Parts ii and iii on the finds would have to await her return to Corinth for further study.

The first book published in Meritt’s Chairmanship inaugurated a new series designed to make available from time to time items of special interest in the collection of the Gennadius Library. See above, pp. 224—225, for Gennadeion Monographs.

As noted above (p. 242) there were still some separate monographs published in these years. The Chronology of Hellenistic Athens by W. Kendrick Pritchett and Benjamin Dean Meritt (1940) was published with aid from the Institute for Advanced Study; the American Council of Learned Societies contributed most of the cost of Robert L. Scranton, Greek Walls (1941); and Mr. Lincoln MacVeagh, who had been the benefactor for the whole project of reconstructing the Lion at Amphipolis, contributed to the publication which studies the work, Oscar Broneer, The Lion of Amphipolis (1941). The Calendars of Athens by W. Kendrick Pritchett and Otto Neugebauer was published in 1947 and the second volume of The Athenian Tribute Lists by Meritt, Wade-Gery and McGregor in 1949, the third in 1950.

Production costs after the war began the escalation that has continued ever since. Increases for both paper and labor meant that in nearly every year budgets had to be readjusted; any volume in press more than a year was bound to cost more in the end than had been planned. Income luckily was increasing somewhat after the war but not sufficiently. Income from sales accounted for only a small part of each year’s expenses; the remainder came partially from some endowment specifically designated for publication but chiefly from general funds. One welcome gift had been made in 1940 when Mrs. James H. Kirkland gave $5,000 as an endowment fund for publications in memory of her husband, a classicist who had been Chancellor of Vanderbilt University and long interested in the School. This fund was accepted by Chairman of the Managing Committee Lord not only for publications, but he ruled that the interest used for publications be considered the annual contribution of Vanderbilt University as a Cooperating Institution of the School.

In 1948 a momentous change was made, one of the most significant and far-reaching in its effects on the history of the School. The Harvard Press asked that the old arrangements for acting as the School’s publisher be superseded by a contract for each book which would give the Press rights of approval of the manuscript, format, typography and procedure of manufacture. Such contracts would require the School to give up too much of the control which all members of the Committee realized that the School must retain. The Committee on Publications recommended unanimously to the Managing Committee that the School henceforth act as its own publication agent for books as well as for Hesperia, and the Managing Committee voted its approval in May 1948. The fact that the School already had office and storage space at the Institute for Advanced Study made the decision much easier to reach. There would be little difference in purely editorial work; the additional work and expense would come chiefly in the distribution. The increased work of filling orders, with its attendant bookkeeping, would require a full-time Publications Secretary, and the responsibility of the Chairman would be greater. It was thought, however, and this proved very quickly to be true, that sales might increase if the School handled them itself and that the saving of the 15% which had been paid to the Harvard Press plus the very high discount offered by the Press to dealers would make an appreciable difference in revenues. Above all there was a sense of relief that at last the School would be in control of all its publications. The Harvard Press was instructed to ship all stock of School books on hand to the Publications Committee at the Institute for Advanced Study. The Chairman turned over to the Publications Committee his own storage space to give the extra room now needed for the books which arrived in summer 1948, and the School was in the publishing business. A Publications Secretary was added to the budget of the School. In 1947—48 the income from books had been $1,290.35; in 1948—49, the first year of the School’s handling of sales, it was $2,499.25, in 1949—50 $3,003.90, more than paying the Secretary’s salary, and it continued to rise thereafter. Although it had been the policy of the School always to absorb some of the cost of publication as part of its contribution to scholarship so that prices could be kept low and within the reach of students, in 1949 the Committee realized that prices of books must be raised to bring in a bit more revenue. A new Price List was issued in this year with prices, however, still well below the market value for comparable items. Also in May 1949 the Managing Committee voted “that the pages of Hesperia be confined to present and past members of the School and that any request for an exception be referred to the Executive Committee”; there was no longer reason for the temporary opening of Hesperia to other scholars as during the war years, and the Managing Committee wished to clarify its position.

It was true that being responsible for the whole operation, from receiving manuscripts to selling bound volumes, entailed more attention than the Chairman and the Managing Editor had been called upon to give heretofore. Furthermore, the approaching addition of final publications of the Athenian Agora to the existing continuing commitments of the Committee would not lessen the responsibilities of the present Chairman, who had already a commitment, along with other qualified scholars who could help him, to the scholarly study and publication of the epigraphical material from the Athenian Agora. He was acting as Editor and as Chairman from January 1, 1950, after Mr. Clement resigned to take a teaching post elsewhere. Meritt realized that he could not do both his own study and the management of publications and that the School needed a full-time staff member to take complete responsibility, with the help of the other members of the Publications Committee, for the School’s publications. The Chairman of the Managing Committee, Louis Lord, concurred and recommended to the Managing Committee in May 1950 that a former Fellow of the School, a member of the Managing Committee who had been teaching at Mount Holyoke College and was currently a Research Fellow at the American Academy in Rome, Lucy T. Shoe (Pl. 16, c), be appointed to act as both Chairman of the Publications Committee and Editor of Publications. The Managing Committee approved the appointment. Otherwise the Committee on Publications was to remain as since 1939: Meritt staying on as member, Chase (also a former Chairman), Cherniss, Capps (who died in August 1950) and Deferrari, who had been added in 1943. Charles Morgan would replace Louis Lord ex officio as new Chairman of the Managing Committee.

Chase had founded the program of publications substantially as it has remained. It was Meritt’s task to bring the production of that program to the United States, establish the office and its relations with printers and engravers, and begin to formulate the required new principles and policies of editing and publication, based on the foundations laid by Chase and Carpenter. His Chairmanship of the Committee was but the beginning of 30 years of devoted service to the Committee so far beyond the call of duty that those outside the Committee can but dimly comprehend what his wisdom, his wide and long experience, his fairness in judgment, his countless hours of active work donated to the scholarly tasks, his selfless dedication meant to the publications of the School.

It will be recalled that the first publication authorized by the second meeting of the Managing Committee in 1882 had been a report of the first year’s activity of the School. For some years after that first Bulletin, the reports sent to the Managing Committee by the officers of the School in Athens had been published, at first by the School and distributed to the Managing Committee and later in abbreviated form by the Archaeological Institute of America in its Bulletin until 1928. When Louis Lord became Chairman of the Managing Committee in 1939 he undertook to make these very valuable reports available again. He gathered up what material he could find and published the reports for 1928—29 through 1938—39 in three volumes. Thereafter for each year of his Chairmanship he published a full record of personnel and reports from Athens and from the Committee Chairmen of the Managing Committee. These annual reports continued to be published through the Ninety-fifth for 1975—76 and abbreviated reports thereafter. Lord acted as Editor and distributor during the years of his chairmanship, since he considered it his responsibility to the Managing Committee. He also instituted in 1939—40 and published annually a “publication” of the greatest usefulness to the Committee members, especially its officers, the folder which continued to be known as “The Four-Leaf Folder” long after it had outgrown four leaves. Here were listed all the personnel of the School: Trustees and Managing Committee and their Committees, Cooperating Institutions, the Staff of the School in Athens and, after its founding in 1940, the Council of the Alumni Association. Fellows of the School were added in 1942—43 and from the reopening of the School to students in 1946—47 all Fellows and Students were listed.

When the new Chairman of the Managing Committee, Charles Hill Morgan, paid the first of his many visits to the office of the Publications Committee at the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton in September 1950 (the Editor had spent the summer of 1950 in Athens, conferring with the staff there), he told the new Editor and Chairman of the Publications Committee that he wanted that office to take over full responsibility for editing, producing and distributing (with the attendant bookkeeping) of all School publications, including the Annual Report and folder formerly handled by the Chairman of the Managing Committee, and the distribution of the film Triumph over Time (the Editor was relieved of this in 1953) and the Alumni slide sets (see below, pp. 267—268). The only exception was to be the Corinth Guide, which from its first publication by Carpenter in 1930 has been the responsibility of the Director in Athens. Morgan said that he considered Publications a department of the School’s activities, its Editor a staff member of the School equivalent in rank to the Professor of Archaeology, and he expected Publications to work closely with both the Director and the Professor of Archaeology in their instructional program and with the Field Director(s) of Excavations (at that time there was but one but he foresaw others), since it is the business of Publications to make available to scholarship the results of both those activities of the School. He outlined right at the start the meager financial resources available but indicated that by working together the three departments could, he was sure, share what there was and all produce the results the School exists to achieve. The Editor felt that under his direction this could indeed be attained. She accepted the challenge under one condition, that the Committee on Publications be a working committee and that all policies and procedures be debated by them; she would then undertake to implement them. The Committee began in October 1950 to meet at least twice a year in long half-day sessions when they considered in detail both the scholarly and business aspects of the publishing business the School had undertaken. Further they volunteered many hours to reading manuscripts and proof and to correspondence between meetings. They were not merely a working Committee but a hard-working Committee whose selfless dedicated contributions of wisdom, experience, time and money (their transportation to meetings was always sua pecunia) played a major role in the results. The names of those of many years service deserve to be remembered: George H. Chase 1919 to his death in 1952, Harold F. Cherniss 1939–1956, Benjamin D. Meritt 1939–1969, Roy J. Deferrari 1943–1960, Charles H. Morgan 1950–1969, J. Walter Graham 1952–1961, James H. Oliver 1952–1968, Lloyd W. Daly 1956–1971, Homer A. Thompson 1960–1972 (who had attended fall meetings of the Committee as a guest from 1950). After 1969 members have served shorter terms because of a change in regulations, but their more limited service was also filled with concern and loyalty which have meant much to the School’s publications.

General policies had to be reviewed and confirmed or established as well as the individual application of them to the individual manuscripts which came before the Committee. Some of these are of general interest. At the first meeting in October 1950 the definition of the scope of Hesperia which had been voted by the Managing Committee in May 1949 was studied and restated more precisely: “the pages of Hesperia shall be for the publication of the work of the School and of the members of the School, and when space permits of the alumni of the School writing on non-School material.” The interpretation of “the work of the School” includes articles by Americans who have not been members of the School or by non-Americans who have been assigned publication of any of the School’s excavation material. This was approved by the Managing Committee in 1951 and incorporated in the Regulations as Article IX.4.

The three categories of articles which this definition includes had to be given conditions of acceptance. They were also given general priorities in time, with the understanding that size and cost of each number must be the final determining factor with categories II and III. Category I covers current excavation reports by Field Directors. These are accepted automatically and published in the next number of Hesperia after receipt (or the second if there are too many for one number), the School’s own excavations taking precedence over those sponsored by the School (this latter provision was made after there began to be a number of sponsored excavations). Category II A consists of Staff articles (by the Director or Professors of the School) accepted automatically; B articles by members of the School and recommended to the Committee by the Director, the Professor of Archaeology, or a Field Director, accepted automatically on that recommendation; C articles on excavation material assigned by Field Directors and recommended by the Field Director, accepted automatically on that recommendation. These articles are published in order of receipt (regardless of whether A, B, or C) so far as size permits after articles of Category I. Category III are articles of alumni on non-school material (but see below, pp. 272—273), the only articles eligible for Hesperia on which the Committee exercises its authority for acceptance. These are read by the Editor and one other member of the Committee and if approved by them are accepted. In the earlier years if there was any question of acceptance, the articles were always brought to the full Committee for consideration before being rejected. From 1972 the following procedure was introduced: if both readers wish to reject or if there is a difference of opinion, the member of the Committee who is not the Editor suggests another reader who is either in or out of the Publications Committee. If this reader agrees to rejection, the article is rejected. If there is a difference of opinion, the article is read by all members of the Publications Committee and the majority opinion prevails. Category III articles which have been accepted are published in order of receipt after Categories I and II so far as size permits; small articles of Category III can often fill out a number when there is not space for those of I and II on hand. Since no article of Categories I and II can be refused by the Committee, it is obvious how much editorial work may sometimes be required on the manuscripts of young or inexperienced authors. Unless extensive revision is required (for which the manuscript is returned to the author with suggestions), the necessary editing is done by the Editor. All these details of procedure, obvious as they may seem, were not always understood by some persons associated with the School, and from time to time the Committee was asked to state them. They are therefore repeated here.

Section 3 of Article IX of the Regulations was, in 1958, changed in wording for greater clarity, but not in meaning: “Scholarly material which is School excavation material and has been assigned either to members or nonmembers of the School may be published under auspices other than those of the School only with the approval of the Director or the Committee on Publications.”

Responsibility for the acceptance of book manuscripts was considered, in general, to lie within the authority of whoever made the assignment. The Committee continued to act as the general editor of the Corinth volumes which had been assigned by the Committee through Fowler in 1924 or by Louis Lord in the forties, and the Committee had to continue to make assignments when reassignments were necessary until work was resumed at Corinth under the Director Henry Robinson in 1959. After that he and then Charles Williams as Field Director assumed responsibility for assignment as had been the case with the Field Directors of the Agora excavation and Lerna and the School-sponsored excavations. The old tradition from the beginning of the School again maintained that the Director or Field Director makes publication assignments. Once manuscripts were presented to the Committee by the pertinent Director as acceptable and recommended by him for publication, the responsibility for editing and production was transferred to the Editor and Committee. The Committee held firmly to its responsibility (delegated by them to the Editor) for the final editing. Because the Editor and the Directors kept in such close contact both before and after the manuscripts were handed over to the Editor, and because the Editor consulted frequently with most authors while their work was being prepared, it was usually possible to complete the final editing and put the books into press in a relatively short time, always in fact as soon as funds were available. Misunderstandings there were, but they were few, and usually authors in the end recognized that condensation of text or cuts in illustrations (or their size, which the Committee stringently required the Editor to make on occasion for the sake of both scholarship and economy) improved rather than harmed their volumes. The Committee’s fundamental principle in production was that the best scholarly presentation should be the ideal, then cut from that as required, not the reverse of thinking first how cheaply something could be printed. This meant that for each volume the best press treatment the School could possibly afford was given.

The new editor found not only the usual drawer of articles awaiting printing in Hesperia but also book manuscripts. Before she could embark on the publication of them much had to be done in the production part of the enterprise. Meritt had established the existing friendly and effective teamwork with the J. H. Furst Company of Baltimore acting as printers of text and line cuts and as binders and with the Meriden Gravure Company of Meriden, Connecticut supplying the photographic plates of Hesperia and books alike. The quantity of books on hand and looming ahead in 1950 was greater, however, than the facilities of the Furst Company could accommodate. Another printer had to be tried for one volume, but estimates made by him for others were far beyond the means of the School. At that first meeting of the Committee in October 1950 the Editor was instructed to find a new printer for books; the Committee had no intention of printing Hesperia anywhere but with the Fursts so long as they would do it, and it was happy with Meriden as engraver. The School has been fortunate to have formed the association it has with Furst and Meriden, and the bond would grow closer and the appreciation greater over the next 30 years. Fortunately for the School the new firm selected in 1950 to try one volume of Corinth proved to be an equally happy and successful member of the American School publication team. So mutually satisfactory was that experiment with Corinth, I, iii, that J. J. Augustin of Glückstadt, Germany has been printing most of the books ever since (to 1980), usually with Meriden supplying the plates as they do to Furst for Hesperia. The remarkable personal interest which these three firms have taken in the School and its publications, their justifiable pride in their meticulous and excellent work, their constant help in advice and in searching for better results and above all for economies without loss of quality have been contributions to the School’s century of achievement which deserve to be mentioned here; the appreciation of the School has hardly been overstated, so essential a part of the School’s work have these firms and their personnel been. Furst undertook the Annual Reports and folders and the occasional Handbooks (1949, 1959, 1980) as well as the Hesperia Index and Supplements when they were revived. Meriden has been responsible for both the conception of the Picture Books and their production and for most of the reprints by offset of the volumes of the Athenian Agora series (see below, pp. 261—262).

With principles of scholarly assignment and editing established and with production processes arranged there remained for the Committee to make decisions regarding sale and distribution, its newest responsibility. It began, once more, with the fundamental purpose of the School’s publications enunciated at the beginning, to make available as promptly as possible the results of the School’s activity whether in the study or in the field. That should mean, the Committee felt, that publications should be priced so that they would be available to scholars and students as well as libraries; the School should make a monetary as well as a scholarly contribution to classical studies by absorbing some of the cost. Yet the funds were so limited that a balance would have to be struck between keeping the price moderate for the profession and getting the publishing done and the books out. The price of Hesperia at the beginning in 1932, $3.00, was such a small portion of its printing cost that it had been raised to $5.00 in 1940. By 1952, after no little agony of decision the rise in printers’ rates caused the rise to $7.50 for 1953; ten years later costs had risen another one-third so the price went to $10.00 for 1963. The change to $15.00 for 1974 reflected the continuing increase in cost, and the $22.50 soon after in 1976 records the inflation of these years. Hesperia Supplements, begun in 1937, cost the School like the books they are (except for the cover), and in 1950 Chairman Morgan begged the Publications Committee not to issue Supplements so that the limited funds could be used for the regular series of excavation and Gennadeion volumes. These books of the Corinth and Gennadeion Monograph series and later the Catalogues of the Gennadeion, the Athenian Agora and Lerna series were priced at one-half to two-thirds of their manufacturing cost, the School absorbing the remainder of the printing and all the overhead cost, including salaries of the Editor and Publications Secretary. This was possible since the subscriptions to Hesperia continued to increase (from 352 in 1950 to over 500 in 1956, over 700 in 1966, 900 in 1970) in spite of the rise in price, and the sale of books increased steadily, both the old ones until they went out of print and the new ones coming along, on an average of two or three a year, whereas salaries, though they steadily increased slightly, were not allowed to increase with the rise in printing costs beyond what the income from sales and from the small Publications endowment would allow and what could be spared from the general funds. The Committee took other measures to increase income and cut costs. With prices set so low (relatively), it was possible to cut dealers’ discount to 10%, authors’ discount to 15% and still allow to the libraries and Cooperating Institutions the same 10% offered to dealers. The often high cost of authors’ corrections was noted, and the Committee at first (1950) decided to charge authors for anything above 10% of the total printing cost of the volume without the corrections; later (1958) this was changed to 5%. Another policy decision (1954) was that no color plates would be used in any volume unless subsidized. The Committee was grateful that frequently gifts were made to allow color plates where especially valuable to the volume.

The question of advertising was considered regularly by the Committee. There being no funds to pay for any of the regular means of announcing the new books, such as mention in the Publishers’ Trade List Annual, the office did its own advertising on the covers of Hesperia and by mailing a mimeographed list of publications in print to some 1000 libraries and dealers throughout the world; the addressing was done by the Publications Secretary and volunteer help. Since sales increased markedly and steadily each year, no loss was felt from the lack of advertising by a big publishing house. As the list of publications continued to increase, by the mid-1960s the Committee began to feel the need for recognition of the existence of the School as a Publisher; it did not wish, however, to take from the printing of books and Hesperia the large sum required. It welcomed a gift which provided in 1968—69 for the inclusion of the School’s list of books in Publishers’ Trade List Annual and Books in Print; thereafter funds were found to continue the listing.
Let us return now to the books which were being published following these general policies. In 1950 one of the volumes worked on in Corinth just after the war (above, pp. 28—29) was in press with the J. H. Furst Company; other manuscripts were on hand and continued to reach the office. Between 1950 and 1972 eleven volumes in the Corinth series were published: the six listed on page 50 above; XVI, Robert L. Scranton, Mediaeval Architecture in the Central Area of Corinth, 1957; I, v, Saul S. Weinberg, The Southeast Building, The Twin Basilicas, The Mosaic House, 1960; XIII, Carl W. Blegen, Rodney S. Young, and Hazel Palmer, The North Cemetery, 1964; I, vi, Bert Hodge Hill, The Springs, 1965; VIII, iii, John H. Kent, The Inscriptions, 1926–1950, 1966. The next to last of these calls for special comment.

No Corinth volume had been more eagerly anticipated than Mr. Hill’s Peirene and the Sacred Spring. None had been fraught with more difficulties, more anguish, more misunderstandings and more disappointments for all concerned, author, Managing Committee and its successive Chairmen, Publications Committee and its Chairmen, many friends of all of them, and the faithful house of Adolf Holzhausens Nachfolger. Its completion was no small triumph. When after years of painstaking study Bert Hodge Hill had begun to put down his thoughts about these springs his manuscript for Peirene was set in type and the cuts for the drawings (chiefly by Richard Stillwell) and photographs were made. The handsome folio-size color plates of Prentice Duell’s water colors of the paintings in the chambers of Peirene had actually been printed before the war. But Mr. Hill found when the chapter on Peirene was in proof that some points needed further checking and that the manuscript for the Sacred Spring, written many years before, needed revision in the light of further discoveries and newer interpretations. He was working at these problems when the war cut off communication with Vienna, and he continued to work on them throughout the war years (see above, pp. 3—4, 9, 18). The last proofs from Holzhausens were carefully stored in a safe by Meritt as a precaution so that some record of Hill’s work would be available. Contact was finally made once more with Holzhausens in 1952. The Committee was deeply touched to learn that at no small personal danger to themselves that loyal firm had carefully hidden away all the type as well as the-printed color plates and original plans and photographs and had kept them intact throughout the war. They were ready and eager to proceed again with the production of the volume. Mr. Hill, however, was not yet ready with his text complete. The Committee guaranteed to Holzhausens that if they wished to keep the cuts the School would have them print the work whenever circumstances would permit; they could throw in the type of the text since it clearly would have to be reset. The Committee felt, however, that since the future of the volume was so uncertain it was only sensible to have in its possession the printed color plates so that they could be made available in some way if all else failed; so Holzhausens was instructed to send them to Augustin in Glückstadt to be sent to the United States in one of their regular shipments to the Publications office. As the years passed everyone waited, and then Mr. Hill let it be known that he was willing to have the volume published as he would leave the manuscript after his death. Carl Blegen, Mr. Hill’s executor, searched through all his papers after his death in 1958 and after going over the notes very carefully, himself interpreting and clarifying and correcting here and there, turned over all documents to Charles Morgan who also went over them painstakingly. Clearly the texts for both Peirene and the Sacred Spring were unfinished, and only a beginning of Mr. Hill’s revision of George Elderkin’s early study of Glauke had been made, but the Committee decided that, unfinished though it was, the record of Mr. Hill’s meticulous observation and recording and brilliant interpretation of these very significant monuments should be made available. The Editor, therefore, made a trip to Corinth where she checked every item of description and dimension in the springs themselves, as all knew that Bert Hill would have wanted done, collated the several versions of the text, edited the pages and sent them to Holzhausens. The new text was set with their usual care and precision; some of the cuts which had been kept had warped and had to be remade; Richard Stillwell made the necessary new drawings. Finally, text with drawings and photographs and folio-size plans made by several Corinth architects were printed; the color plates in Glückstadt were inserted into the portfolio; the volumes were seen through the customs by the kindness of J. J. Augustin, and at their meeting on November 7, 1965, the Publications Committee with Richard Stillwell as guest celebrated the publication of Corinth, I, vi, The Springs and the memory of Bert Hodge Hill, the author, and of Edward Capps and Louis Lord who had dedicated themselves to the goal of achieving this publication.

The luxury of half-tone illustrations in Corinth, I, vi was an anachronism in 1965; they had become too expensive as early as the 1950s: But the Committee was not satisfied with the collotype plates which had been substituted for half-tones for excavation views and architectural details. With the concerned help of the Meriden Gravure Company, who were developing a fine offset process, a combination of several processes was used in the Corinth volumes of these years to give the best possible results. The high cost of line cuts also made necessary the use of offset for large plans, with a remarkable improvement in detail, as the plans in Corinth, I, iv first showed.

Meanwhile in Greece the Director had seen to the printing and distribution of a 6th edition of the Corinth Guide in 1954. When Robinson revived work at Corinth, he printed in 1964 a pamphlet containing his lecture on the Urban Development of Corinth (revised in 1965) and a new guide, Corinth, A Brief History of the City and a Guide to the Excavations, a revised edition of which was brought out by Charles Williams in 1969.

When Shirley Weber’s manuscript for the travel section of the Gennadius Library was ready, the Committee decided that, although it had been planned as Gennadeion Monograph IV, the volumes of the catalogue should be designated as such. A new series, Catalogues of the Gennadius Library, was begun in 1952 (see above, p. 224). Kevin Andrews, Castles of the Morea was published as Gennadeion Monograph IV in 1953.

The new series which was to be of greatest significance for the Publications program was the Athenian Agora series which began in 1953 as the definitive publication of the results of excavation of the Athenian Agora. Annual preliminary reports of each season’s campaign had appeared regularly in Hesperia since Volume II, 1933, and detailed articles on groups of finds and buildings had also appeared in Hesperia, occupying about one half of each volume. Many of these gave valuable chronological evidence, one of the outstanding contributions of the Agora. What general principle should govern the final publication was a problem which concerned the original Field Director as well as his successor whose responsibility it became in 1947 to put the program into action. A policy of selectivity was the fundamental principle; there should be no attempt to publish every object of every category; selections should be made to demonstrate the contribution of the excavation to scholarship. This policy was warmly approved and supported by the Publications Committee on both scholarly (primarily) and financial counts. Field Director and Committee were in agreement as the general policy was established and the assignments were made for volumes on classes of material. As the studies were in progress it was obvious that special funding must be obtained; the School could barely publish its other commitments. Twenty volumes were projected, and what seemed at the time a safe estimate allowing for a reasonable rise in cost was made: $100,000 plus the interest which would accrue was thought to be adequate for the projected program. Unfortunately both the number of the volumes and their cost were to increase with the years. In 1957 Mr. John D. Rockefeller, Jr. made a gift of $100,000 for publication of the Agora (see above, p. 180). The series had been inaugurated in 1953 with Portrait Sculpture by Evelyn B. Harrison as Volume I.

Other volumes followed in rapid succession, but although some authors completed their assignments with commendable promptness, various circumstances delayed others seriously, and the large main categories originally planned for the volumes began to split up so that by the time the Rockefeller funds were exhausted nearly 20 volumes had been published but more had been assigned and would be necessary to cover the excavations through 1967. The record of the Agora publications in the roughly 20 years from their inception is, however, a distinguished one; at least one volume of every main class of material was published as well as the general topographical volume. They were well received, and many went out of print much more quickly than had been anticipated. The list of these volumes (to 1972; see also below, p. 270) which have lent real distinction to the School while they fulfilled the commitment to publish the results of the excavations follows (Committee and Field Director had agreed to number the volumes consecutively as they appeared, not according to a prearranged plan as in the Corinth Series): I (see above); II, Margaret Thompson, Coins, From the Roman through the Venetian Period, 1954; III, R. E. Wycherley, Testimonia, 1957; IV, Richard H. Howland, Greek Lamps and their Survivals, 1958; V, Henry S. Robinson, Pottery of the Roman Period, Chronology, 1959; VI, Clairève Grandjouan, Terracottas and Plastic Lamps of the Roman Period, 1961; VII, Judith Perlzweig, Lamps of the Roman Period, 1961; VIII, Eva Brann, Late Geometric and Proto-Attic Pottery, 1962; IX, George C. Miles, Islamic Coins, 1962; X, Mabel Lang and Margaret Crosby, Weights and Measures and Tokens, 1964; XI, Evelyn B. Harrison, Archaic and Archaistic Sculpture, 1965; XII, Brian A. Sparkes and Lucy Talcott, Black and Plain Pottery of the 6th, 5th, and 4th Centuries B.C., 1970; XIII, Sara Anderson Immerwahr, The Neolithic and Bronze Ages, 1971; XIV, Homer A. Thompson and R. E. Wycherley, The Agora of Athens, 1972; XX, Alison Frantz, The Church of the Holy Apostles, 1972. The one exception to the rule of consecutive numbering was that Volumes XV through XIX were reserved for the five epigraphical numbers so that in the end those would stand on shelves together. Volumes XV and XVII were in press in 1972, but since epigraphical typesetting is a slow business, they appeared only in 1974, XVII, Donald W. Bradeen, Inscriptions, Funerary Monuments and 1975, XV, Benjamin D. Meritt and John S. Traill, Inscriptions, The Athenian Councillors.

When the early volumes began to go out of print the Committee debated whether it should attempt to keep in print all volumes of the series so that they might be sold as a set to the many libraries just beginning to acquire archaeological volumes in those years. The decision about the desirability was easy; all agreed that all Agora volumes should be kept in print. How to do it was another matter. Fortunately for the School it was at about this time that the Meriden Gravure Company had perfected their offset process, and they were prepared to undertake the reprinting. Funds were the final question; when it was decided that the Agora Phase B Publication Fund could be used for this purpose, the reprinting began in 1961 with Volumes I and II.

Meanwhile urgent need had been felt for a small guide book to the Athenian Agora. Following the practice of the Corinth Guides which were printed in Athens and were the full responsibility of the Director, the same arrangement was made with the Field Director of the Athenian Agora for him to take full responsibility for the Agora Guide. The first edition issued in 1954 was followed by a second much enlarged edition in 1964 (see also below, p. 271).

From the early days of their terms of office Charles Morgan and the Editor had thought hard about how to achieve a goal ardently sought by both of them, namely, bringing the most significant and generally interesting results of the Agora excavations to a wide lay audience; they believed this to be one of the purposes of the School. The Editor had often discussed this problem with Harold Hugo of the Meriden Gravure Company on his monthly visits to the office. One day in 1958 Hugo tossed unto the desk a pamphlet saying “this may interest you.” The Editor still remembers clearly that her immediate reaction was that of the Cardinal’s emissary at Montefiascone, “Est, Est, Est.” Charles Morgan and Homer Thompson agreed that the answer was indeed a set of 32-page Picture Books, with chiefly pictures but some text, which could be produced in fine quality by offset to sell for 50 cents and make a profit (unheard of in School Publications). At the October 1958 meeting the Committee agreed to try the experiment, but again came the question of funds. Morgan generously lent the funds for a first Picture Book, to be repaid when the cost had been recovered. The new venture began with Pots and Pans of Classical Athens in February 1959; it had paid for itself by November. So was launched not only the sole money-making activity of the School but also one which carried the word of the School’s excavations far and wide throughout the world to school children and university students, to tourists in Athens and interested laymen everywhere. The Picture Books, set in type by the Stinehour Press and printed by the Meriden Gravure Company, have been sold from the office in Princeton, from 1962 to 1968 by Dora Woodhead acting as a volunteer agent in Britain, at numerous museum sales desks in the United States and Canada, and in the Athenian Agora where they have been sold officially by the Greek Government to which the School sells them. So successful have these booklets been that they are reprinted as necessary to keep them all in print. In order to keep them paying for themselves and make a small profit the original 50-cent price had to be raised in 1971; the Committee was reluctantly forced to charge 70 cents for the new No. 12 and any further new ones (see also below, p. 271). They continued to sell, however, on an average of four to five thousand copies a year. To the twelve titles published between 1959 and 1971 have been added seven more up to 1980 (see below, p. 271). One, No. 8, Garden Lore for which four color plates were used sold for $1.00. Here are the titles of the first twelve: 1. Pots and Pans of Classical Athens, 1959; 2. The Stoa of Attalos, 1959; 3. Miniature Sculpture in the Athenian Agora, 1959; 4. The Athenian Citizen, 1960; 5. Ancient Portraits from the Athenian Agora, 1960; 6. Amphoras and the Wine Trade, 1961; 7. The Middle Ages in the Athenian Agora, 1961; 8. Garden Lore of Ancient Athens, 1963; 9. Lamps from the Athenian Agora, 1963; 10. Inscriptions from the Athenian Agora, 1966; 11. Waterworks in the Athenian Agora, 1968; 12. The Athenian Agora, An Ancient Shopping Center, 1971.

Another publication of interest to the general public as well as to classical readers was a quarto-size booklet of reproductions of Gorham Phillips Stevens’s drawings of restorations of both Greek and Roman buildings. This was printed in Athens (the first printing under his careful scrutiny) in 1955 as a tribute to Mr. Stevens by contributions from some of his friends of both the American School in Athens and the American Academy in Rome. Restorations of Classical Buildings was sent as a gift to all Cooperating Institutions as well as to the American Academy in Rome when first published. It was reprinted from the income it has brought and continues to have a public.

It was indicated earlier (above, p. 242) that the independent monographs had been discontinued in 1950. The one exception was the fourth and final volume of The Athenian Tribute Lists, the Index, published in 1953 at no expense to the School; it was generously subsidized by the Institute for Advanced Study and the Semple Fund of the University of Cincinnati.

Hesperia Supplements also were discouraged, but when a manuscript could best be handled as a Supplement, it was considered for such treatment if some financial assistance could be obtained. John Fine, Horoi, Studies in Mortgage, Real Security and Land Tenure in Ancient Athens was published in 1951 as Supplement IX, with half the cost borne by Princeton University. Supplement X, Small Objects from the Pnyx, II, 1956, by Lucy Talcott, Barbara Philippaki, Virginia Grace, and G. Roger Edwards was the last of a long-time commitment of the School to publish the excavations on the Pnyx and was financed by the School. Supplement XI, Fortified Military Camps in Attica by James R. McCredie, 1966, was the publication of the excavation at Koroni; it was financed by an anonymous contribution arranged by the author. Like Supplement IX, the study of Supplement XII was based on epigraphical material from the Agora published for the first time, but they were too lengthy for Hesperia articles. Frederick Crawford and other Trustees made possible the publication of XII, The Athenian Constitution after Sulla by Daniel J. Geagan in 1967. For Supplement XIII, Marcus Aurelius, Aspects of Civic and Cultural Policy in the East by James H. Oliver, 1970, a contribution was made by the author.

There were still other excavations by the School which required publication. One which had been outstanding since 1924 was Nemea. In his latter years Bert Hodge Hill spent much of his time on his study of the temple. When it was left incomplete Charles K. Williams was asked to do the necessary study, further field investigation and drawing, to complete the volume, most of the drawings for which had been done by Lewey Lands. Since the University of Cincinnati had financed the excavation, it generously supported the publication by contributing the extra funds necessary to publish the drawings at folio size. In 1966 a handsome portfolio of drawings with quarto-size text inserted was published, The Temple of Zeus at Nemea by Bert Hodge Hill, with drawings by Lewey T. Lands, revised and supplemented by Charles Kaufman Williams, II. The School’s excavations at Lerna in 1952–1957 were being prepared also, and the first manuscript to be ready was the study of animal bones by the Swedish anthropologist N.-G. Gejvall. His The Fauna became Volume I of the Lerna series in 1969. The human bones were being studied by the expert at the Smithsonian Institution, J. Lawrence Angel. Publication of that study, of interest as much if not more to anthropologists as to prehistoric archaeologists, would have been extremely difficult and costly for the School to handle alone; further, the Smithsonian wanted it in its publications. As a result a very satisfactory arrangement was worked out by the Editor by which the School and the Smithsonian jointly sponsored the book: the Smithsonian did the editing and printing, gave the School copies of the printed sheets to be bound as Lerna, Volume II, The People of Lerna, 1971, bound others in their series, and the two institutions shared the cost.

Finally, the Isthmia excavations presented a knotty problem. As an excavation only sponsored by the School, not conducted by the School, it was the responsibility of the University of Chicago to support the publication as well as the excavation. When it became evident that this would not be done, the School was left with the responsibility to the Greek Government to provide publication. This moral and legal responsibility the School accepted to the extent of publishing the first volume, Temple of Poseidon, by Oscar Broneer, 1971. The understanding was that income from this volume plus, it was hoped, some contributions would create a revolving fund from which further volumes in the series could be financed. Two further volumes were published before 1980 (see below, pp. 270—271).

Since the School in sponsoring the excavations by Cooperating Institutions under the permits allowed to the School makes itself responsible to the Greek Government for the proper conduct of such excavations, the School is responsible for seeing that they are completed according to the terms of the government which include publication. It has been the general understanding that the School will publish preliminary reports in Hesperia (with the request but not requirement for some financial assistance) but that the final publication must be the responsibility of the Institution conducting the excavation. This had been done by the Samothrace excavation from the beginning of work there; more recently both the Kenchreai excavation by the University of Chicago and Indiana University and the Messenia expedition and excavation of Nichoria by the University of Minnesota have followed that procedure. For Isthmia the School had to take over the responsibility. When the final study of the excavations at Keos was beginning to be undertaken and plans for publication were made, the University of Cincinnati initiated talks with the Publications Committee concerning means by which the Keos volumes could be a series published by the School but financed by Cincinnati. Such an arrangement was seen as potentially beneficial to both School and University; the sponsorship of the School would be emphasized; the prestige of the School would give benefit and be benefited. If a satisfactory arrangement could be put into operation, it might serve as a precedent for the publication of other School-sponsored excavations. After several discussions about details of editing, production, distribution, financing and receipts, an agreement was reached in 1972. The first volume was published in 1977 (see below, p. 271), the financing of the printing and preliminary editing provided by Cincinnati, the editing and distribution by the School. The series is a joint publication of the School and the University of Cincinnati, and the proceeds from the sales are divided evenly.

By 1970 there were so many of the earlier Corinth volumes out of print that the Committee took steps to investigate reprint possibilities. The firm of William Clowes and Sons, Ltd. in England made estimates for the reprinting of I, iv, The South Stoa and I, v, The Basilicas and the Southeast Building which were much in demand. In response to a plea from the Committee, the Trustees made $15,000 available for a revolving fund for the reprints of Corinth volumes and those two were reprinted by Clowes in 1971. The purpose of the Fund was extended in 1972 to permit the reprinting by Clowes of The Athenian Agora, III, The Testimonia so that it might be available to accompany XIV, The Agora of Athens (1972). Although the cost was less than it would have been in Meriden, so was the quality, which, however, was at least adequate, and it was a distinct gain to have those volumes available again. The Committee was not only anxious to have the popular volumes in print but understandably was eager to get income from them for the School. Permission had been given reprint companies to reprint some of our books; the royalties received were very small. One separate monograph very much in demand, The Athenian Tribute Lists, III, had been reprinted by the School in 1968 and continued to have good sales.

The most serious need for reprinting was for Hesperia. For some years several possibilities were investigated; the best terms came from Swets and Zeitlinger in Amsterdam. The few remaining odd numbers of Volumes I through XXX were sold to them, and they were given the reprint rights in 1965; in 1968 these volumes were again available. The demand for them is indicated by the royalties received: $2183 in 1969, $7665 in 1970, and $6806 in 1971. The Committee regretted the high price of the reprints to which many members of the Managing Committee objected strenuously, but the School was in no position financially to undertake the task. At least some of the customers of the School began to realize the bargains they had been getting over the years from the School’s prices, and the Committee needed desperately every penny of the royalties it could get.

Two further items about Hesperia in these years need mention. When Bert Hodge Hill was nearing his 80th birthday the Committee wished to mark the occasion by doing him honor. There were no funds for a special Festschrift, and it did not appear that such volumes would be possible in the foreseeable future. The Committee therefore established a policy of dedicating a regular number of Hesperia on the occasion of the 80th birthday of such members of the School as it might wish to honor in future. Volume XXIII, 1, 1954 was dedicated to Bert Hodge Hill. No special articles were solicited, since his friends and colleagues were too numerous to make selection without some offense. The range of articles in a regular number was intended to suggest the range of his influence. The next men the School wished to honor became 80 in 1966 and 1967, so two numbers were needed close together. It was decided to make each a series of articles by invitation and to solicit contributions also. This precedent set in Volume XXXV, 2, 1966 presented to William Bell Dinsmoor on July 29, 1966 and Volume XXXV, 4, presented to Carl William Blegen on January 27, 1967 has been followed later. Both individuals and academic institutions contributed to the cost of these numbers slightly larger than the normal to accommodate nine articles and bibliography for Dinsmoor and twelve and bibliography for Blegen. Three years later the founder and first editor of Hesperia, Rhys Carpenter, reached 80 on August 5, 1969; Volume XXXVIII, 2, 1969 was dedicated to him with thirteen articles and bibliography; again substantial monetary contributions more than covered additional cost.

The perennial thorny problem for every Publications Committee since the end of the first decade of Hesperia has been an Index. The Index to Volumes I—X and contemporary Supplements set the precedent for an Index of every ten years. The first decade had not been without its troubles but they were as nothing compared to those of Volumes XI—XX. After work by more individuals than can be noted here the General Index was revised and completed by Janet Oliver and the Greek Index prepared by Benjamin Meritt; it was finally published in September 1968, two-thirds of the cost donated by the Institute for Advanced Study. That a more effective system must be devised was obvious; keeping up to date each year instead of waiting to undertake ten years at once seemed the answer. The Committee settled on an arrangement by which the Epigraphical Index which Benjamin Meritt volunteered to do each year would be published in No. 4 of each volume. The General Index was to be made and put on cards each year by a former member of the School who would be paid a small stipend for the work. The plan was to coordinate the ten years of published Epigraphical Indexes and the General Index ready on cards and to publish the ten-year Index relatively soon after the close of each ten-year period. Of this plan the annual publication of the Epigraphical Index has been carried out regularly. Benjamin Meritt prepared it for Volumes XXI through XL; John S. Traill has done it for Volume XLI on. For the General Index Mary Campbell Roebuck accepted the assignment for Volumes XXI through XXX but could not keep up to date with it, so that it was not completed for some years after 1961; publication therefore could not be considered. For Volumes XXXI through XL Susanne Halstead Young agreed to make the General Index and did so regularly until her death; her husband completed the last volume, and the cards were turned over to the office. Anne Graham was happy to accept the assignment for Volumes XLI through L, but her health made it impossible, and Martha Heath Wiencke took over (see below, p. 270).

The slides referred to above (p. 251) were a service both to Cooperating Institutions and to others, including many high schools, which was made possible by a gift from the Alumni Association. The Alumni paid for the original sets of slides of the excavations of the Athenian Agora and of Corinth intended for loan, free to Cooperating Institutions, and at the very nominal fee of $2.00 for others for educational purposes. The original sets (in 1951) were one 31/4 x 4-inch set of black-and-white slides each for the Athenian Agora and for Corinth. Soon a colored 2 x 2 set for the Athenian Agora was added (after which the original larger set was rarely ordered and was finally retired) and in 1960 one for Lerna. By 1960 the reproduction of colored slides had been improved to a quality which the Field Directors were willing to have distributed, and the sets were offered for sale as well as loan, in response to requests that had been increasing steadily. Response was immediate, and sales (of ten Agora sets and five Lerna sets the first few months) continued steady; loans continued but were far fewer. It was so clear that these sets of slides were filling a need that in 1961 Professor Caskey donated a set for Pylos and one for Troy which could be lent or duplicated for sale, and they too sold well. The Corinth color set was made available in 1963 and sales of all sets from 1961 to May 1963 numbered 110. By 1966 fifty-four universities and five museums as well as individuals had profited from this service; 215 sets had been sold. A second Athenian Agora set was also put in circulation, and one from Kea was donated. Sets from other excavations of the School or sponsored by the School were projected in 1966 but were never provided, because by this time the Archaeological Institute of America was planning and building up its slide archive. To this archive the Athenian Agora material was given in 1971, but the Publications Committee office continued until 1975 to sell the Corinth, Keos, Lerna, Pylos, and Troy sets at the request of the Field Directors of these excavations and the University of Cincinnati. Thereafter they were sold by the Secretary of the Alumni Association. By agreement between the Committee on Publications and the Alumni Association the proceeds from slide sales were turned over to the Alumni in order to be able to keep the slides in stock. The profit made possible the annual gifts of the Alumni to the School.

It will be clear from the above that the load the two members of the Publications Office were handling became heavier and heavier with the increase in number of volumes to be sold as well as edited and seen through the press. In spite of not a little volunteer help in packing, the need for at least a half-time assistant to fill the orders became greater each year after the late 50’s, but it was only in 1966—67 that funds could be found for a Sales Assistant to relieve the Secretary of packing books so that she could devote more time to assisting the Editor in proofreading as she had previously.

An undercurrent has run through all the above, the lack of funds to do what the manuscripts pouring into the office required. In the first years of the School as a publisher it was possible, with great care and constant scrutiny as well as a heavy load of editing and producing on the one hand and selling on the other, to put out enough new volumes from General Funds to keep the manuscripts going to the press as quickly as they were edited. In 1960 funds for publication began to be restricted to Income and Publication Endowment. This, combined with increasing costs, which were rising ever more rapidly, meant not only that books often had to wait but also that the Hesperia waiting list grew intolerably long at some times; this the Committee regretted exceedingly but was helpless to prevent. Usually it was a question of up and down years; after two or three of long waiting lists more funds could be put into Hesperia for slightly larger numbers in a lull of book manuscripts. The annual reports of the Committee deal regularly with the tight financial state. This is emphasized here to underscore the difficult task the new Editor took on. One of the most understanding tributes ever paid the Editor of 1950–1972 was a comment from a member of the Managing Committee that she was indeed making bricks without straw.

If that Chairman of the Publications Committee and Editor did follow the policies and standards set by Chase and by Meritt, if the articles and books issued in a near quarter century did make available the results of the School’s excavations and the staff’s and students’ other study with reasonable promptness as the original Managing Committee intended, inaugurating new series as required and opening up these results to the general public as well as to the scholarly world, it was because she was an active member of three active and devoted teams: (1) her Publications Committee (above, p. 252), (2) the officers of the School, especially the first group she worked with, Morgan, Caskey, Thompson, and (3) the firms of Furst, Meriden, and Augustin.

When Marian Holland McAllister became Editor in October 1972, the Editor was no longer also Chairman of the Committee on Publications. Responsibility was now shared, but as Committee members rotated on and off more rapidly now the Editor became the one figure with experience in the School’s problems. The Chairman for 1972—73 was Machteld Mellink; Mary White held the position from 1973 till her death in January 1977 when Phyllis Williams Lehmann became the Chairman for 1977–1980. The title of the assistant to the Editor was changed from Publications Secretary to Assistant to the Editor and the Sales Assistant became Publications Secretary in 1972. The most significant fact of these years had been the frightening inflation of production costs at the same time that the School’s finances were daily less and less adequate to cover them and that the printing firms were in difficulties. That the Committee and the Editor have kept up the standard and volume of publication as they have in the years 1972–1980 is no small achievement.
Hesperia fell on evil days when illness and death in the faithful Furst Company delayed publication so seriously that the second class permit was temporarily lost. To regain it meant seven numbers of Hesperia produced in one year, a veritable Heraklean task as Miss White rightly called it, with three of them being set by Clowes in England. Within a year Hesperia was back on schedule. One of the delayed numbers was another 80th birthday tribute. Volume XLIII, 4, was dedicated to Oscar Broneer with fifteen articles and bibliography; the Table of Contents was presented to him on December 28, 1974. Meanwhile production prices soared, but fortunately receipts from paid subscriptions (close to 800 in 1980) did also, for sales prices had to be raised sharply, up to $22.50 for 1976.

Four supplements were published: XIV, John S. Traill, The Political Organization of Attica and XV, Stephen V. Tracy, The Lettering of an Athenian Mason both published in 1975, XIV with subventions from the Department of the Classics, Harvard University and the Humanities Research Council of Canada, and XV assisted by the Department of the Classics, Harvard University. Supplement XVI, A Sanctuary of Zeus on Mount Hymettos was the publication by Merle K. Langdon of the excavation on which Rodney S. Young was engaged when Greece was invaded in 1940 (above, p. 6). It was published in 1976 in memory of “Rodney”, thus affectionately known to generations of American School members, by a gift of $1,000 from the Alumni Association and donations from many of his friends. Supplement XVII, Kallias of Sphettos and the Revolt of Athens in 286 B.C., by T. Leslie Shear, Jr. was published in 1978, the printing financed entirely by the Art and Archaeology Department of Princeton University.

The Index to Hesperia first carried the School into the computer age. Martha Heath Wiencke, responsible for Volumes XLI-L, recommended consultation with the Dartmouth Computer Center, the director of which believed it feasible and efficient to put the items into their computer. Mrs. Wiencke has put her own entries (on computer tape) and the two sets of cards for Volumes XXI to XL into a uniform format and is arranging for the computer programming; the computer tapes will eventually provide the “type” for publication (see below, p. 272).

The several series of books have continued to be augmented. To the Athenian Agora series have been added two volumes begun by the previous Editor (XV and XVII, see above, p. 261) and XXI, Graffiti and Dipinti by Mabel Lang in 1976. When several Corinth volumes were ready for press but there were no funds, a most generous anonymous donor came to the rescue in 1975 with a gift of $30,000 for a revolving fund for Corinth publications assigned since 1967. To this the Merrill Trust added a further $20,000. Corinth, VII, iii, Hellenistic Pottery by G. Roger Edwards and VII, ii, Archaic Corinthian Pottery and the Anaploga Well by D. A. Amyx and Patricia Lawrence were already in press and appeared in 1975 and 1976 respectively. The new fund allowed the prompt publication of VII, iv, The Red-figure Pottery by Sharon C. Herbert in 1977 and IX, ii, Sculpture, The Reliefs from the Theater by Mary C. Sturgeon in 1977. Another of the long-awaited volumes, assigned many years ago to Jack L. Benson, last (i and ii appeared in 1948 and 1952) of the three volumes publishing the Potters’ Quarter, XV, iii, The Pottery, was in press in 1980.

The Isthmia Revolving Fund was generously augmented by a gift of $15,000 from the Merrill Trust in 1973. Fortunately the fund was sufficient to allow the publication of two more volumes of the Isthmia series by the excavator and the author of Volume I, Oscar Broneer, namely, II, Topography and Architecture in 1973 and III, The Lamps in 1976.

A new series for which general arrangements were concluded in 1972 (above, pp. 264—265) was inaugurated with Keos, I, Kephala by John E. Coleman in 1977.
To the Athenian Agora Picture Book Series were added seven titles: 13, Early Burials in the Athenian Agora, 1973; 14, Graffiti in the Athenian Agora, 1974; 15, Greek and Roman Coins in the Athenian Agora, 1975; 16, The Athenian Agora, A Short Guide, 1976; 17, Socrates in the Agora, 1978; 18, Mediaeval and Modern Coins in the Athenian Agora, 1978; 19, Gods and Heroes in the Athenian Agora, 1980. Even though it was neccessary to raise the price of these little books to $1.00 in 1974 and $1.50 in 1978, their popularity remains unabated. It had been the hope of the Publications Committee from soon after the obvious success of the Athenian Agora Picture books that a similar set for Corinth could be established; that hope was finally fulfilled in 1977 when the first Corinth Notes was issued. Chairman of the Managing Committee Mabel Lang, who had prepared four of the Athenian Agora Picture Books, inaugurated the Corinth set with Cure and Cult in Ancient Corinth, A Guide to the Asklepieion.

A new edition of The Athenian Agora, Guide to the Excavation and Museum by Homer A. Thompson was published in Athens under his direction in 1976.

It was noted above (p. 242) that after World War II lack of funds had prevented the publication of individual monographs which had been such valuable contributions of the School to classical scholarship in earlier years. A Research and Publication Grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities made possible the resumption of that monograph series in 1980 with William B. Dinsmoor, Jr., The Propylaia to the Athenian Akropolis, Volume I, The Predecessors. This publication was a cause of double rejoicing, not only for the return of the monographs but especially for the beginning of that publication, anticipated for so many years, of the study of the Propylaia begun by William Bell Dinsmoor, Sr. three quarters of a century earlier and pursued by him over much of the School’s first century, one of its most distinguished endeavors.

In 1973 the Editor arranged for the Library of Congress catalogue card to be printed in the School volumes and for the Cataloguing in Publication service which automatically sends pre-publication notice of School volumes to libraries interested in classics and archaeology. Chairman Mary White hoped this would encourage advance orders. Athenian Agora XVII was the first volume put under this arrangement.

In 1973 also the Committee authorized the preparation of this volume of the history of the School as a sequel to Lord’s History, the text of which covered 1881 to 1939.

By 1979 it was clear that the School could no longer afford what had become a luxury, the traditional letter-press printing which was fast disappearing from many printing firms. J. H. Furst Co., the staff depleted through death and retirement and specially cast type no longer available for the linotype, was unable to keep to the required schedules. The demand for the special fonts needed for the School publications was too small to interest commercial firms in acquiring them. Investigation of the computer method of setting the text convinced the Committee on Publications that considerable saving could be effected by using a computer in the office of the Committee in Princeton to set the text and having the offset printing and binding done by an outside press, illustrations still to be provided by the Meriden Gravure Company. After a trial number of Hesperia (48, 4) was satisfactorily set by Dr. Stephen V. F. Waite of Logoi Systems at Hanover, New Hampshire, using the Ibycus computer system, decision was made to use this process if a computer could be acquired. Trustee David Packard generously donated some components of the Ibycus System; the School turned these over to the Institute for Advanced Study which purchased the remainder and assumed responsibility for maintenance. The School in exchange received free use of the computer and three terminals. The School also undertook to purchase the computer-driven typesetter, the service provided in the interim by Logoi Systems. The computer was installed at the Institute in April 1980. Both Hesperia and books are to be produced by the new method. This volume which records the first century of the School’s history is the one of the first and thus steps into the technique of the next century.

Since 1883 when the report of the work of the first year of the School was published, the publications of the School have been for the work of the School and its members present or past. In May 1977 the Managing Committee made a decision which would change that century-old policy. Now for the first time, except temporarily during World War II, the pages of School publications were to be opened to some who have not been members of the School or worked on School material. The Managing Committee opened the numbers of Hesperia to staff members of the Cooperating Institutions regardless of their connection with the School or its work by voting to change the Regulations of the School. A new century had begun; “a new generation” had arisen.

One final glance at the old century: the mere number of volumes published by the School between 1881 and 1981 may give some idea of how the School has fulfilled its publication responsibilities: Annual Reports 100, Bulletin 5, Papers 6, Hesperia 50, Hesperia Index 2, Hesperia Supplement 17, monographs 25, Corinth 30, Corinth Guides 11, Corinth Notes 1, Athenian Agora 18, Athenian Agora Guides 3, Athenian Agora Picture Books 19, Isthmia 3, Lerna 2, Keos 1, Gennadeion Monographs 4, Catalogues of the Gennadeion 2, Catalogue of Lear Drawings 1, Gennadeion Treasures 1, The Griffon 9 (see above, p. 231), Handbook of Information at least 4, Newsletter 7, an impressive total of some 220 without counting the 100 Annual Reports.

Chapter XII: Epilogue

Between October 2, 1882 when the first seven students of the American School of Classical Studies gathered in Athens under William Watson Goodwin’s Directorship through October 1980 when 17 Regular Members, 34 Student Associates, and 25 Senior Associate Members were registered in the 27th Directorship, that of Henry Immerwahr, some 2300 students and senior scholars had worked at the School in the regular and the summer sessions. They had gone to Athens from colleges and universities the length and breadth of the United States and Canada (and some few from European countries), most but not all of them from the Cooperating Institutions which had risen from the original nine of 1882 to 125 in 1980. They returned to teach in no less than 250 colleges and universities and many secondary schools, both public and private, or to work in museums, some also to pursue architectural, legal, theological, business or other careers. One might try to count the hundreds of books and articles written at the School or inspired by study there as some measure of its achievement, but it is the careers and the lives of those men and women that best suggest the influence their years spent in Athens have had on Greek studies in the United States. As they have brought home the learning and the enthusiasm, the conviction and the dedication acquired at the School which they have shared with countless others, the hope of the founders that the interests of classical scholarship in America might be advanced by the School has been fulfilled probably far beyond the most optimistic dreams of a century ago. It is fitting that this record be dedicated to the memory and the honor of these members of the School. They are bound closely together. Since 1928 there has hung over the fireplace in the seminar room of the School a marble plaque inscribed with these words of Gregory of Nazianzos written in a tribute to his fellow student in Athens, Basil the Great: oὐδ&ecgr;ν γὰρ oὔτως oὐδενì λυπηρòν ὡς τoῖς ἐκεῖςε συννóμoις ‘Aθηνῶν καí ἀλλήλων τέμνεσθαι

APPENDICES

These lists include the names of those connected with the School from 1882 through 1980–1981; dates, given in academic years, have been brought up to date through 1982–1983. The addition of (1) or (2) indicates first or second term only of that academic year. Names are arranged chronologically (except for the Board of Trustees, the Managing Committee, and the Members of the School who are listed alphabetically). A dagger preceding a name indicates that the person was deceased in 1983; a dagger following the date indicates that the person died in office.

The academic institution named is normally the institution with which the person was associated immediately before or while occupying the office. In the case of Fellows both undergraduate and graduate institutions are named when available. Women who married are listed by the name held when first occupying the office; the married name with the husband’s name is added in parentheses to assist in identification.

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES

+Aldrich, William T. 1930–1959+
+Allen, Philip R. 1943–1962+
Alsop, Joseph 1965-
Anderson, Robert O. 1978-
+Bellinger, Alfred R. ex officio 1960–1965
Biggers, John D. 1959–1970
+Brimmer, Martin 1886–1896+
+Brown, John Nicholas emeritus from 1977 1931–1979+
+Canaday, Ward M. 1937–1976+
+Capps, Edward ex officio 1918–1939 1918–1950+
+Chase, George H. 1936–1952+
+Clay, Gen. Lucius DuB. 1971–1973
+Cochran, Alexander S. 1911–1929+
Cotsen, Lloyd E. 1977-
Crawford, Frederick C. 1957-
+Curtis, Allen 1914–1933+
+Dane, Ernest B. 1930–1942+
Dane, John, Jr. emeritus from 1979 1969-
+Davis, Arthur Vining 1939–1962+
Davis, Nathanael Vining emeritus from 1977 1959-
+de Peyster, Frederic J. 1886–1905+
Dilworth, J. Richardson 1980-
+Drisler, Henry 1886–1897+
+Fish, Frederick P. 1909–1930+
Fleischmann, Charles 1973-
+Gardner, William Amory 1910–1930+
Gebhard, Elizabeth R. 1978-
+Gildersleeve, Basil L. 1886–1924+
+Goodwin, William W. 1886–1912+
+Hill, Harry A. 1955–1959+
+Hofer, Philip emeritus from 1976 1965–1982+
Howland, Richard Hubbard ex officio 1965–1975 1965-
+Lamont, Thomas S. honorary from 1966 1959–1967+
+Lamont, Thomas W. 1931–1948+
+Lane, Gardiner M. 1892–1914+
Lang, Mabel Louise ex officio 1975–1980
+Loeb, James 1909–1930
Loomis, William T. 1975-
+Lord, Louis Eleazer ex officio 1939–1950 1939–1957+
+Loring, William Caleb 1911–1930+
+Lowell, Edward J. 1888–1894+
+Lowell, Francis C. 1895–1911+
+Lowell, James Russell 1886–1891+
+Lyter, Harry M. 1965–1973+
+MacVeagh, Lincoln 1941–1972+
+Marquand, Henry G. 1886–1902+
+Mather, Samuel 1922–1931+
Mayer, Clara Woolie honoris causa 1975-
McCabe, Robert A. 1969-
McCloy, John J. 1954-
+Mercer, Henry D. emeritus from 1968 1963–1975+
Morgan, Charles Hill ex officio 1950–1960 1950-
+Newbold, James S. 1922–1937+
Newburg, André W. G. 1965-
+Norton, Charles Eliot 1886–1908+
+Oakley, Horace S. 1924–1929+
Packard, David W. 1976-
Pappas, Thomas A. 1969–1982
+Patten, Henry J. 1931–1938+
+Peabody, William Rodman 1928–1941+
+Perry, Edward Delavan 1918–1928
+Potter, Henry C. 1886–1908+
+Reed, Ralph T. 1959–1968
+Sears, Mrs. J. Montgomery 1924–1927
+Semple, William T. 1941–1962+
+Seymour, Thomas Day 1892–1907+
+Shear, Theodore Leslie 1936–1943
Simpson, William Kelly 1963-
+Skouras, Spyros P. 1947–1971+
+Sloane, William M. 1886–1918
+Smyth, Herbert Weir 1913–1936
Spitzer, Doreen Canaday 1978-
Thompson, Homer Armstrong 1968-
+Vanderlip, Frank A. 1910–1931
+Warren, Samuel D. 1886–1888+
Watson, Arthur K. 1963–1971
+Webster, Edwin S. 1926–1950+
+Weld, A. Winsor emeritus from 1954 1920–1956+
+Wheeler, James Rignall 1902–1918+
+White, John Williams 1886–1909
+Whitehead, Elizabeth A. 1971–1983+
Winlock, Herbert E. 1935–1940
+Woolsey, Theodore D. 1886–1889+

PRESIDENTS AND CHAIRMEN
+James Russell Lowell 1886–1891+
+Charles Eliot Norton 1891–1908+
+Francis C. Lowell 1908–1911+
+William Caleb Loring 1911–1928
+William Rodman Peabody 1929–1941+
+Edwin S. Webster 1941–1947
+William T. Semple 1947–1949
+Ward M. Canaday 1949–1964
Chairman 1964–1971
Chairman emeritus 1971–1976+
Frederick C. Crawford 1964–1971
Chairman 1971–1976
Chairman emeritus 1976-
William Kelly Simpson 1971–1976
Chairman 1976-
+Elizabeth A. Whitehead 1976–1983+

SECRETARIES
(sometimes called Clerks of the Board of Trustees after 1973)
+William Watson Goodwin 1886–1889
1890–1910
+Charles Eliot Norton 1889–1890
+William Amory Gardner 1910–1920
+A. Winsor Weld 1920–1949
+Louis Eleazer Lord 1949–1955
John J. McCloy 1955–1969
+Harry M. Lyter 1969–1973+
John Dane, Jr. 1973–1979
William T. Loomis 1979-

TREASURERS
+Samuel D. Warren 1886–1888+
+Edward J. Lowell 1888–1892
+Gardiner M. Lane 1892–1914+
+Allen Curtis 1914–1933+
+A. Winsor Weld 1933–1949
+Louis Eleazer Lord 1949–1955
John J. McCloy 1955–1980
J. Richardson Dilworth 1980–1982

COOPERATING INSTITUTIONS

American Numismatic Society 1961-
Amherst College 1882–1895, 1902-
Barnard College 1963-
Bethany College (W. Va.) 1972–1975
Boston College 1947-
Boston University 1947–1956, 1962-
Bowdoin College 1921–1942, 1945–1971
Bowling Green State University 1975–1979
Bradford Junior College 1942–1971
Bradford College 1971-
Brandeis University 1958-
Brigham Young University 1978-
Brock University 1973-
Brooklyn College 1973–1975
Brown University 1882-
Bryn Mawr College 1893–1908, 1911-
Bureau of University Travel 1923–1935
Case Western Reserve University, see Western Reserve University
Catholic University of America 1922–1971
Central Pennsylvania Consortium 1973-
Dickinson College
Franklin and Marshall College (from 1972)
Gettysburg College
Wilson College
City University of New York 1964-
Claremont College 1949–1971
Colgate University 1946–1948, 1979-
College of the City of New York 1882–1886, 1920-
College of the Holy Cross 1949-
College of Wooster 1967-
Columbia University 1882-
Connecticut College for Women 1963–1971
Connecticut College 1971-
Cornell University 1882-
Crozer Theological Seminary 1924–1955
Dartmouth College 1884-
Drake University 1922–1923
Drew University 1981-
Duke University 1925-
Dumbarton Oaks Research Library 1965-
Emory University 1949-
Fairleigh Dickinson University 1961–1964
Florida State University 1958-
Fordham University 1946-
George Washington University 1901, 1904–1910, 1922–1931, 1949-
Georgetown University 1950-
Goucher College 1926–1942
Gustavus Adolphus College 1980-
Hamilton College 1923-
Harvard University 1882-
Haverford College 1922–1940, 1943–1976
Hobart and William Smith Colleges 1977–1978
Hollins College 1979-
Hope College 1977-
Hunter College 1931-
Indiana University 1946-
Institute for Advanced Study 1939-
Institute of Fine Arts, New York University 1962-
Institute of Nautical Archaeology 1978-
Johns Hopkins University 1882-
Kent State University 1975-
Lehigh University 1960-
Lindenwood College 1964–1974
Loyola University of Chicago 1952-
Macalester College 1966-
McMaster University 1972–1973, 1976-
Manhattanville College 1961–1977
Mary Washington College, University of Virginia 1949–1955
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1925–1946
Michigan State University 1963-
Mount Holyoke College 1891-
National Trust for Historic Preservation 1957–1961
New York University 1886-
Northern Illinois University 1975–1982
Northwestern University 1922-
Oberlin College 1925-
Ohio State University 1922–1926, 1957-
Pembroke College 1946-
Pennsylvania State University 1960-
Pitzer College 1978-
Pomona College 1949
Princeton Theological Seminary 1959-
Princeton University 1882-
Queen’s University 1967–1978
Radcliffe College 1930-
Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, in consortium with Sweet Briar College 1957-
Rice University 1971-
Rutgers—-The State University of New Jersey 1960-
St. Bonaventure University 1967–1971
Scripps College 1949-
Smith College 1898-
Smithsonian Institution 1961-
Southern Methodist University 1955–1963, 1975-
Southwestern at Memphis 1946-
Stanford University 1910-
State University of Iowa 1926–1942, 1947-
State University of New York at Albany 1966-
State University of New York at Buffalo 1964-
Swarthmore College 1926-
Sweet Briar College, in consortium with Randolph-Macon Woman’s College 1975-
Syracuse University 1895–1914
Temple University 1980-
Trinity College (Conn.) 1886, 1922-
Tufts University 1947-
Tulane University 1958-
University of Alberta 1966-
University of British Columbia 1956-
University of Buffalo 1946–1955
University of Calgary 1974-
University of California, Berkeley 1882–1884, 1894–1899, 1921-
University of California, Irvine 1970–1971, 1974-
University of California, Los Angeles 1956-
University of California, Riverside 1971–1980
University of California, Santa Barbara 1976-
University of Chicago 1893-
University of Cincinnati 1923-
University of Colorado 1965-
University of Illinois at Chicago Circle 1973-
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 1925-
University of Kansas 1955-
University of Kentucky 1958-
University of Maryland 1971-
University of Maryland, Baltimore County 1975-
University of Massachusetts at Amherst 1967-
The University of Michigan 1883-
University of Minnesota 1949-
University of Mississippi 1949-
University of Missouri 1887–1890, 1924–1931, 1946-
University of Nebraska-Lincoln 1967–1979
University of North Carolina 1958-
University of Notre Dame 1947–1973
University of Oklahoma 1974-
University of Oregon 1978-
University of Pennsylvania 1884, 1886-
University of Pittsburgh 1947-
University of Richmond 1972–1978
University of Rochester 1928–1942, 1965–1973
University of St. Thomas 1968–1971
University of the South 1952–1971
The University of South Carolina 1975–1977
University of South Florida 1971–1975
University of Tennessee at Knoxville 1973-
University of Texas at Arlington 1978-
University of Texas at Austin 1922–1932, 1949-
University of Toronto 1938-
University of Vermont 1891-
University of Virginia 1882–1884, 1929-
University of Washington 1957-
University of Wisconsin 1913-
The University Museum, University of Pennsylvania 1979-
Vanderbilt University 1940-
Vassar College 1888–1944, 1946-
Wabash College 1953-
Washington University 1922–1938, 1947-
Wayne State University 1966-
Wellesley College 1886-
Wesleyan University 1882-
West Chester State College 1973–1979
Western Reserve University (Adelbert College) 1889–1943
Western Reserve University 1943–1968
Case Western Reserve University 1968-
Wheaton College (Mass.) 1964–1975
Whitman College 1921–1931
Wilfrid Laurier University 1976-
Williams College 1886–1937, 1940-
Yale University 1882-

MANAGING COMMITTEE

Abramson, Herbert Franklin and Marshall College for the Central Pennsylvania Consortium 1978–1982
+Adams, Charles D. Dartmouth College 1893–1900
Adkins, A. W. H. University of Chicago 1977-
+Agard, Walter Raymond University of Wisconsin 1941–1978+
Agnew, Malcolm Eugene Boston University 1947–1956
Allen, Archibald Pennsylvania State University 1980-
+Allen, Frederic De Forest Director of the School (Harvard University) 1885–1886
+Allen, James Turney University of California 1920–1948+
+Allinson, Francis G. Brown University 1910–1911, 1913–1931
Ament, Ernest J. Wayne State University 1977-
+Anderson, Louis F. Whitman College 1921–1939
Anderson, Warren D. State University of Iowa 1967–1968
+Andrews, Eugene Plumb Cornell University 1914–1940
Avery, Harry C. University of Pittsburgh 1968-
+Babbitt, Frank Cole Trinity College (Conn.) 1926–1935+
Bacon, Helen Hazard Barnard College 1963-
+Baird, H. M. New York University 1886–1906
+Ball, Allan Perley College of the City of New York 1939–1944
Balmouth, Miriam Tufts College 1976-
Bandy, Anastasius C. University of California, Riverside 1971–1980
Banks, Elizabeth Courtney University of Kansas 1975–1982
Banks, Robert F., S. J. College of the Holy Cross 1963-
Bass, George F. Institute for Nautical Archaeology 1978-
+Bassett, Samuel Eliot University of Vermont 1905–1936+
Bateman, John J. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 1968-
+Bates, William N. University of Pennsylvania 1902–1949+
+Battle, William James University of Texas 1923–1939, 1949–1955+
+Baur, Paul Victor Christopher Yale University 1907–1951+
+Beckwith, I. T. Trinity College (Conn.) 1886–1898 1886–1900
General Theological Seminary 1898–1900
Bell, Dorothy M. Bradford (Junior) College 1942-
+Bellinger, Alfred Raymond Alumni Association 1943–1946 1943–1978+
Yale University 1946–1978
Belmont, David Washington University 1969-
Benjamin, Anna Shaw Alumni Association 1964–1966 1964-
Rutgers—-The State University of New Jersey 1966-
Bennett, Emmett L. University of Wisconsin 1964-
Benson, Jack Leonard University of Massachusetts 1968-
Beye, Charles R. Boston University 1967-
Biers, William R. University of Missouri 1972-
+Bill, Clarence Powers Adelbert College of Western Reserve University 1905–1962
+Billheimer, Albert New York University 1939–1951
+Bishop, Doris Taylor Wheaton College (Mass.) 1963–1969+
Bishop, J. David Wheaton College (Mass.) 1970–1975
+Blake, Warren Everett University of Michigan 1945–1966+
Blankenhagen, Peter von Institute of Fine Arts, New York University 1969-
+Blegen, Carl William Assistant and Acting Director, 1920–1927 1920–1927, 1944–1971+
Alumni Association 1944–1946
University of Cincinnati 1946–1971
Bliss, Francis R. Western Reserve University 1956–1967 1956-
University of Vermont 1967-
Bodnar, Edward W., S.J. Georgetown University 1967-
Boegehold, Alan L. Brown University 1963-
Bolling, George Melville Ohio State University 1923–1931
+Bonner, Campbell University of Michigan 1913–1954+
Borza, Eugene N. Pennsylvania State University 1975-
Boulter, Cedric G. University of Cincinnati 1951-
Boulter, Patricia Neils Alumni Association 1970–1972
Boyd, Thomas D. University of Texas at Austin 1979-
+Braunlich, Alice Freda Goucher College 1941–1942
Brilliant, Richard Columbia University 1974-
Broneer, Oscar Theodore University of Chicago also Professor Emeritus of Archaeology, 1973—1954-
Brooke, Anne C. Vassar College 1971–1975
+Brower, Reuben Arthur Amherst College 1950–1953 1950–1975+
Harvard University 1953–1975
+Brown, Carroll N. College of the City of New York 1926–1958+
+Brown, Francis Union Theological Seminary 1885–1893
Brown, Frank Edward Yale University 1954–1963 1954-
American Academy in Rome 1963-
+Brownson, Carleton Lewis College of the City of New York 1944–1948+
Brunner, Theodore F. University of California, Irvine 1969–1971
Bruno, Vincent J. University of Texas at Arlington 1978-
+Buck, Carl Darling University of Chicago 1922–1955+
Buck, Robert J. University of Alberta 1966-
+Buckingham, Mary H. Boston, Massachusetts 1930–1938
Burchard, John E. Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1951–1954
Burnett, Anne Pippin University of Chicago 1969-
+Burrows, Millar American Schools of Oriental Research 1934–1948
Buttrey, Theodore V. University of Michigan 1969–1975
Calder, William M., III Columbia University 1966–1976 1966-
University of Colorado 1976-
+Campbell, William Alexander Alumni Association 1941–1942
+Capps, Edward Princeton University 1908–1950+
+Capps, Edward, Jr. Oberlin College 1933–1969+
+Carpenter, Rhys Bryn Mawr College 1920–1980+
+Carroll, Harry J., Jr. Pomona College 1950–1983+
+Carroll, Mitchell George Washington University 1904–1910, 1922–1925+
+Carter, Jane Gray Hunter College 1931–1936
Caskey, Elizabeth Gwynn Randolph-Macon Woman’s College 1969-
+Caskey, John Langdon Director of the School 1949–1959 1949–1981+
University of Cincinnati 1959–1981
+Caskey, Lacey Davis Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 1920–1940
Casson, Lionel New York University 1967-
+Caverno, Julia H. Smith College 1914–1937
Chambers, Mortimer University of California, Los Angeles 1975-
+Chapin, Angie C. Wellesley College 1887–1924
Charanis, Peter Rutgers—-The State University of New Jersey 1960-
Charles, John Frederick Wabash College 1953–1975
+Chase, George Henry Harvard University 1906–1952+
Cherniss, Harold Frederik Johns Hopkins University 1938–1946 1938-
University of California, Berkeley 1946–1948
Institute for Advanced Study 1948-
Claghorn, George S. West Chester State College 1973–1979
+Clapp, Edward B. University of California 1894–1917
Clay, Diskin W. Johns Hopkins University 1977-
Clement, Paul Augustus University of California, Los Angeles 1956-
+Clough, Benjamin Crocker Brown University 1932–1975+
Cobbs, Susan P. Swarthmore College 1959–1968
Coleman, John E. University of Colorado 1968–1970 1968–1970, 1972-
Cornell University 1972-
Comfort, Howard American Academy in Rome 1943–1949 1943–1949, 1966–1968
Haverford College 1966–1968
+Conant, Joseph M. Emory University 1961–1982+
Conant, Kenneth J. Radcliffe College 1938-
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1952
Connor, W. Robert Princeton University 1971-
Constantine, James S. Bureau of University Travel 1955–1963 1955-
University of Virginia 1963-
Cooper, Frederick A. University of Minnesota 1974-
Coulson, William D. E. University of Minnesota 1979-
+Coulter, Cornelia Catlin American Academy in Rome 1942–1943 1942–1943, 1951–1960+
Mount Holyoke College 1951–1960
+Creaghan, John S., S.J. Georgetown University 1949–1960+
+Cronin, James Farley Southern Methodist University 1955–1959+
+Crosby, Henry Lamar University of Pennsylvania 1916–1954+
+Crosby, Margaret Alumni Association 1947–1949, 1965–1967
Cummings, John T. Wilson College for the Central Pennsylvania Consortium 1973–1976
Cunningham, J. S. A. Hamilton College 1969-
+Curtis, Allen Treasurer of the Managing Committee 1914–1915 1914–1933+
Treasurer of the Board of Trustees 1915–1933
Daly, Lloyd W. University of Pennsylvania 1948-
Dane, Nathan Bowdoin College 1948–1971
+Daniel, John Franklin Editor of the American Journal of Archaeology 1946–1948+
+Davis, Philip Haldane Vassar College 1937–1940+
Davison, Jean M. University of Vermont 1964-
+Day, John Columbia University 1954–1961+
Day, Leslie Preston College of Wooster 1979-
+Deane, Sidney Norton Smith College 1932–1943+
+Deferrari, Roy Joseph Catholic University of America 1923–1969+
DeGraff, Thelma Beryl Hunter College 1965-
Dengate, James A. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 1976-
+de Peyster, Frederic J. Treasurer of the Managing Committee 1881–1905+
+Detweiler, Henry A. American Schools of Oriental Research 1955–1965+
DeVries, Keith R. University Museum, University of Pennsylvania 1975-
+Dewing, Henry B. Professor of the School 1919–1920
+De Witt, Norman Johnston University of Minnesota 1951–1956+
+De Witt, Norman Wentworth University of Toronto 1939–1942
+Dickerman, Sherwood O. Williams College 1921–1930+
Dilts, Mervin R. New York University 1974-
Dilworth, J. Richardson Treasurer of the Board of Trustees 1980–1982
+Dinsmoor, William Bell President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1937–1946 1937–1973+
Columbia University 1946–1973
Doenges, Norman A. Dartmouth College 1960-
Donovan, William P. Macalester College 1966-
+D’Ooge, Martin L. University of Michigan 1883–1915+
Dow, Sterling Alumni Association 1945–1947 1945–1948, 1960-
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1946–1948
Harvard University 1960–1971
Boston College 1971-
Downey, R. E. Glanville Indiana University 1956–1978
+Doyle, Edwin J. Stanford University 1963–1966+
+Drabkin, Israel Edward College of the City of New York 1958–1965+
Drew, Douglas L. Swarthmore College 1926–1929
Drews, Robert Vanderbilt University 1976–1981
+Drisler, Henry Columbia University 1882–1897+
Dunbabin, Katherine McMaster University 1979-
+Durham, Donald Blythe Hamilton College 1939–1951+
Dyson, Robert H., Jr. President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1977–1980
(University Museum, Philadelphia)
Dyson, Stephen L. Wesleyan University 1965–1971
Ebeling, Herman Louis Goucher College 1926–1941
Edmonson, Colin N. Alumni Association 1968–1970 1968–1982
University of Washington 1971–1976
Professor at the School 1976–1982
Edson, Charles Farwell, Jr. Alumni Association 1946–1948
(University of Wisconsin)
+Edwards, Katharine May Wellesley College 1922–1952+
+Egbert, James Chidester President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1918–1921
(Columbia University)
+Elderkin, George Wicker Princeton University 1924–1946
Eliot, C. William J. University of British Columbia 1960–1971 1960–1971, 1973-
Professor at the School 1973–1976
At large 1976-
+Else, Gerald Frank State University of Iowa 1947–1957 1947–1970
University of Michigan 1957–1970
+Emens, Edgar A. Syracuse University 1895–1914
+Emerson, Alfred Professor at the School 1897–1899
(Cornell University)
Emerson, William Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1925–1946
+Enslin, Morton Scott Crozer Theological Seminary 1926–1980+
Erck, Theodore Vassar College 1940–1967
+Evans, Elizabeth C. Connecticut College 1963–1977+
Evans, J. A. S. McMaster University 1972–1973 1972-
University of British Columbia 1974-
+Fairbanks, Arthur Museum of Fine Arts, Boston 1907–1940
Farber, J. Joel Franklin and Marshall College 1975–1979
Feaver, Douglas D. Lehigh University 1960-
+Ferguson, William Scott Professor at the School 1913–1915
(Harvard University)
+Fernald, O. M. Williams College 1886–1902+
Fine, John Van Antwerp Princeton University 1948–1971
Finley, John Huston, Jr. Harvard University 1941-
Fischer, John E. Wabash College 1974-
+Fitch, Edward Hamilton College 1923–1943+
+Fleet, A. F. University of Missouri 1887–1890
+Flickinger, Roy Caston State University of Iowa 1926–1942+
Flory, Stewart Gustavus Adolphus College 1980-
Forbes, Margaret M. University of Minnesota 1967–1969
Forte, Bettie Hollins College 1979-
+Fowler, Harold North Western Reserve University 1901–1955+
+Fraser, Alexander David University of Virginia 1937–1956+
Frazer, Richard M. Tulane University 1969-
Frey, Leonard W. Southwestern at Memphis 1956–1966
+Freeman, Alice E. (Mrs. George Herbert Palmer) Wellesley College 1886–1887
+Fuller, Abraham L. Adelbert College of Western Reserve University 1893–1906
+Galt, Caroline M. Mount Holyoke College 1915–1937+
Gardiner, Cynthia P. State University of Iowa 1977-
+Garvin, Joseph N. University of Notre Dame 1947–1973+
+Gass, Henry Markley University of the South 1952–1953+
Geagan, Daniel Joseph McMaster University 1976-
Geagan, Helen von Raits Alumni Association 1976–1978
Gebhard, Elizabeth R. University of Illinois at Chicago Circle 1975-
Geffcken, Katherine A. American Academy in Rome 1976-
(Wellesley College)
Geier, Alfred University of Rochester 1965–1973
Georgiou, Hara S. University of California, Irvine 1974-
Gesell, Geraldine C. University of Tennessee 1973-
+Gibbons, Henry Amherst College 1890–1894 1890–1925+
University of Pennsylvania 1894–1925
+Gildersleeve, Basil L. Johns Hopkins University 1882–1924+
Gill, David, S. J. Boston College 1970-
Gillis, Daniel J. Haverford College 1968–1976
Glass, Stephen L. Pitzer College 1978-
Goggin, Mary Geraldine State University of New York at Albany 1966-
+Goodell, Thomas D. Professor at the School 1894–1896 1894–1896, 1908–1920+
Yale University 1908–1920
+Goodwin, William W. Harvard University 1882–1912+
Gordon, Cyrus H. Brandeis University 1958–1976
Graham, James Walter University of Toronto 1946–1968
+Grandjouan, Clairève Hunter College 1969–1982+
Green, William Chace Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1954–1957
Greenberg, Nathan A. Oberlin College 1976-
Greenwood, Gertrude Smith University of Chicago 1938-
Gresham, Perry C. Bethany College (W. Va.) 1972–1975
Grimaldi, William M. A., S.J. Fordham University 1965–1982
+Gulick, Charles Burton Professor at the School 1911–1913 1911–1913, 1927–1962+
Harvard University 1927–1962
+Gurney, E. W. Harvard University 1881–1883
+Gwatkin, William Emmett, Jr. University of Missouri 1948–1960+
Habicht, Christian Institute for Advanced Study 1977-
+Hale, William Gardner Cornell Unversity 1885–1892 1885–1922
University of Chicago 1892–1922
Hanfmann, George Maxim Anossov Radcliffe College 1956-
+Hansen, Hazel Dorothy Stanford University 1938–1962+
Hard, Frederick Scripps College 1948–1967
+Harkness, Albert Brown University 1881–1907+
+Harland, James Penrose University of North Carolina 1958–1973+
+Harmon, Austin Morris Yale University 1921–1950+
+Harper, George McLean, Jr. Williams College 1936–1979+
Harris, Josephine Wilson College for the Central Pennsylvania Consortium 1976-
Harrison, Evelyn Byrd Columbia University 1957–1970 1957-
Princeton University 1970–1974
Institute of Fine Arts, New York University 1974-
Havelock, Christine Mitchell Vassar College 1971-
+Heermance, Theodore Woolsey Director of the School 1903–1905+
+Heidel, William A. Wesleyan University 1906–1941
Heisserer, Andrew J. University of Oklahoma 1974-
Heller, John Lewis University of Illinois 1960–1968
Helm, James Oberlin College 1976-
+Helmbold, William Clark Trinity College (Conn.) 1937–1942
+Hencken, Hugh President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1950–1951
(Harvard University)
Hennion, Robert B. College of the City of New York 1965-
Herbert, Sharon C. University of Michigan 1975-
+Hewitt, John H. Williams College 1903–1920+
+Hewitt, Joseph W. Wesleyan University 1923–1939+
+Highbarger, Ernest L. Northwestern University 1941–1969+
+Hill, Bert Hodge Director of the School 1906–1926
Hill, Dorothy Kent Alumni Association 1953–1955, 1959–1961
(Walters Art Gallery)
Hill, Priscilla Capps Auxiliary Fund 1963–1974
+Hoeing, Charles University of Rochester 1928–1938+
Holliday, Vivian College of Wooster 1968-
Honea, Kenneth Northern Illinois University 1975-
+Hopkins, Clark University of Michigan 1939–1976+
+Hoppin, Joseph Clark Bryn Mawr College 1900–1925+
Hornsby, Roger A. State University of Iowa 1972-
Hough, John Newbold University of Colorado 1965–1968
Houser, Caroline M. University of Texas at Austin 1977–1979 1977-
Smith College 1979-
+Howes, George E. University of Vermont 1896–1934
Howland, Richard Hubbard Johns Hopkins University 1952–1956 1952-
National Trust for Historic Preservation 1956–1961
Smithsonian Institution 1961-
Huzar, Eleanor G. Michigan State University 1964-
Immerwahr, Henry R. University of North Carolina 1963–1977, 1982—1963-
Director of the School 1977–1982
Immerwahr, Sara Anderson Alumni Association 1973–1975
Ingholt, Harold Yale University 1960-
Izzo, Paul F. College of the Holy Cross 1952–1963
Jacobsen, Thomas W. Indiana University 1974-
Jameson, Michael H. Alumni Association 1961–1963 1961-
University of Pennsylvania 1961–1976
Stanford University 1976-
+Jenkins, Romilly J. H. Dumbarton Oaks Research Library 1969+
+Johnson, Allan Chester Princeton University 1941–1946
+Johnson, Franklin Plotinos Alumni Association 1958–1960
(University of Chicago)
+Johnson, Jotham New York University 1951–1967+
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1961–1964
Johnson, Van Tufts University 1953–1969
Jolly, William T. Southwestern at Memphis 1966–1973, 1979-
+Jones, Horace Leonard Cornell University 1922–1946+
Jones, Leslie Webber College of the City of New York 1947-
Jones, William Robert Ohio State University 1957–1968
Jordan, Borimir University of California, Santa Barbara 1976-
Kahn, Charles H. Columbia University 1964–1965 1964-
University of Pennsylvania 1965-
+Kelsey, Francis W. President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1908–1912
(University of Michigan)
Kennedy, George A. Haverford College 1958–1965 1958-
University of Pittsburgh 1965–1966
University of North Carolina 1966-
+Kent, John Harvey Southwestern at Memphis 1946–1950 1946–1966+
University of Vermont 1950–1966
+Keyes, Clinton Walker Columbia University 1938–1943+
Kilinski, Karl, II Southern Methodist University 1975-
+King, Lida Shaw Woman’s College of Brown University 1919–1932+
Kirkwood, Gordon M. Cornell University 1965-
Koehler, Carolyn G. University of Maryland, Baltimore County 1979-
Koehler, Ellen L. Alumni Association 1967–1969
(University Museum, University of Pennsylvania)
+Kraeling, Carl Hermann American Schools of Oriental Research 1950–1955
(Yale University)
Kroll, John H. University of Texas at Austin 1975-
Laing, Donald R., Jr. Case Western Reserve University 1978-
Laiou, Angeliki Rutgers—-The State University of New Jersey 1976–1981
Harvard University 1981-
+Laird, Arthur Gordon University of Wisconsin 1922–1940
+Lamberton, William A. University of Pennsylvania 1889–1910+
+Lane, Gardiner M. Treasurer of the Managing Committee 1895–1914+
Lang, Mabel Louise Bryn Mawr College 1950-
Latimer, John Francis George Washington University 1950-
Lattimore, Stephen University of California, Los Angeles 1974-
Lavezzi, John C. Bowling Green State University 1975–1980
+Leach, Abby Vassar College 1888–1918+
Leake, Chauncey Depew University of California Medical School 1953–1979
Lefkowitz, Mary Rosenthal Wellesley College 1970-
Lehmann, Phyllis Williams Smith College 1956-
Leinicks, Valdis University of Nebraska 1968–1979
Lenardon, Robert J. Ohio State University 1969-
+Leutner, Winfred George Western Reserve University 1941–1962+
Levine, Edwin B. University of Illinois at Chicago Circle 1973–1975
+Levy, Harry Louis City University of New York 1962–1981+
Lewis, Naphtali City University of New York 1973-
+Linforth, Ivan Mortimer University of California, Berkeley 1933–1979+
Lloyd, Robert B. Randolph-Macon Woman’s College 1965–1969
Loerke, William C. Dumbarton Oaks Research Library 1974-
+Lofberg, Oscar J. Oberlin College 1931–1932+
Long, Herbert S. Hamilton College 1954–1968
+Lord, George Dana Dartmouth College 1900–1934
+Lord, Louis Eleazer Oberlin College 1926–1949 1926–1957+
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1932–1936
Treasurer of the Board of Trustees 1949–1954
Bureau of University Travel 1954–1957+
Lord, Mary Louise Connecticut College 1971-
+Low, Seth President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1890–1896
(Columbia University)
+Luce, Stephen Bleecker Assistant Director of the School 1928–1929
Secretary of the Archaeological Institute of America 1946–1948
+Ludlow, Thomas W. Yonkers, New York 1881–1894+
+Lynch, Charles Arthur Brown University, Pembroke College 1946–1963+
McAllister, Marian Holland Editor of Publications of the School 1973-
McCarthy, Barbara Philippa Wellesley College 1932-
McCauley, Leo P., S.J. Boston College 1947-
McCloy, John J. Treasurer of the School 1954–1980
McCredie, James R. Institute of Fine Arts, New Yoik University 1962-
Director of the School 1969–1977
+MacCurdy, Grace Harriet Vassar College 1919–1937
McDiarmid, John B. University of Washington 1957-
MacDonald. William Alan George Washington University 1972–1981
McDonald, William A. University of Minnesota 1956-
McGregor, Malcolm Francis University of British Columbia 1956-
MacKay, Pierre University of Washington 1976-
MacLean, Robert A. University of Rochester 1938–1942
McLeod, Wallace E. University of Toronto 1976-
Macro, Anthony Trinity College (Conn.) 1978-
+Magoffin, Ralph Van Deman President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1922–1931
(New York University)
+Manatt, J. Irving Brown University 1904–1915+
Mango, Cyril Dumbarton Oaks Research Library 1970–1979
Mark, Ira S. University of Chicago 1980-
Marshall, Peter Amherst College 1971-
Martin, Hubert University of Kentucky 1970-
Marvin, Miranda C. Wellesley College 1974-
+Mason, Ellen F. Boston, Massachusetts 1898–1930+
+Mather, Richard H. Amherst College 1888–1890+
Matson, Frederick R. Pennsylvania State University 1960-
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1975–1976
Mattingly, John R. Hamilton College 1952–1954
Mattusch, Carol C. Alumni Association 1977–1979
+Mead, Elizabeth S. Mount Holyoke College 1891–1899
+Means, Thomas Bowdoin College 1928–1954+
Mellink, Machteld J. Bryn Mawr College 1963-
+Mendell, Clarence Whittlesey Yale University 1922–1940
Meritt, Benjamin Dean Assistant Director of the School 1926–1928 1926-
University of Michigan 1929–1933
Johns Hopkins University 1933–1939
Institute for Advanced Study 1939-
Meritt, Lucy Taxis Shoe Mount Holyoke College 1937–1950 1937-
Institute for Advanced Study 1950–1975
Editor Emeritus 1975-
Merriam, Albert Trinity College (Conn.) 1968–1970
+Merriam, Augustus C. Columbia University 1885–1895+
+Merrill, Elmer Truesdell American School of Classical Studies in Rome 1899–1901+
(Wesleyan University)
Metzger, Bruce M. Princeton Theological Seminary 1959-
Mikalson, Jon D. University of Virginia 1978-
+Miles, George Carpenter American Numismatic Society 1961–1975+
+Miller, Carl William Emil Johns Hopkins University 1924–1934+
Miller, Stephen G. University of California, Berkeley 1980-
+Miller, Walter University of Missouri 1924–1942
Mitchel, Fordyce W. University of Missouri 1957-
Mitten, David G. Radcliffe College 1978-
Montgomery, James Alan American Schools of Oriental Research 1918–1933
(University of Pennsylvania)
+Moore, George F. American School for Oriental Study and Research in Palestine 1902–1905
(Harvard University)
Morgan, Charles Hill Amherst College 1932-
Director of the School 1936–1938
Murphy, Charles Theophilus Oberlin College 1969-
+Murray, Augustus T. Stanford University 1910–1940+
Mylonas, George Emmanuel Washington University 1937–1939, 1946-
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1957–1960
North, Helen F. American Academy in Rome 1965–1973 1965-
Swarthmore College 1973-
+Norton, Charles Eliot Harvard University 1882–1908+
+Norton, F. O. Drake University 1922–1923 1922–1924+
Crozer Theological Seminary 1923–1924
+Notopoulos, James Trinity College (Conn.) 1946–1967+
Nybakken, Oscar Edward State University of Iowa 1957-
Nyenhuis, Jacob E. Wayne State University 1966–1975 1966-
Hope College 1977-
Oates, John F. Duke University 1973-
+Oldfather, William Abbott University of Illinois 1926–1945+
+Oliver, James Henry Columbia University 1941–1946 1941–1981+
Johns Hopkins University 1946–1981
Oliver-Smith, Philip University of St. Thomas 1969–1971 1969-
Rice University 1971-
+Orris, S. Stanhope Annual Director of the School 1889–1890
(Princeton University)
Ostwald, Martin Swarthmore College 1968-
Overbeck, John C. State University of New York at Albany 1966–1976
Packard, David W. University of California, Los Angeles 1972–1975
+Packard, Lewis R. Yale University 1882–1884+
+Palfrey, Francis W. Boston, Massachusetts 1881–1889+
+Palmer, Robert B. Scripps College 1968–1977+
+Parsons, Arthur Wellesley Assistant Director and Director of the School 1939–1946 1939–1946+
Pascal, C. Bennett University of Oregon 1978-
+Paton, James Morton Wesleyan University 1903–1944+
Pavlantos, Ruth Allen Gettysburg College for the Central Pennsylvania Consortium 1973-
Pedley, John G. University of Michigan 1975-
+Peebles, Bernard Mann Catholic University of America 1960–1971+
Pemberton, Elizabeth Gummey University of Maryland, College Park 1971–1981
+Pepper, William University of Pennsylvania 1887–1889
+Peppler, Charles William Duke University 1922–1953+
+Perrin, Bernadotte Adelbert College of Western Reserve University 1889–1893 1889–1920+
Yale University 1893–1920
+Perry, Ben Edwin University of Illinois 1946–1969+
+Perry, Edward Delevan Columbia University 1897–1938+
+Pharr, Clyde Vanderbilt University 1941–1973+
Philips, F. Carter Vanderbilt University 1980-
Phillips, Douglas Brigham Young University 1978–1979
Podlecki, Anthony J. Pennsylvania State University 1969–1975 1969-
University of British Columbia 1975-
+Poland, William Carey Brown University 1891–1929+
Pollitt, Jerome J. Yale University 1968-
+Post, Levi Arnold Haverford College 1923–1971+
Pounder, Robert L. Vassar College 1975-
+Powers, Harry Huntington Bureau of University Travel 1923–1931
Pratt, Norman Twombly Indiana University 1950–1975
+Prentice, William Kelly Princeton University 1902–1933
+Prince, John Dyneley American School for Oriental Study and Research in Palestine 1905–1907
(Columbia University)
+Prindle, Lester Marsh University of Vermont 1937–1949+
Pritchard, James B. President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1973–1975
(University Museum, University of Pennsylvania)
Pritchett, William Kendrick University of California, Berkeley 1952-
+Proctor, John C. College of the Holy Cross 1949–1950+
Quinn, Elizabeth Hedberg Mount Holyoke College 1960-
+Randolph, Louise F. Mount Holyoke College 1899–1932+
+Ransom, Caroline L. Bryn Mawr College 1906–1911
Raubitschek, Antony Erich Stanford University 1964-
Regenos, Graydon W. Tulane University 1958-
Reinmuth, Oscar William University of Texas at Austin 1953-
Rexine, John E. Colgate University 1980-
+Reynolds, Horatio M. Yale University 1901–1930+
+Richardson, Rufus B. Dartmouth College 1890–1914+
Director of the School 1890–1891, 1893–1903
+Richter, Gisela Marie Augusta Rome, Italy 1950–1972+
Ridgway, Brunilde Sismondo Chairman of the Alumni Council 1977–1979
(Bryn Mawr College)
+Robbins, Edmund Yard Professor at the School 1921–1922
(Princeton University)
Robertson, Noel Deeves Brock University 1973-
+Robinson, Charles Alexander, Jr. Brown University 1930–1965+
+Robinson, David Moore Johns Hopkins University 1908–1958+
+Robinson, Edward Metropolitan Museum of Art 1903–1931+
+Robinson, Edward A. Fordham University 1955–1965 1955–1974+
Rutgers—-The State University of New Jersey 1965–1974
Robinson, Henry Schroder Alumni Association 1952–1954 1952–1954, 1959-
Director of the School 1959–1969
Case Western Reserve University 1969-
Roebuck, Carl Angus Alumni Association 1949–1951 1949-
Northwestern University 1951-
Roller, Duane W. Franklin and Marshall College 1972–1973 1972–1973
Wilfred Laurier University 1975–1979 1975–1979
+Rose, Jesse Lee Duke University 1951–1957+
Rosenmeyer, Thomas G. University of Washington 1957–1966 1957–1981
University of California, Berkeley 1966–1981
Rotroff, Susan I. Alumni Association 1980–1983
(Mount Allison University)
+Rowell, Henry Thompson President of the Archaeological Institute -of America 1953–1956
(Johns Hopkins University)
Russell, Helen American Academy in Rome 1954–1957
Rutledge, Harry C. American Academy in Rome 1973–1976
(University of Tennessee)
Rutter, Jeremy B. Alumni Association 1979–1982
(Dartmouth College)
Sammartino, Peter Fairleigh Dickinson University 1961–1964
Sams, G. Kenneth University of North Carolina 1977-
+Sanders, Henry Neville Bryn Mawr College 1902–1906
+Savage, John Joseph Fordham University 1946–1975+
Schauroth, Edward Grotian University of Buffalo 1946–1955
Schaus, Gerald P. Wilfred Laurier University 1979-
Schlesinger, Alfred Carey Oberlin College 1934-
Schoder, Raymond V., S.J. Loyola University of Chicago 1952-
Schork, Rudolf E., Jr. Georgetown University 1961–1966
+Scott, John Adams Northwestern University 1922–1947+
Scott, William Clyde Haverford College 1965–1966 1965-
Dartmouth College 1966-
Scranton, Robert Lorentz Emory University 1950–1961 1950-
University of Chicago 1961-
Seaver, James E. University of Kansas 1955–1975
Selby, Talbot R. University of Richmond 1972–1978
+Semple, William Tunstall University of Cincinnati 1923–1962+
Setton, Kenneth M. University of Pennsylvania 1961–1965 1961-
University of Wisconsin 1965–1968
Institute for Advanced Study 1968-
+Seymour, Thomas Day Yale University 1884–1907
+Shear, Theodore Leslie Princeton University 1920–1945+
Shear, Theodore Leslie, Jr. Field Director of Agora Excavations 1973-
(Princeton University)
+Shero, Lucius Rogers Swarthmore College 1929–1968+
+Shipley, Frederick William President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1913–1917
(Washington University)
Shoe, Lucy Taxis see Meritt 1937-
+Shorey, Paul Professor at the School 1901–1903, 1908–1934
University of Chicago
Silk, Edmund Taite American Academy in Rome 1951–1954
Simpson, R. Hope Queen’s University 1969–1978
Simpson, William Kelly President of the Board of Trustees 1974–1975
+Skiles, Jonah W. D. University of Kentucky 1960–1966+
+Sloane, William M. Princeton University 1882–1897
+Smith, Charles Forster University of Wisconsin 1913–1931+
Smith, Gertrude see Greenwood 1938-
+Smith, Harry de Forest Amherst College 1901–1932
+Smith, Kendall K. Brown University 1922–1930+
Smithson, Evelyn Lord State University of New York at Buffalo 1964-
+Smyth, Herbert Weir Bryn Mawr College 1893–1901 1893–1935+
Harvard University 1901–1935
+Spaeth, John William, Jr. Wesleyan University 1941–1965
Sperling, Jerome Yale University 1941–1948
Sprague, Rosamund Kent University of South Carolina 1975–1977
Stambough, John E. Williams College 1969-
+Stearns, John Barker Dartmouth College 1934–1973+
Stein, J. Peter Tufts University 1969–1972
+Sterrett, J. R. Sitlington Amherst College 1893–1901 1893–1914+
Cornell University 1901–1914
+Stevens, Gorham Phillips Director and Acting Director 1939–1947
Stewart, Douglas J. Brandeis University 1976-
+Stillwell, Richard Director and Assistant Director 1931–1935 1931–1935, 1945–1982+
Princeton University 1945–1982
Acting Director 1974
Stocker, Arthur F. University of Virginia 1956–1979
Stow, Henry Lloyd Vanderbilt University 1953-
Strickler, Robert Parvin Southwestern at Memphis 1951–1962
Stroud, Ronald S. University of California, Berkeley 1969-
Stuart, Meriwether American Academy in Rome 1950–1951
(Hunter College)
Sturgeon, Mary C. Alumni Association 1974–1976 1974-
Oberlin College 1976–1977
University of North Carolina 1977-
Sumner, Laura B. Voelkel Mary Washington College of the University of Virginia 1950–1955
+Swindler, Mary Hamilton Bryn Mawr College 1929–1967+
Szegedy-Maszak, Andrew Wesleyan University 1976-
+Tait, Marion Vassar College 1967–1971
+Talcott, Lucy Alumni Association 1941–1943
+Tanner, Rollin Harvelle New York University 1924–1952+
Taran, Leonardo Columbia University 1976-
+Tarbell, Frank B. Annual Director of the School 1888–1889, 1892–1920+
Secretary of the School 1892–1893
University of Chicago 1893–1920
+Thallon, Ida Carleton (Mrs. Bert H. Hill) Vassar College 1923–1925
Thompson, Homer Armstrong University of Toronto 1939–1948 1939-
Institute for Advanced Study 1948-
Thompson, Lawrence University of Kentucky 1967–1970
Thompson, Lynette Florida State University 1962-
Thompson, Margaret Alumni Association 1955–1957, 1962–1964 1955–1957, 1962–1968, 1973
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1965–1968
American Numismatic Society 1973-
+Throop, George Reeves Washington University 1922–1937
+Tisdall, Fitz Gerald College of the City of New York 1886–1915+
Toliver, Hazel M. Lindenwood College 1964–1974
Tompkins, Daniel P. Wesleyan University 1971–1975 1971–1975, 1980-
Temple University 1980-
+Tonks, Oliver Samuel Vassar College 1920–1944+
Topping, Peter University of Cincinnati 1961–1979 1961-
Dumbarton Oaks Research Library 1979-
+Torrey, Charles Cutler American School for Oriental Study and Research in Palestine 1907–1918
(Yale University)
Tracy, Stephen V. Ohio State University 1974-
Tranman, Carl H. American Academy in Rome 1957–1965
(University of Cincinnati)
Truesdale, James N. Duke University 1958-
Tsangadas, Byron C. P. University of South Florida 1971–1975
Turlington, Bayley University of the South 1954–1971
Turnbull, Lucy C. University of Mississippi 1963-
+Tyler, Henry M. Smith College 1898–1931+
+Tyler, William S. Amherst College 1882–1888
Tzavella-Evjen, Terpsichori University of Colorado 1970-
Underwood, John T., Jr. Hobart and William Smith Colleges 1977–1978
+Underwood, Paul Dumbarton Oaks Research Library 1965–1968
+Van Benschoten, James C. Wesleyan University 1882–1902+
Vanderpool, Eugene Professor Emeritus of Archaeology 1971-
+Van Hook, La Rue Columbia University 1921–1953+
+Vaughan, Agnes Carr Smith College 1944–1976+
Vermeule, Emily Townsend Boston University 1962–1965 1962-
Wellesley College 1965–1970
Harvard University 1970-
Vitelli, Karen University of Maryland, Baltimore County 1975–1979 1975-
Indiana University 1979-
Voelkel, Laura B. see Sumner 1950–1955
Vryonis, Speros, Jr. University of California, Los Angeles 1974-
Waage, Frederick Oswin Cornell University 1941-
Waggoner, Nancy M. American Numismatic Society 1979-
Walbank, Michael B. University of Calgary 1974-
+Waldstein, Charles Director of the School 1888–1892 1888–1897
Professor of Art 1892–1897
Wallace, Paul W. State University of New York at Albany 1976-
Wallace, Malcolm V.T. Saint Bonaventure University 1968–1971
+Wallace, William Pitkin University of Toronto 1960–1965+
+Walton, Alice Wellesley College 1915–1932
Walton, Francis R. Florida State University 1958–1961 1958–1961, 1973-
Director of the Gennadius Library 1973–1976
Director Emeritus of the Gennadius Library 1976-
+Ware, William R. Columbia University 1885–1915+
+Waters, William E. New York University 1920–1924+
+Webb, Robert Henning University of Virginia 1929–1953+
+Weber, Shirley Howard Librarian Emeritus of the Gennadius Library 1953–1962+
Weinberg, Saul S. University of Missouri 1956–1972
+Weld, A. Winsor Treasurer of the Board of Trustees 1933–1949
+Welles, Charles Bradford Yale University 1941–1953, 1964–1969+
+West, Allen Brown University of Cincinnati 1930–1936+
+West, Andrew Fleming American School of Classical Studies at Rome 1901–1913
(Princeton University)
+Wheeler, Benjamin Ide Cornell University 1892–1899 1892–1926+
University of California 1899–1926
+Wheeler, James Rignall University of Vermont 1891–1895 1891–1918+
Columbia University 1895–1918
+Wheeler, John H. University of Virginia 1884–1885+
+White, John Williams Harvard University 1881–1917+
+White, Mary E. University of Toronto 1966–1977+
+Whitehead, Elizabeth A. President of the Trustees 1979–1983+
Williams, Charles Kaufman II Field Director of Corinth Excavations 1973-
Williams, John C. Trinity College (Conn.) 1970-
Willis, William H. Duke University 1953-
Wilson, Glee Kent State University 1975-
+Wilson, Harry Langford President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1913+
(Johns Hopkins University)
+Wilson, Pearl C. Hunter College 1936–1976+
+Winans, Samuel Rose Princeton University 1897–1910+
Winter, Frederick E. University of Toronto 1968-
+Winter, John Garrett University of Michigan 1917–1956+
Winter, Nancy A. Librarian of the Blegen Library 1979–1982
Wiseman, James R. University of Texas at Austin 1969–1973 1969-
Alumni Association 1971–1973
Boston University 1973-
+Woodruff, Frank E. Bowdoin College 1922+
Woods, Daniel E. Manhattanville College 1961–1977
Workman, John Rowe Brown University 1963-
+Wright, George Ernest American Schools of Oriental Research 1965–1975+
(Harvard University)
+Wright, John H. Editor of the American Journal of Archaeology 1897–1906 1897–1908+
Harvard University 1906–1908
Wright, Kenneth T., Jr. Sweet Briar College 1975-
+Wright, Wilmer Cave Bryn Mawr College 1920–1933
+Wyatt, William Frank Tufts College 1947–1961+
Wyatt, William Frank, Jr. Brown University 1971-
Wyckoff, Elizabeth Mount Holyoke College 1953–1959
Young, Arthur Milton University of Pittsburgh 1947-
+Young, Clarence Hoffman Columbia University 1909–1957+
+Young, John Howard Alumni Association 1956–1958 1956–1958, 1965–1978+
Johns Hopkins University 1965–1978
+Young, Rodney Stuart Alumni Association 1942–1944, 1950–1952 1942–1944, 1950–1952, 1954–1974+
University of Pennsylvania 1954–1974
President of the Archaeological Institute of America 1969–1972
Zarker, John W. Tufts University 1972–1976

CHAIRMEN OF THE MANAGING COMMITTEE
(Lord, plates opposite pages 1, 49, 88; Plate 10 here)
+John William White Harvard University 1881–1887
+Thomas Day Seymour Yale University 1887–1901
+James Rignall Wheeler Columbia University 1901–1918+
+Edward Capps Princeton University 1918–1939
+Louis Eleazer Lord Oberlin College 1939–1950
Charles Hill Morgan Amherst College 1950–1960
+Alfred Raymond Bellinger Yale University 1960–1965
Richard Hubbard Howland Smithsonian Institution 1965–1975
Mabel Louise Lang Bryn Mawr College 1975–1980
James Robert McCredie Institute of Fine Arts, New York University 1980-

ACTING CHAIRMAN
+Edward Delavan Perry Columbia University Feb. 1918—Dec. 1919, Aug. 1920—June 1921

VICE-CHAIRMEN OF THE MANAGING COMMITTEE
Charles Hill Morgan Amherst College 1948–1950
George Emmanuel Mylonas Washington University 1951–1960
Richard Hubbard Howland Smithsonian Institution 1961–1965
+John Langdon Caskey University of Cincinnati 1965–1975
Henry Schroder Robinson Case Western Reserve University 1975–1978
William H. Willis Duke University 1978–1980
Michael H. Jameson Stanford University 1980-
SECRETARIES OF THE MANAGING COMMITTEE
+Thomas W. Ludlow 1882–1894+
+James Rignall Wheeler University of Vermont 1894–1895 1894–1901
Columbia University 1895–1901
+Horatio M. Reynolds Yale University 1901–1920
+Edward Delavan Perry Columbia University 1920–1938+
+La Rue Van Hook Columbia University 1938–1945
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1945–1965
Alan Lindley Boegehold Brown University 1965–1975
William F. Wyatt, Jr. Brown University 1975–1980
John H. Kroll University of Texas at Austin 1980-

ACTING SECRETARIES
+Edward Delavan Perry Columbia University 1919–1920
+Clarence H. Young Columbia University March-May 1938
John Rowe Workman Brown University 1964–1965, 1968–1969
Keith DeVries University of Pennsylvania 1980–1981

ASSISTANT SECRETARIES
+La Rue Van Hook Columbia University 1922–1938
+C. Arthur Lynch Brown University 1946–1963+
Alan Lindley Boegehold Brown University 1964–1965
John Rowe Workman Brown University 1965–1968

TREASURERS OF THE MANAGING COMMITTEE
+Frederick J. de Peyster 1882–1895
+Gardiner M. Lane Treasurer of the Board of Trustees 1892–1914 1895–1914+
+Allen Curtis Treasurer of the Board of Trustees 1914–1933+ 1914–1915
The office of Treasurer of the Managing Committee was abolished in 1915.

CHAIRMEN OF THE STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE MANAGING COMMITTEE
Committees are listed chronologically in order of establishment.

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS
+William Watson Goodwin Harvard University 1885–1888
+Augustus C. Merriam Columbia University 1888–1893
+Bernadotte Perrin Yale University 1893–1897+
+George Henry Chase Harvard University 1919–1939
Benjamin Dean Meritt Institute for Advanced Study 1939–1950
Lucy Taxis Shoe (Mrs. Benjamin D. Meritt) Institute for Advanced Study 1950–1972
Machteld J. Mellink Bryn Mawr College 1972–1973
January-June 1977
+Mary E. White University of Toronto 1973—January 1977+
Phyllis Williams Lehmann Smith College 1977–1980
Helen F. North Swarthmore College 1980–1982

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMITTEE ON FELLOWSHIPS
+John Williams White Harvard University 1895–1897
+Benjamin Ide Wheeler Cornell University 1897–1899
+Abby Leach Vassar College 1899–1904
+Harold North Fowler Western Reserve University 1904–1917
+Samuel Eliot Bassett University of Vermont 1917–1936+
Benjamin Dean Meritt University of Michigan 1931–1932 (acting)
+Sidney Norton Deane Smith College 1937–1943+
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1936–1937 (acting)
1943–1945
Gertrude Smith University of Chicago 1945–1963 except
1949–1950
+Clark Hopkins University of Michigan 1949–1950
In 1950 the Committee became the Committee on Admissions and Fellowships.
Carl Angus Roebuck Northwestern University 1963–1966
Mabel Louise Lang Bryn Mawr College 1966–1972
Malcolm Francis McGregor University of British Columbia 1972–1975
Henry R. Immerwahr University of North Carolina 1975–1977
Evelyn Lord Smithson State University of New York at Buffalo 1977–1979
+Joseph M. Conant Emory University 1979–1981

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMITTEE ON PERSONNEL
+Charles Burton Gulick Harvard University 1932–1946
+William Tunstall Semple University of Cincinnati 1946–1948
Benjamin Dean Meritt Institute for Advanced Study 1948–1957
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1957–1968
Lloyd William Daly University of Pennsylvania 1968–1972
Evelyn Byrd Harrison Princeton University 1972–1973
Michael H. Jameson University of Pennsylvania 1973–1975
Frederick E. Winter University of Toronto 1975–1977
William P. Donovan Macalester University 1977–1980
Elizabeth Gummey Pemberton University of Maryland 1980–1981

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMISSION (1931–1939) AND THE COMMITTEE ON THE AGORA EXCAVATION AND THE AGORA MUSEUM (1939–1968)
+Edward Capps 1931–1939
No member designated chairman 1939–1942
+William T. Aldrich 1942–1945
+William Tunstall Semple 1945–1950
+Ward M. Canaday 1950–1968

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMITTEE ON PLACEMENT
+Rollin Harvelle Tanner New York University 1940–1942
+Lucius Rogers Shero Swarthmore College 1942–1949
+David Moore Robinson Johns Hopkins University 1949–1956
Discontinued

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE GENNADIUS LIBRARY
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1948–1964
+Reuben A. Brower Harvard University 1964–1968
William H. Willis Duke University 1968–1972
+George C. Miles American Numismatic Society 1972–1975
Thomas G. Rosenmeyer University of California, Berkeley 1975–1977
J. A. S. Evans University of British Columbia 1977–1979
C. William J. Eliot Mount Allison University 1979–1981

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE SUMMER SESSION
Gertrude Smith University of Chicago 1961–1963
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1963–1964 (acting)
George Emmanuel Mylonas Washington University 1964–1965
Anna Shaw Benjamin Rutgers—-The State University of New Jersey 1965–1970
William P. Donovan Macalester College 1970–1975
+Joseph M. Conant Emory University 1975–1977
Stephen V. Tracy Ohio State University 1977–1979
Robert L. Pounder Vassar College 1979–1981

CHAIRMEN OF THE COMMITTEE ON COMMITTEES
George A. Kennedy University of North Carolina 1972–1974
Colin N. Edmonson University of Washington 1974–1976
John F. Oates Duke University 1976–1977
Thomas W. Jacobsen Indiana University 1977–1978
Keith R. DeVries University of Pennsylvania 1978–1979
Geraldine C. Gesell University of Tennessee 1979–1980
Caroline M. Houser Smith College 1980–1981

STAFF

DIRECTORS OF THE SCHOOL
(Lord, plate opposite page 33; Plates 11, 12 here)
+William Watson Goodwin Harvard University 1882–1883
+Lewis R. Packard Yale University 1883–1884
+James Cooke Van Benschoten Wesleyan University 1884–1885
+Frederick De Forest Allen Harvard University 1885–1886
+Martin L. D’Ooge University of Michigan 1886–1887
+Augustus C. Merriam Columbia University 1887–1888
+Charles Waldstein Cambridge University 1888–1892
+Frank Bigelow Tarbell University of Chicago 1892–1893
+Rufus B. Richardson Dartmouth College 1893–1903
+Theodore Woolsey Heermance Yale University 1903–1905+
+William Nickerson Bates University of Pennsylvania 1905–1906 (acting)
+Bert Hodge Hill 1906–1926
+Carl William Blegen University of Cincinnati 1926–1927 (acting)
+Rhys Carpenter Bryn Mawr College 1927–1932
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1932–1935
+Edward Capps Princeton University 1935–1936
Charles Hill Morgan Amherst College 1936–1938
+Henry Lamar Crosby University of Pennsylvania 1938–1939 (acting)
+Gorham Phillips Stevens 1939–1941
+Arthur Wellesley Parsons Yale University 1941–1946 (on leave for war service)
+Gorham Phillips Stevens 1941–1947 (acting)
+Rhys Carpenter Bryn Mawr College 1946–1948 (not in residence)
Oscar Broneer 1947–1948 (acting)
+Carl William Blegen University of Cincinnati 1948–1949
+John Langdon Caskey University of Cincinnati 1949–1959
Henry Schroder Robinson University of Oklahoma 1959–1969
James Robert McCredie New York University 1969–1977
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1974 (acting)
Henry R. Immerwahr University of North Carolina 1977–1982

ASSISTANT DIRECTORS OF THE SCHOOL
+Carl William Blegen Yale University 1920–1926
Benjamin Dean Meritt Hamilton College 1926–1928
Princeton University
+Stephen Bleecker Luce Harvard University 1928–1929
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1931–1932
Charles Hill Morgan Amherst College 1935–1936
+Arthur Wellesley Parsons Yale University 1939–1941
+John Langdon Caskey University of Cincinnati 1948–1949
Henry Schroder Robinson University of Oklahoma 1958–1959

ASSISTANTS TO THE DIRECTOR
Saul S. Weinberg Corinth Excavation Staff 1947–1948
Linda A. Bacon New York University 1971–1972
Robert L. Pounder Brown University 1974–1975

ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT
Halford Whittier Haskell University of North Carolina 1980–1981

SECRETARIES OF THE SCHOOL
+J. R. Sitlington Sterrett 1882–1884
+Frank Bigelow Tarbell University of Chicago 1892–1893
+Herbert Fletcher De Cou University of Michigan 1900–1901
+Theodore Woolsey Heermance Yale University 1902–1903
+Lacey Davis Caskey Yale University 1905–1908
+George Wicker Elderkin Johns Hopkins University 1908–1909 (assistant), 1909–1910
+Cyrus Ashton Rollins Sanborn Harvard University 1911–1912
+Carl William Blegen Yale University 1913–1920
Gerald J. Sullivan Harvard University 1951–1952
C. William J. Eliot University of Toronto 1954–1957
Colin N. Edmonson University of Arizona 1957–1960
University of California, Berkeley
Ronald S. Stroud University of Toronto 1960–1963
University of California, Berkeley
Gregory W. Dickerson Harvard University 1963–1964
Princeton University
William R. Biers University of Pennsylvania 1964–1968
John C. Lavezzi University of Chicago 1968–1970
Robert L. Pounder Brown University 1970—Sept. 1971
Michael S. Goldstein University of California, Berkeley 1972–1974
James C. Wright Bryn Mawr College 1975–1977
David G. Romano University of Pennsylvania 1977–1978
Halford Whittier Haskell Haverford College 1978–1980
University of North Carolina

PROFESSORS OF THE SCHOOL
Various titles were held throughout the century by those who, with the Director, guided the studies of the students.
Professor of Art: +Charles Waldstein 1892–1897
Lecturer on Greek Vases: +Joseph C. Hoppin 1897–1898
Professor of Archaeology: +Alfred Emerson 1897–1899
Research Professors: +Joseph C. Hoppin 1922–1925+
+Harold North Fowler 1924–1925
Associate Professor of Architecture: +Leicester Bodine Holland 1922–1923
Professor of Architecture: +William Bell Dinsmoor 1923–1928
+Richard Stillwell 1947–1948
Assistant Professor of Architecture: +Richard Stillwell 1928–1931
Honorary Professor of Architecture: John Travlos 1973-
Professors of Archaeology: Oscar Theodore Broneer 1940–1971
Emeritus 1971-
Instructor 1926–1930
Assistant Professor 1930–1936
Associate Professor 1936–1940
Eugene Vanderpool 1949–1971
Emeritus 1971-
+Carl William Blegen 1949–1971+
Homer Armstrong Thompson 1968–1971
C. W. J. Eliot 1971–1976
Professor of Classics: +Shirley H. Weber 1940–1953
Professor of Mediaeval History and Literature: Peter Topping 1958–1961
Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Classical Studies: Colin N. Edmonson 1976–1982
Samuel H. Kress Professors of Hellenic Studies:
Angeliki Laiou 1978–1979
Timothy Gregory 1979–1981
Also, not resident in Athens, but with academic rank:
Instructor in Epigraphy: William Kendrick Pritchett 1942–1946
(on leave for war service) 1942–1945
(in U.S.A.) 1945–1946

LIBRARIANS OF THE SCHOOL
+Verna Anderson Broneer (Mrs. Oscar Broneer) Lake Forest College 1930–1940
Sara Anderson (Mrs. Henry R. Immerwahr) Bryn Mawr College 1939–1940 (acting)
+David Moore Robinson Johns Hopkins University 1946–1947
Gladys Davidson Weinberg (Mrs. Saul S. Weinberg) Johns Hopkins University 1947–1948 (acting)
Elizabeth Gwynn Caskey (Mrs. John L. Caskey) University of Toronto 1948–1958
University of Cincinnati
Mary Zelia Pease Philippides (Mrs. John Philippides) Bryn Mawr College 1958–1971
Thomas P. Jedele University of Michigan 1972–1973 Associate
Nancy A. Winter Bryn Mawr College 1972–1973 Associate
1973–1982 Librarian

ASSISTANT LIBRARIANS OF THE SCHOOL
Gladys Davidson Weinberg (Mrs. Saul S. Weinberg) 1946–1947
Johanna Betsch 1966–1967
Eugenia Foster 1967–1970
Sharon E. Kintner 1970—Sept. 1971
Thomas P. Jedele Sept. 1971–1972
Nancy A. Winter Oct. 1971–1972
Demetra Andritsaki Photiades 1973-

LIBRARIANS OF THE GENNADEION
+Gilbert Campbell Scoggin Western Reserve University 1925–1931
Clarence G. Lowe University of Nebraska 1931–1937
+Shirley Howard Weber Princeton University also Professor of Classics from 1940 1937–1953
Peter Topping University of Santa Barbara also Professor of Mediaeval History and Literature from 1958 1953–1961
Francis R. Walton Florida State University 1961–1976
Title changed in 1970 to Director of the Gennadius Library
+Eurydice Demetracopoulou 1963–1964 (acting)
Sophie Papageorgiou University of Thessalonike 1976–1980 (acting)
1980-

SPECIAL RESEARCH FELLOW IN THE GENNADEION
Kenneth Setton University of Pennsylvania acted as Librarian 1960–1961

ASSISTANT LIBRARIANS OF THE GENNADEION
+Eurydice Demetracopoulou 1962–1969
Sophie Papageorgiou 1969–1976
Evro Layton 1963–1964, 1976–1977

ASSISTANTS IN THE GENNADEION
Samuel A. Ives 1930–1932
Richard P. Breaden Brown University 1932–1934
Theodore M. Erck University of Illinois 1932–1937
R. E. Glanville Downey Princeton University 1934–1935
Joseph Hunsicker 1936–1940
+Eurydice Demetracopoulou 1937–1962

ANNUAL AND VISITING PROFESSORS
+Frank B. Tarbell Yale University 1888–1889
+S. Stanhope Orris Princeton University 1889–1890
+Rufus B. Richardson Dartmouth College 1890–1891
+William Carey Poland Brown University 1891–1892
+James Rignall Wheeler University of Vermont 1892–1893
+John Williams White Harvard University 1893–1894
+Thomas Dwight Goodell Yale University 1894–1895
+Benjamin Ide Wheeler Cornell University 1895–1896
+J. R. Sitlington Sterrett Amherst College 1896–1897
+Alfred Emerson Cornell University 1897–1898
+Angie Clark Chapin Wellesley College 1898–1899
+Herbert Weir Smyth Bryn Mawr College 1899–1900
+Edward Delavan Perry Columbia University 1900–1901
+Paul Shorey University of Chicago 1901–1902
+George E. Howes University of Vermont 1902–1903
+Harold North Fowler Western Reserve University 1903–1904
+Joseph Clark Hoppin Bryn Mawr College 1904–1905
+William Nickerson Bates University of Pennsylvania 1905–1906
+John Henry Wright Harvard University 1906–1907
+Edward B. Clapp University of California 1907–1908
+William Kelly Prentice Princeton University 1908–1909
+David Moore Robinson Johns Hopkins University 1909–1910
+Francis G. Allinson Brown University 1910–1911
+Charles Burton Gulick Harvard University 1911–1912
+Clarence Powers Bill Adelbert College of Western Reserve University 1912–1913
+William Scott Ferguson Harvard University 1913–1914
+Henry B. Dewing Princeton University 1919–1920
+Charles Forster Smith University of Wisconsin 1920–1921
+Edmund Yard Robbins Princeton University 1921–1922
+Augustus T. Murray Stanford University 1922–1923
+Carl Darling Buck University of Chicago 1923–1924
+James Turney Allen University of California 1924–1925
+Harold North Fowler Western Reserve University 1924–1925
+Caroline M. Galt Mount Holyoke College 1925–1926
+Walter Miller University of Missouri 1925–1926
+Henry Lamar Crosby University of Pennsylvania 1926–1927
+Campbell Bonner University of Michigan 1927–1928
+Louis Eleazer Lord Oberlin College 1928–1929
+Horace L. Jones Cornell University 1929–1930
+La Rue Van Hook Columbia University 1930–1931
+Carroll N. Brown College of the City of New York 1930–1931
+Samuel Eliot Bassett University of Vermont 1931–1932
+Frank Cole Babbitt Trinity College (Conn.) 1931–1932
+Edward Fitch Hamilton College 1932–1933
Benjamin Dean Meritt University of Michigan 1932–1933
+Thomas Means Bowdoin College 1933–1934
Charles Hill Morgan Amherst College 1933–1934
+Ivan N. Linforth University of California 1934–1935
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1934–1935
Benjamin Dean Meritt Johns Hopkins University 1935–1936(2)
+Lucius Rogers Shero Swarthmore College 1936–1937
+Louis Eleazer Lord Oberlin College 1936–1937(1)
+Edward Capps, Jr. Oberlin College 1937–1938
+William A. Oldfather University of Illinois 1937–1938(1)
+George Wicker Elderkin Princeton University 1938–1939
+Mary Hamilton Swindler Bryn Mawr College 1938–1939(1)
+John B. Stearns Dartmouth College prevented from serving by the war 1939–1940(1)
+Morton S. Enslin Crozer Theological Seminary prevented from serving by the war 1939–1940
No appointees 1940–1946
+David Moore Robinson Johns Hopkins University 1946–1947
+William Bell Dinsmoor Columbia University 1947–1948(1)
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1947–1948(2)
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1947–1948(2)
+Edward Capps, Jr. Oberlin College 1948–1949
Gertrude Smith University of Chicago 1949–1950
+Clark Hopkins University of Michigan 1950–1951
George E. Mylonas Washington University 1951–1952
Alfred C. Schlesinger Oberlin College 1952–1953
+James A. Notopoulos Trinity College (Conn.) 1952–1953
Robert L. Scranton Emory University 1953–1954
Benjamin Dean Meritt Institute for Advanced Study 1954–1955
+William E. Gwatkin, Jr. University of Missouri 1955–1956
+William Bell Dinsmoor Columbia University 1955–1956
+Hazel D. Hansen Stanford University 1956–1957
+Rhys Carpenter Bryn Mawr College 1956–1957
Barbara Philippa McCarthy Wellesley College 1957–1958
Arthur M. Young University of Pittsburgh 1957–1958
J. Walter Graham University of Toronto 1958–1959(2)
Herbert S. Long Hamilton College 1958–1959
Lloyd Stow Vanderbilt University 1959–1960
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1960–1961(1)
+William Pitkin Wallace University of Toronto 1960–1961
+Gisela M. A. Richter 1960–1961(2)
Thomas Rosenmeyer University of Washington 1961–1962
Raymond V. Schoder Loyola University of Chicago 1961–1962(1)
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1961–1962(2)
William Kendrick Pritchett University of California 1962–1963
Norman T. Pratt Indiana University 1962–1963
George E. Mylonas Washington University 1963–1964
Saul S. Weinberg University of Missouri 1963–1964
+Walter R. Agard University of Wisconsin 1964–1965
Fordyce W. Mitchel Randolph-Macon Woman’s College 1964–1965
Cedric G. Boulter University of Cincinnati 1965–1966
Michael H. Jameson University of Pennsylvania 1965–1966
Sterling Dow Harvard University 1966–1967
C. William J. Eliot University of British Columbia 1966–1967
Paul A. Clement University of California, Los Angeles 1967–1968
Malcolm Francis McGregor University of British Columbia 1967–1968
+Joseph M. Conant Emory University 1968–1969
Alan L. Boegehold Brown University 1968–1969
Norman T. Pratt Indiana University 1969–1970
Benjamin Dean Meritt Institute for Advanced Study 1969–1970
Henry R. Immerwahr University of North Carolina 1970–1971
+James Henry Oliver Johns Hopkins University 1970–1971
Harry C. Avery University of Pittsburgh 1971–1972
Oscar W. Reinmuth University of Texas at Austin 1971–1972
Fordyce W. Mitchel University of Missouri 1972–1973
+Mary E. White University of Toronto, Trinity College 1972–1973
Jacob E. Nyenhuis Wayne State University 1973–1974
William M. Calder, III Columbia University 1973–1974
Jean Davison University of Vermont 1974–1975
Charles Kahn University of Pennsylvania 1974–1975
+John L. Caskey University of Cincinnati 1975–1976
Helen F. North Swarthmore College 1975–1976(1)
+Harry L. Levy City University of New York 1975–1976(2)
Peter H. von Blankenhagen Institute of Fine Arts, New York University 1976–1977(1)
Douglas D. Feaver Lehigh University 1976–1977(1)
William Kendrick Pritchett University of California, Berkeley 1976–1977(2)
Antony E. Raubitschek Stanford University 1976–1977(2)
W. Robert Connor Princeton University 1977–1978
Frederick E. Winter University of Toronto 1977–1978
Thomas F. Noonan (Gennadius Library) 1977–1978
Charles R. Beye Boston University 1978–1979
James R. Wiseman Boston University 1978–1979(1)
William A. McDonald University of Minnesota 1978–1979(2)
Elizabeth Gummey Pemberton University of Maryland 1979–1980
Mortimer Chambers University of California, Los Angeles 1979–1980
Thomas W. Jacobsen Indiana University 1980–1981

FIELD DIRECTORS OF THE AGORA EXCAVATIONS
+Theodore Leslie Shear Princeton University 1931–1945
Homer Armstrong Thompson Institute for Advanced Study Emeritus 1968—1946–1967
Theodore Leslie Shear, Jr. Princeton University 1968-

DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF THE AGORA EXCAVATIONS
Eugene Vanderpool Princeton University 1947–1967

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF THE AGORA EXCAVATIONS
John McK. Camp II Harvard University 1973-
Princeton University

SECRETARIES OF THE AGORA EXCAVATIONS
+Lucy Talcott Radcliffe College 1931–1958
Columbia University
Poly Pamel Demoulini (Mrs. Andreas Demoulini) University of Athens 1957–1958 (Assistant)
1958–1971
Effie Sakellaraki (Mrs. John Sakellaraki) 1971–1977
Lucy Weier Krystallis 1977–1979
Helen H. Townsend (Mrs. Rhys F.) 1979–1981

CONSERVATOR OF THE AGORA EXCAVATIONS
Stephen P. Koob Indiana University 1979-

FIELD DIRECTORS OF THE CORINTH EXCAVATIONS
Beginning with Rufus B. Richardson in 1896 the Director of the School was regularly Director of the excavations in Corinth until World War II, when operations were discontinued until 1958.
Henry Schroder Robinson Princeton University 1958–1966
University of Oklahoma
Charles Kaufmann Williams, II Princeton University 1966-
University of Pennsylvania

SECRETARIES OF THE CORINTH EXCAVATIONS
Judith Perlzweig Yale University 1963–1966
Helen von Raits (Mrs. Daniel J. Geagan) Bryn Mawr College 1966–1967
University of Cincinnati
Kathryn L. Butt University of Cincinnati 1967–1971
Mary C. Sturgeon Bryn Mawr College 1971–1972
Sharon C. Herbert Stanford University 1971–1973
Jean MacIntosh Bryn Mawr College 1972–1973
Nancy Bookidis Bryn Mawr College 1973-

CONSERVATOR OF THE CORINTH EXCAVATIONS
Stella Bouzaki 1973-

ARCHITECTS OF THE SCHOOL
+Edward L. Tilton 1894–1895
+William Bell Dinsmoor Harvard College 1912–1919
+Leicester Bodine Holland University of Pennsylvania 1921–1922

HONORARY ARCHITECT
+Gorham Phillips Stevens 1941–1963

ARCHITECT OF THE SCHOOL EXCAVATIONS
John Travlos 1940–1973

ARCHITECT OF THE ATHENIAN AGORA EXCAVATIONS
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1932–1935
Charles Spector (Assistant Architect) 1932–1934
John Travlos (Assistant Architect 1935–1936) 1937–1940
Marian R. Holland (Mrs. Louis E. McAllister, Jr.) Columbia University 1952–1953
(Assistant Architect)
William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr. Columbia University 1966-

DIRECTORS OF THE SUMMER SESSION
+Walter Miller University of Missouri 1925, 1926
Oscar Broneer American School 1927, 1928
+Louis Eleazer Lord Oberlin College 1931–1939, 1948–1950
George E. Mylonas Washington University 1951, 1952
Robert Lorentz Scranton Emory University 1953
Saul S. Weinberg University of Missouri 1954
+William E. Gwatkin, Jr. University of Missouri 1955
+William Bell Dinsmoor Columbia University 1956
C. William J. Eliot University of British Columbia 1957, 1962, 1969, 1979
Gertrude Smith University of Chicago 1958, 1960, 1961
+Charles Alexander Robinson, Jr. Brown University 1959
Alan L. Boegehold Brown University 1963, 1964, 1974, 1980
William P. Donovan University of Illinois 1965
Macalester College 1968, 1980
Henry Lloyd Stow Vanderbilt University 1966, 1970
Brunilde Sismondo Ridgway Bryn Mawr College 1967, 1971
Matthew F. Wienke Dartmouth College 1968
William F. Wyatt, Jr. Brown University 1969, 1972, 1973, 1978
William R. Biers University of Missouri 1970
Anna Shaw Benjamin Rutgers—-The State University of New Jersey 1971
+Joseph M. Conant Emory University 1972, 1973, 1977
Fordyce W. Mitchel University of Missouri 1974, 1977
Colin N. Edmonson University of Washington 1975
Stephen V. Tracy Ohio State University 1975
Donald L. Laing, Jr. Case Western Reserve University 1976
Merle K. Langdon American School 1976
Frederick A. Cooper University of Minnesota 1978
Steven Diamant American School 1979
Stephen L. Glass Pitzer College 1981
David Rupp Brock University 1981

EDITORS OF PUBLICATIONS
Paul Augustus Clement Johns Hopkins University 1939–1949
Lucy Taxis Shoe (Mrs. Benjamin D. Meritt) Bryn Mawr College 1950–1972
Emeritus 1973-
Marian Holland McAllister (Mrs. Louis E. McAllister, Jr.) Bryn Mawr College 1972-

PUBLICATIONS SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANTS TO THE EDITOR
Margot Cutter 1939–1943
Dorothy Dauncey 1943–1950
Virginia Spurrier 1947–1949
Hanna Loewy March to November 1949
Jean France (Mrs. Robert France) Sept. 1 to Dec. 1, 1950
Josephine Haven (Mrs. Richard Haven) December 1950–1952
Elizabeth Connor (Mrs. Richard Connor) September and October 1952
Helen Pence Wace (Mrs. A. J. B. Wace) October 1952–1953
Elizabeth Fletcher 1953–1955
Helen Privett 1955–1956
Anne L. McCabe (Mrs. Jochen Twele) 1956–1972
In 1972 the Publications Secretary became Assistant to the Editor.
Anne D. Thomen 1972–1974
Elizabeth A. Vizza 1974–1976
Mary K. Dabney 1976–1977
Jayne L. Warner 1977–1979
Bridget K. Hamanaka 1979–1981

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES
+Anastasios Adossides called “Consultant” 1931–1943
+Aristides Kyriakides 1943–1967
George A. Mylonas 1967–1969

BURSAR—-ACCOUNTANT—-BUSINESS MANAGER
George Emmanuel Mylonas 1925–1928
+Eleanor Carpenter (Mrs. Rhys Carpenter) 1928–1929
+Franz Filipp 1929–1939
Joseph W. Hunsicker 1939–1940 (acting)
Eustratios Athanassiades had served in the Athenian Agora office since 1936 1946–1973
called Accountant from 1946
Ioanna Driva 1973-

FELLOWS OF THE SCHOOL
Through 1942, as in Lord, only the undergraduate college is given. Dates represent the academic year (1921–1922 means September 1921 to June 1922). The addition of (1) or (2) indicates first or second term only of that academic year.

FELLOWS OF THE SCHOOL IN ARCHAEOLOGY
+Frank Cole Babbitt Harvard College 1895–1896
+Carroll Neidé Brown Harvard College 1896–1897
+May Louise Nichols Smith College 1897–1898
+Arthur Fairbanks Dartmouth College 1898–1899
+Benjamin Powell Cornell University 1899–1901
+Samuel Eliot Bassett Yale University 1901–1902
+David Moore Robinson University of Chicago 1902–1903
+Lacey Davis Caskey Yale University 1903–1904
+Robert Cecil McMahon Wesleyan University 1904–1905
+Frank Thurston Hallett Brown University 1905–1906
+James Samuel Martin Washington University 1906–1907
+Kendall K. Smith Harvard College 1907–1908
+John Bowen Edwards Western Maryland College 1908–1909
+Alice Leslie Walker (Mrs. George Kosmopoulos) Vassar College 1909–1910
+Clyde Pharr East Texas Normal College 1910–1911
+Carl William Blegen University of Minnesota 1911–1913
Lindley Richard Dean Yale University 1914–1915
Ralph Walker Scott Washington and Jefferson College 1915–1917
Janet Malcolm MacDonald Morningside College 1920–1921 (awarded in 1917)
+Franklin Plotinos Johnson University of Missouri 1921–1923
+Philip Haldane Davis Princeton University 1923–1924
Dorothy Burr (Mrs. Homer A. Thompson) Bryn Mawr College 1924–1925
+John Day Ohio State University 1925–1926
Oscar T. Broneer Augustana College 1926–1927
Eunice Burr Stebbins (Mrs. Herbert N. Couch) Smith College 1927–1928
+Agnes Ellen Newhall (Mrs. Richard Stillwell) Bryn Mawr College 1928–1929
+Marian Guptil (Mrs. James S. Carpenter) Smith College 1929–1930
James Walker Graham Acadia University 1930–1931
Sarah E. Freeman Mount Holyoke College 1931–1932
Gladys R. Davidson (Mrs. Saul S. Weinberg) New York University 1932–1933
Marian Welker Mount Holyoke College 1933–1934
Cedric Gordon Boulter Acadia University 1934–1935
Robert Lorentz Scranton Mount Union College 1935–1937
Saul S. Weinberg University of Illinois 1937–1938
Henry Schroder Robinson Duke University 1938–1939
Sara Anderson (Mrs. Henry Immerwahr) Mount Holyoke College 1939–1940

FELLOWS OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
+Herbert Fletcher de Cou University of Michigan 1895–1897
+George Henry Chase Harvard College 1897–1898
+Harriet Ann Boyd (Mrs. Charles H. Hawes) Smith College 1898–1899
+James Tucker, Jr. Brown University 1899–1900
+Charles Heald Weller Yale University 1900–1901
+Bert Hodge Hill University of Vermont 1901–1903
+Harold Ripley Hastings Dartmouth College 1903–1904
+Oliver Miles Washburn Hillsdale College 1904–1906
+Albert TenEyck Olmstead Cornell University 1906–1907
+George Wicker Elderkin Dartmouth College 1907–1909
+Allan Chester Johnson Dalhousie University 1909–1910
+Cyrus Ashton Rollins Sanborn Harvard College 1910–1911
+Clyde Pharr East Texas Normal College 1911–1912
+Theodore Arthur Buenger University of Minnesota 1912–1913
+Emerson Howland Swift Williams College 1913–1915
+James Penrose Harland Princeton University 1920–1921 (awarded in 1917)
+Eleanor Ferguson Rambo Bryn Mawr College 1920–1921 (awarded in 1915)
Adele Madeleine Wildes (Mrs. Thomas F. Comber) Brown University 1920–1921
Benjamin Dean Meritt Hamilton College 1921–1922
+Philip Haldane Davis Princeton University 1922–1923
+Hazel Dorothy Hansen Stanford University 1923–1924
+Helen Virginia Broe Wellesley College 1924–1925
Oscar T. Broneer Augustana College 1925–1926
Barbara Philippa McCarthy Brown University 1926–1927
+Jotham Johnson Princeton University 1927–1928
Mary Zelia Pease (Mrs. John Philippides) Bryn Mawr College 1928–1929
Henry Ess Askew Harvard College 1929–1930
Dorothy Kent Hill Vassar College 1930–1931
+Edward J. Fluck Muhlenberg College 1932–1933
Richard Hubbard Howland Brown University 1934–1935
Darrell Arlynn Amyx Stanford University 1935–1936
Saul S. Weinberg University of Illinois 1936–1937
Josephine M. Harris Washington University 1937–1938
+Dorothy A. Schierer Mount Holyoke College 1938–1939
Mary Thorne Campbell (Mrs. Carl A. Roebuck) Vassar College 1946–1947 (awarded in 1939)
Louise Atherton Dickey Bryn Mawr College 1941–1942
Granted permission to hold the fellowship at the Metropolitan Museum of Art

SPECIAL FELLOWS IN ARCHAEOLOGY
+Allan Chester Johnson Dalhousie University 1910–1911
Oscar T. Broneer Augustana College 1927–1928
+Ferdinand Joseph Maria de Waele University of Nijmegen 1927–1928
+Agnes Ellen Newhall (Mrs. Richard Stillwell) Bryn Mawr College 1929–1932
+William A. Campbell Dartmouth College 1929–1930
Lucy Taxis Shoe (Mrs. Benjamin D. Meritt) Bryn Mawr College 1929–1932
Mary Zelia Pease (Mrs. John Philippides) Bryn Mawr College 1929–1933
Gladys R. Davidson (Mrs. Saul S. Weinberg) New York University 1935–1938
Robert Lorentz Scranton Mount Union College 1937–1938
Saul S. Weinberg University of Illinois 1938–1939
Josephine M. Harris Washington University 1938–1939
Carl A. Roebuck University of Toronto 1939–1940

FELLOWS OF THE SCHOOL IN GREEK LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, AND HISTORY
+Alfred Raymond Bellinger Yale University 1925–1926
Alfred Cary Schlesinger Williams College 1926–1927
Sherman LeRoy Wallace University of Wisconsin 1927–1928
Israel Walker College of the City of New York 1930–1931
Mitchell Levensohn Yale University 1931–1932
Basil C. Kolar St. Procopius College 1932–1933
Winifred Louise Ruter (Mrs. Gottfried F. Merckel) Hunter College 1933–1934

FELLOWS IN ARCHITECTURE
+Gorham Phillips Stevens Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1903–1905
+Gordon Allen Harvard College 1905–1906
+Henry Dunn Wood University of Pennsylvania 1906–1908
+William Bell Dinsmoor Harvard College 1908–1912
+W. Stuart Thompson Columbia University 1913–1915
+Leicester Bodine Holland University of Pennsylvania 1920–1921
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1924–1926
+William Vaughn Cash Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1925–1926
Lyman C. Douglas Haverford College 1928–1930
+Allen Squire Yale University 1930–1931(2)
Julian H. Whittlesey Yale University 1930–1931(2)
Joseph M. Shelley Yale University 1931–1933

GERMAN REFUGEE FELLOW
Heinrich Immerwahr University of Breslau 1939–1942
University of Florence

AGNES HOPPIN MEMORIAL FELLOWS
+May Louise Nichols Smith College 1898–1899
+Harriet Ann Boyd (Mrs. Charles H. Hawes) Smith College 1899–1900
+Lida Shaw King Vassar College 1900–1901
+Agnes Baldwin (Mrs. George Monroe Brett) Barnard College 1901–1902
+Leila Clement Spaulding (Mrs. Edward W. Kent) Vassar College 1902–1903
+Edith Hayward Hall (Mrs. Joseph M. Dohan) Smith College 1903–1904

THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR FELLOWS
Henry Sydney Gould University of Toronto 1933–1934
+William Pitkin Wallace University of Toronto 1934–1935
+Eugene William Schweigert University of Cincinnati 1935–1936
+Fred Walter Householder, Jr. University of Vermont 1936–1937
Helen E. Cunningham Mount Holyoke College 1937–1938
Helen Searls University of Washington 1939–1940
Herbert Lloyd Cain Southwestern University prevented by the war from occupying the fellowship 1940–1941
Mabel Louise Lang Cornell University 1947–1948, (awarded in 1942–1943)
Bryn Mawr College
Carl A. Roebuck University of Toronto 1946–1947
Anna Shaw Benjamin University of Pennsylvania 1948–1949
Margaret E. Reesor University of Toronto 1949–1950
Bryn Mawr College
Elizabeth Lyding (Mrs. S. Frederic Will) Bryn Mawr College 1950–1951
Douglas David Feaver University of Toronto 1951–1952
C. William J. Eliot University of Toronto 1952–1953
Named only “Fellow of the School”
+Guenther Sieburth University of California 1953–1954
Cornell University
Johns Hopkins University
J. A. S. Evans University of Toronto 1954–1955
Yale University
Alan L. Boegehold University of Michigan 1955–1956
Harvard University
Elizabeth C. O’Neil Queen’s University 1956 (withdrawn)
Bryn Mawr College
John G. Hall University of British Columbia 1958–1959
Ronald Sidney Stroud University of Toronto 1959–1960
University of California, Berkeley
Edwin D. Floyd Princeton University 1960–1961
Noel Deeves Robertson University of Toronto 1961–1962
Cornell University
+William Franklin Boggess West Virginia University 1962–1963
University of North Carolina
Wanda Sue Holtzinger (Mrs. Robert Gunning) Cornell University 1963–1964
Bryn Mawr College
Rev. John O’Neill Stanford University 1964–1965
Hardy Hansen Princeton University 1965–1966
Harvard University
Leslie L. Threatte, Jr. Oberlin College 1966–1967
Harvard University
Philip E. Harding St. Andrew’s University 1967–1968
University of California
Joel Itzkowitz Brooklyn College 1968–1969
University of Michigan
Donald G. Lateiner Stanford University 1969–1970
William Bayless University of Detroit 1970–1971
Brown University
William Thalmann Amherst College 1971–1972
University of Texas
Suzanne Mills Stanford University 1972–1973
Charles J. Zabrowski Fordham University 1973–1974
Cynthia B. Patterson University of Pennsylvania 1974–1975
Ronald Perez Fordham University 1975–1976
Glenn R. Bugh University of North Carolina 1976–1977
University of Maryland
Joseph B. Ewbank University of North Carolina 1977–1978
Daniel B. Levine University of Minnesota 1978–1979
University of Cincinnati
George E. Pesely San Diego State University 1979–1980
University of Illinois
University of California, Berkeley
John A. Walsh College of the Holy Cross 1980–1981
University of Texas at Austin

JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE FELLOWS
+John Howard Young Brown University 1940–1942
Robert Lorentz Scranton Mount Union College 1946–1947
University of Chicago
Hazel Palmer Radcliffe College 1947–1948
Johns Hopkins University
Marion Jenkins University of Toronto 1948–1949
Radcliffe College
Bryn Mawr College
Frederick E. Winter McGill University 1949–1950
University of Toronto
Eva T. H. Brann Brooklyn College 1952–1953
Yale University
Named only “Fellow of the School”
Martha C. Heath (Mrs. Matthew I. Wiencke) Bryn Mawr College 1953–1954 (declined)
Yale University
Robert J. Buck University of Alberta 1953–1954
University of Kentucky
University of Cincinnati
Lucy Turnbull Bryn Mawr College 1955–1956
Radcliffe College
Elizabeth Virginia Millburn (Mrs. Malcolm Schofield) Wilson College 1958–1959
Washington University
Theodore Leslie Shear, Jr. Princeton University 1959–1960
Gregory Weimer Dickerson Harvard University 1962–1963
Princeton University
John Evan Stambaugh Trinity College (Conn.) 1963–1964
Princeton University
Joseph Coleman Carter, Jr. Amherst College 1964–1965
Princeton University
William D. E. Coulson Trinity College (Conn.) 1966–1967
Princeton University
Keith R. DeVries University of Michigan 1967–1968
University of Pennsylvania
Edward Hector Williams University of Manitoba 1968–1969
University of Chicago
Sharon C. Herbert Stanford University 1969–1970
Herbert Abramson City College of New York 1970–1971
University of California
Bruce Miller University of Toronto 1972–1973
Jeffrey M. Hurwit Yale University 1973–1974
H. Alan Shapiro Princeton University 1974–1975
Carol Winder Zerner (Mrs. Peter) University of Cincinnati 1975–1976
Margaret M. Miles Princeton University 1976–1977
Shelley C. Stone, III Princeton University 1977–1978
Timothy J. McNiven Harvard University 1978–1979
University of Michigan
Pamela J. Russell (Mrs. Murray McClellan) Yale University 1979–1980
University of Pennsylvania
Paul Rehak University of Michigan 1980–1981
Bryn Mawr College

JAMES RIGNALL WHEELER FELLOWS
+John Harvey Kent Queen’s University 1940–1941
Saul S. Weinberg University of Illinois 1946–1947
Jerome Sperling University of Wisconsin 1947–1948 (did not serve)
University of Cincinnati
G. Roger Edwards Bowdoin College 1947–1948
R. Kevin V. Andrews Harvard University 1948–1949
Wallace E. McLeod University of Toronto 1957–1958
Harvard University
Frances Doughty Bryn Mawr College 1964–1965
Peter N. Smith Harvard University 1965–1966
Kevin M. Clinton Boston College 1966–1967
Johns Hopkins University
Michael B. Walbank University of Bristol 1967–1968
University of British Columbia
Jon Mikalson University of Wisconsin 1968–1969
Harvard University
Joseph P. Breslin University of California, Berkeley 1969–1970
Cynthia L. Thompson Wellesley College 1970–1971
Yale University
David Cole Grinnell College 1971–1972
Stanford University
Marilyn Y. Goldberg Bryn Mawr College 1972–1973
University of Cincinnati
David Martin Princeton University 1973–1974
Jack L. Davis University of Cincinnati 1974–1975
Robert J. Kelly University of California 1975–1976
Ingrid Rowland Pomona College 1976–1977
Bryn Mawr College
Loren C. Bronson Brown University 1977–1978
Maureen B. Cavanaugh Swarthmore College 1978–1979
Cornell University
Niall W. Slater College of Wooster 1979–1980
Princeton University
Brian M. Lavelle University of California, San Diego and Davis 1980–1981
University of British Columbia

EDWARD CAPPS FELLOWS
William Kendrick Pritchett Davidson College prevented by the war from occupying the fellowship 1940–1941
+Ludwig Edelstein Heidelberg University 1947–1948 (did not serve)
Virginia Fitz Randolph Grace Bryn Mawr College 1948–1949
C. William J. Eliot University of Toronto 1953–1954
Elizabeth A. E. Bryson (Mrs. Laurence L. Bongie) University of British Columbia 1954–1955
University of Illinois
Margaret H. E. Larson (Mrs. Lethen) University of Delaware 1955–1956
University of Michigan
Elizabeth L. Courtney (Mrs. Banks) Rosary College 1956–1957
University of Missouri
William P. Donovan Washington University 1957–1958
David G. Mitten Oberlin College 1960–1961
Harvard University
Jeane Milne Weir Smith College 1961–1962
University of Toronto
Noel Deeves Robertson University of Toronto 1962–1963
Cornell University
Daniel Joseph Geagan Boston College 1963–1964
Johns Hopkins University
Nancy Bookidis Bryn Mawr College 1964–1965
John H. Kroll Harvard University 1965–1966
Gerald M. Quinn Harvard University 1966–1967
John S. Traill University of Toronto 1967–1968
Harvard University
Keith R. DeVries University of Michigan 1968–1969
University of Pennsylvania
Edward Hector Williams University of Chicago 1969–1970
Sharon C. Herbert Stanford University 1970–1971
Cynthia Thompson Wellesley College 1971–1972
Yale University
Carol C. Mattusch University of North Carolina (also honorary in 1973–1974, 1975–1976) 1972–1973
Thomas R. Martin Harvard University 1974–1975
Karl M. Petruso Indiana University 1976–1977
Irene F. Bald (Mrs. David G. Romano) University of Pennsylvania 1977–1978
Naomi J. Norman (Mrs. Keith Dix) University of Michigan 1978–1979
Mary Lou Zimmerman (Mrs. Mark Munn) Bryn Mawr College 1979–1980
Pamela J. Russell (Mrs. Murray McClellan) University of Pennsylvania 1980–1981

CORINTH EXCAVATION FELLOW
Charles Kaufman Williams, II Princeton University 1963–1964
University of Pennsylvania

GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS FELLOWS
Charles Kaufman Williams, II Princeton University 1964–1966
University of Pennsylvania
Edwin Blaine Oliver Columbia University 1966–1967 resigned
Thomas D. Boyd University of British Columbia 1968–1969
Joseph F. Shaw University of Pennsylvania 1969–1970
Richard S. Mason Columbia University 1971–1972
University of North Carolina
Margaret M. Miles Princeton University 1977–1978
Robin F. Rhodes University of North Carolina 1978–1979
Rhys F. Townsend University of North Carolina 1980–1981

GENNADEION FELLOWS IN POST-CLASSICAL STUDIES
Edward W. Bodnar, S.J. Princeton University 1963–1964
Jon W. Broneer University of Paris 1964–1966
Anastasia Norre Dinsmoor University of California, Los Angeles 1966–1967
Kimon T. Giorkarinis 1967–1968
Charles Brand Bryn Mawr College 1968–1969
John H. Rosser Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey 1969–1970
Anthony Cutler Pennsylvania State University 1970–1971
Stephen B. Bowman Ohio State University 1971–1973
William W. McGrew University of Cincinnati 1972–1973
Levon Avdoyan Columbia University 1973–1974
Timothy Gregory Ohio State University 1974–1975
Temily Mark-Weiner 1975–1976
Spyros Stavrakas 1976–1977
Lowell Clucas 1977–1978
Constantine G. Hatzidimitriou 1978–1979
Mark C. Bartusis Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey 1979–1980
Frank Trombley Dumbarton Oaks 1980–1981

GEORGE HENRY McFADDEN FELLOWS
Leslie E. Preston (Mrs. Joseph W. Day) University of Cincinnati 1969–1970
Richard S. Mason Columbia University 1970–1971
University of North Carolina
Peter Gruen Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey 1971–1972
Columbia University
Robert Lee Gordon, Jr. University of Missouri 1972–1973
Thomas R. Martin Harvard University 1973–1974
Andrew R. Dyke University of Chicago 1974–1975
Daniel W. Graham Brigham Young University 1975–1976
Thomas G. Palaima University of Wisconsin 1976–1977

STEPHEN B. LUCE FELLOW
Paul W. Wallace Harvard University 1966–1967

ELIZABETH PIERCE BLEGEN FELLOW
Stella Grobel (Mrs. Stephen G. Miller) Bryn Mawr College 1967–1968

JAMES LOEB FELLOW
Gerald R. Culley University of North Carolina 1969–1970

ROBERT LOUIS STROOCK FELLOW
Frederick A. Cooper University of Pennsylvania 1969–1970

MAURINE D. WATKINS FELLOW
Carl Bennett City College of New York 1971–1972
University of Pennsylvania

CARL WILLIAM BLEGEN FELLOW
Carolyn Snively University of Texas 1973–1974

UNNAMED FELLOW
Kenneth F. Kitchell Loyola University of Chicago 1972–1973

HEINRICH SCHLIEMANN FELLOWS
Robert A. Bauslaugh University of California 1976–1977
Mark H. Munn University of Pennsylvania 1977–1978
Barry S. Strauss Cornell University 1978–1979
Yale University
Harianne Mills Windham College 1979–1980
Stanford University
Barbara K. McLauchlin University of California, Berkeley 1980–1981

GEORGE KACHROS FELLOW
Kathleen Slane Wright Bryn Mawr College 1977–1978

ARTHUR WELLESLEY PARSONS FELLOWS
Shelley C. Stone, III Princeton University 1978–1979
Sarah P. Morris Harvard University 1979–1980
Murray McClellan University of Pennsylvania 1980–1981

EUGENE VANDERPOOL FELLOWS
Robert L. Pounder Brown University 1971–1972
Carl Bennett University of Pennsylvania 1972–1973
Vance Watrous University of Pennsylvania 1973–1974
Nicholas F. Jones University of California, Berkeley 1974–1975
Jack I. Davis University of Cincinnati 1975–1976
Ira S. Mark Institute of Fine Arts, New York University 1976–1977
Carol L. Lawton Princeton University 1977–1978
David G. Romano University of Pennsylvania 1978–1979
William M. Murray University of Pennsylvania 1979–1980
Julie L. Bentz University of Cincinnati 1980–1981

JACOB HIRSCH FELLOWS
Michael S. Kaplan Harvard University 1975–1976
Carolyn G. Koehler Princeton University 1976–1977
Avner Rabin Hebrew University 1977–1978
Carol Winder Zerner University of North Carolina 1978–1979
University of Cincinnati
Kathleen Slane Wright Bryn Mawr College 1980–1981

RODNEY S. YOUNG FELLOW
Deborah Kazazis Yale University 1979–1980

EWART AND MYRA DAVIES FELLOW
Robin F. Rhodes University of North Carolina 1979–1980

HONORARY FELLOWS
Pamela F. Benbow Harvard University 1971–1972
Kenneth Kitchell Loyola University 1972–1973
John Madden Yale University 1972–1973
Nicholas F. Jones University of California, Berkeley 1973–1974
Donald Baronowski University of British Columbia 1974–1975
Colin F. Hasse University of California, Berkeley 1975–1976
Carolyn G. Koehler Princeton University 1975–1976
Carol Winder Zerner University of North Carolina 1976–1977
University of Cincinnati
Darice E. Birge University of California, Berkeley 1977–1978
Gerald P. Schaus Dalhousie University 1977–1978
University of Pennsylvania
Nigel M. Kennell University of Toronto 1978–1979
Margaret M. Miles Princeton University 1978–1979
Jane B. Carter Harvard University 1979–1980
Charles M. Edwards New York University, Institute of Fine Arts 1980–1981

FELLOWS AND OTHER STAFF MEMBERS OF THE ATHENIAN AGORA EXCAVATIONS
Homer Armstrong Thompson University of British Columbia 1929–1939, 1946-
University of Michigan
Field Director 1947–1967
Frederick O. Waage University of Pennsylvania 1929–1932
Princeton University
+Mary Wyckoff (Mrs. Charles Howard Simpkin) Bryn Mawr College 1929–1932
+Josephine Platner Shear Wellesley College 1939–1940,
Columbia University 1946–1967+
Dorothy Burr (Mrs. Homer A. Thompson) Bryn Mawr College 1931–1939, 1946-
Eugene Vanderpool Princeton University 1931-
Deputy Field Director 1947–1967
+Lucy Talcott Radcliffe College 1931–1940,
Columbia University 1946–1970+
+Richard Stillwell Princeton University 1932–1935
Charles Spector 1932–1934
+James Henry Oliver Yale University 1932–1936
+Arthur Wellesley Parsons Yale University 1932–1941
Virginia Fitz Randolph Grace Bryn Mawr College 1932–1939, 1948-
+Piet de Jong 1932–1939, 1952, 1954, 1958, 1960
Joan Bush (Mrs. Eugene Vanderpool) 1932–1934
Alison Frantz Smith College 1933–1940, 1946-
Columbia University
+Rodney S. Young Princeton University 1934–1940, 1946–1949
+Margaret Crosby Bryn Mawr College 1935–1939,
Yale University 1946–1959
Richard Hubbard Howland Brown University 1935–1938,
Johns Hopkins University 1950–1954
John Travlos Polytechneion of Athens 1935–1973
J. Lawrence Angel Harvard University 1937–1939, 1949
Jefferson Medical College
Earle R. Caley Princeton University 1937–1940
Margaret Thompson Radcliffe College 1937–1940, 1947–1949
Marie Farnsworth University of Chicago 1938–1939, 1958–1964
Henry S. Robinson Duke University 1939–1940,
Princeton University 1951–1952
George A. Stamires University of Athens 1947–1949
George Roger Edwards Bowdoin College 1948–1950, 1958–1959
Marion Welker Mount Holyoke College 1948–1951
University of Pennsylvania
Anna Shaw Benjamin University of Pennsylvania 1949-
Evelyn Byrd Harrison Barnard College 1949-
Columbia University
Evelyn Lord Smithson University of Washington 1949-
Bryn Mawr College
Barbara Philippaki University of Athens 1950–1956
Oxford University
Marian R. Holland (Mrs. Louis E. McAllister, Jr.) Bryn Mawr College 1951–1953
Columbia University
Maria Savvatianou-Petropoulakou University of Athens 1951-
+Clairève Grandjouan Bryn Mawr College 1953–1957
Judith Perlzweig (Mrs. Wolfgang Binder) Yale University 1953–1957
Aliki Halepa-Bikaki University of Athens 1953–1956
+Ralph E. Griswold Cornell University 1953–1967
Margaret Larson (Mrs. Lethen) University of Delaware 1954–1956
University of Michigan
Eva T. H. Brann Yale University 1955–1958
Brian A. Sparkes University of London 1957–1959
Mary Zelia Pease Philippides Bryn Mawr College 1957–1981
+George Carpenter Miles American Numismatic Society 1958–1959
R. Ross Holloway Brown University 1964–1965
John McKnight Camp II Harvard University 1966-
Assistant Field Director 1973—
William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr. Columbia University 1966-
Gerald V. Lalonde University of Washington 1966–1968
Theodore Leslie Shear, Jr. Princeton University 1967-
Field Director 1968-
Ione Mylonas Shear Wellesley College 1967–1975, 1979-
Bryn Mawr College
Helen Aurica Besi University of Pennsylvania 1968–1976
Stella Grobel (Mrs. Stephen G. Miller) Oberlin College 1969–1972
Bryn Mawr College
Stephen G. Miller Wabash College 1969–1972
Princeton University
John H. Kroll Oberlin College 1969-
Harvard University
Susan I. Rotroff Bryn Mawr College 1969-
Princeton University
Eugene Vanderpool, Jr McGill University 1970–1976
Barbara L. Johnson University of Missouri 1973-
Fred S. Kleiner Columbia University 1973–1975
Alan S. Walker University of Pennsylvania 1975–1979
Mary B. Moore Hunter College 1977-
Robert K. Vincent, Jr. Yale University 1980–1982
Margaret M. Miles Princeton University 1980-
Alison Adams University of Michigan 1980-

MEMBERS OF THE SCHOOL

Above, members of the staff and Fellows of the School have been listed chronologically. Below are listed alphabetically with years of membership all members of the School: regular and associate members of the regular session, members of the Summer Session, and those members of the staff of the excavations at Corinth and in the Athenian Agora not otherwise listed in these appendices. Many students later became staff members; years in which they served as officers are not repeated here except for those who served as Secretary of the School, since this position was usually concurrent with School membership. Summer Session dates are indicated by the year preceded by S (S1932). Other dates represent the academic year (1921–1922 means September 1921 to June 1922). The addition of (1) or (2) indicates first or second term only of that academic year. Women who married after their first year of residence at the School are listed with all years of membership after their maiden names with married name in parentheses. The married names are listed with a cross reference to the maiden name. Women who attended first as married women are listed only under the married name with the husband’s name in parentheses after it. The deceased in 1983, as far as known to us, are marked with a dagger.

Abemayor, Elie S1977
+Aborn, Marjorie S1934, S1938
Abramson, Herbert 1970–1972
Acton, Mrs. William, see Gavares, Constance
Adams, Deborah S1976
Adams, Margaret (Mrs. Bruce H. Parker) S1969
+Adams, Luther Bentley 1906–1907
Adelman, Ruth S1977
+Agard, Walter Raymond 1921–1922
Agnew, Malcolm E. S1956
Ahlstrom, Mrs. Sidney, see Alexander, Nancy Ethel
Akamatis, Ioannis M. 1976–1978
Akers, Miriam Cynthia 1926–1927
Akielaszek, Stanislaus S1976
+Alden, John 1893–1894
Aleshire, Sara E. B. S1974
Alexander, Carolyn I. S1976
Alexander, Nancy Ethel (Mrs. Sidney Ahlstrom) 1952–1953
+Allen, Gordon 1905–1906
+Allen, Hamilton Ford 1899–1900
Allen, Hubert Lee, III S1960
+Allen, James Turney 1906
Allen, Peter S. 1970–1972, 1979–1980, 1982–1983
Allen, Ruth E. (Mrs. Spyro Pavlantos) 1951–1952
Allen, Sister Marjorie E., R.S.M. S1973
+Allinson, Susanne Carey (Mrs. Frederick R. Wulsin) 1910–1911
+Allison, Clara Janet S1932
Allison, Jane P. S1980
Alston, Jessie Winifred 1958–1959
Alton, Lucy R. S1977
Altvater, Nancy S1951
Alvarez-Farré, Emilio J. S1977
Amelar, Jessica R. S1975
Amos, Delilah Ann S1971
Amyx, Darrell Arlynn 1935–1936, 1957–1958, 1965–1966, 1973–1974
Ancona, Ronnie S1978
Anderson, Alice E. 1954–1955
Anderson, Billie T. S1975
Anderson, John Arthur S1963
Anderson, John T. S1972
+Anderson, Louis Francis 1906–1907
+Anderson, Mrs. Louis Francis, see Bennett, Florence Mary
Anderson, Sara (Mrs. Henry R. Immerwahr) 1938–1940, 1970–1971, 1977–1982
Anderson, Rev. Sven Christian 1923–1924
Anderson, Virginia R. (Mrs. Dragan Stojanovic) 1973–1974, 1975–1976
Andrews, Douglas Bruce S1971
Andrews, Eleanor Rice (Mrs. R. Kenneth Holt) 1928–1929
+Andrews, Eugene Plumb 1895–1896
Andrews, R. Kevin V. 1947–1951
Andromedas, John N. 1960–1961
+Angel, Mrs. John, see Seymour, Elizabeth Day
Angel, John Lawrence 1937–1939
Angell, George S. 1980–1981
Angier, Cora B. (Mrs. Sowa) 1963–1964
Anninos, Anthony M. S1975
Anthony, Cynthia S. S1973
Arlin, Mrs. W. Aubrey, see Noss, Edith Elizabeth
+Arnold, Herbert Percy 1908–1909
+Arnold, Mary Louise 1905–1906
Arnush, Michael S1979
Ashby, Nancy (Mrs. George S. Mavrogenes) 1951–1952
Ashmead, Ann Harnwell (Mrs. John) 1956–1957
Ashton, Lois (Mrs. Warren A. Larson) S1939
Askew, Henry Ess 1928–1930
Atherton, Sarah Sawyer (Mrs. Glanville Downey) S1935, 1937–1939
+Atkinson, Alice Minerva (Mrs. Benjamin Kirson) 1901–1902
Auerbach, Philip H. S1958
Ausbrook, Keith S1980
Auth, Mrs., see Handler, Susan J.
Avdoyan, Levon 1973–1975
Avery, Harry C. 1953–1954
+Avery, Myrtilla 1922–1923
Azzaretti, Nicholas M. 1979–1980
+Babbitt, Frank Cole 1895–1896
Bacon, Alfred Howe Terry S1925
Bacon, Helen Hazard 1952–1953
Bacon, Richard 1934–1935
+Baden, William Wilson 1897–1898
Bagby, Elizabeth S1951
Bagnall, Robert S1976
Bagnall, Roger S., III 1970–1971
Bagnall, Whitney S. (Mrs. Roger S., III) 1970–1971
Bailey, Faith Kendall S1962
Bakeman, Mrs. Robert A., Jr., see Harden, Jessie
Baker, Julie 1980–1981
+Baker, William Wilson 1910–1911
Bald, Irene F. (Mrs. David G. Romano) 1976–1980
+Baldwin, Agnes (Mrs. George Monroe Brett) 1900–1902
+Ball, Winifred (Mrs. J. L. Humphrey) 1895, 1901–1902
+Ballantyne, Gladys Mary (Mrs. N. H. Parker) 1931–1932
Ballin, Theodore N. S1974
Bancroft, Sarah 1970–1971, 1974–1976
Bandy, Anastasios C. 1958–1959, 1966–1967
Banks, Mrs. Elizabeth Courtney, see Courtney, Elizabeth L.
Banta, Josephine Davis S1925, 1925–1926
Bapes, Constantine S1972
Barham, Mrs. Paul F., see Curry, Constance Holden
Barletta, Barbara A. 1977–1978, 1980–1981
Barnard, Mark A. S1972
+Barnes, Doris S. S1958
Barnette, Carol Whitcomb (Mrs. Richard Treat Bruère) 1936–1937
Baronowski, Donald 1974–1975, 1977–1978
Barr-Sharrar, Beryl S1974
Barran, Monica 1980–1981
Barrett, Harold 1978–1979
Barry, Mary E. S1954
Bartman, Elizabeth S1975
+Barton, Mary Elizabeth (Mrs. William Pitkin Wallace) 1933–1934
Barton, Robert Eugene S1963
Bartusis, Mark C. 1979–1980
Baskerville, Latham S1953
Bass, George F. 1955–1957
+Bassett, Samuel Eliot 1900–1902
Batalden, Stephen K. 1974–1975
+Bates, Anna (Mrs. C. F. Hersman) 1901–1902
+Bates, Frederick O. 1922–1923
+Bates, William Nickerson 1897–1898
+Battle, William James 1903–1904
Baumgartner, William A. S1957
+Baur, Paul Victor Christopher 1897–1899
Bauslaugh, Robert A. 1976–1978
Baxter, Mrs. Frank C., see Morris, Lydia S.
Baxter, Kathleen S1979
Baxter, Rev. Robert S., S.J. S1967
Bayless, William N. 1970–1971
Beasley, Elizabeth Teague S1935
Beck, Lily Y. (Mrs. Curtis W.) S1974
Beckanstin, Judith E. S1955
Bedrossian, Nuuart S1952
Beers, David B. S1966
Begg, Donald J. Ian 1970–1971, 1972–1974
+Beggs, Gertrude Harper 1911–1912
+Begle, Grace Griffith S1931, S1934
Belknap, Virginia S1979
Bell, Dorothy M. S1932
Bell, Mrs., see Rhoads, Martha H.
+Bellinger, Alfred Raymond 1925–1926, 1968–1969
+Bellinger, Charlotte Blake Brinsmade (Mrs. Alfred Raymond) 1925–1926
Belz, Caroline 1980–1981
Benardete, Seth Gabriel 1952–1953
Benbow, Pamela F. 1971–1974, 1976–1977, 1978-
Benda, Rev. Frederick J., S.J. S1969
Bender, Henry V. S1971
Bender, William E. S1971
Benham, Mrs. T. A., see Brockmeier, Lenore
Benjamin, Anna Shaw 1948–1950, 1959–1960(1)
Bennett, Carl 1971–1973
Bennett, Christine L. S1974
Bennett, Emmett L. 1953–1954
+Bennett, Florence Mary (Mrs. Louis Francis Anderson) 1906–1907
Bennett, Jo Ann Clark (Mrs. Norman S.) S1968
+Bennett, John Ira 1902–1903
Bennett, Robert E. S1966
Bennett, William H., III 1957–1958
Bennette, Mrs. George G., see Hersom, Shirley M.
Benson, Jack L. 1956–1958
Bentz, Julie L. 1978–1979, 1980–1981
+Berenson, Rachel (Mrs. Ralph Barton Perry) 1904–1905
Berg, Mary B. (Mrs. William H. Hollinshead III) 1969–1970
Berg, William, III 1960–1961
Bergren, Ann (Mrs. Richard M. Chrisman) S1971
Berich, Pamela I. (Mrs. Halford Whittier Haskell) 1975–1976, 1977–1981
Bermingham, Rev. Thomas S., S.J. 1961–1962
Berry, Helen (Mrs. Heinz S. Bluhm) S1936
Bertman, Stephen Samuel S1962
Besi, Helen Aurica 1954–1956
Besl, Virginia M. (Mrs. Frank E.) 1951–1952
+Bevier, Louis 1882–1883
Bialor, Perry 1958–1959
Bianchi, Adelaide (Mrs. Richard W. Merkle, Jr.) S1965
Bianchi, Robert S. S1969
Biers, William R. S1960, 1963–1967, 1975–1976
Biers, Mrs. William R., see Chitty, Jane
Biery, Helen (Mrs. J. Joseph) S1966
Biery, Roberta S1959
Biever, Philip S1969
+Bill, Clarence Powers 1902–1903
+Bill, Sarah Babbitt (Mrs. Clarence Powers) 1912–1913
Billett, Amy S1979
Binder, Mrs. Wolfgang, see Perlzweig, Judith Margaret
Bingham, Mrs. Barry, see Caperton, Mary Clifford
Birch, Cordelia M. S1956
Birge, Darice E. 1977–1979
Bisbee, Harold Leslie 1932–1933
Bisel, Sara C. 1977–1979
Bishop, Constance (Mrs. Kenneth R. Lee) 1929–1930
Bissantz, Edgar S1953
Bisson, Mrs. M. Carroll Webb S1959
Black, Howard Ray, Jr. 1937–1938
Blackburn, Alfred Brooke S1970
Blackburn, E. Tucker 1958–1959, 1979-
Blaicher, Susan Betty (Mrs. Leon W. Dembrow) 1950–1951
Blair, Whitney S1978
+Blake, Warren E. 1957–1958(1)
Blanchard, Alice S1972
Blank, David L. 1974–1975
+Blegen, Carl William 1910–1920
+Blegen, Mrs. Carl William, see Pierce, Elizabeth Denny
Bliquez, Lawrence J. S1965
Blitzer, Harriet Jo (Mrs. Livingston Vance Watrous) 1975–1976
+Bloomberg, Marguerite (Mrs. Louis C. Greenwood) 1927–1928
Bluestein, Judith A. S1968
Bluhm, Mrs. Heinz S., see Berry, Helen
Bobick, Melvin T. 1964–1965, 1978–1979
Bodnar, Rev. Edward W., S.J. 1963–1964
Boegehold, Alan L. 1955–1957, 1964–1965, 1974–1975,1980–1981
Boggess, Charles S1978
+Boggess, William Franklin 1962–1963
Boggess, Mrs. William Franklin, see MacNeil, Elizabeth C.
Bohen, Barbara E. 1973–1976, 1977–1981
Bongie, Mrs. Laurence L., see Bryson, Elizabeth A. E.
Bookidis, Nancy 1960–1961,1963–1965, 1968–1973
Booth, Anne S1966
Booth, Charles S1979
Boring, Terrence A. 1966–1967, 1976–1977
Borza, Eugene N. S1957, 1967–1968
+Boswell, Fannie J. S1932
Boudreau, Marleen Lynn S1967
+Boughton, Mrs. William, see Olmstead, Cleta Margaret
Boulis, Chrisso S1978
Boulos, Rima S1980
Boulter, Cedric Gordon 1934–1935, 1951–1952, 1958–1959
Boulter, Mrs. Cedric Gordon, see Neils, Patricia
Bowen, R. Brayton, Jr. S1966
Bowen, Mrs. R. Brayton, Jr., see Briggs, Judith
Bowman, Stephen 1971–1973
Boyd, Daniel 1971–1972
Boyd, Mrs. Daniel, see Della Croce, Phyllis
+Boyd, Harriet Ann (Mrs. Charles H. Hawes) 1896–1897, 1898–1900
Boyd, Josephine A. (Mrs. Carpenter) S1957
Boyd, Ruth G. (Mrs. Walter Willard) S1957
Boyd, Thomas D. 1968–1969, 1973–1974
+Boyden, Mrs. Willard N., see Johnston, Angela
Boylan, Dorothy Adell (Mrs. Frederick O. Waage) 1929–1930
Brackeridge, Mrs. John Bruce, see Rossi, Mary Ann
+Bradeen, Donald W. 1960–1961(1), 1967–1968
Bradley, Edward M. 1966–1967
Bradley, Rachel A. S1975
Bradley, Shirley S1966
+Brady, Thomas A. 1936–1937
+Braginton, Mary Victoria S1934
Brainin, Elsbeth Ann Summer (Mrs. John F. Dusenbery) S1939
Brand, Charles Macy 1968–1969, 1972–1973
+Brandes, Mrs. Otto, see Dare, Adele F.
Brann, Eva T. H. 1952–1954
Bratley, Carol Ann S1966
Bratt, Hazel Moore S1961
Bratt, Kenneth D. S1973
Braybrooke, Alice (Mrs. David) S1969
Breaden, Richard P. S1931
Breese, Deborah S1969
Breslich, Diana S1967
Breslin, Joseph P. 1969–1971
+Brett, Mrs. George Monroe, see Baldwin, Agnes
+Brewer, Henrietta Foster 1905–1906
+Brewster, Ralph Henry 1931–1932
Bridges, Andrew P. S1974, 1977–1978
Bridges, Robert A., Jr. 1972–1974
+Bridgman, Walter Ray 1883–1884
Bridwell, Mrs. Naidyne Brown S1970
Briggs, Judith (Mrs. R. Brayton Bowen, Jr.) S1966
Brockmeier, Lenore (Mrs. T. A. Benham) S1955
Brodkey, Charlotte A. (Mrs. Gordon T. Moore) S1960, 1964–1965
+Broe, Helen Virginia 1924–1925
Brokaw, Clotilda A. S1951
Brokaw, Mary Katherine (Mrs. J. B. Van Fassen) S1938
Broneer, Jon W. 1964–1966
Broneer, Oscar Theodore 1924–1928
+Broneer, Verna Anderson (Mrs. Oscar Theodore) S1928
Bronson, Loren C. 1977–1978
Brooke, Anne C. 1964–1965
Brookes, Alan C. 1975–1976
Broughton, Susan Becker (Mrs. Ma’moun M. Hussein) 1964–1965
Brown, Alan 1930–1931
Brown, Andrew H. 1930–1931
+Brown, Anna Hartshorne (Mrs. Carroll Thornton) S1938
+Brown, Carroll Neidé 1896–1898
+Brown, Carroll Thornton S1938
Brown, Daniel S1964
Brown, Edwin Louis 1950–1951
+Brown, Miss H. F. 1905–1906
Brown, Linda Susan S1970, S1975
Brown, Mary Elinor S1964
Brown, Mary Wood S1935
Brown, Susanne Shelby S1973
Brown, Truesdell S. 1950
+Brownell, Elva Mabel 1902–1903
Brownlee, Ann B. 1977–1978
+Brownson, Carleton Lewis 1890–1892
Brubacher, Charles Sheldon S1932
Bruce, Ellen S1969
Brucia, Margaret A. S1975
Bruère, Richard Treat 1936–1937
Bruère, Mrs. Richard Treat, see Barnette, Carol Whitcomb
Brumbaugh, Robert S. 1962–1963
Brunner, Mrs Judith (Mrs. David Wilson) S1969
Bruno, Vincent 1978–1979
Brush, Peter C. S1963
Bryant, Beverly Ann S1978
Bryson, Elizabeth A. E. (Mrs. Laurence L. Bongie) 1954–1955
+Buck, Carl Darling 1887–1889
+Buck, Eleanor E. S1934
Buck, Robert J. 1953–1954
Buck, Mrs. Robert J., see Vasiliou, Helen
+Buckingham, Mary Hyde 1892–1893
Buckler, John F. 1970–1971
Buckley, Rev. Charles E., S.J. 1951–1952
+Buenger, Theodore Arthur 1912–1913
Buffett, William N. S1959
Bugh, Glenn R. 1976–1977
Buitron, Diana M. (Mrs. Andrew Oliver) 1972–1973
Bullard, Carol (Mrs. Richard D. Nugent) 1934–1935
Buller, Mrs. Hyde G., see Libman, Lillian
Bunker, Gerald E. 1959–1960
+Bunker, Minnie 1900–1901,1906–1907, 1911–1912
Burgi, Richard T. 1960–1961,1970–1971, 1976–1977
Burke, Richard J., Jr. 1965–1966(2)
Burke, Richard W. S1951
Burnett, Gail A. S1960, 1960–1961(1)
+Burnett, Mrs. Samuel Howard, see Reed, Nellie Marie
Burnett, Mrs. Virgil, see Pippin, Anne N.
Burns, Thomas S. S1967
Burr, Dorothy (Mrs. Homer Armstrong Thompson) 1923–1925, 1932–1934, 1936–1939, 1947—
Burr, Elizabeth G. S1976
Burrell, Barbara 1975–1976
Burstein, Stanley M. 1976–1977
Bush, Mrs. Florence R. S1949
Bush, Mrs. Joan (Mrs. Eugene Vanderpool) 1932–1933(2), 1933–1934(2)
Butrica, James Lawrence S1971
Butt, Kathryn L. S1964
Butterfield, Julie L. S1980
Butterworth, Mrs. Sandra S1969
+Butts, Herman R. S1950, 1962–1963
Butts, Jessie Florence S1935
Cadigan, Charles Richard S1958
Caffey, Mary E. S1950
Cain, Herbert Lloyd 1940–1941 (deferred because of war)
Caires, Valerei A. 1978–1979
Caldwell, Martha Belle W. 1956–1957
Caley, Earle R. 1936–1937
Calvo, Irene M. S1976
Camp, John McKnight, II S1965, 1966, 1968–1969, 1972–1973, 1977–1978
Camp, Margot S1965, 1969–1971, 1978–1980
Campbell, Constance S1977
Campbell, Karen S1979
Campbell, Mary Thorne (Mrs. Carl Angus Roebuck) 1936–1938, 1946–1947, 1953–1954(2)
Campbell, Mrs. Samuel R., see Ward, Carol Elizabeth
+Campbell, William A. 1929–1930
Canaday, Doreen Damaris (Mrs. Lyman Spitzer, Jr.) 1936–1939
Canby, Mrs. Thomas Yellott, Jr., see Vorys, Jeanny Esther
Cantrell, Voorhis C. S1972
Caperton, Mary Clifford (Mrs. Barry Bingham) 1928–1929
+Capps, Edward 1893–1894
+Capps, Edward, Jr. 1920–1921, 1948–1949
Capps, Frances (Mrs. David G. Cogan) 1928–1929
Capps, Louise (Mrs. Robert Lorentz Scranton) 1936–1938, 1946–1947 1953–1954
Capps, Priscilla (Mrs. Harry A. Hill) 1920–1921
Capsis, George S1949
Card, Mary F. S1956
Card, Sandra Ellen S1970
Cargill, Jack L., Jr. 1973–1974
Carll, Mary Ann S1963
Carpenter, James Robert 1962–1963, 1963–1964(1)
+Carpenter, Mrs. James Saltonstall, see Guptill, Marian Elizabeth Allen
Carpenter, Joan D. 1971–1972
Carpenter, Mrs. Josephine, see Boyd, Josephine A.
Carpenter, Marjorie Katherine 1925–1926
+Carpenter, Rhys 1912–1913
Carr, Christopher A., Jr. 1974–1975
Carr, Mrs. Marion G. S1956
Carr, Mary Ellen (Mrs. Jeffrey Scott Soles) 1972–1973
+Carroll, Alexander Mitchell 1897–1898
+Carroll, Harry J., Jr. 1948–1949, 1955–1956, 1962–1963, 1969–1970, 1974–1975, 1975–1976(1), 1979–1980
Carroll, Kevin K. 1972–1974
Carter, Barbara S1971
Carter, Jane B. 1979–1980
+Carter, Jane Gray 1924–1925
Carter, Joseph Coleman, Jr. S1961, 1964–1965
Carter, Robert E. 1949–1950
Carton, Sister Mary Joseph, B.V.M. S1967
+Cash, William Vaughn 1925–1926
Caskey, Mrs. Elizabeth Gwynn 1948–1949
+Caskey, John L. 1979–1981
Caskey, Mrs. John L., see Reese, Miriam Ervin
+Caskey, Lacey Davis 1902–1904, 1905–1908
Cassidy, Patricia 1931–1932
Catafygiotou, Eva Vasiliki (Mrs. Peter Topping) 1950–1951
Catlin, John S. 1975–1976
Catlin, Stanton Loomis S1936
+Cauthorn, Emma 1925–1926
Cavalier, Cecilia A. S1975
Cavanaugh, Maureen B. 1978–1979
Cedarstrom, Mrs. John Andrew, see Ross, Eleanor S.
Chabot, Paula S1979
Chandor, Allaire B. 1974–1975
Chang, Claudia 1978–1979
Chapman, Alfred McCrea S1958
Chapman, William 1966–1967
Charanis, Alexandra S1965
Charles, Robert E. 1957–1958
Chase, Elizabeth Louise (Mrs. Robert Hecht) 1952–1953
+Chase, Ella May Miller (Mrs. George Millet) S1936
+Chase, George Henry 1896–1898
+Chase, George Millet S1936
Chester, Mrs. Judith A. S1977
Chitty, Jane (Mrs. William R. Biers) 1964–1967, 1975–1976
Chrisant, William S1979
Chrisman, Mrs. Richard M., see Bergren, Ann
Christie, Rev. Frederick, S.J. S1973
Clader, Linda Lee S1968
+Claffin, Edith Frances 1899–1900
Clark, John R. S1974
Clark, Kenneth W. 1961–1962
Clarke, Eleanor Parker 1926–1927
Clarke, Garrick S1949
Claxton, Cynthia L. 1980–1981
Clay, Diskin W. 1963–1964
Clay, Dorothy Madsen (Mrs. Donald C. Swanson) 1957–1958
Clay, Jenny Ann (Mrs. Diskin W.) 1963–1964
Cleary, Rev. Richard J. A. 1960–1961
Cleland, Emily L. (Mrs. H. F.) 1949–1951
Clement, Paul Augustus, Jr. 1932–1934, 1960–1961(1), 1967–1968, 1978-
Clinkenbeard, Barbara (Mrs. David E.) 1968–1971
Clinton, Kevin M. 1966–1968
Clinton, Mrs. Kevin M., see Collins, Jacquelyn L.
Clucas, Lowell 1977–1978
Cluett, Mrs., see Gummey, Elizabeth Anners
Clymer, Lorna J. S1977
+Coad, Peter Aloysius 1900–1901
Cobbs, Susan P. 1954–1955
+Cochran, Katharine More 1902–1903
Cocklin, Linda Ann S1972
Cody, Mrs. Martin, see Merriam, Jane Ellen
Cogan, Mrs. David G., see Capps, Frances
Cohen, Edward E. 1961–1962
Cohen, Lynne Sherry S1973
Cokely, Miriam W. S1964
Colakis, Marianthe S1976
Cole, Dan P. 1969–1970
Cole, David R. 1971–1972
Cole, Judith S1979
Cole, William Curtis, Jr. S1970
Colella, Maria T. S1975
Coleman, Catherine Aline S1957
+Coleman, Cynthia Edna 1905–1906
Coleman, John E. 1963–1964
Collins, Jacquelyn L. (Mrs. Kevin M. Clinton) S1967
Collins, Karen S1968
Collins, Lindalu 1966–1967
Combellack, Frederick M. 1954–1955
Comber, Mrs. Thomas F., Jr., see Wildes, Adele Madeleine
+Conant, Joseph M. 1978–1979
Conant, Kenneth J. S1950
Condo, Candis S1976
+Conn, Elizabeth S1950
Connell, Jean Elizabeth S1963
Connelly, Joan B. S1974, 1979–1981
Conrad, Andree S1977
Constantine, James Stuart S1935, S1939
Conway, Mary S1979
Cook, Ethel S. (Mrs. David) S1967
+Cook, Jessie Loring S1931
Cook, Ruth Ann S1961
Cook, Sally Rose (Mrs. Charles R. Nesson) S1960
+Cooley, Arthur Stoddard 1897–1899
Cooley, Robert J. S1977
Cooper, Frederick A. 1968–1970, 1973–1974(1), 1975–1976, 1979–1980
Cooper, Nancy K. (Mrs. Frederick A.) 1973–1974
Copitas, Mary S1950
Corbett, Peter 1952
Cotsen, Corinna S1979
Cotsen, Lloyd E. 1955–1956
Cotter, Joseph C. P. 1965–1966
+Couch, Herbert Newell 1927–1928
Couch, Mrs. Herbert Newell, see Stebbins, Eunice Burr
Coukos, Lois A. S1968
Coulson, William D. E. 1966–1967, 1973–1974, 1975–1976(1), 1977–1978
+Coulter, Cornelia Catlin S1932
Courtney, Elizabeth L. (Mrs. Elizabeth Courtney Banks) 1954–1957, 1973–1974(1)
Coutroubaki, Mary (Mrs. Joseph W. Shaw) 1962–1965, 1969–1970
Cowan, Sara J. S1968
Coward, Sara L. S1980
Cox, Cheryl A. 1979–1980
+Cox, Dorothy Hannah 1922–1923
Cox, Lucile (Mrs. Robert Jones) S1956
Coyne, Mary Ann S1959
Craft, John Richard 1937–1939
+Craig, Hardin, Jr. 1929–1930
+Cram, Robert Vincent 1938–1939
Crane, Mrs. Alexander, see Hutchings, Mary Hinckley
Cravens, Curtis S1979
Criswell, Ann (Mrs. F. H.) S1972
Crook, Cathryn McKinley (Mrs. Coy Schaeffer Hartman) S1936, S1938
Crosby, Henry Lamar, Jr. 1938–1939, 1970–1971
Crosby, Louise M. (Mrs. H. Lamar, Jr.) 1970–1971
+Crosby, Margaret 1935–1939, 1946–1959
Crosby, Michael John S1962
+Crosby, Nicholas Evertson 1886–1887, 1891–1892
+Crow John M. 1882–1883
Cullen, Tracey 1980–1981
Culley, Gerald R. 1969–1970
Cummer, Sara B. (Mrs. W. Wilson, III) 1968–1970
Cummer, W. Wilson, III 1968–1970, 1974–1975(1)
Cumming, Ann S1977
Cunningham, Helen Elizabeth (Mrs. Allison A. Gould) 1937–1938
Cunningham, Mary B. S1976
Curchin, Len S1978
Curley, Thomas F. S1980
Currier, Susan E. S1974
Curry, Constance Holden (Mrs. Paul F. Barham) 1933–1937
Curtiss, Mrs., see Steinhoff, Josephine
+Cushing, William Lee 1885–1887
Cutler, Anthony 1970–1971
Dabney, Mary K. (Mrs. James C. Wright) 1980–1981
+Daly, Alice Bernadine Abell (Mrs. Lloyd W.) 1937–1938
Daly, Lloyd W. 1937–1938, 1959–1960(1)
Dane, Nathan, II 1937–1938
Danforth, Effie (Mrs. Effie Danforth McAfee) S1927
Danforth, Loring S1969
Daniel, Dorothy V. S1975
Daniels, Mrs. Marion L. S1965
+Darbishire, Robert Shelby 1926–1927
+Dare, Adele F. (Mrs. Otto Brandes) 1893–1894
+Darrow, Fritz Sage 1903–1904
Daugherty, Gregory S1978
Davidson, Gladys R. (Mrs. Saul S. Weinberg) 1932–1939, 1946–1948, 1954–1955, 1958–1959, 1963–1964
+Davidson, Irville F. S1938
Davies, Mark I. S1964, 1970–1971
Davis, Jack L. 1974–1976
Davis, Madelaine H: (Mrs. James) S1956
+Davis, Philip Haldane 1922–1924
Davison, Jean M. 1954–1955
Dawson, David M. S1948
Dawson, John P. S1948
+Day, John 1925–1926
Day, Mrs. Joseph W., see Preston, Leslie E.
Deagon, Andrea W. 1980–1981
+Dean, Lindley Richard 1914–1915
+Deane, Sidney Norton 1904–1905
+DeCou, Herbert Fletcher 1891–1892, 1895–1899
Degenhardt, Nancy Jane (Mrs. R. Ross Holloway) 1955–1956
De Grazia, Catherine E. (Mrs. Eugene Vanderpool, Jr.) 1970–1973, 1978–1979
de Grummond, Nancy Thomson (Mrs. Will White) S1961
de Grummond, Will White S1961
De Hof, Sharon L. 1980–1981
de Laix, Roger A. 1972–1973
Delia, Alberta Fiore S1980
Della Croce, Phyllis (Mrs. Daniel Boyd) 1970–1971
de Luce, Judith S1980
Dembrow, Mrs. Leon W., see Blaicher, Susan Betty
De Merit, Samuel E. S1970
Dempster, Mrs. A., see O’Neill, Elizabeth C.
Den Adel, Raymond Lee S1961
de Neergaard, Margrette A. F. S1974
Dengate, James Andrew 1965–1967, 1973–1975
Dengate, Mrs. James Andrew, see Moll, Christina F.
Denman, Scott S1978
Dennen, Lyle S1963
Denning, Paul V., Jr. S1975
+Denny, Mrs. Harold, see Lowry, Jean Bullitt
De Santis, Claudia S1978
Desmond, Linda B. 1977–1978
Detwiller, Georgina (Mrs. Henderson) S1969
DeVries, Keith R. 1967–1969
+De Waele, Ferdinand Joseph Maria 1927–1930
+Dewey, Daniel 1932–1933
+Dewey, Mrs. Daniel, see Harwood, Catherine Aurelia
+DeWitt, Elsie Van Dyck S1936
Diamant, Steven 1970-
Diamond, Frances S1978
+Dickerman, Sherwood Owen 1897–1899
Dickerson, Gregory W. 1962–1964
Dickey, Louise Atherton 1941–1942
Dietz, Rosalie J. 1962–1963
Dimock, George E., Jr. 1960–1961
+Dinsmoor, William Bell 1908–1912, 1959–1960(2), 1960–1961(2), 1962–1973+
Dinsmoor, William Bell, Jr. 1962–1963, 1964-
Dinsmoor, Mrs. William Bell, Jr., see Norre, Anastasia
+Dinsmore, John Edward 1892–1893
Dittman, Marion S1960
Dix, Mrs. Keith, see Norman, Naomi J.
+Doane, Howard Freeman 1895–1896
Dobbins, John J. 1974–1975
Doenges, Norman A. 1951–1952
Doenges, Mrs. Norman, see Wiegand, Pamela
Dohan, Catherine E. S1976
+Dohan, Mrs. Joseph M., see Hall, Edith Hayward
Doherty, Catherine S1975
Dolan, Lilias K. S1957
Donahue, Kathleen A. 1980–1981
Donaldson, M. Katherine 1949–1950
Donley, Betty Jane S1968
Donoghue, C. Eileen S1957
Donohue, Alice A. S1971, 1977–1980
Donovan, Patricia O’K. (Mrs. William P.) 1955–1958
Donovan, William P. 1955–1958
+Dorset, Helen S1925
Doughty, Frances McC. 1964–1965
Douglas, Lyman C. 1928–1930
Dow, Elizabeth (Mrs. William Kendrick Pritchett) 1932–1933, 1934–1935, 1962–1963
Dow, Elizabeth Flagg (Mrs. Sterling) 1931–1936
Dow, Sterling 1931–1936, 1959–1960(2)
+Downes, William Ephraim Daniel 1899–1900
Downey, Glanville 1934–1935
Downey, Mrs. Glanville, see Atherton, Sarah Sawyer
Downey, Susan Barbour S1963
Doyle, Rev. Alan S1969
+Doyle, Edwin Joseph 1950–1951, 1951–1952(1), 1953–1954
Doyle, Richard E. 1978–1979
Dressier, Kloris S1959
Drew, Philip L., Jr. S1977
Drews, Robert S1959
Drew-Bear, Thomas 1964–1965, 1970–1971
Drumwright, Huber L. 1964–1965
Dublin, Sarah C. (Mrs. Eberhard Slenczka) 1965–1967
Du Bois, Margaret 1972–1973
Duclos, Mrs. Albert J., see Livermore, Gloria S.
+Duell, Prentice 1923–1925
Dufner, Christina M. 1978–1979
Duhme, Richard, Jr. S1951
Duhme, Mrs. Richard, Jr. S1951
Duke, Theodore T. S1950
Dull, Clifford J. 1973–1974(2)
Dumarae, Thomas G. S1958
+Duncan, Thomas Shearer S1927
+Dunham, Maurice Edwards 1900–1901
+Durand, Mrs. E. J., see Perry, Anna Louise
Durham, Dorothy A. (Mrs. Thomas H. Fraser, Jr.) S1954
Durick, Judith A. 1975–1976
Duryea, Dian S1965
Dusenberry, Mrs. John F., see Brainin, Elsbeth Ann Summer
Duszak, M. Diane S1971, 1976–1978
Dyck, Andrew R. 1974–1975
Dyson, Stephen S1959, 1960
Eals, Nancy R. 1971–1972
+Earle, Mortimer Lamson 1887–1888
+Ebersole, William Stahl 1896–1897
+Eckfeldt, Thomas Hooper 1884–1885
Edmonson, Colin N. 1956–1960
Edson, Charles Farwell, Jr. 1935–1938
Edwards, Charles M. S1974, 1979–1981
Edwards, G. Roger 1946–1950, 1955–1956, 1958–1959(1)
+Edwards, John Bowen 1908–1909
+Edwards, Katharine May 1913–1914, 1928–1933, 1935–1937
Edwards, Megan F. S1974
Ehrich, Mrs. Robert W., see Hoskin, Ann Marie
Ehrlich, Ellen H. 1969–1970
Eichstaedt, Mrs. E. A., see Myers, Vivian
+Elarth, Mrs. Herschel, see Van Ingen, Wilhelmina
+Elderkin, George Wicker 1906–1910
+Eldridge, Lulu Geneva 1922–1923
+Eldridge, Richard Potter S1931
Elia, Ricardo J. S1976, 1978–1979
Eliot, Charles William John 1952–1957, 1965–1966
Eliot, Mary (Mrs. C. W. J.) 1954–1957
Eliot, Mary C. S1955
Elliott, Christina S1967
+Elliott, William Arthur 1894–1895
Ellis, Mrs. Laurence B., see Whiting, Alice
Ellis, Melanie S1979
+Else, Gerald Frank 1964
Elster, Ernestine 1978–1979
Emanuel, Linda S1972
Emanuele, P. Daniel 1971–1972
Emerson, Mary E. S1975
+Emerson, Ruth (Mrs. Henry Martineau Fletcher) 1895–1896
Emrich, Lynn M. (Mrs. Duane W. Roller) 1969–1970
Engle, Judy S1979
Englert, Walter S1979
Enos, Richard L. S1974
Eppich, Mrs. Edward C., see Morgan, Prudence
Erck, Theodore 1932–1937
Erhart, K. Patricia 1974–1975
Erickson, Gerald M. 1978–1979
Ericksson, Gunn S1950
Erler, Edward J. S1973
+Evans, Elizabeth C. S1954
Evans, Frances Taylor (Sister Margaret Thérèse, S.N.D. de Namur) S1936
+Evans, Helene Rebecca 1927–1928
Evans, J. Allan S. 1954–1955, 1976–1977
Evans, Judith A. S1977, 1978–1979
Evans, Richard L. 1973–1974
Ewbank, Joseph B. 1977–1978
Ewbank, Linda C. (Mrs. Joseph B.) 1977–1978
Ewers, Sandria June (Mrs. H. B. Woodruff) S1971
Fabrizio, Sharon R. S1975
Face, Jeanne Thomas (Mrs. Garry N. Murphy) 1952–1953
+Fairbanks, Arthur 1898–1899
Fales, De Coursey, Jr. S1938
+Fallis, Oscar Bennett 1893–1894
Farnsworth, Marie 1938, 1939, 1958–1959, 1961–1962, 1963–1964(2)
Farrand, Stephen C. S1977
Fears, Jesse Rufus 1970–1971(2)
Feaver, Douglas D. 1951–1952
Fedak, Janos 1975–1976, 1977–1978
Feen, Richard Harrow S1973
Felton, Rev. John N., S.J. S1955
Ferguson, Elizabeth H. S1954
Festle, Rev. John Edward, S.J. S
Feuer, Bryan A. 1979–1980
Fiduccia, Daniel S1977
Fiedler, Barbara A. 1980–1981
Fiesel, Ruth S1949, 1950–1951
Figueira, Sarah G. (Mrs. Thomas J.) 1976–1977
Figueira, Thomas J. 1976–1977
Fineberg, Stephen C. 1969–1970
Fingarette, Ann (Mrs. Colin F. Hasse) S1968, 1975–1976
Fink, Johanna Alice (Mrs. Thomas McClellan) S1962, 1966–1967
Finlay, Nancy Ann S1972
Finley, John Huston, Jr. 1925–1926
Finnegan, Cathaleen Claire S1973
Finney, Wanda S1978
Fischer, John E. 1977–1978
Fisher, Joan E. 1969–1979
Fisher, Robert M. S1951
Fiske, Anne S1957
Fitzpatrick, Benjamin S1938
Fitzpatrick, Mary Mapes (Mrs. Benjamin) S1938
Flannigan, Anita M. S1954
+Fleet, Alexander Frederick 1887–1888
Fleischmann, Charles 1950–1951
+Fletcher, Mrs. Henry Martineau, see Emerson, Ruth
+Flickinger, Roy C. S1933
Flickinger, Mrs. Roy C., see Keys, Minnie Alma
+Flint, Helen Currier 1894–1895
Flory, Stewart G. 1974–1975
Flower, Michael A. S1977
Floyd, Edwin D. 1960–1961
Floyd, William E. S1960
+Fluck, Edward James 1932–1933
Folger, Gatewood (Mrs. John C. Overbeck) S1963, 1963–1964(1), 1979–1980
Folse, Mary Elizabeth (Mrs. Gregory L. Hutchison) 1935–1936
Fontenrose, Joseph 1935–1936, 1958–1959
Forbes, Barbara A. 1975–1976
Forbes, Hamish A. 1972–1974
Ford, Laura S1969
+Foreman, Lewis Learning 1900–1901
Fortenberry, Diane S1978, 1982–1983
Forte, Bettie 1974–1975
Foss, Caroline C. (Mrs. Clive F.) 1961–1962
Foss, Clive F. 1961–1962
+Fossum, Andrew 1890–1891
Fowle, Helen Clark (Mrs. Wilson F.) 1925–1926
+Fowler, Harold North 1882–1883
+Fowler, Mrs. Murray, see Hughes, Barbara L.
+Franklin, A. Mildred S1926
+Franklin, Susan Braley 1898–1899
Frantz, M. Alison 1929–1930, 1934–1941, 1946-
+Fraser, Alexander David S1931, S1935
Fraser, Mary Dean S1952
Fraser, Mrs. Thomas H., Jr., see Durham, Dorothy A.
Frazee, Charles A. S1960
Frazer, Alfred 1972–1973(1)
Frazer, Richard McIlwaine, Jr. S1961, 1979–1980
Freeman, Sarah Elizabeth 1931–1932
Freer, Margaret W. (Mrs. Christian M.) S1948
Freiert, William K. S1975
French, Rev. Edward A. 1954–1955
French, Robert S1976
Fried, Sallie S. S1976, 1979–1980
Friedland, Paul D. 1976–1977
+Friedlander, Esther S1926
+Fry, Franklin Clark 1921–1922
Fry, Varian S1928
Fuerst, Rev. Bartholemew, O.S.B. S1954
Fullerton, David S1979
Fullerton, Mark D. 1979–1981
Gabbert, Janice J. (Mrs. R. D.) S1972
Gahan, John J. 1976–1977
Gais, Ruth M. S1970
Garbison, Virginia F. (Mrs. Ellsworth Harry Morse, Jr.) S1938
+Gardiner, Elizabeth Manning (Mrs. Charles Edward Whitmore) 1907–1908
Gardner, Dorothy S1935
Gardner, Julia M. S1933
Garoufes, Kalliope G. S1956
Garrison, Mark S1978
Garvan, Christine S1977
Gaul, Renée S1978
Gavares, Constance (Mrs. William A. Acton) 1933–1934
Geagan, Daniel J. 1962–1964, 1969–1970
Geagan, Mrs. Daniel J., see von Raits, Helen Augusta
Geanakoplos, Deno J. 1960–1961
Geer, Russell M. S1927
Gehlke, Mrs. Charles E., see Hopkins, Helen Jeffreys
Gehrke, Ralph S1954
Geiger, Nancy Jean (Mrs. Geoffrey A. Paine) S1958
Gellhorn, Gay (Mrs. David H. Sa’adah) S1959
Gerdes, Sister Florence Marie, C.S.J. S1973
Geraci, William S1980
Gerstenblith, Patty S1970
Gervasi, Robert A. S1974
Gesell, Geraldine C. 81960, 1965–1966, 1969–1972, 1977–1978
Getz, Patricia F. (Mrs. Donald A. Preziosi) 1961–1962, 1964–1966
Gibson, Mrs. Elsa Peterson 1971–1972
Giedeman, Elizabeth S1965
Giegengack, Jane M. S1967
Gifford, Natalie Murray (Mrs. William F. Wyatt) 1922–1923
Gigante, Linda M. 1977–1979
+Gilbert, John Wesley 1890–1891
Gill, David Henry S1963
Gillespie, Cynthia Keebler S1961
Gillott, Rita L. 1957–1958
Gilman, Amy 1974–1975
Gilman, Gertrude S1935
Gilmartin, Kristine (Mrs. Stephen Wallace) S1968
Giokarinis, Kimon T. 1967–1968
Glass, Stephen L. 1959–1960, 1970–1971
Gleason, John Matthew S1963
Gleason, Maud S1978
Glenn, Justin S1966
Glesen, Mrs. Alexander, see Pelton, Helen
Glidden, David K. S1967
Glimcher, Susan D. S1970
Glosecki, Mrs. Edith Grassland S1973
Glover, Stephen C. 1979–1980
Goff, Susan V. (Mrs. John C. Pearl) 1961–1962
Goggin, Mary Geraldine 1930–1931
Gold, Mrs. Linda S1969
Goldberg, Marilyn Y. 1972–1973, 1976–1977
Golden, Mark S1969
+Goldman, Hetty 1910–1914, 1957–1958(2)
Goldstein, Michael S. 1970–1974
Goode, Mrs. Frederick, see Van Hoosear, Marilyn
Goodhue, Nicholas S1966
Gordon, Robert Lee, Jr. 1972–1974
Gordon, Wendy R. S1975
Goss, Charlotte J. S1980
Goss, Elizabeth C. (Mrs. Prangell) 1955–1956
Gossick, Katherine S1970
Goucher, Lillian S. 1925–1926
Gough, Aidan S1955
Gould, Mrs. Allison A., see Cunningham, Helen Elizabeth
Gould, Sybil Josephine 1952–1953
Gould, Sydney Henry 1933–1934
Grace, Emily Randolph (Mrs. V. D. Kazakévich) 1936–1937
Grace, Virginia Fitz Randolph 1927–1928, 1930–1931, 1936–1940, 1948-
+Gragg, Florence Alden 1899–1900
Graham, Daniel W. 1975–1976
Graham, James Walter 1930–1931, 1965, 1970–1971
Graham, Susan L. S1975
+Grandjouan, Clairève 1950–1951, 1952–1954, 1955–1957
Grant, Lynn S1978
Grant, Mary Amelia S1936
Green, Mrs., see Rubenstein, Judith A.
Greenbaum, Mike S1959
Greenberg, Nathan A. S1964
Greene, Eleanor A. (Mrs. Donald S. White) S1938
Greenewalt, Crawford H., Jr. S1957, 1961–1962
+Greenwood, Mrs. Louis C., see Bloomberg, Marguerite
Greenwood, Mrs. Sam L., see Smith, Gertrude
Gregory, Timothy E. 1967–1968, 1974–1975
Gresser, Mrs. William, see Kahn, Margaret Gisela
+Grey, Eva Woodward 1906–1907+
Griffiths, Anna S1953
Grimaldi, Linda L. 1980–1981
Grimaldi, Rev. William M. A., S.J. 1953–1954
Grobel, Stella (Mrs. Stephen G. Miller) 1966–1972, 1980–1981, 1982-
Gross, Elizabeth S1980
Grossman, Betty (Mrs. Edwin) S1952
Grossman, Deborah S1976
Gruber, John C. S1980
Gruen, Peter 1971–1972
+Guion, Ridie Justice 1936–1937
Gulassa, Benedict A. 1966–1967
Gulino, Rosanne S1970
Gummey, Elizabeth Anners (Mrs. Cluett) S1961
Gummey, Elizabeth M. (Mrs. John Pemberton) 1964–1965
Gunning, Mrs. Robert, see Holtzinger, Wanda
+Guptill, Marian Elizabeth Allen (Mrs. James Saltonstall Carpenter) 1929–1930
Gurney, Caroline S1933
Guss, Evelyn G. S1952
Gutmann, Elizabeth (Mrs. Joseph B. Lehmann) 1932–1935
+Gutwirth, Marc R. S1956
Guy, John Robert S1971, 1974–1975
Haden, James C. 1977–1978
Hadidi, Adnan S1970
Hadley, Robert S1966
Haft, Adele S1978
Haggard, Clara Patience 1925–1926
Hahm, David Edgar S1963
Hahn, Lisa T. S1977
+Haley, Joseph Boyd 1923–1924
+Hall, Edith Hayward (Mrs. Joseph M. Dohan) 1903–1905
+Hall, Frederick Aldin 1906–1907
Hall, John G. 1958–1959
+Hallett, Frank Thurston 1904–1906
+Halstead, Suzanne (Mrs. John Howard Young) 1937–1938, 1939–1940
Hamanaka, Bridget S1976
Hamilton, Charles D. 1965–1966
Hamlin, Lois S1959
Handler, Susan J. (Mrs. Auth) 1964–1966
Haney, Mary N. S1980
Hanfmann, George M. A. 1956–1957
Hanna, Joyce S1979
+Hansen, Allen Oscar 1939–1940
Hansen, Forest W. 1970–1971
Hansen, Hardy 1965–1967
+Hansen, Hazel Dorothy 1922–1925, 1927–1928, 1936–1937, 1939, 1949–1950, 1951–1952(1)
Hanson, Craig L. 1977–1978
Hanson, Victor D. 1978–1979
Harden, Jessie (Mrs. Robert A. Bakeman, Jr.) S1936
Harding, Nellie Carol S1953
Harding, Philip E. 1967–1968
Hardy, Patrick M. S1964
Hargrove, Sarah W. 1970–1971
Harlan, Mrs. George C., see Keuls, Eva
+Harland, James Penrose 1913–1914(2), 1920–1921, 1926–1927, 1938–1939(2)
+Harland, Agnes Westerlund (Mrs. James Penrose) 1926–1927
Harman, Marian 1937–1938
Harmon, Daniel P. S1975
Harmon, Mrs, Shirley Bradway S1966
+Harper, George McLean, Jr. S1928
Harrington, Hester (Mrs. Henry Lloyd Stow) 1932–1933
+Harris, Clarence Owen 1906–1907
Harris, Edward Monroe, III S1972
Harris, Josephine Marie 1937–1939
+Harris, Mary Louise Emery (Mrs. Clarence Owen) 1906–1907
Harrison, Cynthia M. 1972–1973
Harrison, Evelyn B. 1948–1950, 1953–1955, 1959–1960(1), 1961–1962(2), 1968–1969, 1973–1974(1), 1980–1981
Harrison, George 1979–1981
Hart, Charles Randall 1913–1914
Hart, Mary Louise S1980
Hartigan, Mrs. Barry, see Voelker, Karelisa
Hartman, Coy Schaeffer S1936, S1938
Hartman, Mrs. Coy Schaeffer, see Crook, Cathryn McKinley
Hartswick, Kim J. 1977–1979
Harward, Carol S. (Mrs. Vernon Judson) 1978–1979
Harward, Vernon Judson, III 1973–1974, 1978–1979
+Harwood, Catherine Aurelia (Mrs. Daniel Dewey) 1932–1933
+Harwood, Mrs. Floyd C., see Platner, Josephine
Hash, Robert Wade S1971
Haskell, Halford Whittier S1973, 1975–1976, 1977–1980
Haskell, Mrs. Halford Whittier, see Berich, Pamela I.
Haskins, Jerry S1959
Hasse, Colin F. S1972, 1975–1976
Hasse, Mrs. Colin F., see Fingarette, Ann
+Hastings, Harold Ripley 1902–1904
Hatch, Penelope M. S1975
Hatzidemetriou, Constantino G. 1978–1979
Havers, Colin S1978
Havelock, Mrs. Eric, see Mitchell, Christine
Haviland, Diantha S. (Mrs. Wallace Stephen Johnson, Jr.) 1961–1962, 1964
+Hawes, Mrs. Charles H., see Boyd, Harriet Ann
Hawkins, Ira Alden S1962
Hawthorne, John G. 1957–1958, 1959–1960
Hayden, Barbara J. 1976–1979
Hayden, Rev. John Hilary S1971
Hayes, Helen Barkley (Mrs. Derek Riches) S1937
Heath, Martha (Mrs. Matthew I. Wiencke) 1953–1955, 1957–1958, 1963–1964(2)
Hecht, Mrs. Robert, see Chase, Elizabeth Louise
Hedges, George R. S1973
+Heermance, Theodore Woolsey 1894–1896
Hegarty, Denis S1969
Hegbar, Jacqueline Sweet (Mrs. Howard R.) S1971
Heim, Suzanne S1969
Heinlein, Alice S1969
Heintzman, Joseph R. S1969
Heitz, Kathleen S1977
Held, C. Robert 1951–1952
Held, Dirk t.D. S1964
Held, Elizabeth Candace Allen (Mrs. Dirk) S1964
Hellyar, Marian S1931
Helm, James J. S1973
Henderson, Alastaire S1971
Henderson, Mrs., see Detwiller, Georgina
Hendricks, Rhoda A. M. S1958
Henry, William Patrick 1959–1960
Herbert, Patricia (Mrs. Robert K.) S1957
Herbert, Robert K. S1957
Herbert, Sharon C. 1969–1973
+Hersman, Mrs. C F., see Bates, Anna
Hersom, Shirley M. (Mrs. George G. Bennette) 1949–1950
Herz, Norman 1951–1952
Hibben, Frank C. 1955–1956
Hicks, James H. S1973
+Highbarger, Ernest Leslie S1931, S1948
+Hildreth, Henry Theodore 1885–1886
+Hill, Bert Hodge 1900–1903
+Hill, Mrs. Bert Hodge, see Thallon, Ida Carleton
Hill, Dorothy Kent 1929–1931
Hill, Emeline Hurd (Mrs. Lawrence Richardson, Jr.) 1932–1933
Hill, Mrs. Eugene Bennett, Jr., see Wilson, Carolyn W.
Hill, Mrs. Harry A., see Capps, Priscilla
Hill, Marion (Mrs. William Sagan) S1960
+Hill, Otis Shepard 1893–1894
Hilles, Lee (Mrs. Gunther K. Wertheim) S1950
Hinckley, Irene (Mrs. Fritz Kupfer) S1932
+Hinckley, Rose 1911–1912
Hires, Marla S1972
Hirsch, Mrs. Ethel S1970
Hitzl, Thomas N. 1969–1970
+Hoag, Helen Elizabeth 1900–1901
Hoare, Alexis S1977
Hobey, Catherine E. 1971–1972
Hodgson, Nina Jane S1969
Hoeffel, Jane H. (Mrs. L. David Otte) S1959, 1961–1962
Hoffman, Donald S1972
Hoffman, Gail L. S1980
Hogan, James S1972
Hohler, Rosalie C. S1936
Holbrook, Mary Agnes (Mrs. Marcus Waldo Keyes) S1931
Holl, Ruth S1962
Holland, Benita Davenport (Mrs. Theodore Lewis Low) S1937, 1938–1939
+Holland, Leicester Bodine 1920–1923, 1946–1947
Holland, Marian Rupert (Mrs. Louis E. McAllister, Jr.) 1951–1953
Hollinshed, Mrs. William H., III, see Berg. Mary
Holloway, R. Ross S1958
Holloway, Mrs. R. Ross, see Degenhardt, Nancy Jane
Holt, Mrs. R. Kenneth, see Andrews, Eleanor Rice
Holtzinger, Wanda (Mrs. Robert Gunning) 1963–1964
Hood, Mrs. William M., see Norton, Roberta
Hooper, Robert J. 1960–1961
Hoover, Emma Elizabeth S1932
Hope, Rosemary 1952–1953
+Hopkins, Clark 1927–1928
Hopkins, Helen Jeffreys (Mrs. Charles E. Gehlke) 1926–1927
Hopkins, Margaret Elizabeth 1926–1927
+Hopkins, Susan Mary Sullivan (Mrs. Clark) 1927–1928
+Hopkins, Walter David 1898–1899
+Hoppin, Joseph Clark 1893–1897
Horn, James G. 1975–1976
Horner, Frederic Winans S1933
Horner, Thomas M. 1968–1969(1)
Hoskin, Ann Marie (Mrs. Robert W. Ehrich) 1930–1931
Householder, Fred Walter, Jr. 1936–1937
Houser, Caroline M. 1972–1974
Houska, Joanne M. 1976–1977
Houston, Robert S. S1951
Howe, Emily J. (Mrs. Wilson) 1972–1973
Howe, Herbert Marshall S1936, S1938
Howe, Thomas N. 1977–1979
Howland, Richard Hubbard 1933–1935, 1936–1938, 1950–1951
Hoyt, Mrs. Herbert, see Taylor, Anna Elizabeth
Hubbe, Rolf O. 1954–1955
Huddleston, Rebecca A. 1978–1979
Hudson, Mrs. Thomas James, see Proctor, Candice Elizabeth
Hughes, Barbara L. (Mrs. Murray Fowler) 1951–1952
Hughes, Dennis D. S1979, 1981-
Hughes, J. Donald 1966–1967
Hulsizer, Mrs. Morris A., see Johnson, Elizabeth B.
+Humphrey, Mrs. J. L., see Ball, Winifred
+Hunt, W. Irving 1889–1890
Hurson, Kimberlin A. S1974
Hurwit, Jeffrey M. S1970, 1973–1974
Hussein, Mrs. Ma’moun M., see Broughton, Susan Becker
+Hussey, George Benjamin 1887–1888
Hutchings, Mary Hinckley (Mrs. Alexander Crane) S1933
Hutchison, Mrs. Gregory L., see Folse, Mary Elizabeth
Hutzel, Stephen 1971–1972
+Hyde, Walter Woodburn 1898–1899
Iagnemmo, Thomas S1971
Ibrahim, Leila 1966–1967
Iliaki, see Patrianakou-Iliaki
Immerwahr, Henry R. 1939–1942, 1963–1964(2)
Immerwahr, Mrs. Henry R., see Anderson, Sara
Infantino, Rev. Stephen S., S.J. S1970
Itzkowitz, Joel B. 1968–1969
Iwani, Helayna T. 1975–1976, 1977–1978
Jackson, Benjamin J. S1950
+Jacobs, Charles Sherman 1894–1895
Jacobsen, Thomas W. 1962–1963, 1963–1964(1), 1968–1969, 1973–1974, 1980–1981
Jaffee, Hilda Brand (Mrs. Howard) S1956
Jaffee, Howard S1956
Jameson, Michael H. 1949–1950, 1977–1978, 1979–1980
Jameson, Virginia B. (Mrs. Michael H.) 1949–1950
Jantek, Laura S1968
Jarman, Michael G. S1980
Jenkes, Kathryn M. S1972
Jenkins, Clae (Mrs. Paul A.) S1949
Jenkins, E. Marion (Mrs. Nikolaos Serretes) 1948–1949
Jenkins, Louise S1979
+Jenkins, Nora Cornelia (Mrs. Theodore Leslie Shear) 1904–1905
Jenkins, Satia W. 1957–1958
Jennings, Frances M. S1953
Jensen, Sharon K. S1977
Jentoft-Nilsen, Marit S1971
+Jewett, Elizabeth Chapman S1936
Johanson, S. Frederic S1964
Johns, Mary P. S1965
+Johnson, Allan Chester 1909–1912, 1926–1927
Johnson, Barbara L. S1968, 1973–1975
Johnson, E. Pauline S1950
+Johnson, Einar Harold S1961
Johnson, Elizabeth B. (Mrs. Morris A. Hulsizer) S1951
+Johnson, Franklin Plotinus 1921–1924, 1957–1958(1), 1962–1963
+Johnson, Jotham 1926–1928
Johnson, Margaret L. (Mrs. Einar Harold) S1961
+Johnson, Martin Harold 1933–1934
Johnson, Paula E. S1959
Johnson, Mrs. Wallace Stephen, Jr., see Haviland, Diantha S.
+Johnston, Angela (Mrs. Willard N. Boyden) 1927–1929
Johnston, Arnold F. S1932
Jones, Carroll Henry, Jr. 1928–1929
Jones, Emilie Ann (Mrs. Edwin D. Stern) S1936
Jones, Frances Follin 1937–1938
Jones, Franklin Weeks 1925–1926
Jones, Martin 1957–1958
Jones, Nicholas F. 1973–1975
Jones, Mrs. Robert, see Cox, Lucile
Jordan, Borimir 1965–1967
Jordan, David R. 1970-
Joseph, Brian D. 1976–1977
Joy, James H. S1972
Kable, William S. S1960
Kagan, Donald 1958–1959
Kagan, Jonathan H. S1976
Kagen, Ruth L. 1956–1957
Kahane, Henry R. 1955–1956
Kahn, Charles H. 1963–1964
Kahn, Margaret Gisela (Mrs. William Gresser) 1927–1928
Kaimowitz, Jeffrey H. 1966–1967
Kallemyn, Susan D. 1971–1974
+Kalopothakes, Daphne 1894–1896
+Kalopothakes, Francis Demetrios 1888–1889
Kane, Susan, see Trimble, Mrs. Susan Kane
Kangas, Isabel S1978
Kaplan, Michael S. 1975–1976
Karaus, Sandra S1966
Kartsonis, Anna 1970–1971, 1976–1977
Katz, Mrs., see Pollak, Phyllis D.
Katzev, Michael L. 1963–1964, 1976–1982
Katzev, Susan Womer (Mrs. Michael L.) 1976–1977
Kawashima, Shigenari 1967–1968, 1976–1977
Kay, Sylvia E. S1973
Kazadikis, Mrs. Amy Gilman 1974–1975
Kazakévich, Mrs. V. D., see Grace, Emily Randolph
Kazazis, Deborah B. (Mrs. John) 1978–1980
Keane, Jennie K. S1980
Keebler, Cynthia Anne S1961
Keefe, John E. S1968
Keene, Katherine M. S1972
Keller, Donald R. 1978-
Kelley, Cynthia Ann S1970
Kellogg, William O. 1963–1964(1)
Kelly, Donald S1979
Kelly, Isabella Rita (Mrs. Antony Erich Raubitschek) 1937–1938
Kelly, Robert J. 1975–1976
Kelly, Thomas 1962–1963
Kempner, Frederick F. S1951
Kenfield, John F., III S1965
Kenmuir, Wendy S1976
+Kennedy, Clarence 1920–1922
Kennell, Nigel M. 1978–1979
Kenner, Anne S1979
+Kent, Mrs. Edward W., see Spaulding, Leila Clement
+Kent, John Harvey 1938–1941, 1949–1950
+Kent, Roland Grubb 1900–1902
Ketcham, Mark S1968
Keuls, Eva (Mrs. George C. Harlan) S1962
Keyes, Mrs. Marcus Waldo, see Holbrook, Mary Agnes Keys, Anna S1978
Keys, Minnie Alma (Mrs. Roy C. Flickinger) S1933
Khalil, Mrs. Issa J., see Knudsen, Ann Konrad Kiesling, J. Brady 1979–1980
Kilinski, Karl, II 1973–1974, 1978–1979
Killiancy, Kenneth S1977
Kilpatrick, Ross Stuart S1961
Kilpatrick, Suzanna Jane (Mrs. Ross Stuart) S1961
King, Mrs. James Kimball, see Lowry, Harriet R.
+King, Lida Shaw 1899–1901
King, Mrs. Lyndon M., see Washburn, Elizabeth Pope
Kinsolving, Lucie L. 1975–1976
Kirby, Paul Francis S1962
Kirkner, Nancy S1977
Kirkwood, Gordon M. 1956–1957, 1962–1963
+Kirson, Mrs. Benjamin, see Atkinson, Alice Minerva
Kirtland, Lynn S1934
Kitchell, Kenneth F. 1972–1973
Kittelson, Ann J. S1975
Kittredge, Caryl (Mrs. William G.) 1961–1962
Kittredge, William G. 1961–1962
Kitzinger, M. Rachel 1969–1970
Klein, Jeffrey J. 1969–1970
Klein, Steven C. S1970
Kleinbard, Kathy Ellen S1973
Kleiner, Diana E. E. (Mrs. Fred S.) 1973–1975
Kleiner, Fred S. 1973–1975
Klinger, Sophie 1979–1980
Knight, Adele I. S1958
Knight, Agnes M. S1958
Knudsen, Ann Konrad (Mrs. Issa J. Khalil) 1955–1956, 1958–1960
+Kober, Alice E. S1939
Koehl, Robert B. 1979–1981
Koehler, Carolyn G. S1971, 1973–1977
Koester, Helmut 1978–1979
Kohler, Ellen Lucile 1948–1950
Kolar, Rev. Basil Charles 1932–1933
Komi, Maria Z. (Mrs. Paul Lycoudis) 1951–1952
Konishi, Haruo 1973–1974
Kornblith, Babette (Mrs. Howard G.) S1961
+Kosmopoulos, Mrs. Georgios, see Walker, Alice Leslie Koster, Harold A. 1973–1974
Koumouzelis, Margareta 1972–1973
Kovacs, David S1967
Kramer, Frank R. 1964–1965
Kraynak, Lynn A. 1979–1981
Krentz, Rev. Edgar Martin S1961
Krentz, Peter M. S1975
Kreps, Marta L. S1980
Krevans, Nita S1979
Krokidas, Maria S1970
Kroll, John H. 1964–1966, 1970–1973, 1973–1974(1), 1980–1981(2)
Kromholz, Alfred H. 1972–1973
Kromholz, Susan D. (Mrs. Alfred H.) 1972–1973
Kubiak, David S1976
Kuchman, Lisa S1972
Kuhl, Mrs. Raymond, see Neilson, Kathryn
Kuperman, Marilyn S1964
Kupfer, Mrs. Fritz, see Hinckley, Irene
Kurth, William S1966
+Kyle, James William 1898–1899, 1924–1925
Lafazanos, Konstantine Charles Nicholas 1935–1936
La Follette, Laetitia A. 1977–1978
Laing, Donald R., Jr. 51957, 1967–1968
Laiou, Angeliki 1979–1980
Lalonde, Gerald 1965–1966(2), 1966–1967(2)
Lambert, Garth Roderick S1958
Lamberton, Robert 1978–1979
Lancaster, Patricia Jane S1958
Lane, Eugene N. 1960–1962, 1979–1980
Lane, Robert E. S1952
Lang, Mabel Louise 1947–1948, 1953–1954 1959–1960
Langdon, Merle 1969–1976
Langdon, Susan H. 1980–1982
Larsen, Rev. Bertel S. 1963–1964
Larson, Margaret H. E. (Mrs. R. H. Lethen) 1954–1956
Larson, Mrs. Warren A., see Ashton, Lois
Laruccia, Stephen S1976
LaRue, Jene A. 1964–1965
+Larwill, Paul Herbert 1911–1912
Lateiner, Donald G. 1969–1970
Latimer, John Francis S1932
Lattimore, Richmond 1951–1952(2), 1960–1961
Lattimore, Steven 1960–1961
Lavelle, Brian M. 1980–1981
Lavezzi, John C. 1967–1970
Law, Mrs. Carole A. S1971
+Law, Helen H. 1934–1935
Lawall, Gilbert S1959
Lawall, Sally (Mrs. Gilbert) S1959
Lawler, Lillian B. S1955
Lawrence, James Carter S1963
Lawrence, Patricia A. 1959–1961
Lawton, Carol Lee S1970, 1976–1980
Layman, Martha S1955
Lazer, Harriet L. S1974
Leard, Mrs. Elinor K. S1973
Lebowich, Dr. Richard J. 1960–1961, 1966–1967 1968–1969
Lee, Rev. John A. S1968
Lee, Mrs. Kenneth R., see Bishop, Constance Lee, Rev. Mark Owen S1963
+Lee, Sylvia S1933
Lefkowitz, Mrs., see Rosenthal, Mary E.
Leftwich, Gregory S1979, 1982–1983
Legakis, Brian 1970–1972
Lehmann, Mrs. Joseph B., see Gutmann, Elizabeth
Lehmann, Phyllis Williams (Mrs. Karl) 1970–1971, 1976–1977(1)
Leonard, Albert, Jr. 1973–1975
Leonard, Bruce 1970–1971
Lerner, Seth S1978
Lethen, Mrs. R. H., see Larson, Margaret H. E.
+Leutner, Winfred George 1907–1908(2)
Levenson, Ethel Sivitz (Mrs. Mitchell) 1931–1932
Levenson, Mitchell 1931–1932
Levin, Amy Troy (Mrs. Thomas H. Shorten) S1971
Levine, Daniel B. S1974, 1978–1979
Levine, Harold S. S1976
+Levy, Harry L. 1971–1972
Lewis, Elissa M. S1974
Lewis, Gwyneth Mark 1975–1976
Lewis, Harriet B. S1972, 1978–1979
+Lewis, Joseph McKeen 1885–1887
+Leyburn, Ellen Douglass S1959
Lezenduski, Mrs. John, see Vanderpool, Ann
Libman, Lillian (Mrs. 1. Hyde G. Buller, 2. Harry A. Underwood) 1933–1934
Libourel, Jan M. S1964
Liebhart, Richard F. 1980–1983
Lifchez, Raymond 1957–1958
+Light, Grace S1934
Lindahl, Roy S1978
Lindros-Wohl, Birgitta 1978–1980
Lipovsky, James P. S1975
Lister, Nancy Lou S1964
Little, Barbara A. 1976–1977
Little, Mrs. Royal W. S1951
Livermore, Gloria S. (Mrs. Albert J. Duclos) 1953–1954
Lloyd, Charles S1978
Lloyd, Robert B. S1971
Llufrio, James S1977
Lo, Mao Te 1933–1934
+Lodge, Gonzalez 1888–1889
Loening, Thomas Clark S1973, 1977–1980
+Logan, John Watson 1924–1925+
+Lohman, Clarence S1955
Lohman, Ginevra (Mrs. Clarence) S1955
Long, David S. S1967
Long, Mrs. Herbert S., see Rider, Charlotte D.
Lonsdale, Steven H. S1973
Loomis, William T. S1965, 1967–1968
+Lord, George Dana 1895–1896
Lord, Priscilla 1928–1929, S1933
Low, Mrs. Theodore Lewis, see Holland, Benita Davenport
Lowenstam, Patricia (Mrs. Steven) 1971–1972
Lowenstam, Steven 1971–1972
Lowry, Harriet R. (Mrs. James Kimball King) 1953–1954
+Lowry, Jean Bullitt (Mrs. Harold Denny) 1935–1936
+Luce, Stephen Bleecker 1914–1915
Lukens, Kay Ann 1975–1976
Lukens, Marie Grant S1961
Lycoudis, Mrs. Paul, see Komi, Maria Z.
Lyding, Elizabeth (Mrs. Samuel Frederic Will, Jr.) 1950–1951
Lynch, John Patrick 1966–1967
Lyons, Claire L. 1980–1981
+Lythgoe, Albert Morton 1892–1893, 1897–1898
+Lytle, Rev. John Giles 1912–1913
McAfee, Mrs. Effie Danforth, see Danforth, Effie
McAllister, Mrs. Louis E., Jr., see Holland, Marian Rupert
McCain, Ida H. S1953
McCann, Anna Marguerite (Mrs. Taggart) 1954–1955
McCarthy, Barbara Philippa 1925–1927
MacCary, W. Thomas 1979–1980
McCauley, Rev. Leo P., S.J. 1947–1948
McClain, Donald, Jr. S1949
McClellan, Murray C. 1979
McClellan, Mrs. Murray C., see Russell, Pamela J.
McClellan, Mrs. Thomas, see Fink, Joanna Alice
McClintock, John T. 1969–1970
McCormick, Catherine Christine 1938–1939
McCoy, Marsha Brooks S1973
McCrary, Virginia Louise (Mrs. C. J. Schrenker, Jr.) S1973
McCredie, James Robert 1958–1959, 1961–1962, 1965–1966
McCrory, James S1972
McCulloch, James A. S1956
McCulloch, Michael S1979
McDevitt, Richard G. S1976
MacDonald, Brian R. 1975–1976
McDonald, David List S1970
MacDonald, Janet S1969
MacDonald, Janet Malcolm 1920–1921
McDonald, William Andrew 1938–1939, 1958–1959
+McElroy, Mrs. John L., see Sheldon, Maude Miriam
McEnroe, John C. 1976–1978
+McGiffert, Arthur Cushman, Jr. 1913–1914
McGinty, Isabel K. S1980
McGlashan, Nancy Lynn S1973
McGowan, Elizabeth P. S1978, 1982–1983
MacGregor, Billie B. S1974
McGregor, Malcolm Francis 1960–1961(2)
McGrew, Ellen I. S1972
McGrew, William W. 1972–1974
McGugan, Mary C. S1949, S1950
McIlvaine, Eileen 1966–1967(2)
McKay, Alexander G. S1953
MacKay, Pierre 1959–1961, 1978–1979
MacKay, Mrs. Pierre, see Stillwell, Theodora
McKirahan, Richard D. 1978–1979
McLain, Madge S1927
McLauchlin, Barbara K. 1980–1981
+MacLean, Robert Alexander S1936
McLeod, Elizabeth M. (Mrs. Wallace E.) 1957–1959, 1970–1971
McLeod, Wallace E. 1957–1959, 1970–1971
MacLeod, William John S1963
+McMahon, Robert Cecil 1903–1905
+McMurtry, William John 1886–1887
McNally, Mary Jane S1960, 1966–1967
McNally, Sheila John S1962
McNeal, Richard A. 1965–1966
MacNeil, Elizabeth C. (Mrs. William Franklin Boggess) 1962–1963, 1980–1981
McNiven, Timothy J. 1978–1979
McPherson, Gerald D. A. 1939–1940
MacVane, Sara A. 1968–1969
MacVeagh, Margaret (Mrs. Samuel Thorne) 1939–1940
Machemer, Georgia A. (Mrs. Douglas Minyard) S1965
Mack, Marion William S1956
Mack, Phyllis S1959
Macrides, Ruth S1970
Madden, John D. 1972–1973
Madigan, Brian C. 1979–1981
Maffrey, Alice-Mary (Mrs. William S. Talbot) S1959, 1960–1961
Maglaty, Lois S1969
Maguire, James Robert, Jr. S1975
Maio, Dennis P. 1975–1976, 1980–1981
Malboeuf, Suzanne S1978
Malz, Gertrude 1929–1930
+Manly, William Gwathmey 1900–1901
Mansbach, Rhoda A. S1980
Mansfield, John M. S1974
Marcellino, Katherine (Mrs. Ralph) S1962
Marcellino, Ralph S1962
Margaret Thérèse, Sister, S.N.D. de Namur, see Evans, Frances Taylor
Margolies, Mary 1978–1979
Mariner, Kirk C. S1964
Mark, Ira S. 1974–1978
Mark-Weiner, Temily 1974–1976, 1977–1978
Markakis, Johanne S1972
Marker, Sherry (Mrs. Nenner) S1962, 1965–1966
Marks, Margaret Carole 1965–1966
Marshall, Kate S1959
Marshall, Samuel S1972
Marsolini, Paul S1970
Martin, David G. 1973–1974
Martin, Eleanor S1969
Martin, Ivy Sun (Mrs. Thomas R.) 1973–1975
+Martin, James Samuel 1905–1907
Martin, Kenneth Trerise S1971
Martin, Louise S1970
Martin, Mrs. Oscar Thaddeus, see Traquair, Dorothy
Martin, Mrs. Stephen C., see Porter, Mary
Martin, Susan H. 1926–1927
Martin, Suzanne L. 1974–1975(2)
Martin, Thomas R. 1973–1975
Marty, Jeanne Marie S1970
Martz, Mrs. Dingle R. S1954
Marvin, Katherine Shattuck (Mrs. Hoffman) S1960, S1964
Marvin, Miranda C. 1963–1964, 1982–1983
Mason, Hugh L. S1966, 1966–1967
Mason, Richard S. 1970–1974
Mastronarde, Donald J. S1968
Mastronarde, Joan Langdon (Mrs. Donald J.) S1968
Mathews, Gary L. 1976–1977
Mattusch, Carol 1971–1974, 1975–1976
Mauzy, Craig 1980-
Mavrogenes, Mrs. George, see Ashby, Nancy L.
Mayer, William J. S1973
Maynard, Harry C. S1967
Mayo, Mrs. Margaret Ellen S1969
+Mayor, Alpheus Hyatt 1926–1927
+Meader, Clarence 1892–1893
Mechem, Leslie S1977
+Mecklin, John Moffatt 1899–1900
Meinardus, Otto F. A. 1971–1975
Melrose, Catherine Jorbadji-Costi (Mrs. James C.) 1962–1964
Meritt, Benjamin Dean 1920–1922, 1963–1964(2)
Meritt, Mrs. Benjamin Dean, see Shoe, Lucy Taxis
Meriwether, Margaret W. 1957–1958
Merkel, Mrs. Gottfried F., see Ruter, Winifred Louise
Merker, Gloria F. (Mrs. Irwin L.) 1963–1964, 1966–1967
Merker, Irwin L. 1963–1964, 1966–1967
Merkle, Mrs. Richard W., Jr., see Bianchi, Adelaide
Merriam, Jane Ellen (Mrs. Martin Cody) S1963
+Messenger, Harry Knowles 1911–1912
Messing, Gordon M. 1973–1974
Metralexis, Stacey S1971
+Metzger, Frederick Elder 1891–1892
Metzger, Ronald L. S1959
Michalaros, Konstantin D. 1968–1969
Michos, Mrs. Themistokles G., see Taylor, E. Dare
Mikalson, Jon D. 1968–1969
Milburn, Elizabeth V. (Mrs. Malcolm Schofield) 1958–1959, 1963–1965
+Miles, George C. 1955–1956(2), 1958–1959(1) 1960–1961(1)
Miles, Margaret M. S1974, 1976-
Milhous, Margaret S1980
Miller, Ann M. S1977
Miller, Anne Pauline S1970
Miller, Bruce R. 1972–1973
Miller, Rev. Edward F., S.J. 1976–1978
Miller, Helena F. 1976–1979
+Miller, Jennie Emerson (Mrs. Walter) 1925–1926
Miller, Linda Louise S1971
Miller, Mary Cecilia S1952
Miller, Rebecca L. S1975
Miller, Robert D. 1969–1970
Miller, Stephen G. 1968–1972, 1980–1981
Miller, Mrs. Stephen G., see Grobel, Stella
+Miller, Walter 1885–1886
Mills, Harriane 1979–1980
Mills, Lawrence S1936
Mills, Suzanne 1972–1973
Minyard, Mrs. Douglas, see Machemer, Georgia Ann
Mitchel, Fordyce W. 1961–1962
Mitchell, Christine (Mrs. Eric Havelock) 1951–1952
Mitchell, Helen Constance (Mrs. Ronald S. Stroud) 1962–1963
Mitchell, Maria L. S1972
Mitchell, Sister Eileen, C.S.J. S1973
Mitscherling, Jeff 1979–1981
Mitten, David G. 1959–1961
Moan, Rev. Francis X., S.J. S1965
Moll, Christina F. (Mrs. James Andrew Dengate) 1965–1967, 1974–1975
Molloy, Susan E. 1973–1974
Monahan, Dorothy E. S1971
Monnich, Michael Gregory S1962
Monroe, John Hill S1932
+Montague, Annie Sybil 1909–1910
Moody, Jennifer A. 1978–1980
Moore, Austin L. S1957
Moore, Beatrice F. (Mrs. Austin L.) S1957
Moore, Mrs. Gordon T., see Brodkey, Charlotte A.
Moore, Mrs. Myrtle Todd (Mrs. H. W. Moseley) S1935
Moore, Nancy J. S1976, 1978–1980
Moraitis, Dean S1979
Morgan, Charles Hill, II 1926–1927(2), 1928–1929, 1952–1953, 1959–1960(2)
Morgan, George S. B. S1953
Morgan, James A. S1977
Morgan, Prudence (Mrs. Edward C. Eppich) S1957
Morley, Susan Gertrude S1933
Morris, Lydia S. (Mrs. Frank C. Baxter) 1924–1925
Morris, Sarah P. 1978–1981
Morrow, Dorrice R. (Mrs. Glen R.) 1952–1953, 1965–1966
+Morrow, Glen R. 1952–1953, 1965–1966
Morse, Mrs. Ellsworth Harry, Jr., see Garbison, Virginia F.
+Morse, Sidney Nelson 1898–1899
Morton, Thomas H. S1967
Moseley, Mrs. H. W., see Moore, Mrs. Myrtle Todd
Mosley, Leon S1960
Mosley, Mildred (Mrs. Leon) S1960
Moss, Christopher F. S1975
Muchow, Michael D. 1980–1981
Mueller, Allan C. 1971–1972
Muhly, James D. 1965–1966, 1972–1973
+Muir, Alexander Dale 1915–1916
Mulberry, Alice Newman S1964
+Munn, James Buell 1912–1913
Munn, Mark H. 1977–1978, 1979–1980
Munn, Mrs. Mark H., see Zimmerman, Mary Lou
Muntz, Jerry E. S1974
Murphy, Charles Theophilus 1931–1932, 1961–1962, 1970–1971
Murphy, Mrs. Garry N., see Face, Jeanne Thomas
Murray, William Michael S1973, 1978–1981
Muscarella, Grace Freed (Mrs. Oscar W.) 1958–1959
Muscarella, Oscar W. 1958–1959
Myers, J. Wilson 1979–1981
Myers, Larry W. S1980
Myers, Laura S1976
Myers, Lillian (Mrs. Frank Whitacre) S1934
Myers, Vivian (Mrs. E. A. Eichstaedt) S1934
Mylonas, Paul M. 1969–1973
Nabers, Ned P. S1967
Napiorski, Lynn S1978
Nassen, Paula J. S1974
Nauert, Mrs. Charles G., Jr., see Porter, Jean Grace
Naughton, Leslie S1969
Neale, Vivian H. S1956
+Nease, A. Stuart S1948
Needle, Paula S1979
Nehrkorn, Helga S1965
Neils, Jennifer (Mrs. James McInerney) S1970
Neils, Patricia (Mrs. Cedric Gordon Boulter) 1951–1952, 1965–1966
Neilson, Kathryn (Mrs. Raymond Kuhl) S1938
Nelson, Earl W. S1976
+Nelson, Haviland S1957
Nelson, Judith A. S1970
Nenner, Mrs., see Marker, Sherry
Nesson, Mrs. Charles R., see Cook, Sally Rose
Neubauer, Andrew J. S1980
+Newcomer, Charles Berry 1904–1905
+Newhall, Agnes Ellen (Mrs. Richard Stillwell) 1927–1932, 1947–1948
+Newhall, Barker 1891–1892
Newman, Alice J. S1964
+Newnan, Eva May S1938
+Newton, Mrs. James H., see Norcross, Emily
+Nichols, Hester Dean 1898–1899
+Nichols, May Louise 1897–1899
Nicolaidu, Lydia 1932–1933
Nielsen, Alice S1972
Nielsen, Erik S1968
Nixon, Lucia F. S1970, 1978–1979
+Noe, Sydney Philip 1922–1923, 1952–1953
Nolan, Brian T. S1976, 1979–1980
Nolen, Mrs. Jeanette U. S1965
+Norcross, Emily (Mrs. James H. Newton) 1888–1889
Norman, Naomi J. (Mrs. Keith Dix) S1974, 1977–1979
Norre, Anastasia (Mrs. William Bell Dinsmoor, Jr.) 1965–1965, 1966–1967, 1974-
+Norris, Orland Otway S1933
Northrup, Mark S1972
Norton, Carola 1967–1968
+Norton, Richard 1892–1894
Norton, Roberta (Mrs. William M. Hood) S1928
Noss, Edith Elizabeth (Mrs. W. Aubrey Arlin) S1931
Nosser, Marion A. S1935
Nugent, Mrs. Richard D., see Bullard, Carol
+Nutting, Willis Dwight 1923–1924
Oagley, Howard Elroy S1958
Oakley, John H. 1976–1977, 1978–1979
Oates, John F. 1956–1957
Ober, Josiah 1978–1979
Oberhelman, Steven M. 1978–1979
Oberlin, David Eugene 1952–1953
+O’Connor, John Bartholomew 1901–1902
Odiseos, Mary Lou S1951
Odiseos, Phyllis S1951
Ogden, David F. 1959–1961
Okin, Louis A. 1977–1978
Oliver, Mrs. Andrew, see Buitron, Diana M.
Oliver, Edwin Blaine 1966–1967
+Oliver, James Henry, Jr. 1932–1936, 1939–1940, 1973–1974
Oliver, Janet Carnochan (Mrs. James Henry, Jr.) 1939–1940
+Olmstead, Albert Ten Eyck 1906–1907
+Olmstead, Cleta Margaret (Mrs. 1. David O. Robbins, 2. William Boughton) 1937–1938
O’Neil, Rev. John J., S.J. 1964–1965
O’Neill, Elizabeth C. (Mrs. A. Dempster) 1956–1957(1)
Openo, Woodard D. 1971–1974
Oppel, Theodora B. S1974
Ord, Mrs., see Sammis, Jane W.
Ostwald, Martin 1961–1962
O’Sullivan, Rev. Gerald S1969
Otte, Mrs. L. David, see Hoeffel, Jane H.
Otting, Rev. Loras C. S1968
Overbeck, John C. 1955–1956, 1979–1980
Overbeck, Mrs. John C., see Folger, Gatewood
Owens, David D. S1977
O’Wyatt, Jane S1970
Padgug, Robert Allen S1967, 1968–1969
+Paine, Ernest Trowbridge 1904–1905
Paine, Mrs. Geoffrey A., see Geiger, Nancy Jean
Palaima, Thomas G. 1976–1977, 1979–1980
Palmer, Hazel 1947–1949
Palmer, Nancy D. 1968–1969
Pangle, Mrs., see Rennell, Diane S.
Papageorge, Evangeline S1951
Papageorge, George T. S1952
Papageorgiou, Lizabeth Ward 1976–1979
+Papanastasiou, Helen Müller Bley, see Pope, Helen Müller Bley
+Park, Marion Edwards 1901–1902
Parker, Mrs. Bruce H., see Adams, Margaret
Parker, Harlan Riter S1934
Parker, Michael P. S1971
+Parker, Mrs. N. H., see Ballantyne, Gladys Mary
Parker, Richard W. 1980–1981
Parshall, David S1972
+Parsons, Arthur Wellesley 1931–1941
Parsons, Gladys Locke (Mrs. Arthur Wellesley) 1931–1932
+Parsons, Richard 1893–1894
+Paton, James Morton 1892–1893, 1912–1913
Patrianakou-Iliaki, Alexandra 1972–1975
Patrik, Linda E. 1980–1981
Patterson, Cynthia B. (Mrs. Richard) 1974–1975
Patterson, Nancy (Mrs. Ihor Sevcenko) 1960–1961
Patterson, Richard 1974–1975
Patterson, Shirley (Mrs. David G.) S1968
Patton, Mrs. Dorothy R. 1971–1972(1)
Pavlantos, Mrs. Spyro; see Allen, Ruth E.
Payne, Martha J. 1978–1979
+Peabody, Charles 1893–1894, 1896–1897
Peak, Martha H. S1975
Pearl, Mrs. John C., see Goff, Susan
Pease, Mary Zelia (Mrs. John Philippides) 1927–1929, 1932–1934, 1935–1937, 1957–1958, 1959–1961, 1966–1967, 1977–1980
+Peck, Annie Smith 1885–1886
Peck, David B., Jr. 1972–1973
+Peck, Edward S., Jr. S1937
Pedley, John Griffiths 1963–1964
Pedrick, Victoria A. S1977
Peirce, Margaret L. S1976
Peirce, Robert H. S1948
Peirce, Sarah M. 1977–1979, 1980–1982
Pelton, Helen (Mrs. Alexander Glesen) S1949
Pemberton, Mrs. John, see Gummey, Elizabeth
Pepicello, William John S1969
Peppers, Jeanne Marty 1974–1978, 1979–1980
Peragallo, Louis S1972
Perez, Ronald 1975–1976
Perkins, Jane S1949, S1950
Perlzweig, Judith Margaret (Mrs. Wolfgang Binder) 1952–1957, 1974-
+Perry, Anna Louise (Mrs. E. J. Durand) 1896–1897
Perry, Philip A. S1975
+Perry, Mrs. Ralph Barton, see Berenson, Rachel
Pesely, George E. 1979–1980
Peterson, Elsa M. 1968–1969, 1971–1972
Peterson, Suzanne E. 1977–1981
Petrianos, Paul S. S1975
Petropoulou, Angeliki 1979-
Petrou, Fotina S1978
Petrovich, Michael B. 1953–1954
Petruso, Karl M. 1975–1977
Petruso, Nancy Sanneman (Mrs. Karl M.) 1975–1977
Piaff, Christopher A. 1980–1981
+Pharr, Clyde 1910–1912
Philippides, Dia M. L. 1977–1978, S1978
Philippides, Mrs. John, see Pease, Mary Zelia
Philips, Frank Carter, Jr. S1970
+Phillips, Edward E. 1893–1894
Phillips, Henry, Jr. S1934
Phillips, Leslie Ann S1968
Phillips, Mrs. Merritt Abram, see Taylor, Lillian Louise
Phillips, R. Douglas 1978–1979
Phinney, Edward Sterl, Jr. S1967
+Pickard, John 1890–1891
Pickles, Wilfred S1949
Picón, Carlos A. S1975
+Pierce, Elizabeth Denny (Mrs. Carl William Blegen) 1922–1923
Pierce, Robert L. S1957
Pikala, John P. S1971
Pilarczyk, Rev. Daniel E. S1966
Pippin, Mrs. Anne N. (Mrs. Virgil Burnett) 1956–1957
Pitcairn, Hilary S1972
+Platner, Josephine (Mrs. 1. Theodore Leslie Shear, 2. Floyd C. Harwood) 1927–1929, 1931–1939
Plesofsky, Nora S. 1962–1963
Plimpton, Sarah S1958
Plotnick, Joan S1975
Poe, Joe Park S1973
Pollack, Phyllis D. (Mrs. Katz) 1964–1966
Pollitt, Jerry J. 1957–1958
Pond, Elizabeth L. S1976
Pond, Jeannette 1935–1936
Pond, Margaret S. 1967–1968
+Pope, Mrs. Helen Müller Bley 1921–1922
Porter, Jean Grace (Mrs. Charles G. Nauert, Jr.) S1962
Porter, Mary (Mrs. Stephen C. Martin) S1965
Porter, Reginald S1979
Posey, Pamela S1977
+Post, Chandler Rathfon 1904–1905
Potter, David S1978
Pounder, Robert L. S1966, 1968–1972, 1974–1975, 1978–1979
+Powell, Benjamin 1899–1901
Powell, James S1979
Prangell, Mrs., see Goss, Elizabeth
Praus, Corinne S1966
Preston, Leslie E. (Mrs. Joseph W. Day) 1969–1970, 1971–1972
Preyer, Beatrix (Mrs. Peter M. Smith) 1962–1963
Preziosi, Donald A. 1964–1966
Preziosi, Mrs. Donald A., see Getz, Patricia
Price, Edith A. S1971
+Price, Mrs. Frances Holloway S1963
+Price, Helen S1938, 1956–1957
+Prichard, Lucy E. S1927
+Prindle, Lester Marsh 1920–1921
Pritchett, William Kendrick 1940–1941 (deferred because of war), 1951–1952, 1955–1956, 1967–1968, 1970–1971
Pritchett, Mrs. William Kendrick, see Dow, Elizabeth
Proctor, Candice Elizabeth (Mrs. Thomas James Hudson) S1975
Proddow, Mary Penelope S1965
Prongos, Katherine S1976
Pruner, Mary Jo S1973
Pulliam, Susan E. 1980–1982
Pusey, Nathan M. 1934–1935
+Putzker, Albin 1899–1900
Queary, Mrs. Margaret E. S1971
Quimby, Robert Sherman S1958
+Quinn, Daniel 1887–1889, 1892–1893, 1900–1902
Quinn, Gerald M. 1965–1967
Raban, Avner 1977–1978
Radko, Alexander M., Jr. S1969, S1973
Ragusa, Isa 1957–1958
Rahe, Paul Anthony, Jr. S1973
Raia, Ann R. S1977
Ralph, Gloria S1973
+Ralston, Harold J. 1963–1964(1)
+Rambo, Eleanor Ferguson 1920–1921
Ramsey, Rev. John H. S1956
Rankin, Pauline Jordan (Mrs. Karl Lott) 1935–1938
Rapp, Stephen A. S1978, 1980–1982
Raubitschek, Antony Erich 1944–1946 (in U.S.A.)
Raubitschek, Mrs. Antony Erich, see Kelly, Isabelle Rita
Ray, John W., Jr. S1948
Reavis, John S1962
Reed, Nancy B. 1971–1972
+Reed, Nellie Marie (Mrs. Samuel Howard Burnett) 1895–1896
Reed, Paul S1976
Reese, Mrs. Miriam Ervin (Mrs. John L. Caskey) 1955–1957, 1975–1976, 1979–1981
Reesor, Margaret E. 1949–1950
Rehak, Paul 1980–1981
Rehm, Rush 1978–1979
Reidy, Rev. Frederick, S.J. S1958
Reilly, Linda Collins 1966–1967
Reinert, Stephen W. 1979–1980, 1981–1982
Reinke, Edgar C. S1964
Reinmuth, Oscar W. 1950–1951(2), 1951–1952(1)
Rennell, Diane S. (Mrs. Pangle) 1969–1970
Rexine, John E. 1951–1952, 1979–1980
Reynaud, Christine S1978
Rhoads, Martha H. (Mrs. Bell) 1966–1967
Rhodes, Robin F. 1974–1975, 1978–1982
Richards, Glenda (Mrs. Alan W.) S1961
+Richards, Mrs. R. T., see Sine, Neva M.
+Richardson, George Morey 1896–1897(1)+
Richardson, Mrs. Lawrence, Jr., see Hill, Emeline Hurd
Richardson, Louise Barbara S1954
Riches, Mrs. Derek, see Hayes, Helen Barkley
Rickels, Lenore Margarete (Mrs. Luigi Salvaneschi) S1958
Rider, Charlotte D. (Mrs. Herbert S. Long) 1949–1950, 1958–1959
Ridgway, Mrs. Henry, see Sismondo, Brunilde M.
Ridington, Edith Farr (Mrs. William Robbins) S1937
Ridington, William Robbins S1937
Rigby, Miriam J. 1967–1968
Riginos, Mrs. Vasilis E., see Swift, Alice
Riley, Mary Jane S1955
Ringe, Donald A., Jr. S1975
Ripepi, Joan M. S1980
Rizzo, James S1969
Roach, Jessie S1951
Roach, Lula D. S1951
+Robbins, Mrs. David O., see Olmstead, Cleta Margaret
Robbins, Edward A. S1971
Robbins, Francine T. S1969
Roberts, Cornelia M. S1963
Roberts, Joseph Lincoln, III S1970
Roberts, Mary S1963
Robertson, Dean M. 1949–1950
+Robertson, Jean S1936
Robertson, Noel Deeves 1961–1963
+Robinson, Alice Bradford (Mrs. W. H. Wilson) 1937–1938
+Robinson, Charles Alexander 1897–1898
+Robinson, Charles Alexander, Jr. 1923–1925
+Robinson, Constance 1899–1900
+Robinson, David Moore 1901–1903
Robinson, Henry Schroder 1938–1940, 1951–1952, 1978–1980
Robinson, Mrs. Henry Schroder, see Wood, Rebecca Cooper
Robinson, Lois Lavene S1959
+Robinson, Mrs. Rodney P., see Sargent, Rachel Louisa
Robkin, Anna Lou H. S1974
+Robson, Donald Oakley S1932
Robson, Rhena Kendrick (Mrs. Donald Oakley) S1932
Roccos, Linda S1978
Roebuck, Carl Angus 1937–1940, 1946–1947
Roebuck, Mrs. Carl Angus, see Campbell, Mary Thorne
+Rogers, Mrs. George B., see Slater, Emily Elizabeth
Rogers, Guy S1979
+Rogers, James Dennison 1894–1895
+Rolfe, John Carew 1888–1889
Roller, Duane H. D. 1970–1971
Roller, Duane W. 1969–1971, 1977–1978
Roller, Mrs. Duane W., see Emrich, Lynn
Romano, David G. 1976–1980
Romano, Mrs. David G., see Bald, Irene
Rooney, James K. 1963–1964
Root, Bobby Wren S1979
Rose, Gilbert P. 1974–1975
Rosen, Françoise Harlepp (Mrs. Stanley H.) 1955–1956
Rosen, Stanley H. 1955–1956
Rosenblum, Barbara S1976
Rosenmeyer, Thomas G 1961–1962
Rosenthal, Mary E. (Mrs. Lefkowitz) S1955
Ross, Eleanor S. (Mrs. John Andrew Cedarstrom) 1958–1959
Ross, Miriam B. (Mrs. Robert C.) 1961–1962
Ross, Robert C. 1961–1962
Rosser, John H. 1969–1971
Rossi, Mary Ann (Mrs. John Bruce Brackeridge) S1953
Roth, Jule B. (Mrs. Edward A.) S1956
Rothwell, Ken S1979
Rotroff, Susan I. 1968–1969, 1972–1975, 1978–1979
Roufas, Charlene B. (Mrs. Harris D.) 1970–1972
Rousseau, George Sebastian S1962
+Rowe, Louis Earle 1906–1907
Rowland, Ingrid Drake S1973, 1976–1977
Royden, Halsey S1978
+Royster, Wilbur High 1908–1909
Ruben, Diane C. 1956–1957
Rubenstein, Judith A. (Mrs. Green) 1968–1969
Rubright, James Clare 1950–1951, 1959–1960
Rubsamen, Mrs. Gisela S1972
Rucker, Casey B. S1976
Ruddick, Rev. Chester Townsend, Jr. S1964
Rudin, Linda S1977
Ruegg, Brother S. Dominic, F.S.C. S1956
Runnels, Curtis N. 1977–1978
Rupp, David W. 1972–1974, 1980–1981
Rupprecht, Arthur A. 1956–1957
Rusack, Minchen S1938
Russell, Lisa P. S1980
Russell, Pamela J. (Mrs. Murray C. McClellan) S1974, 1979–1983
Russo, Peter Mansson S1973
Ruter, Winifred Louise (Mrs. Gottfried F. Merkel) 1933–1934
Rutter, Jeremy B. 1972–1975, 1980–1981
Rymer, Julie M. S1974
Sa’adah, Mrs. David H., see Gellhorn, Gay
Sagan, Mrs. William, see Hill, Marion
Sahlin, David A. S1980
Salvaneschi, Mrs. Luigi, see Rickels, Lenore Margarete
Sammis, Jane W. (Mrs. Ord) 1964–1965
Sams, G. Kenneth 1967–1968
+Sanborn, Cyrus Ashton Rollins 1909–1912
Sand, Fred W. 1975–1976
Sandeen, Ernest R. S1965
+Sanford, Eva Matthews S1938
Sapone, Brother Jude S1969
+Sargent, Rachel Louisa (Mrs. Rodney P. Robinson) 1928–1929
Saunders, Ernest 1971–1972
Scafuro, Adele C. 1975–1976
Scanlon, Thomas F. S1975
+Schaefer, Frederick William 1927–1928
Schaffner, Gregory S1969
+Schallenberger, Frances R. 1925–1926
Schanz, Holly L. 1967–1969
Scharffenberger, Elizabeth S1978
Scharr, Kenneth 1975–1976
Schaus, Gerald P. 1976–1978
Schein, Seth L. S1965, 1967–1968
Schenck, Helen R. S1974
Schieffelin, Mrs. Elizabeth S1965
+Schierer, Dorothy A. 1936–1937, 1938–1939
Schiller, Jerome P. 1968–1969
Schlaifer, Robert 1937–1939
Schlatter, Rev. Frederic William, S.J. S1961
Schlesinger, Alfred Cary 1926–1927
Schlunk, Robin R. S1960
Schmidt, Alesandra M. 1958–1959
Schmidt, Nellie H. S1976
Schmiel, Robert C. 1960–1961
Schmitt, Janet S1971
Schneiderman, Stephen W. S1955
Schoder, Rev. Raymond V., S.J. 1949–1950, 1972–1973
Schoenfeld, Alison S1979
Schofield, Mrs. Malcolm, see Milburn, Elizabeth V.
+Schoonover, Draper Talman S1938
+Schoonover, Emma Louise S1938
Schorr, Edwin M. 1972–1973
Schrenker, Mrs. C. J., Jr., see McCrary, Virginia Louise
Schultz, Alexander Henry G. 1931–1932
Schwab, Kathy S1978
Schwartz, Emily B. 1974–1975
Schwartz, Richard R. S1954
Schwarz, Shirley J. S1972
+Schweigert, Eugene William 1935–1936
Schwenk, Cynthia J. S1970, 1972–1973, 1973–1974(2)
Scodel, Ruth S1972
Scott, Kenneth 1921–1922
+Scott, Ralph Walker 1915–1917
Scoufopoulos, Niki C. (Mrs. Paul Stavrolakis) 1960–1961
Scoulos, Despina L. S1974
Scranton, Mrs. Robert Lorentz, see Capps, Louise 1946–1947
Scranton, Robert Lorentz 1935–1938, 1946–1947, 1968–1969(1)
Scriba, Isabel S1935
Scudder, Rogers Vaughn S1936
Scully, Vincent 1957–1958, 1962–1963
+Seager, Richard Berry 1903–1904, 1905–1906
Searls, Helen Elizabeth 1939–1940
+Searls, Robert K. 1964–1965
+Sears, Joshua Montgomery, Jr. 1899–1901
Sears, Katharine A. 1966–1967
Seelinger, Robert A., Jr. S1976
+Seelye, William James 1886–1887
Segal, Charles P. 1957–1958
Segal, Gloria A. S1974
Seidler, Michael Joseph S1971
Seiler, Susan S1977
Selanders, Bonnie M. S1954
Seltman, Nathalie Runyon (Mrs. John) 1947–1948
Serretes, Mrs. Nikolaos, see Jenkins, Marion
Setton, Kenneth 1960–1961
Sevcenko, Mrs. Ihor, see Patterson, Nancy
Severson, Kim S1979
+Sewall, Mrs. Charles Grenville, see Strong, Kate L.
+Seymour, Elizabeth Day (Mrs. John Angel) 1911–1912
Shapiro, H. Alan 1974–1975
Sharpe, Mrs. Marion G. S1972
Shaw, Joseph W. 1959–1960, 1969–1970, 1976–1977
Shaw, Mrs. Joseph W., see Coutroubaki, Mary
Shaw, Michael H. 1965–1966
Shear, Ione Mylonas (Mrs. Theodore Leslie, Jr.) 1959–1960, 1967–1975, 1979-
+Shear, Theodore Leslie 1904–1905
+Shear, Mrs. Theodore Leslie, see 1. Jenkins, Nora Cornelia, 2. Platner, Josephine
Shear, Theodore Leslie, Jr. 1959–1960, 1967–1968
Sheehan, Mary E. Brenda S1950
Sheffield, Ann Cornell S1962
Sheftel, Mrs. Roger T., see Sherman, Phoebe
+Sheldon, Maude Miriam (Mrs. John L. McElroy) 1910–1911
+Shelley, John Paul 1889–1890
Shelley, Joseph Miller 1931–1933, 1934–1935
Shelmerdine, Cynthia W. S1969
Shepard, Katharine 1930–1931
Sherman, Phoebe (Mrs. Roger T. Sheftel) 1964–1965
+Shero, Lucius Rogers 1936–1937
Sherwood, Andrew S1977
Shoe, Lucy Taxis (Mrs. Benjamin Dean Meritt) 1929–1934, 1969–1970
+Shorey, Paul 1882–1883
Shorten, Mrs. Thomas H., see Levin, Amy Troy
Shubert, Steven B. S1976
+Shute, Mary Appleton (Mrs. Charles Snow Thayer) 1902–1903
Siebold, Jolie Therese S1972
+Sieburth, Guenther 1953–1954
Siegel, Laura J. 1973–1974
Silberman, Susan (Mrs. Woodford) S1964
Silhanek, David S1969
Silverman, Joan S1967
Simms, Robert M. 1975–1976
Simons, Caroline S1954
+Simpkin, Mrs. Charles Howard, see Wyckorr, Mary
Simpson, Adelaide Douglas S1960
Simpson, Elizabeth 1976–1977
Sims, David Bruce S1971
+Sine, Neva M. (Mrs. R. T. Richards) S1935
Sismondo, Brunilde M. (Mrs. Henry Ridgway) 1955–1957
+Sitler, A. Grace S1931
Skendi, Stavro 1963–1964(2)
Skidmore, Jeannette S1960
Skon, Nancy J. S1971, 1972–1979
Slane, Kathleen, see Wright, Mrs. Kathleen Slane
+Slater, Emily Elizabeth (Mrs. George B. Rogers) 1888–1889
Slater, Niall W. S1976, 1979–1980
Slenczka, Mrs. Eberhard, see Dublin, Sarah C.
Small, Terry E. 1967–1968
+Smith, E. Marion S1938
Smith, Esther A. 1953–1954
+Smith, George Hubert S1953
Smith, Gertrude E. (Mrs. Sam L. Greenwood) S1948
Smith, Harriet L. S1951
+Smith, Henry Roy William 1935–1936, 1956–1957(2)
+Smith, Kendall Kerfoot 1906–1908
Smith, Margaret E. S1931
Smith, Rev. Morton R. 1951–1952
Smith, Pamela S1948
Smith, Peter M. 1962–1963, 1965–1966
Smith, Mrs. Peter M., see Preyer, Beatrix E.
+Smith, Shirley S1927
Smith, Susan M. S1956
Smithson, Mrs. Evelyn Lord 1948–1950, 1973–1974, 1980–1981
Snively, Carolyn S. 1973–1974, 1975–1977
Soles, Jeffrey Scott 1970–1973
Soles, Mrs. Jeffrey Scott, see Carr, Mary Ellen
Sollman, Mary A. S1952, 1959–1960
Solomon, Dagmar I. 1970–1971
Sordinas, Augustus 1964–1966
Sorum, Edith Christina Elliott (Mrs. Paul) S1967
Sowa, Mrs., see Angier, Cora B.
+Spaulding, Leila Clement (Mrs. Edward W. Kent) 1902–1903
Spector, Charles 1931–1934
Speierer, Beatrix S1974
Spence, E. Marie (Mrs. W. Doug Williams) 1953–1955
Sperling, Jerome 1947–1948, 1973-
Spiegel, Daniel 1950–1951
Spiro, Marie 1955–1956, 1967–1968, 1969–1970(1)
Spitzer, Mrs. Lyman, Jr., see Canaday, Doreen Damaris
+Squire, Allan Taft 1930–1931
Staley, Gregory A. S1975
Stambaugh, John E. 1963–1964, 1980–1981
Stamires, George A. 1947–1949
Stampfli, Robert F. S1972
Stanley-Porter, David S1963
Starr, Chester G. 1958–1959, 1972–1973(2)
Stavrakas, Spyros 1976–1977
Stavrinides, Nicholas S1978
Stavrolakis, Mrs. Paul, see Scoufopoulos, Niki C.
Stebbins, Eunice Burr (Mrs. Herbert Newell Couch) 1927–1928
Steinberg, Arthur R. S1956, 1958–1959
Steiner, Albert P., Jr. S1975
Steiner, Ann R. S1974, 1978–1979
Steinhoff, Josephine (Mrs. Josephine Curtiss) S1936
+Stephans, Dorothy S1936
Stern, Mrs. Edwin D., see Jones, Emilie Ann
+Stern, Ethel Louise S1928
Stern, Mrs. Leonard, see Van Keuren, Frances D.
+Sterrett, John Robert Sitlington 1882–1883
+Stevens, Alice A. 1933–1934
+Stevens, Gorham Phillips 1903–1905
Stevens, Henry J., Jr. S1967
+Stevens, Mary Greenleaf 1899–1900
Stevenson, William E., III S1972
+Stillwell, Richard 1924–1928, 1964–1965(1)
+Stillwell, Mrs. Richard, see Newhall, Agnes Ellen
Stillwell, Theodora (Mrs. Pierre MacKay) 1959–1961, 1978–1979
Stingley-Garrett, Rosemary S1978
Stojanovic, Mrs. Dragan, see Anderson, Virginia
+Stone, Isabella 1908–1909
Stone, Shelley C., III 1977–1979
+Stork, Charles Wharton 1905–1906
Storvick, Olin J. 1954–1955
Stow, Henry Lloyd 1932–1933
Stow, Mrs. Henry Lloyd, see Harrington, Hester
Strand, Wilson E. S1960
Strauss, Barry S. S1976, 1978–1979
Streed, Jeff S1979
+Strong, Kate (Mrs. Charles Grenville Sewall) 1891–1894
+Stroock, Robert Louis 1928–1929
Stroud, Ronald S. 1959–1963, 1964–1965, 1969–1970, 1973–1974
Stroud, Mrs. Ronald S., see Mitchell, Helen Constance
Strunk, Ann C. S1976, 1979–1981
Struppa, Eleanor W. 1957–1958
+Stuart, Duane Reed 1898–1899
Sturgeon, Mary C. S1967, 1968–1972
Sullivan, Gerald J. 1949–1952
Sullivan, John N. S1962
Sultan, Nancy E. S1980
Sumner, Mrs. Raiford E., see Voelkel, Laura B.
Susorney, Jean T. S1973
Sutherland, K. Ann S1957
Sutton, Robert F., Jr. 1974–1976
Sutton, Susan Buck (Mrs. Robert F.,Jr.) 1974–1976
Swanson, Mrs. Donald C., see Clay, Dorothy Madsen
Sweeney, Ann S1951
Swift, Alice (Mrs. Vasilis E. Riginos) 1964–1965
+Swift, Emerson Rowland 1912–1915
+Swindler, Mary Hamilton 1909–1910
Syversen, Karin Louise S1963
Taggart, Mrs., see McCann, Anna Marguerite
+Tait, J. I. Marion S1937
Talaly, Lauren E. 1977–1979
Talbot, Mrs. William S., see Maffrey, Alice-Mary
+Talcott, Lucy 1929–1930, 1931–1940, 1946–1962
+Tallmadge, Alice Parker (Mrs. John A.) S1951
Tarajos, Margaret M. S1974
+Tatlock, Jessie M. S1936
+Tavenner, Eugene S1927
+Tavenner, Hildegarde Wulfing Morris (Mrs. Eugene) S1927
Taylor, Anna Elizabeth (Mrs. Herbert Hoyt) S1931
Taylor, E. Dare (Mrs. Themistokles G. Michos) 1954–1955
+Taylor, Franklin Henry 1882–1883
Taylor, Rev. John H., S.J. S1952
Taylor, Lillian Louise (Mrs. Merritt Abram Phillips) S1936
Taylor, Marie F. S1980
Taylor, Michael W. 1973–1974
Teele, Helen S1935
+Telford, Herbert McGeoch S1934
Teller, Mrs. Lorraine S1969
Temple, Robert S. S1974
+Tenney, John Wool Griswold 1928–1929
Terrill, Robert Kennedy S1970
+Thallon, Ida Carleton (Mrs. Bert Hodge Hill) 1899–1901
Thalmann, William G., II 1971–1972
+Thatcher, Oliver Joseph 1887–1888
+Thayer, Mrs. Charles Snow, see Shute, Mary Appleton
Thomas, A. N. Lloyd S1956
Thomas, David S1953
Thomas, Homer L. 1962–1963
+Thomas, William Nelson S1927
+Thomas, Mrs. William Nelson, see Wolff, Emma Alice
+Thompson, Anna Boynton 1906–1907
Thompson, Cynthia L. 1970–1972
Thompson, G. Ray S1970
Thompson, Homer Armstrong 1929–1939
Thompson, Mrs. Homer Armstrong, see Burr, Dorothy
Thompson, Kevin S1978
+Thompson, M. Gladys Slade (Mrs. W. Stuart) 1913–1914, 1923–1924
Thompson, Margaret 1937–1939, 1947–1949, 1961–1962
+Thompson, Miles Gordon S1933
Thompson, Patricia Graves S1962
+Thompson, W. Stuart 1913–1915
Thompson, Wesley E. 1961–1962
Thorne, Mrs. Samuel, see MacVeagh, Margaret
Threatte, Leslie L., Jr. S1965, 1966–1968, 1975–1976, 1980–1981
+Throop, George Reeves S1927, S1934
Tivnan, Edward F. X. S1966
Toby, Alan S. S1976
Todd, Richard A. 1972–1973(2)
Tolles, Delight 1938–1939
Tomaszewski, Joan S1973
Tompkins, Patricia J. (Mrs. Terril O.) S1972
+Tonks, Oliver Samuel 1901–1902
Tooth, Constance S1952
Topping, Peter 1950–1951
Topping, Mrs. Peter, see Catafygiotou, Eva Vasiliki
Touchette, Lori-Ann S1980
Townsend, Emily Dickinson (Mrs. Cornelius C. Vermeule) 1950–1951, 1964–1965
Townsend, Rhys F. 1977–1982
Tracy, Stephen V. 1966–1967
Trafton, Rebecca W. S1974
Traill, John S. 1965–1968, 1969–1970, 1978–1979
Traquair, Dorothy (Mrs. Oscar Thaddeus Martin) 1933–1934
Traywick, Joseph P. 1967–1968
Treadgold, Warren T. 1970–1971
Trembley, Jan T. S1980
Trimble, Mrs. Susan Kane S1969, 1976–1977
Trimpi, Alison A. S1980
Trombley, Frank 1980–1981
+Trowbridge, Samuel Breck Parkman 1886–1888
Trowbridge, William W. H. S1976
Tsakirgis, Barbara S1975, 1980–1981
Tselos, Dimitri 1963–1964
+Tucker, James, Jr. 1898–1900
+Tuckerman, Florence S. 1893–1894
Tulloch, Bruce A. 1967–1968
Tunberg, Thomas W. 1973–1974
Tunnell, Frederic Harold, Jr. 1935–1936
Turnbull, Lucy C. 1955–1957
Turner, J. Hilton S1974
Turner, Lucinda J. S1957
Turzynski, Barbara S1966
Tutwiler, Susan S1973
Twiss, Mary Catherine S1972
Tyra, Kathryn L. S1980
Umholtz, Gretchen S1980
Underwood, Mrs. Harry A., see Libman, Lillian
Unholz, Ethlyn M. S1934
Urdahl, Lloyd B. S1956
Urice, Stephen S1977
Uz, D. Mustafa 1974–1975
Vaio, John S1961
Vanderpool, Ann (Mrs. John Lezenduski) 1957–1958
Vanderpool, Eugene 1929–1930, 1932–1949
Vanderpool, Mrs. Eugene, see Bush, Mrs. Joan
Vanderpool, Eugene, Jr. 1970–1976
Vanderpool, Mrs. Eugene, Jr., see De Grazia, Catherine
Van Doorninck, Frederick H., Jr. 1963–1964
Van Fassen, Mrs. J. B., see Brokaw, Mary Katherine
+Van Hook, La Rue 1901–1902
Van Hoosear, Marilyn (Mrs. Frederick Goode) S1952
+Van Ingen, Wilhelmina (Mrs. Herschel Elarth) 1927–1928
Van Keuren, Frances D. (Mrs. Leonard Stern) 1969–1970
Van Lengen, William S1969
Vann, Lindley 1971–1972
Van Nortwick, Thomas S1977
Vasiliou, Helen (Mrs. Robert J. Buck) 1953–1955
Vassiliw, William J. 1962–1963
+Vaughan, Agnes C. 1964–1965
Vaughn, Patrick C. 1978–1979
Velimirovich, Milos 1963–1964
Venit, Marjorie S. S1977, 1978–1981
Verhoogen, Violette 1925–1926
Vermeule, Cornelius C. 1964–1965
Vermeule, Mrs. Cornelius C., see Townsend, Emily Dickinson
Verster, Alida (Mrs. Arnold) S1968
Villas, Cathleen A. S1980
Vincent, Marc P. S1980
Vincent, Robert K. 1979–1981
Vitelli, Karen D. 1968–1969, 1969–1970(2), 1973–1974
Voelkel, Laura B. (Mrs. Raiford E. Sumner) S1948
Voelker, Karelisa D. (Mrs. Barry Hartigan) S1965
von Raits, Helen Augusta (Mrs. Daniel J. Geagan) 1962–1963, 1966–1967
von Sternberg, Meri 1970–1972
von Ziegesar, Marilyn S1977
Vorys, Jeanny Esther (Mrs. Thomas Yellott Canby, Jr.) 1950–1951
Vryonis, Speros, Jr. 1950–1951
Waage, Frederick O. 1929–1932
Waage, Mrs. Frederick O., see Boylan, Dorothy Adell
+Wade, Charles St. Clair 1901–1902
Wadhams, A. Elizabeth 1937–1938
Wagner, William P. S1980
Waite, Dorothy Olivia S1932
+Waite, Stella Louise 1902–1903
Walbank, Michael B. 1967–1969
Walker, Alan S. 1973–1979
+Walker, Alice Leslie (Mrs. Georgios Kosmopoulos) 1909–1914
Walker, Israel 1930–1931
Wall, Anne E. S1970
Wall, Mary Margaret S1970
+Wallace, Graham 1931–1932
Wallace, Malcolm 1976–1977
Wallace, Paul W. 1966–1968
Wallace, Robert W. S1974
Wallace, Sherman LeRoy 1927–1928
Wallace, Mrs. Stephen, see Gilmartin, Kristine
+Wallace, William Pitkin 1934–1935, 1951–1952(2)
+Wallace, Mrs. William Pitkin, see Barton, Mary Elizabeth
Walsh, John A. 1980–1981
Walter, Sister Maria S1971
Walters, Elizabeth j. 1976–1978
+Walton, Alice 1895–1896, 1910–1911
Walton, Francis R. 1956–1957
Wanner, Irene E. S1970, 1975–1976
Ward, Allen Mason, Jr. S1963
Ward, Carol Elizabeth (Mrs. 1. James R. Carpenter, 2. Samuel R. Campbell) S1960, 1963–1964
Ward, Olive S1952
Ward, Ralph L. 1959–1960
Warga, Rosemary C. S1975
Warner, Jayne Lena S1970
Washburn, Elizabeth Pope (Mrs. Lyndon M. King) 1937–1939
+Washburn, Oliver Miles 1904–1906
+Washington, Henry Stephens 1888–1894
Waters, Lois May S1957
Watrous, Livingston Vance 1972–1975
Watrous, Mrs. Livingston Vance, see Blitzer, Harriet Jo
Watson, George E., III 1953–1954, 1958 1959, 1959–1960(1)
+Watson, Laura Sophia 1899–1900
Watterson, Martin W. S1980
+Way, Vernon Elgin 1929–1930
+Weaver, Anna Frances 1925–1926, 1931–1932
+Weber, Shirley Howard S1925
Weems, Sarah M. 1970–1971
Weinberg, Saul S. 1936–1939, 1946–1947, 1954–1955, 1958–1959
Weinberg, Mrs. Saul S., see Davidson, Gladys R.
Weinstein, Marcia E. S1964
Weir, Jean Milne 1961–1962
Weis, Harriet Anne S1970
Weiss, Ann 1966–1967
Weist, Edward Cilley 1930–1931
Weld, William F. S1964
Welker, Marian H. 1931–1932, 1933–1934, 1948–1951
+Weller, Charles Heald 1900–1901
Wencis, Leonard P. S1973
Werner, John R. 1957–1958
Wertheim, Mrs. Gunther K., see Hilles, Lee
+West, Allen Brown 1925–1926
West, Edith W. S1953
+West, John B. 1949–1950
West, William Custis, III 1965–1966, 1973–1974
+Westbrook, Howard Theodric 1927–1928
+Westervelt, Walter W. 1908–1909
Weter, Winifred E. S1961, 1963–1964
Wheeler, Everett I. 1975–1976
+Wheeler, James Rignall 1882–1883
Whitacre, Mrs. Frank, see Myers, Lillian
White, Mrs. Donald S., see Greene, Eleanor M.
+White, Mary E. 1948–1949(2)
+White, Raymond Henry 1906–1907
White, Wendy P. 1971–1972(2), S1972, 1977–1979
Whiting, Alice (Mrs. Laurence B. Ellis) 1928–1929, S1931
Whitman, Cedric H. 1961–1962
+Whitmore, Charles Edward 1907–1908
+Whitmore, Mrs. Charles Edward, see Gardiner, Elizabeth Manning
+Whitsel, Lucy Adele S1952
Whittlesey, Julian Hill 1930–1931(2)
Wickens, Jere M. 1976–1977, 1978–1980
Wiegand, Pamela (Mrs. Norman A. Doenges) 1951–1952
Wiemken, Robert C. S1975
Wicncke, Matthew I. 1951–1952, 1956–1957(2), 1957–1958(1), 1963–1964(2)
Wiencke, Mrs. Matthew I., see Heath, Martha
+Wilcox, Alexander M. 1883–1884
Wilde, Margaret S1956
Wildes, Adele Madeleine (Mrs. Thomas F. Comber, Jr.) 1920–1921
+Wile, Ira S. S1925
+Wile, Saida Rigby (Mrs. Ira S.) S1925
Wilhide, Gretchen Kitsen S1971
Will, Samuel Frederic, Jr. 1950–1951
Will, Mrs. Samuel Frederic, Jr., see Lyding, Elizabeth
Williams, Anthony F. 1976–1977
Williams, Charles Kaufmann, II 1962–1966
Williams, Edward Hector 1968–1970
Williams, Edward V. 1966–1967
Williams, Irma Estelle S1937
Williams, Lawrence S1980
Williams, Lois V. S1956
Williams, S. Richard S1969
Williams, Mrs. W. Doug, see Spence, E. Marie
+Willis, Gwendolen Brown 1901–1902
Willis, Wendell 1978–1979
Wilson, Carolyn W. (Mrs. Eugene Bennett Hill, Jr.) S1973
Wilson, Mrs. David, see Brunner, Mrs. Judith
Wilson, Mrs. Emily Howe 1972–1973
Wilson, Glee E. 1962–1963
Wilson, Jean S1931
Wilson, Lynn S. S1971
Wilson, Michele D. S1980
+Wilson, Mrs. W. H., see Robinson, Alice Bradford
Wimett, Eleanor Laura S1971
+Wing, Herbert, Jr. 1913–1914
Winter, Frederick A. 1970–1971
Winter, Frederick E. 1949–1950
Winters, Martha P. S1977
Wiseman, James R. 1959–1960, 1967–1968, 1971–1972
Witt, Charlotte E. S1975
Wittman, Barbara K. S1971
Wofford, Ruth O. S1935
Wohl, see Lindros-Wohl
+Wolff, Emma Alice (Mrs. William Nelson Thomas) S1927
+Wood, Henry Dunn 1906–1908
Wood, Rebecca Cooper (Mrs. Henry Schroder Robinson) 1950–1952, 1978–1980
Woodard, William S. 1966–1967
Woodford, Mrs., see Silberman, Susan
+Woodruff, Frank Edward 1882–1883
Woodruff, Mrs. H. B., see Ewers, Sandria June
Woodruff, Jane F. S1974
+Work, Eunice S1938, 1957–1958(2), 1959–1960(2)
Wozniak, Frank E. 1971–1972
Wray, David L. S1980
Wright, James C. 1972–1978
Wright, Mrs, James C., see Dabney, Mary K.
Wright, Mrs. Kathleen Slane 1973–1978, 1980–1981
Wright, Kenneth T. S1969
Wright, Mabel S1928
Wright, Temple S1979
+Wright, Theodore Lyman 1886–1887
+Wulfing, John M. S1927
+Wulsin, Mrs. Frederick R., see Allinson, Susanne Carey
Wunderlich, Silvia Alcina (Mrs. Justin G. Zverina) S1935
Wyatt, Mrs. William F., see Gifford, Natalie Murray
Wyatt, William F., Jr. 1959–1960, 1973–1974
Wycherley, R. E. 1952–1953(2)
+Wyckoff, Mary (Mrs. Charles Howard Simpkin) 1929–1932
Yakel, Donna M. 1967–1968
Yiannias, John J. 1966–1968
Young, Arthur Milton 1928–1929
+Young, Clarence Hoffman 1891–1892
Young, James Donald 1920–1921
+Young, John Howard 1937–1941, 1958–1959
+Young, Mrs. John Howard, see Halstead, Suzanne
Young, Nicholas B. S1971
+Young, Rodney Stuart 1929–1930, 1933–1940, 1946–1950
Young, Susan H. 1977–1979
Younger, John G. 1969–1970, 1971–1974
Yumont, Rev. Alphonsus Charles, S.J. S1962
Zaas, Emily S1979
Zabrowski, Charles J. 1973–1974
Zachos, Constantine L. 1978–1979
Zaleski, Edward H. S1972
Zenn, Elizabeth G. 1978–1979
Zerner, Carol Winder 1975–1977, 1978–1979, 1981–1982
Zimmerman, Andrew S1973
Zimmerman, Mary Lou (Mrs. Mark H. Munn) S1973, 1977–1980
Ziolkowski, John E. S1966
Zombanakis, Andreas S1978
Zouck, Nina P. 1971–1972
Zverina, Mrs. Justin G., see Wunderlich, Silvia Alcina
Zweig, Bella 1976–1977

MEMBERS OF THE SCHOOL AND THEIR FAMILIES WHO DIED IN GREECE
The following are buried in the First Cemetery of Athens, Arthur Parsons near the entrance in a plot donated by the Greek Government, the others in the Protestant Section:
Augustus Chapman Merriam Born May 30, 1844, Locust Grove, N.Y. Died January 19, 1895
Director of the School 1887–1888
Aline Burwell Glenny Prentice Born February 1, 1882, Buffalo, N.Y. Died July 24, 1909
Wife of William Kelly Prentice, Professor of the School 1908–1909
Isabel Florence Thompson Born 1920, New York City. Died 1925 Daughter of W. Stuart Thompson, Fellow in Architecture 1913–1915, Architect of additions to Main Building, Loring Hall, the Gennadeion, Stoa of Attalos, and of Gladys Slade Thompson, member 1913–1914, 1923–1924
Arthur Wellesley Parsons Born 1900 Died September 29, 1948 (see above, p. 33)
Ida Thallon Hill Born August 11, 1875, Brooklyn, N.Y. Died at sea en route to Athens, December 14, 1954
Wife of Bert Hodge Hill (see below)
Member of the School 1899–1901 (see above, pp. 68—69)
Annette Notara Stevens Born Athens. Died April 24, 1956
Wife of Gorham Phillips Stevens (see below and see above, pp. 30, 69)
Bert Hodge Hill Born March 7, 1874, Bristol, Vermont. Died December 2, 1958
Fellow of the School 1900–1903
Director of the School 1906–1926
Director Emeritus of the School 1948–1958
(see above, pp. 69—70)
Gorham Phillips Stevens Born August 14, 1876. Died March 15, 1963
Fellow in Architecture 1903–1905
Director and Acting Director of the School 1939–1947
Honorary Architect of the School 1947–1963 (see above, pp. 30, 86)
Elizabeth Pierce Blegen Born June 26, 1888, Pittsburgh, Pa. Died September 21, 1966
Wife of Carl William Blegen (see above p. 105)
Member of the School 1922–1923 (see above, pp. 88, 105, 109)
Carl William Blegen Born January 27, 1887, Minneapolis, Minn. Died August 24, 1971
(see above p. 105)
William Bell Dinsmoor Born July 26, 1886, Windham, N.H. Died July 2, 1973
(see above, p. 109)
Buried in the cemetery of Old Corinth:
Verna Anderson Broneer Died January 29, 1948
Wife of Oscar Broneer
(see above, p. 35)
Other members who died in Greece:
George Morey Richardson Died December 11, 1896
Member of the School 1896–1897
Theodore Woolsey Heermance Died September 29, 1905
Fellow of the School 1894–1896
Secretary of the School 1902–1903
Director of the School 1903–1905
(see Lord, pp. 104, 164)
Eva Woodward Grey Died March 14, 1907
Member of the School 1906–1907
John Watson Logan Died March 19, 1925
Member of the School 1924–1925
(see Lord, pp. 179—180)

AUXILIARY FUND ASSOCIATION

CHAIRMEN:
+Edward Capps 1916–1918, 1939–1940
+George H. Chase 1918–1920
+Theodore Leslie Shear 1920–1921
+Clarence W. Mendell 1922–1925
+George Edwin Howes 1925–1929
+Louis Eleazer Lord 1929–1933, 1938–1939
+Carroll N. Brown 1933–1938
+Roy J. Deferrari 1940–1942
+Ernest L. Highbarger 1942–1948
+Lucius Rogers Shero 1948–1951
Leo P. McCauley 1951–1956
Hetty Goldman 1956–1962
Charles Hill Morgan 1962–1975
Richard Hubbard Howland 1975-

TREASURERS:
+Edward Capps 1916–1918
+William Nickerson Bates 1918–1921
+George Edwin Howes 1921–1925
+Henry B. Dewing 1925–1927
+Carroll N. Brown 1927–1930
+William T. Semple 1930–1936
Alfred C. Schlesinger 1936–1948
Lucy Taxis Shoe 1948–1951 (Mrs. Benjamin D. Meritt)
Alice Whiting Ellis 1951–1955
+Josephine Platner Harwood 1956–1959
Priscilla Capps Hill 1959–1974
Jane Chitty Biers 1975-

PUBLICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL STUDIES AT ATHENS 1942–1981

(For 1882–1941 see Lord, History, pp. 309—334)
(Prices are those in effect at the time of publication)

I. Corinth: Results of the Excavations conducted by the American School of Classical Studies at Athens.

Volume I, Part III: Monuments in the Lower Agora and North of the Archaic Temple. By Robert L. Scranton. xiv + 200 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece; 83 figures, 15 plans, 76 plates. 1951. $10.00
Volume I, Part IV: The South Stoa and its Roman Successors. By Oscar Broneer. xix + 167 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece; 1 color plate, 54 plates, 22 plans (1 folding). 1954. $15.00. Reprinted 1971. $18.00.
Volume I, Part V: The Southeast Building, The Twin Basilicas, The Mosaic House. By Saul S. Weinberg. xviii + 128 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 29 figures, 10 plans, 57 plates. 1960. $12.50. Reprinted 1971. $18.00.
Volume I, Part VI: The Springs: Peirene, Sacred Spring, Glauke. By Bert Hodge Hill, xix + 235 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 144 figures in the text, 18 plates (5 color) in a portfolio. 1965. $35.00.
Volume II: The Theatre. By Richard Stillwell. x + 141 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 103 figures, 8 plates. 1952. $10.00.
Volume VII, Part I: The Geometric and Orientalizing Pottery. By Saul S. Weinberg. xiv + 103. Quarto. Cloth. 31 figures, 45 plates. 1943. $7.50.
Volume VII. Part II: Archaic Corinthian Pottery and the Anaploga Well. By D. A. Amyx and Patricia Lawrence. xvi + 177 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 2 figures, 112 plates. 1976. $35.00.
Volume VII, Part III: Corinthian Hellenistic Pottery. By G. Roger Edwards. xviii + 254 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 86 plates. 1975. $35.00.
Volume VII, Part IV: The Red-figure Pottery. By Sharon Herbert. x + 88 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 36 plates. 1977. $25.00.
Volume VIII, Part III: The Inscriptions, 1926–1950. By John Harvey Kent. xi + 265 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 64 plates. 1966. $20.00.
Volume IX, Part II: Sculpture, the Reliefs from the Theater. By Mary C. Sturgeon. xvii + 148 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 91 plates. 1977. $30.00.
Volume XI: The Byzantine Pottery. By Charles H. Morgan II. xv + 373 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece (in color); 226 figures, 53 plates (17 in color by Piet de Jong). 1942. $20.00.
Volume XII: The Minor Objects. By Gladys R. Davidson. xii + 366 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 83 figures, 148 plates. 1952. $25.00.
Volume XIII: The North Cemetery. By Carl W. Blegen, Rodney S. Young and Hazel Palmer, vii + 344 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece (in color); 25 figures, 3 plans (1 folding), 124 plates (5 in color). 1964. $35.00.
Volume XIV: The Asklepieion and Lerna. By Carl Roebuck. x + 182 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 34 figures, 5 plans (folding), 69 plates. 1951. $10.00.
Volume XV, Part I: The Potters’ Quarter. By Agnes Newhall Stillwell. xi + 138 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 52 figures, 52 plates (including 3 plans). 1948. $10.00.
Volume XV, Part II: The Potters’ Quarter. The Terracottas. By Agnes Newhall Stillwell. xi + 300 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 8 figures, 60 plates (1 folding). 1952. $15.00.
Volume XVI: Mediaeval Architecture in the Central Area. By Robert L. Scranton. xvi + 147 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 15 figures, 7 plans, 36 plates. 1957. $10.00.

Guidebooks

Ancient Corinth, A Guide to the Excavations. 122 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. Frontispiece; 22 figures, 1 plan (folding). Fourth edition 1947.
Ancient Corinth, A Guide to the Excavations. 122 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. Frontispiece; 23 figures, 2 plans (folding). Fifth edition 1951.
Ancient Corinth, A Guide to the Excavations. 98 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. Frontispiece; 7 figures, 3 plans (folding), 19 plates. Sixth edition 1954. Sixth edition, revised 1960. $.75.
Corinth. A Brief History of the City and a Guide to the Excavations. 15 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. 12 figures (5 plans), 2 plans (folding). 1964. Revised 1969. $.45.
Corinth. A Brief History of the City and a Guide to the Excavations. 30 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. 1972.
Ancient Corinth: A Guide to the Museum. 48 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. 1 figure, 16 plates. Third edition 1956. $.55.
The Urban Development of Ancient Corinth. By H. S. Robinson. 32 pages. Royal octavo. 19 figures. Reprinted from Études sur l’art antique 1963. Revised 1965. $.50.

Corinth Notes

No. 1: Cult and Cure in Ancient Corinth: A Guide to the Asklepieion. By Mabel Lang. 32 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. 1977. $1.50.

II. Athenian Agora: Results of the Excavations of the American School of Classical Studies in Athens.

Volume I: Portrait Sculpture. By Evelyn B. Harrison. xiv + 114 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 49 plates. 1953. Reprinted 1961. $10.00.
Volume II: Coins from the Roman through the Venetian Period. By Margaret Thompson. x + 122 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 4 plates. 1954. $5.00. Reprinted 1961. $7.50.
Volume III: Literary and Epigraphical Testimonia. By R. E. Wycherley. x + 260 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 4 plans. 1957. $10.00. Reprinted 1973. $15.00.
Volume IV: Greek Lamps and their Survivals. By Richard Hubbard Howland. ix + 252 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece; 2 figures, 56 plates. 1958. $12.50. Reprinted 1966. $17.50.
Volume V: Pottery of the Roman Period, Chronology. By Henry S. Robinson. xiv + 149 pages. Quarto. 76 plates. 1959. $12.50. Reprinted 1966. $17.50.
Volume VI: Terracottas and Plastic Lamps of the Roman Period. By Clairève Grandjouan. xii + 106 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 7 figures, 33 plates. 1961. $10.00.
Volume VII: Lamps of the Roman Period, First to Seventh Century after Christ. By Judith Perlzweig. xv + 240 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece; 53 plates. 1961. $17.50. Reprinted 1971. $17.50.
Volume VIII: Late Geometric and Protoattic Pottery, Mid 8th to Late 7th Century B.C. By Eva T. H. Brann. xiv + 135 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 9 figures, 40 plates. 1962. $12.50. Reprinted 1971. $15.00.
Volume IX: Islamic Coins. By George C. Miles. viii + 62 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 6 plates. 1962. $5.00.
Volume X: Weights, Measures and Tokens. By Mabel Lang and Margaret Crosby. xii + 146 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 36 plates. 1964. $12.50.
Volume XI: Archaic and Archaistic Sculpture. By Evelyn B. Harrison. xix + 192 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 68 plates. 1965. $20.00.
Volume XII: Black and Plain Pottery of the 6th, 5th and 4th Centuries B.C. By Brian A. Sparkes and Lucy Talcott. Part I: xix + 382 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece. Part II: ix + 90 pages. 25 figures, 100 plates. 1970. $40.00
Volume XIII: The Neolithic and Bronze Ages. By Sara A. Immerwahr. xx + 286 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece (in color); 3 figures, 92 plates. 1971. $25.00.
Volume XIV: The Agora of Athens. By Homer A. Thompson and R. E. Wycherley. xxiii + 257 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece; 112 plates. 1972. $28.00.
Volume XV: Inscriptions. The Athenian Councillors. By Benjamin D. Meritt and John S. Traill. xii + 486 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 2 plates. 1975. $45.00.
Volume XVII: Inscriptions. The Funerary Monuments. By Donald W. Bradeen. xi + 240 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 85 plates. 1974. $25.00.
Volume XX: The Church of the Holy Apostles. By Alison Frantz. xiii + 44 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece (in color); 40 plates. 1972. $15.00.
Volume XXI: Graffiti and Dipinti. By Mabel L. Lang. x + 116 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 62 plates. 1976. $35.00.

Guidebooks

The Athenian Agora, A Guide to the Excavations. By Mabel Lang and C. W. J. Eliot. 110 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. 19 figures, 1 plan (folding), 8 plates. 1954.
The Athenian Agora, A Guide to the Excavation and Museum. By Homer A. Thompson. 230 pages. Crown octavo. Frontispiece; 29 figures (15 plans), 1 plan (folding), 18 plates (1 plan). Second edition 1962. $1.75.
The Athenian Agora, A Guide to the Excavation and Museum. By Homer A. Thompson. 338 pages. Crown octavo. Paper. 159 figures, 2 plans (1 folding). Third edition 1976. $5.00.

Excavations of the Athenian Agora Picture Books

All Picture Books are 32 pages, crown octavo, paper.
1. Pots and Pans of Classical Athens. By Brian Sparkes and Lucy Talcott. 1959. $.50.
2. The Stoa of Attalos II in Athens. By Homer A. Thompson. 1959. $.50.
3. Miniature Sculpture from the Athenian Agora. By Dorothy Burr Thompson. 1959. $.50.
4. The Athenian Citizen. By Mabel Lang. 1960. $.50.
5. Ancient Portraits from the Athenian Agora. By Evelyn B. Harrison. 1960. $.50.
6. Amphoras and the Ancient Wine Trade. By Virginia R. Grace. 1961. $.50. Revised 1979. $1.50.
7. The Middle Ages in the Athenian Agora. By Alison Frantz. 1961. $.50.
8. Garden Lore of Ancient Athens. By Ralph E. Griswold and Dorothy Burr-Thompson. With 4 color plates. 1963. $1.00.
9. Lamps from the Athenian Agora. By Judith Perlzweig. 1963. $.50.
10. Inscriptions from the Athenian Agora. By Benjamin D. Meritt. 1966. $.50.
11. Waterworks in the Athenian Agora. By Mabel Lang. 1968. $.50.
12. An Ancient Shopping Center, The Athenian Agora. By Dorothy Burr Thompson. 1971. $.70.
13. Early Burials from the Agora Cemeteries. By Sara A. Immerwahr. 1973. $.70.
14. Graffiti in the Athenian Agora. By Mabel Lang. 1974. $1.00.
15. Greek and Roman Coins in the Athenian Agora. By Fred S. Kleiner. 1975. $1.00.
16. The Athenian Agora, A Short Guide. By Homer A. Thompson. 1976. $1.00. Revised, 1980. $1.50.
Petit Guide de l’Agora d’Athènes. (Translation by Clairève Grandjouan.) 1977. $1.00.
Die Agora von Athen. Kurzer Führer. (Translation by Sybille Haynes.) 1977. $1.00.
17. Socrates in the Agora. By Mabel Lang. 1978. $1.00.
18. Mediaeval and Modern Coins in the Athenian Agora. By Fred S. Kleiner. 1978. $1.00.
19. Gods and Heroes in the Athenian Agora. By John McK. Camp II. 1980. $1.50.

III. Lerna: A Preclassical Site in the Argolid: Results of Excavations conducted by the American School of Classical Studies at Athens.

Volume I. The Fauna. By Nils-Gustaf Gejvall. With a foreword by John L. Caskey. xvi + 107 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 4 figures, 4 diagrams, 25 plates. 1969. $15.00.
Volume II. The People. By J. Lawrence Angel. Published jointly with the Smithsonian Institution. xi + 159 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 4 figures, 15 tables, 26 plates. 1971. $17.50.

IV. Isthmia: Excavations by the University of Chicago under the Auspices of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens.

Volume I. Temple of Poseidon. By Oscar Broneer. xiv + 188 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece; 148 figures, 38 plates (4 color). 1971. $25.00.
Volume II. Topography and Architecture. By Oscar Broneer. xiv + 148 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece; 10 plans, 98 plates (2 color). 1973. $30.00.
Volume III. Terracotta Lamps. By Oscar Broneer. xii + 122 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 1 plan, 40 plates. 1977. $25.00.

V. Keos: Results of Excavations conducted by the University of Cincinnati under the Auspices of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens.

Volume I. Kephala. A Late Neolithic Settlement and Cemetery. By John E. Coleman. With a foreword by John L. Caskey. xxvi + 170 pages. Quarto. Paper. Frontispiece; 95 plates. 1977. $35.00.

VI. Nemea.

The Temple of Zeus at Nemea. By Bert Hodge Hill. With drawings by Lewey T. Lands, revised and supplemented by Charles Kaufman Williams, II. xvii + 149 pages. Quarto. 43 figures. 29 plates, 17 x 22 inches. All in portfolio. 1966. $22.00.

VII. Hesperia, Journal of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. Volumes 11—50, 1942–1981. Hesperia Supplementary Volumes

Volume VII. Small Objects from the Pnyx: I. By Gladys R. Davidson and Dorothy Burr Thompson. vii + 172 pages. 79 figures. 1943. $10.00.
Volume VIII. Commemorative Studies in Honor of Theodore Leslie Shear. Articles by 46 American and European contributors. xvi + 427 pages. Frontispiece; 48 figures, 64 plates. 1949. $15.00.
Volume IX. Horoi. Studies in Mortgage, Real Security and Land Tenure in Ancient Athens. By John V. Fine. vii + 216 pages. 7 plates. 1951. $7.50.
Volume X. Small Objects from the Pnyx: II. By Lucy Talcott, Barbara Philippaki, G. Roger Edwards, and Virginia R. Grace. iv + 189 pages. 7 figures, 1 chart, 80 plates. 1956. $7.50.
Volume XI. Fortified Military Camps in Attica. By James R. McCredie. 125 pages. 18 figures, 19 plates. 1966. $7.50.
Volume XII. The Athenian Constitution after Sulla. By Daniel J. Geagan. xi + 231 pages. 8 plates. 1967. $10.00.
Volume XIII. Marcus Aurelius: Aspects of Civil and Cultural Policy in the East. By James H. Oliver, xv + 160 pages. 8 plates. 1970. $10.00.
Volume XIV. The Political Organization of Attica. By John S. Traill. xviii + 122 pages. 15 tables, 3 maps (1 color). 1975. $12.50.
Volume XV. The Lettering of an Athenian Mason. By Stephen V. Tracy. xxiii + 134 pages. 40 plates. 1975. $10.00.
Volume XVI. A Sanctuary of Zeus on Mount Hymettos. By Merle K. Langdon. xi + 117 pages. 18 figures, 28 plates, 2 tables. 1976. $12.50.
Volume XVII. Kallias of Sphettos and the Revolt of Athens in 286 B.C. By T. Leslie Shear, Jr. x + 117 pages. 4 plates. 1978. $10.00.

INDEX to Hesperia, Volumes 11—20 and Supplements VII—-IX, iv + 434 pages. Quarto. Paper. 1968. $15.00.

VIII. Gennadius Library

Gennadeion Monographs
Number II: Schliemann’s First Visit to America, 1850–1851. Edited by Shirley H. Weber. ix + 111 pages. Royal Octavo. Cloth. 1942. $2.50.
Number III: Chapters on Mediaeval and Renaissance Visitors to Greek Lands. Edited by James Morton Paton. xii + 212 pages. Royal octavo. Cloth. 1951. $7.50.
Number IV: Castles of the Morea. By Kevin Andrews. xvii + 274 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 232 figures, 40 plates. 1953. $15.00.

Catalogues of the Gennadius Library
Volume I: Voyages and Travels in the Near East during the XIX Century. Compiled by Shirley Howard Weber. 252 pages. Octavo. Cloth. Frontispiece. 1952. $5.00.
Volume II: Voyages and Travels in Greece, the Near East and Adjacent Regions made previous to the Year 1801. Compiled by Shirley Howard Weber. vii + 208 pages. Octavo. Cloth. 1953. $10.00.

The Griffon, Numbers 1—9, 1965–1975
IX. Miscellaneous Monographs

A History of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens [Volume I] 1882–1942. By Louis Eleazer Lord. xiv + 417 pages. Octavo. Cloth. 7 figures, 2 plans, 44 plates. 1947. $7.50.

The Calendars of Athens. By W. K. Pritchett and Otto Neugebauer. xii + 116 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 2 figures. 1947. $7.50.

The Athenian Tribute Lists. By Benjamin D. Meritt, H. T. Wade-Gery and Malcolm Francis McGregor.
Volume I: xxxii + 605 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 192 figures, 25 plates, 1 map. 1939. $20.00.
Volume II: x + 128 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 4 figures, 16 plates. 1949. $10.00
Volume III: xx + 366 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 1950. Reprinted 1968. $20.00.
Volume IV: xxiii + 278 pages. Quarto. Cloth. Frontispiece. 1953. $10.00.

Restorations of Classical Buildings. By G. P. Stevens. 45 pages. Quarto. 22 plates with accompanying text. 1955. Second edition 1958. $1.10.

The Propylaia to the Athenian Akropolis.
Volume I: The Predecessors. By William B. Dinsmoor, Jr. xviii + 69 pages. Quarto. Cloth. 24 plates and foldout plan. 1980. $12.50.

GIFTS OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION TO THE SCHOOL

1947 $300.00 for a slide projector
1948 10-foot square screen
1949 3 sets of slides of the excavations of the Athenian Agora and Corinth for loan to the Cooperating Institutions
1950 Fluorescent lighting for the Library
1951 Kodaslide Master 1000-watt projector for annual meetings (release 1947 projector for students’ use)
1952 $350.00 for silencer for the 1951 projector and the balance to the Athenian Agora Two Million Fund
1953 $100.00 for cabinet for storing large plans and drawings at Corinth
1954 $100.00 to the Library for mounting the collection of maps on cloth
1955 6-foot square screen for students’ use and for staff lecturing away from School
1956 $300.00 toward duplicating machine and materials for School office and some heating device for Oakley House
1957 Contribution toward cooling device for Loring Hall
1958 Water cooler for School Main Building
1959 Duplicating machine and supplies for School office
1960 $100.00 for typewriter for students’ use
1961 New fabric for screen and two new lenses for projector Clock for Loring Hall dining room
1962 $300.00 to Library for books on Near Eastern studies
1963 Two ventilating fans for Loring Hall
1964 Publication of Directory of the Alumni
1965 Publication of Directory of the Alumni
1966 $500.00 to the library of Corinth to complete the set of Pauly-Wissowa and for other needs
1967 Auxiliary Fund Life Membership for Library Endowment $200.00 Kyriakides Fund for the Library $100.00
Friends of the Gennadius Library $100.00
School Library, unrestricted $400.00
1968 Two typewriters and new slide projector, both for students’ use
1969 $1000.00 toward a copying machine for the Library
1970 $600.00 to the Eugene Vanderpool Fellowship Fund
1971 $500.00 for furniture for Hill House at Corinth
1972 $500.00 for two typewriters, one English, one Greek, for students’ use
1973 $400.00 for new drafting table and any residue toward desks for Richardson and Robinson Houses at Corinth
1974 $1500.00 for desks and good reading lamps for bedrooms in Richardson and Robinson Houses at Corinth
1975 $1000.00 to Hesperia Supplement Memorial to Rodney Stuart Young
1976 $600.00 for dishwasher for Loring Hall
1977 Microfiche reader for the Library and a new water cooler
1978 $1000.00 toward new copying machine for the Library
1979 $600.00 to Library, use to be determined by Librarian
1980 $600.00 for rewiring Library stacks
1981 $600.00 for refrigerator for Loring Hall